TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according...

621
SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group. MOL Group TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL - 3. Piping System (Book breakdown) MGS – S – REF – M – 3 Rev. 1.00.00

Transcript of TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according...

Page 1: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

MOL Group

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL -

3. Piping System

(Book breakdown)

MGS – S – REF – M – 3

Rev. 1.00.00

Page 2: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Identity code: Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL Release: Rev. 1.00.00 Date: Piping System 31.12.2011

(Book breakdown) Page/Pages 2/3

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

Release list

Rev. Date Description Edited Verified Approved

0.00.00 31.12.2005 Basic release

1.00.00 30.06.2012 General issue see sign. sheet MGS-S-REF-M-LI R. Kopalek see sign. sheet

MGS-S-REF-M-LI

Page 3: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3

Book Breakdown

Description Identifier Piping system MGS-S-REF-M-3 General requirements MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Pipes, elbows, reducers, tees and other fittings MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1 Flanges, gaskets, screws and bolts MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Gate valves, cocks, valves MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Safety valves and rupture discs MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2 Basic pipe classes MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1 Pipe supports MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.2 Samplers MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3Standard piping solutions MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4

Rev. 1.00.00 3/3

Page 4: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

MOL Group

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL -

3. Piping system 0. General requirements

MGS – S – REF – M – 3.0

Rev. 1.00.02

Page 5: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Identity code:

MGS-S-REF M- 3.0 Refining & Marketing TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL Release: Rev. 1.00.02 Piping system Date: 29.02.2016 General requirements Page/Pages: 2/16

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

Release list

Rev. Date Description Edited Verified Approved

0.00.00 31.12.2005 Basic release

1.00.00 30.06.2012 General issue see sign. sheet MGS-S-REF-M-LI R. Kopalek see sign. sheet

MGS-S-REF-M-LI

1.00.01 01.06.2014 Revision of Appendix SN M. Sersen R. Kopálek Head of Technology

1.00.02 29.02.2016 Revision of Appendix SN S. Janega R. Kopálek Head of Technology

Page 6: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 3/16

Contents MOL Group .......................................................................................................................... 1 1. General ....................................................................................................................... 4 2. Basic requirements for piping design......................................................................... 4 3. Requirements for application ..................................................................................... 6 4. Corrosion protection ................................................................................................... 9 5. Conservation of equipment for transport and storage ................................................ 9 6. On-site installation and adjustments ........................................................................... 9 7. Referred standards, specifications ........................................................................... 10

Page 7: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 4/16

1. General

1.1 Scope The present specification contains the minimal requirements of the piping system that will be installed at the MOL Group’s refinery plants to be constructed. The piping system of the standard refinery plant does not contain the piping system carrying poisonous materials, which is classified by ASME B31.3 standard belong to the Category M Fluid Service, furthermore the very high pressure system in which the pressure is higher than is allowed by ASME B16.5 PN 420 (Class 2500) at the given temperature for the used material quality. The specification system contains neither non-metal (e.g. plastic or glass) nor the piping containing non-metallic coatings. The requirements are set for the selection, design, manufacturing, purchasing and on-site-installation of pipes. The standard is mandatory for all company departments, for project and assembly suppliers and stationary equipment suppliers after the negotiation and confirming of this standard into commercial contracts.

2. Basic requirements for piping design

2.1 Classification of piping

2.1.1 Design, fabrication and installation, including the extent and sequence of testing and inspection of piping and piping welds shall be based on the fluid contained in the system and the operating conditions in accordance with the 2014/68/EC directive and EN 13480.

2.1.2 The piping systems shall be classified into different classes by the designer depending on the fluid carried, diameter and pressure. The piping systems are classified by piping categories acc. to EN 13480. There are four categories: 0, I, II and III.

2.2 General

2.2.1 All piping design criteria originate from the Medium list. The list describes the characteristics of all the process and utility fluids from the point where they enter the plant until they leave. The list includes the name of each fluid with the approved medium code and also normal and design conditions with respect to pressure and temperature. Based on this information the piping element specification and the pipe number register shall be established.

2.2.2 The standards EN, API, ASME can be applied for supplying of technological pipe lines and for reconstruction of existing parts of pipe. Whichever standards will be applied, the PED (2014/68/EC) regulation is to be satisfied. The pressure equipment (valves, filters, process piping, etc.), which comes under competence PED, shall be delivered with a Declaration of Conformity, which shall be issued by relevant equipment supplier (manufacturer).

2.2.3 Local regulations for technical equipment safety and health safety shall be fulfilled in case of international standards using.

2.2.4 The optimization of total lifetime cost shall be considered in determining the designed lifetime of the equipment. The minimum lifetime of pipe lines is 20 years lifetime.

Page 8: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 5/16

Four years uninterrupted operation shall be ensured.

2.2.5 The piping surface contact temperature shall be less than allowed temperature during piping operating. Additional precautions shall be carried out in the case that is not possible to keep this temperature for operating temperature or technical possibility reason.

2.2.6 Construction material shall be selected according to applied standards with fulfilling the PED requirement and for chemical industry conditions.

2.2.7 Material selection philosophy shall be specified by Contractor/Vendor taking into consideration the most extreme operating conditions.

2.2.8 Positive material identification (PMI) shall be performed in Vendor’s shops during fabrication of piping and on installation site during erection of piping systems. PMI is required to identify type of used alloy, austenitic and duplex materials. PMI shall be carried out by X-RAY spectrometers – e. g. Texas Nuclear 9200, or by apparatuses, which work at the same principle. The relevant certificates shall be provided and supplied till mechanical completion latest.

2.2.9 Coefficient “J” and “X” shall be stipulated for Cr – Mo steels, which are predisposed to thermal embrittlement and toughness degradation. This information shall be stipulated for everyone area of welding joints. The coefficient of 'J' and 'X' shall be defined by designer, and manufacturer shall verify the material meet this value by issuing a PMI report.

2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping.

2.2.11 Using of gaskets and components, which contain the asbestos, is not allowed.

2.2.12 Good and safe access shall be provided to all pipings for operation, inspection and maintenance purposes (disassembling, lifting and moving of all equipment shall be included).

2.2.13 For parts of equipment which weight is more than 25 kg and which can’t be reached by a mobile crane to assist in the maintenance work, trolley beams for manually operated hoists shall be provided.

2.2.14 Manufacturer shall carry out selection of the pipelines for the periodical ultrasonic wall thickness measurement, selection of measurement points (see also Appendix SN, point A.9), providing the zero measurements. Manufacturer shall provide the revision sheets with isometric drawings and marked measurement points, all in digital vector format, further shall provide comment to the method of the measurement point’s selection and method of collection and evaluation measured data.

2.2.15 For piping with minimum flanged joints (for safety reason) shall be issued procedure for repetitive hydrostatic testing.

2.3 Specifications for strength calculations of piping MOL Group prefers execution of strength calculations on the piping systems in the following cases:

Page 9: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 6/16

− On basis of design temperature, the piping shall be subjected to strength calculations as follows:

− Over 350 °C design temperature all DN 50 and bigger pipes − Over 200 °C design temperature all DN 100 and bigger pipes − Over 150 °C design temperature all DN 200 and bigger pipes. − Over 100 °C design temperature all DN 100 and bigger stainless steel pipes All pipes of − DN 600 and bigger size, independent of the design temperature. − High pressure > 600 lbs and > DN 80 − DN 300 and bigger size at storage tank − including expansion joint − Heater transfer line − Buried line Under -20 °C design temperature all cold lines. − All lines related to working safety and load ability as well as to equipment critical from

expenses points of view. − Piping connecting to pump, turbine and compressor. − Connecting lines of towers, storage tanks and furnaces. Special piping:

− Pipes with heating jacket

2.4 Selection of welded and seamless pipes

Constructions preferred by MOL Group:

2.4.1 Carbon steel and medium alloy steel pipes:

− In case of PN 16, and ANSI CLASS 150 pressure grades: Up to DN 250 seamless pipes From DN 300 welded pipes

− In case of PN 40, or ANSI CLASS 300 pressure grades and above: Up to DN 350 seamless pipes From DN 400 welded pipes.

For the media causing stress corrosion seamless pipes can be used only apart from the diameter and the pressure grade. The same should be applied for the cases where 3 mm or thicker corrosion excess is calculated.

2.4.2 Application of the austenitic corrosion resistant steel, welded and seamless pipes: DN 15-DN 50 seamless pipes, DN 65-DN150 seamless or welded pipes, From DN 200 welded pipes.

3. Requirements for application

3.1 Construction of equipment shall allow safety equipment stopping, emptying and cleaning. The equipment construction shall allow safety reparation and carrying out prescribed tests and inspection.

Page 10: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 7/16

3.2 The appropriate grease agent shall be used for bolts assembly.

3.3 Piping shall be provided with vents and drains.

3.4 Piping shall be equipped by local pressure and temperature gauges, where applicable.

3.5 Valves shall normally be flanged and the face-to-face dimensions shall conform to ANSI or EN norms. Welded-in valves shall, however, be used in high pressure lines. Screwed valves (for 1½" and smaller) are only permitted with the consent of MOL Group.

3.6 In case of positive displacement type of rotating machines (compressors and high pressure pumps) piping shall be anchored and guided to eliminate excessive vibrations in piping and supporting structure.

3.7 Piping around all equipment shall be arranged to permit access to equipment and removal of equipment for maintenance and inspection. Where necessary, spool pieces designed for easy removal shall be provided in piping e.g. at pumps and drivers to facilitate the removal of pump impellers or drivers without dismantling piping or valves.

3.8 MOL recommends using of spiral wound gaskets with outer and inner rings or cam profile gaskets.

3.9 Any piping for hydrocarbons, hydrogen, and hydrogen sulphide shall be manufactured of killed carbon steel.

3.10 Piping materials (including valves) shall be comply with the recommendations for sour service in accordance with NACE Standards (in this case the medium will be content H2S, chlorides and ammonia).

3.11 Any piping for NaOH, DEA shall be manufactured of fine-grained, killed carbon steel. Piping NaOH and DEA service shall be subject to PWHT.

3.12 Any piping for manufacture, which the Licensor specifies austenitic steel, shall be manufactured from stabilized austenitic steel.

3.13 Welded joints of following materials are not permitted: SS/CS, AS/CS, AS/SS

3.14 Lines in the creep zone, if applicable for this project, shall be designed for 200.000 hours operation.

3.15 In accordance with EN 13480 the X-rayed pipe welds shall be equipped by the stainless tags where the identification number of the X-ray picture shall be indicated.

3.16 Surface roughness of the flange face shall be between 3.2 – 6.3 µm Ra (125–250 RMS) also described as smooth finish.

3.17 Manufacturer shall mark all rest piping, which remain after installation, by tag welded on these tubes. There shall be indicated the number of the certificate, issued for the relevant tube, on this tag.

Page 11: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 8/16

3.18 All parts of piping shall be protected against static electricity by grounding i.e. connecting of piping to ground steel structures or other parts of equipment and by conductive bonding of flange connection, every 50 m.

3.19 Acid pickling, passivity or similar treatment of piping shall be carried out as the integral part of Manufacturer's supply of erection and installation. Any chemicals necessary for these Manufacturer's activities, inclusively chemicals required for neutralization, shall be provided by the Manufacturer. Manufacturer shall provide any equipment and device required for carrying outside work. If for cleaning, washing purging, etc. of equipment/piping is required special equipment/device, such equipment/device shall be provided by Manufacturer too.

3.20 Isometric drawings shall be prepared for 40 mm ID and bigger, for lines below 40 mm ID system sketches shall be prepared. Isometric drawings shall be prepared for all hydrocarbon, corrosion, and "dangerous gases" service showing the location of UT measuring points for regular inspection and maintenance purposes. A list of such measuring points shall be integrated to the piping documentation showing the actual initial wall thickness at these points with columns for subsequent measurement (inspection) results. Recommended time cycles for such UT measuring and inspection shall be specified. The isometric drawings and lists shall be prepared in suitable mode for computerized data.

3.21 A report from final setting of pipe supports shall be issued by Manufacturer.

3.22 Vendor documentation of valves shall consist of the assembly drawing (original size), part list, manuals for installation, operation and maintenance, all material certificates and the hydrostatic test pressure records.

3.23 Low emission valves if VOC emission is possible shall be used. Emission factor 1000 ppm is requested.

3.24 Replaceable threaded valve seats for steam service will be seal welded to the valve body

3.25 Gear operators shall be sized to operate the valve under full differential pressure unless a lower maximum differential is stated. Rim pull – on load shall be maximal 350 N.

3.26 It is strictly prohibited to use piping parts, which are used for regulation and control of technological process (e.g. valves), as supporting elements.

3.27 Safe and good access to valves and instruments including relief valves shall be provided by means of platforms, access ways, stairs, and ladders as appropriate.

3.28 In accordance with MOL Group internal regulation all pressure safety valves (PSV) shall be adjusted at test skid before the pre-commissioning. If PSV´s are installed on position they have to be dismantled. The “Pressure Safety Valve Card” for each PSV shall be issued after testing. Adjustment of each PSV shall be done at company, nominated by MOL Group. All activities related to issuing “Pressure Safety Valve Cards” shall be in scope of Subcontractor’s supply.

3.29 Vendor documentation shall consist of the assembly drawing (original size), part list, manuals for installation, operation and maintenance, all material certificates, certificate of

Page 12: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 9/16

radiographic test, certificate of tightness test, and the hydrostatic test pressure records.

4. Corrosion protection

4.1 Corrosion protection of piping system concerning the outside environment according to ISO EN 12 944 shall meet the requirements of corrosion loading marked “C4”.

4.2 Painting systems, which will be applied on the inside equipment surfaces, shall be designed without the possibility of impact on technological medium. Painting system influence shall not degrade the technological medium.

5. Conservation of equipment for transport and storage

5.1 The conservation of the whole piping system shall be suitable for against the weather and general refinery atmosphere until the end of the guarantee period to ensure guarantee condition.

5.2 In case of possible damage during shipping and storage, the pipes need to be protected. The connecting ends should be covered, with a plastic cap, so the welding ends do not get damaged. The threaded pipes should be protected, against mechanical damage.

5.3 The piping elements can be conserved only after the relevant prescribed tests.

5.4 If will be needed the conservation agent shall be removed by available method.

5.5 After completion of the production the piping system shall be carefully cleaned and drained. Mill scale, welding splashes and wastes shall be removed. The machined surfaces contacting with air shall be provided with an easily removable anti-corrosive coat. The nozzle connection shall be closed so that the terminations should protect the nozzles from the shipment till the erection against weather and mechanical damages.

5.6 In case of fabrication according to local standards the specifications of the relevant standards and EN 10204 standards, and the AD-Merkblätter 2000 specifications applying whilst for design and fabrication according to PED the relevant approximated (harmonized) EN standards shall be considered. The Manufacturer shall furnish all manufacturing documents and the as-built documentation, to the MOL Group.

6. On-site installation and adjustments

6.1 The delivered piping elements or prefabricated piping isometrics shall be stored till the installation at a place providing protection against mechanical damages, propped professionally, protected against external and internal corrosion, in order to ensure conservation and, meet the guarantee conditions. 6.2 At the site of the installation the piping system shall be subjected to hydro-test. This should be impeded by some mechanical damage or any other reason; the fault has to be eliminated according to the guarantee conditions. 6.3 The necessary contractor's works (final painting, heat insulation, etc.) may be carried out only after a successful pressure test.

Page 13: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 10/16

6.4 Specifications of the necessary contractor's works (painting, heat insulation, etc.) shall be included in the plan documents (either directly in the technical description or in form of enclosed data sheets). 6.5 During the course of the on-site installation provisions shall be made on setting the piping system into adequate horizontal or vertical position and, stress- free fitting of the nozzles. 6.6 During the course of the on-site installation the relevant labour safety and fire protection specifications in force as well as concrete local specifications of the MOL Group shall be adhered to.

6.7 Content of the plan documentation, as minimum shall meet the requirements of relevant specifications and the stipulations of the contract. The Manufacturer shall deliver the factory documenting and the as built documentation according to clause MGS-S-REF-M-5.4.2, to the MOL Group.

7. Referred standards, specifications

7.1 General

Vendor is obliged to use the below mentioned standard for Vendor’s scope of supply. Note: All Codes and standards listed below shall be read within the frame of European Community Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EC (PED).

These standards will be applied in the order of precedence according to clarification with MOL Group as below:

a) EU Directives and National regulations, Laws, Codes and Standards valid at the date of signing the Contract;

b) MGS – Standards; c) International and National Standards; d) Project specification e) Vendor’s specifications; f) Licensor‘s specifications.

The latest editions of standards valid at the date of signing the CONTRACT shall be applicable for design.

7.2 Standards:

─ Process & Utility Piping: ANSI/ASME B 31.3, PED or EN 13480, ASME B36.19, ASME B36.10, API 5L, DIN 2448, DIN 2458, DIN 2462, DIN 2463,

─ Fittings

Elbows: ASME B16.9, ASME B16.11, ASME B16.28, ASME B16.5, MSS SP-43 or DIN 2605 T1, DIN 2605 T2.

Reducers: ASME B16.9, ASME B16.11, ASME B16.5 or DIN 2616 T1, DIN 2616 T2.

Tees: ASME B16.9, ASME B16.5 or DIN 2615 T1, DIN 2615 T2. ─ Flanges

Page 14: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 11/16

ASME B16.5, ASME B16.47, EN-1092, ISO 7005-1

─ Gaskets ASME B16.20, ASME B16.21, EN1591, EN12560, DIN 2690, DIN 2691, DIN 2692

─ Valves API 594, API 600, API 602, API 608, API 609, API 526, API 527, EN 558-1/2,

7.3 Material certificates (for SLOVNAFT see point A.9): The following inspection documents are required:

where a material manufacturer has an appropriate quality assurance system, certified by a competent body established within the Community and having undergone a specific assessment for materials, an inspection document type 3.1 (EN10204)

or

• inspection documents type 3.2 (EN10204) for other manufacturers. The relevant Authorised Body according to the EN 13480-1-7 issues the Declaration of Conformity.

7.4 ISO Certification: For piping system manufacturers the certification of their quality managing system in compliance with ISO 9000 or equivalent system shall be supplied.

7.5 Piping material: a) Pressure Equipment Directive PED (2014/68/EC) b) EN 13480-2 Metallic industrial piping materials c) AD-Merkblätter 2000 (PED conform) d) ASTM (NACE or EN ISO 15156 for sour service) ) and PED or EN;

7.6 Welding Qualifications and Specifications: ASME IX and EN For each type of material specified in Bidder’s specification, welding procedure specifications and qualification records (WPS, PQR) and welder qualification test reports will be provided.

7.7 Valve Inspection and Testing: API 598, EN 12266-1

7.8 Insulation: For Insulation the „ Insulation Specification „prepared by Manufacturer and reviewed by MOL Group will be used. Following standards ASTM B 209, ASTM 547, ASTM C 592 and ASTM C 795 shall form a part of this specification. The MGS-S-REF-M–6.3 shall be followed.

7.9 Bolts, Nuts and Washers: All bolts, nuts and washers will be designed in metric sizing, in principle. However, inching sizing can be applied for specific parts only as exceptions and shall be subjected to approval of MOL Group. For design and selection of bolts and nuts shall be in compliance with MGS-S-REF-M 3.1.2.

Page 15: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 12/16

Conductive joint of flanges shall be ensured. Fan-shaped washers shall be made from spring steel or carbon steel with adequate material quality and heat treatment. Standard DIN 6798 shall be applied. When the temperature of media is higher than 300 °C the washers with zink coating protection is not allowed.

Page 16: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 13/16

Appendix SN – additional rules valid for Slovnaft refinery:

A. Equipment design: A.1 In compliance with the legislation and with the regulations of Slovak Republic Law

No. 264/1999 Coll. in last wording and the Government Regulation (GR) No. 1/2016 Coll. in last wording (PED 2014/68/EC) new manufactured pressure technical equipments are considered as a „defined products“. These products (pressure vessels, heat exchangers, air coolers, filters, piping, etc.) shall be delivered with a Declaration of Conformity, which shall be issued according to the GR 1/2016 Coll. by relevant manufacturer. The construction of pressure equipment shall meet the requirements of these Slovak Laws. The Public Notice No. 508/2009 shall be applied for modification, reconstruction, reparation and operating of existing equipment after it’s putting on the market and before its commissioning. It is necessary to take into account following conditions for equipment design see MGS-S-REF-M 1.0.

A.2 The standards EN, API, ASME can be applied together with STN (or STN EN) for supplying of technological units and for reconstruction of existing equipment.

A.3 (to point 2.5) According to valid Slovak standards allowed hot equipment surface contact temperature is 50 °C from personnel safety point of view.

A.4 For pressure vessel, for which is not possible to execute the hydrostatic re-test on site during the period required by local code (Public Notice No. 508/2009 Coll.) or is not possible to execute the internal inspection during the period required by local code, for such pressure vessel the Vendor shall ensure relevant Notified Body’s (and/or Authorized Legal Person) written approval, confirming the procedure how the pressure vessel shall be tested during the period, required by local code. Vendor shall prepare the draft of such procedure, which will be commented by Buyer. The relevant Notified Body’s (and/or Authorized legal Person) written approval shall be incorporated into the “Pressure Vessel Record Book“(Passport). The necessary details shall be included in the vessel’s technical documentation. Test and inspection methods shall also be applied after repairs of vessels. Any data necessary for extended life calculation for such vessels shall be also is included in the documentation.

A.5 We prefer equipment flange selection and piping flange selection according to ANSI. Flanges according to STN shall be selected in accordance with nominal pressure rating as follows: PN 16; PN 40; PN 63; PN 100; PN 160; PN 250.

A.6 It shall be Vendor’s obligation to specify in Vendor’s equipment data sheets the material type and grade in compliance with the ASME Code or other standards for pressure vessel design of which the concerned equipment shall be manufactured. The denomination like "Carbon steel” or “C.S.”, "Low alloy steel", “Stainless steel” or ”SS” etc. shall not be considered as satisfactory. All parts (sections) of vessels for hydrocarbons, hydrogen and hydrogen sulphide service shall be manufactured of the same grade of material (with exception of vessels with internal weld overlaying or internal bimetal plates applying).

Page 17: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 14/16

A.7 Column skirts, reactor skirts, vessel saddles and main steel structures (e. g. girders) shall be protected against fire for period of 120 minutes (by heat resisting material).

A.8 SELLER shall, in accordance with Code No. 264/1999 Coll., ensure prescribed certificates (e. g. Declaration of conformity) issued by relevant authority (and/or manufacturer) for valves, including the control valves. For certification SELLER shall ensure the Declaration of Conformity, issued by relevant manufacturer in Vendor’s country and shall ensure the Vendor’s documentation.

A.9 To point 2.2.14: Selection of measurement points shall be carried out in line with the valid local SN regulation. Contractor/Designer/Manufacturer shall elaborate inspection sheets for piping (see MGS-S-REF-M-1.0, Appendix SN, Figure No. 2). The measurement points on equipment shall be permanently marked.

A.10 Assembly drawings shall contain table, where is shown: • Torque moments/preloads for all flanges screw joints; • Friction coefficient of anti-seized paste used; • Types of gaskets used;

A.11 Valves for steam piping with DN200 and more shall be bypassed due to startup of pipes (to avoid dangerous thermal pipe stress)

A.12 The anti-seized paste shall be applied for all bolts and nuts threads.

A.13 Material certificates • STN EN 10204 - certificate type 3.2 for all pressure parts and details welded to

pressure parts with design pressure ≥ 375 bar(g);

• STN EN 10204 - certificate type 3.1 for all pressure parts and details welded to pressure parts with design pressure < 375 bar(g) and for plugs and bolt flanges, support lugs and other structural parts carrying mechanical loads;

• STN EN 10204 - certificate type 2.2 for all elements including bolts, nuts and washers.

A.14 Piping blowing through and streaming (washing) during and after the installation (and before pressure/tightness test) shall be carried out in line with the 032/BTP/TI.

A.15 Accompanying technical documentation for valves shall meet the requirements of STN 13 3060 - 1 to 4. The valve and its components tests during manufacturing phase shall meet the requirements of STN 13 3060.

B. Corrosion protection B.1 The lifetime of external painting systems shall be minimally 15 years.

C. Conservation of equipment for transport and storage: C.1 The products surfaces shall be cleaned and degreased before is painting or

conservation applied. The surface preparation shall meet the requirements of relevant STN.

Page 18: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 15/16

D. Standards D.1 These standards and rules shall be applied in the order of precedence according

to clarification with BUYER as below: a) Laws, Codes and Standards valid in Slovak Republic at the date of signing the

Contract b) The Authority Engineering and the Detail Engineering for the Plant and civil

work, equipment and execution of erection and installation work will comply with provisions of standards valid in the Slovak Republic STN (Slovak Technical Standard).

c) The compliance with standards of the Slovak Republic will be achieved either by contracting some kinds of work and supplies with local organizations, which are familiar with the relevant standards of the Slovak Republic or by application of suitable European standards with requirements of equal or higher-grade strictness than requirements of standards valid in the Slovak Republic. In cases, when the relevant International standard is less severe than standard valid in the Slovak Republic or in cases when standards valid in the Slovak Republic include particular requirements not provided by the relevant International standards, provisions of standards valid in the Slovak Republic will be adhered to.

d) The Public Notice No. 508/2009 Coll. shall be applied for “Classified equipment”. The quality of installation of all equipment that belongs to group A according to Public Notice No. 508/2009 Coll. shall be checked by the Authorized legal person (Official tests or repeated tests). According to Law No. 124/2006 Coll. the list of Authorized legal persons is issued by National Labor Inspectorate of Slovak republic. These persons are entitled to carry out the OT required by Public Notice No. 508/2009 Coll. for classified technical equipment. Seller, manufacturer or Implementation Company is obliged to keep the steps described by Public notice No. 508/2009 Coll.:

• Detail engineering documentation shall be submitted to approval by Authorized legal person (acc. to Law. No 124/2006 Coll. and Public notice No. 508/2009 Coll.)

• Seller, manufacturer or Implementation Company is obliged to arrange the Official test (according to Law. No 124/2006 Coll. and GR 392/2006 Coll.)

Activities during Official test: The Authorized legal person confirms fulfillment of:

installation conditions, testing, fixation of accessories and safety devices, accompanying documentation availability, availability of installation, operation and maintenance manual in

Slovak language. e) For steam, fuel gas lines and other dangerous gases-lines shall be issued a

particular "Piping Record Books", made out in compliance with relevant standard (and Public Notice 508/2009), and signed by the relevant Notified

Page 19: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.0 Refining & Marketing

Rev 1.00.02 16/16

Body. f) For the Authority Engineering and Detail Engineering particularly provisions of

standard concerning protection of industrial plants, buildings and storage areasagainst fire hazard Proclamation MVSR (Ministry of Interior) No. 94/2004 Coll.,which determines technical requirements on fire protection during Plantconstruction and Plant operation – STN 92 0800 Fire safety of buildings andSTN 92 0201 - 1 through 4 (fire risk, civil structures, escape ways andpersonnel evacuation, safety distances) shall be strictly adhered to.

g) Protection of underground water against pollution by hydrocarbons and otherharmful substances shall be strictly adhered to.

D.2 Process& Utility Piping: a) STN EN 13480 – 1 to 7 (valid for existing equipment, built before new legislation

rules taken over from EU and before its coming in force, concerning e. g. spare parts, maintenance, etc.)

b) 032/BTP/TI for existing equipment, built before new legislation rules came intoforce, concerning e. g. spare parts, maintenance, etc.

c) Requirements of Law 264/1999 Coll. (in last wording) and GR 1/2016 Coll. (inlast wording) shall be met.

D.3 Valves Inspection and Testing: STN EN 12266 - 1 Requirements of Law 264/1999 Coll. in last wording, GR 1/2016 Coll. in last wording shall be met.

D.4 Safety: STN (Slovak Technical Standards) and Slovnaft standard BP-06

D.5 Painting System: For Painting System the specification and requirements shall be used: − SSPC - Steel Structures Council, Volume 1 and 2 − SIS O5-59-00 - Swedish Standard for Surface − RAL 840 HR - Preparation, Überschtskarte RAL F2 zum Farbregister

Page 20: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

MOL Group

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL -

3. Piping system

1. Piping elements

1. Pipes, elbows, reducers, Tee and other fittings

MGS – S – REF – M – 3.1.1

Rev. 1.00.00

Page 21: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Identity code: Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M- 3.1.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL Release: Rev. 1.00.00 Date: Piping system 22.03.2012

Pipes, elbows, reducers, Tee and other fittings Page/Pages: 2/15

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

Release list

Rev. Date Description Edited Verified Approved

0.00.00 31.12.2005 Basic release

1.00.00 30.06.2012 General issue see sign. sheet MGS-S-REF-M-LI R. Kopalek see sign. sheet

MGS-S-REF-M-LI

Page 22: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1

Contents

PIPES.................................................................................................................................. 4 1. General Description.................................................................................................... 4

1.1 Scope of specification.............................................................................................. 4 1.2 Alternative offers ..................................................................................................... 4 1.3 Conflicting requirements.......................................................................................... 4 1.4 Referred standards, specifications .......................................................................... 4

2. Design requirements .................................................................................................. 4 2.1 Considerations to be taken into account.................................................................. 4 2.2 Design criteria ......................................................................................................... 5 2.3 Standards for pressure design ................................................................................ 5 2.4 Size standards......................................................................................................... 5 2.5 Pipe end preparation ............................................................................................... 6 2.6 Technical delivery conditions, restrictions and amendments relating to standards . 6 2.7 Certificate requirements .......................................................................................... 6

3. Guidelines of selecting steel material ......................................................................... 7 3.1 Lifetime.................................................................................................................... 7 3.2 Strength................................................................................................................... 7 3.3 Selection of corrosion allowance ............................................................................. 7 3.4 Toughness. Resistance to brittle ............................................................................. 8

4. Engineering Requisition (Request for quotation) ........................................................ 8 4.1 General terms.......................................................................................................... 8 4.2 Chemical composition ............................................................................................. 8 4.3 Toughness, Resistance to brittle fracture ................................................................ 8 4.4 Marking of pipes ...................................................................................................... 9 4.5 Transportation, packaging ....................................................................................... 9

ELBOWS, REDUCERS, TEES AND OTHER FITTINGS .................................................. 10 5. General description .................................................................................................. 10

5.1 Referenced publications ........................................................................................ 10 6. Design requirements ................................................................................................ 10

6.1 Standards for pressure design .............................................................................. 10 6.2 Size standards and dimensions............................................................................. 10 6.3 Technical delivery conditions, restrictions and amendments relating to standards 11 6.4 Documenting requirements ................................................................................... 12 6.5 Requirements for construction............................................................................... 12

7. Material selecting considerations ............................................................................. 13 7.1 Steel assortment ................................................................................................... 13 7.2 Aspects and guiding principles for selection of piping steel materials ................... 14

8. Engineering Requisition (Request for quotation) ...................................................... 14 8.1 End preparation..................................................................................................... 14 8.2 Requirements set against seams .......................................................................... 14 8.3 Chemical composition ........................................................................................... 14 8.4 Toughness. Resistance to brittle fracture .............................................................. 14 8.5 Marking of pipes elements..................................................................................... 14 8.6 Transportation - Packaging ................................................................................... 15

Rev 1.00.00 3/15

Page 23: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1

1. General Description

1.1 Scope of specification The present specification contains the minimal requirements of the pipes that will be in-stalled to the piping system at the MOL Group’s refinery plants to be constructed. The pip-ing system of the standard refinery plant does not contain the piping system carrying poi-sonous materials, which is classified by ASME B31.3 standard belong to the Category M Fluid Service, furthermore the very high pressure system in which the pressure is higher than is allowed by ASME B16.5 PN 420 (Class 2500) at the given temperature for the used material quality. The specification system contains neither non-metal (e.g. plastic or glass) nor the piping containing non-metallic coatings. The requirements are set for the selection, design, manufacturing, purchasing and on-site-installation of pipes.

1.2 Alternative offers If the Vendor offers an alternative design deviating from the project specification or the request document but equivalent of that, it can be accepted by a written consent of MOL Group.

1.3 Conflicting requirements If the Vendor offers an alternative design deviating from the project specification or the request document but equivalent of that, it can be accepted by a written consent of MOL Group.

1.4 Referred standards, specifications The principle referred standards: ASME B31.3 DIN 2413 ASME B36.19 DIN 2463 ASME B36.10 DIN 2462 AD-Merkblätter DIN 2448 DIN 2458 EN 13480

API 5L PED (2014/68/EC)

2. Design requirements

2.1 Considerations to be taken into account During the design calculations of the pipes, all the impacts expected at the location of the installation should be taken into account. These impacts can be the following: Primary loads: design pressure and temperature, environmental impacts (wind, snow, ice, earthquake), dynamic impacts, weight impacts (own mass, insulation, transported medium, pressure test medium), received primary load from connecting pipes, etc.

Rev 1.00.004/15

Page 24: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1

Secondary loads: loads generated by the inhibited deformation of the pipeline. The defor-mations are generated by the following impacts: temperature variations, internal pressure variations and the shift of connecting equipment. The checking of the pipeline for stability and repeating loads.

2.2 Design criteria

2.2.1 Design pressure The design pressure cannot be smaller that the pressure of the worst-case scenario of the internal, external pressures and temperatures expected during the operation, with the ex-ception of the preceding statements. The worst-case scenario calls for the use of the thickest pipe wall. In the case in which temperature and pressure changes are not frequent, then the nominal pressure or permitted tension can be increased in accordance with the following: If the variation in one instance takes less than 10 hours or, in a year, less than a 100 hours: 33%. If the variation in one instance takes less than 50 hours or, in a year, less than a 500 hours: 20 %. The above allowance can be applied if the following conditions are met: The number of cycles or the total number of variations does not exceed 7000 in the life-time of the pipeline system. Condition using lines in the creep zone shall be completed with the consideration of life-time 200 000 hours operation.

2.2.2 Design temperature The design temperature must be equal to the temperature of the metal that can be reached during the most extreme operational conditions considering simultaneous tem-perature and pressure conditions. The reference temperature for the steel material selection for outdoor installation is 20 °C below zero.

2.3 Standards for pressure design During the detailed design of pipes one of the following scaling standards should be taken into account: ASME B 31.3 standard, EN 13480 standard, AD-Merkblatt series of stan-dards. The pressure-grade is determined by the pipes outside diameter, the thickness of the wall and the quality of the used material. In the ASME/ASTM standard system for the determi-nation of the pressure-grade the Schedule number should be used instead of pipe wall thickness

2.4 Size standards During the detailed design of pipes one of the following standards should be used: ASME B36.10 DIN 2448 ASME B36.19 DIN 2458

Rev 1.00.00 5/15

Page 25: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1

API 5L DIN 2462 DIN EN ISO 1127 DIN 2463

2.5 Pipe end preparation Welding bevels and root face of the pipes shall meet the following requirements:

2.5.1 DIN Standard System In case of usage of the DIN Standard System the DIN 2559 standard marking numbers should be used: Max. 3 mm wall thickness: in correspondence to marking number 1, 3-16 mm wall thickness: in correspondence to marking number 22, Above 16 mm wall thickness: in correspondence to marking number 4;

2.5.2 ASME/ASTM Standard System In case of usage of the ASME/ASTM Standard System the ASME B16.9 standard re-quirements and the attached figures should be used: Max. 3 mm wall thickness: without chamfer, straight cut, plain end 3-16 mm wall thickness: plain bevel according to Figure 1. Above 16 mm wall thickness: compound bevel according to Figure 1.

2.6 Technical delivery conditions, restrictions and amendments relating to stan-dards

2.6.1 Technical delivery conditions The technical delivery conditions of pipes should meet with one of the following standards:

2.6.2 In case of usage of the DIN Standard System DIN 1626, 1628, 1629, 1630, 17173, 17174, 17175, 17176, 17178, 17179, 17455, 17456, 17457, 17458, 17459,

2.6.3 In case of usage of the ASME/ASTM Standard System ASTM A53, A106, A312, A333, A335, API 5L

2.7 Certificate requirements Certificates of all pipe elements shall meet the requirements of EN 10204, Type 3.1. The relevant Authorised Body according to the EN 13480-1-7 issues the Declaration of Conformity.

2.7.1 Explanation In the present specification the classification the construction of the pipes is the differentia-tion between welded and seamless pipes. The recommendations how to select either welded or seamless pipes are not irrevocable; in special cases alterations can be made considering for the situation. Alteration requires should be used by the written approval of the Client.

Rev 1.00.00 6/15

Page 26: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1

2.7.2 Constructions preferred by MOL Group In selection of welded and seamless pipes MOL Group prefers the following: Carbon steel and medium alloy steel pipes:

− In case of PN 16, PN 25 and ANSI CLASS 150 pressure grades: Up to DN 250 seamless pipes From DN 300 welded pipes

− In case of PN 40, or ANSI CLASS 300 pressure grades and above: Up to DN 350 seamless pipes From DN 400 welded pipes.

For the media causing stress corrosion seamless pipes can be used only apart from the diameter and the pressure grade. The same should be applied for the cases where 3 mm or thicker corrosion excess is calculated. Application of the austenitic corrosion resistant steel, welded and seamless pipes Austenitic corrosion resistant steel is characteristic by the mostly resistant against general surface corrosion (although they are not resistant against hydrochloride-acid, ozone, iron-chloride, sodium-disulphide etc.), but local corrosion may cause damages. There is higher probability of local corrosion (edge corrosion, stress corrosion etc.) near the weld than any other locations. It depends on the media, which is in contact with the steel. It means that welded pipes cannot be applied for certain media. In the case that no local corrosion caus-ing medium is expected, the preferences of MOL Group selecting welded or seamless pipes are the following: DN 15-DN 50 seamless pipes, DN 65-DN150 seamless or welded pipes, From DN 200 welded pipes.

3. Guidelines of selecting steel material

3.1 Lifetime Lifetime for the pipelines is calculated for 20 years.

3.2 Strength From economical point of view primary the low strength steels should be preferred (37 strength grade group, [235]). Even the corrosion loss is cheaper with those steels. Only low strength steel can be applied for media causing stress corrosion such as acidic gas, corrosive water, amine etc. In these cases the nominal tensile strength of the applied steel cannot be higher than 415 MPa. For PN 63 and higher-pressure grade 52 strength grade groups, [355] steel should be ap-plied. In the ASME/ASTM system primarily the low strength (37 strength grade [235] and 44 strength grade [275] steels are used.

3.3 Selection of corrosion allowance

3.3.1 Carbon steels or medium alloy steels

− If there is no significant corrosion minimum 1 mm, average 1.5 mm − Medium corrosion occurs 3 mm

Rev 1.00.00 7/15

Page 27: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1

− Significant corrosion occurs 6 mm.

3.3.2 High alloy (corrosion resistant) steels Corrosion excess of high alloy steels is generally 0.75 mm.

3.4 Toughness. Resistance to brittle The design requirements of steel selection preventing brittle failure described by the EN 13480 standard, which must be considered in selecting steel materials for pipes. To avoid brittle fracture of welded structure such as piping systems the strain conditions of the structure, the reference wall thickness, rate of load change, the reference temperature and the mechanical properties of steel material shall be taken into account. The EN 13480 standard set up requirements between the relationship of the reference wall thickness, the reference temperature and the certified transition temperature (characteris-tic material property).

4. Engineering Requisition (Request for quotation)

4.1 General terms The present specification contains the technical specification of steel pipes that should be applied for requesting offers and purchasing pipes. Both the descriptive part and the attached data sheets together form the technical re-quirements. The wall thickness indicated on the data sheets represents the nominal wall thickness of the pipes. Out of standard pipes cannot be offered. Piping materials (including valves) shall by comply with the recommendations for sour ser-vice in accordance with NACE Standards.

4.2 Chemical composition The steel must be killed steel. Each kind of material shall be identified by the heat number indicated in the relevant mill test report, if tubes are cut to pieces the heat number shall be transferred to each individ-ual new piece and the numbers of new pieces shall be recorded in the concerned mill test report or in an attachment to such report. Positive material identification is required for; materials used for the pipe work.

4.3 Toughness, Resistance to brittle fracture In accordance with the EN regulations the resistance to brittle fracture of the pipes should be proofed by the impact energy test of the steel material of the pipe. The guidelines and requirements of the impact energy test are provided in present specifi-cation. Where the data sheets do not provide specific information on the reference tem-perature there the reference temperature is 20 °C below zero (-20 °C) for the pipe compo-nents of that specific data sheet.

Rev 1.00.00 8/15

Page 28: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1

4.4 Marking of pipes The following information should be provided on the pipes if the pipe is not welding neck flanges or not threaded: The manufacturer’s identity code (trade mark), The standard reference number of the steel and the quality marks (grade and class refer-ences), Batch number, Item number, Outside diameter, Wall thickness or the Schedule number, In case of welded pipes after the Batch number a “U” should be marked indicating the fact that a non-destructive test was carried out. The following information should be provided on the pipes of threaded: The manufacturer’s identity code (trade mark), The standard reference number of the steel and the quality marks (grade and class refer-ences), Batch number, Item number, Nominal diameter, Pressure grade or the Schedule number, Drawings or line sketches will be prepared indicating which welder has welded which welds.

4.5 Transportation, packaging In case of possible damage during shipping and storage, the pipes need to be protected. The connecting ends should be covered, with a plastic cap, so the welding ends do not get damaged. The threaded pipes should be protected, against mechanical damage.

Rev 1.00.00 9/15

Page 29: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1

ELBOWS, REDUCERS, TEES AND OTHER FITTINGS

5. General description

5.1 Referenced publications The mostly fundamental, referenced standard: ASME B31.3 ASME B16.9, ASME B 16.11 ASTM A234 ASTM A403 ASTM A420 DIN 2609 DIN 2605 T2 DIN 2615 T2 DIN 2616 T2 EN 13480-1-7

6. Design requirements

6.1 Standards for pressure design

6.1.1 Defining wall thickness of the fittings Wall thickness of the ASME B16.9, DIN 2605 T2, DIN 2615 T2 and DIN 2619 T2 fittings shall be designed that they should be capable of bearing identical internal overpressure as if they were straight pipes of identical wall thickness, provided that the yield points of the fitting and the pipe are identical or in case of ASME/ASTM system their allowable stresses are identical, moreover, the longitudinal weld joint quality factor (design factor) and their outside diameters are identical. A further condition is that no corrosion allowance is taken into account either for the straight pipe or the fitting. This letter means that if calculation with corrosion allowance in the system is made (which is the general case), the fitting will be slightly oversized with respect to the straight pipe section. In application of fittings according to T1 standard sheets (DIN 2605 T1, DIN 2615 T1, DIN 2619 T1 standards) the utilization factor shall be taken into account, which indicates how much percents of the internal pressure of a straight pipe of thickness identical to the wall thickness of the connection can be born by the given fitting. Here also the criteria de-scribed for the T2 profiles apply. Standards DIN 2605 T1 and T2, as well as DIN 2615 T1 and T2 prescribe application of the TRD 301 regulations for pressure design of the fitting whilst standards DIN 2616 T1 and T2 prescribe that of the AD-Merkblatt B2. Standard ASME B16.9 in turn makes refer-ence to the ASME B31.

6.2 Size standards and dimensions

6.2.1 Size standards

6.2.1.1 Elbows Standards ASME B16.9, ASME B16.11, ASME B16.28, ASME B16.5, MSS SP-43 or DIN 2605 T1, DIN 2605 T2.

6.2.1.2 Reducers Standards ASME B16.9, ASME B16.11, ASME B16.5, MSS SP-43, MSS SP-79 and MSS SP-95 or DIN 2616 T1, DIN 2616 T2.

Rev 1.00.00 10/15

Page 30: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1

6.2.1.3 Tees Standards ASME B16.9, ASME B16.5, MSS SP-43, DIN 2615 T1 and DIN 2615 T2.

6.2.2 End preparation

6.2.2.1 See point 2.5.1 and 2.5.2

6.2.2.2 Maximum envelope for welding end transition In case of usage of any standard system the piping elements having different connecting wall thickness, the transition from the welding bevel to outside surface of the fitting and from the root face to the inside surface of the fitting shall be according to figure 2 of stan-dard ASME B16.9 with the deviation that the outside or inside slope applied necessarily to the bigger wall thickness may not be larger than 1:4 instead of 1:3 illustrated in the figure.

6.3 Technical delivery conditions, restrictions and amendments relating to stan-dards

6.3.1 Technical delivery conditions The technical delivery conditions of fittings shall meet specifications of one of the following standards: DIN 2609 ASTM A234 ASTM A403 ASTM A420

6.3.2 Special requirements set against welded fittings

6.3.2.1 Design, execution, heat treatment and inspection of the welds Welded fittings may contain only longitudinal seam(s): one or two. The longitudinal seams shall be double-welded, full penetration welds. (Two-side welded or back welded seam.) The seam shall be so welded as to ensure weld joint quality factor of 1.0 in respect of siz-ing to internal pressure. The joint shall be welded by qualified welder using qualified pro-cedure and shall be given a final heat treatment. The heat treatment may be stress-relieving annealing, normalizing or other heat treatment, depending on Manufacturer’s specifications. The longitudinal seams shall be examined throughout their entire length by radiographic and ultrasonic examination. Qualification of persons performing the non-destructive examination and certification of their qualification shall meet the specifications of the EN 473:1994 or EN 473:1993 standard Quality Grade 2 in case of fittings delivered according to DIN or, in case of fittings delivered according to ASTM, the specifications of the ASME BPV Code Section IX.

6.3.2.2 Evaluation of results of the radiographic examination Acceptance limits for evaluation on basis of radiographic examination of the welded joints:

− In case of fittings according to DIN: Evaluation class “C” of standard DIN EN 25817

− In case of fittings according to ASME: According to ASME BPV Code Section VIII. Division 1. Paragraph UW-51.

Rev 1.00.00 11/15

Page 31: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1

6.3.2.3 Evaluation of result of the ultrasonic examination Acceptance limits for evaluation on basis of ultrasonic examination of the welded joints:

− In case of fittings according to DIN: AD-Merkblatt HP 5/3 − In case of fittings according to ASME: According to ASME BPV Code Section VIII.

Division 1. Appendix 12.

6.4 Documenting requirements Certificates of all fittings shall meet the requirements of EN 10204, Type 3.1.

6.5 Requirements for construction

6.5.1 Interpretation Discrimination of the fittings by construction in these specifications means only discrimina-tion between the welded or seamless construction of the fittings. According to interpreta-tion of these specifications the welded fittings may contain only longitudinal seams. Thus, fittings fabricated with branching welded with circular seam to the pipe are not sorted to the welded Tees. The following recommendations relating to selection between the welded or seamless fittings have no absolute validity and deviations from them in special cases on basis of separate considerations can be made. For the deviation, however, a written permit from MOL Group is required.

6.5.2 Selection of application of welded and seamless fittings in case of carbon steel or low- and medium-alloy steel fittings Selection shall be made according to the following: In case of PN 16, PN 25 and ANSI CLASS 150 pressure rating:

a) Seamless fitting up to DN 250 inclusive b) Welded fitting from DN 300 upward.

For PN 40, resp. ANSI CLASS 300 pressures rating and higher: a) Seamless fitting up to DN 350 inclusive b) Welded fitting from DN 400 upward.

In case of media causing corrosion, independent of diameter and pressure grade, only seamless pipe may be used. The very same applies to the cases where 3 mm or larger corrosion allowance shall be taken into account. Equal Tees and Reducing Tees where the outlet is smaller only by one rated diameter grade then the run pipe may be selected also only in seamless construction. Occasionally deviation from the above said can be made with MOL Group’s consent or, occasionally MOL Group may modify the above said requirements.

6.5.3 Selection of application of welded and seamless fittings in case of austenitic stain-less steel and duplex steel fittings For corrosion-proof of the austenitic steels is typical that they in majority of the cases are resistive to general surface corrosion (although not to everything because, for example, they do not resist against hydrochloric acid, ozone, iron-chloride, sodium bisulphide) but at the same time deterioration is in majority of the cases by local corrosion. In vicinity of the welding seam the chance for local corrosion (knife-edge corrosion, stress corrosion, etc.)

Rev 1.00.00 12/15

Page 32: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1

is greater than at the other places. This also depends on what sort of medium contacts with the steel. This means that in case of certain media welded pipes may not be used at all. If no medium promoting such local corrosion is to be reckoned with, then the selection shall be according to the following: DN 15 - DN 50 seamless fitting DN 65 - DN 150 seamless or welded fitting From DN 200 upward welded fitting. In certain cases MOL may modify the above said specifications.

6.5.4 Selection between fittings designed acc. to sheet T1 or T2 The DIN standard system provides possibility for selection between sheets T1 and T2. The fittings according to sheet T1 (DIN 2605 T1, DIN 2615 T1 and DIN 2616 T1) in principle may be used without any restriction; however they shall meet the criterion that for the fit-ting according to sheet T1 the permissible maximum pressure calculated with use of the utilization factor specified in the standard shall be higher than the design pressure of the given pipe class. In practice, however, its application did not spread widely since in gen-eral it can be used only where the given pipe section (pipe class) is oversized. The de-mand for over sizing is the highest for the Tees, followed by the Elbows and the demand is the smallest at the reducers. The above said means also that usage of fittings according to T1 is pipe class dependent. A further problem is that the profiles have to be selected resp. checked individually by the Designer and in the installation also great care is to be paid on preventing T1-elements of the different pipe classes from getting mixed. On basis of all these circumstances MOL Group permits their usage only to a limited extent. Tees may be installed up to maximum PN 16 pressure grade, elbows and reducers up to maximum PN 25 pressure grade, if otherwise meeting the design criteria defined by standard.

6.5.5 Cast fittings Cast fittings (e.g. flanged fittings according to standard ASME B16.9) may be used only in special cases, subject to special approval by MOL Group. (Enamelled fittings or fittings provided with plastic coat, where in general cast fittings are used, do not form subject to these specifications.)

6.5.6 Application of socket-welding fittings In case of application of the ASME/ASTM system in the ½”-1 1/2” rated size range socked-welding fittings according to ASME B16.11 shall be used, unless instruction deviating from this exists.

7. Material selecting considerations

7.1 Steel assortment Standard defining material assortment of the fittings in case of application of DIN standard system:

− Butt welding fittings, Technical delivery conditions DIN 2609 − In this standard carbon steel, medium-alloy and high-alloy steels are listed in Ta-

ble 2, defining at the same time the standard of the starting semi-finished product. (Plate, pipe, forging, etc.)

Rev 1.00.00 13/15

Page 33: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1

The American standard system defines the selectable material qualities in three different standards:

− Piping fittings made of carbon steel and low-alloy steel for moderate and Elevated temperatures ASTM A234

− Piping fittings made of carbon steel and alloy steel for low temperature service ASTM A420

− Wrought austenitic stainless steel piping fittings, ASTM A403.

7.2 Aspects and guiding principles for selection of piping steel materials

7.2.1 Lifetime: see point 3.1

7.2.2 Strength: see point 3.2

8. Engineering Requisition (Request for quotation)

8.1 End preparation Welding bevels and root face of the fittings and the envelope for welding end transition (reduction of the wall thickness of the fittings to the connecting wall thickness) shall be in compliance with clause 2.5 of these specifications.

8.2 Requirements set against seams The seams of the welded fittings shall meet the requirements of clause 2.5. of this specifi-cations.

8.3 Chemical composition The steel shall be of killed product.

8.4 Toughness. Resistance to brittle fracture Toughness of the steel suiting to the given application and its resistance to brittle fracture shall be certified according to EN 13480. Where the data sheets do not contain concrete specification of the reference temperature, for piping elements of the data sheet -20 °C (minus 20 °C) reference temperature applies.

8.5 Marking of pipes elements The following data shall be indicated on the weld-neck fittings: Identification (commercial) mark of the factory Standard number and quality (grade and class) mark of the steel Charge number, batch number, outside diameter Connect wall thickness or Schedule number. In case of welded fittings the fact of execution of the non-destructive test shall be indicated by letter “U”, following the charge number. On the weld-neck and threaded pipe elements the following data shall be indicated:

a) identification (commercial) mark of the factory b) standard number and quality (grade and class) mark of the steel c) charge number, batch number, outside diameter

Rev 1.00.00 14/15

Page 34: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1

d) connect wall thickness or Schedule number.

8.6 Transportation - Packaging Transportation Packaging: The fittings shall be protected against damages during transportation and storing. The connecting ends shall be provided with adequate plastic caps, in order to prevent the weld-ing edges from damaging. Threads of the threaded fittings shall be also protected against mechanical damages.

Rev 1.00.00 15/15

Page 35: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

MOL Group

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL -

3. Piping

1. Piping elements 2. Flanges, gaskets, screws and bolts

MGS – S – REF - M – 3.1.2

Rev. 1.00.00

Page 36: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Identity code: Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M- 3.1.2

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL Release: Rev. 1.00.00 Date: Piping system 22.03.2012

Flanges, gaskets, screws and bolts Page/Pages: 2/15

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

Release list

Rev. Date Description Edited Verified Approved

0.00.00 31.12.2005 Basic release

1.00.00 30.06.2012 General issue see sign. sheet MGS-S-REF-M-LI R. Kopalek see sign. sheet

MGS-S-REF-M-LI

Page 37: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

Contents FLANGES ......................................................................................................................... 5 1. General description .................................................................................................... 51.1 General Description................................................................................................. 5 1.2 Alternative offers ..................................................................................................... 5 1.3 Conflicting requirements.......................................................................................... 5 1.4 Definition of terms ................................................................................................... 5 1.5 Referred standards, specifications .......................................................................... 5 1.6 Abbreviations........................................................................................................... 5 2. Design requirements .................................................................................................. 52.1 Considerations to be taken into account.................................................................. 5 2.2 Pressure design standards...................................................................................... 6 2.3 Size standards (geometry) ...................................................................................... 6 2.4 Size standards (Flange facing)................................................................................ 6 2.5 Flange welding ends in the American standard system........................................... 7 2.6 Flange facing in the American Standard System, (geometry) ................................. 8 2.7 Flange facing finish (surface roughness) in the American standard system............ 9 2.8 Flange facing finish (surface roughness) in the DIN standard system..................... 9 2.9 Selection criteria of the flange facing type and facing finish in the American Stan-dard System ................................................................................................................... 10 2.10 Selection criteria of the flange facing type and facing finish in the DIN Standard System ........................................................................................................................... 10 2.11 Technical delivery conditions.............................................................................. 10 2.12 Marking............................................................................................................... 11 2.13 Certificate requirements ..................................................................................... 11 3. Selection of flanges .................................................................................................. 113.1 Type of flange........................................................................................................ 11 3.2 Material selection criteria system .......................................................................... 11 4. Engineering Requisition (Request for quotation) ...................................................... 124.1 The descriptive part of the Engineering Requisition .............................................. 12 4.2 Packaging.............................................................................................................. 12 GASKETS ....................................................................................................................... 12 5 General description ...................................................................................................... 13 5.1 Referred publication .............................................................................................. 13 6. Design requirements ................................................................................................ 136.1 Design criteria ....................................................................................................... 13 6.2 Standards for Design............................................................................................. 13 6.3 Size standards (geometry) .................................................................................... 13 6.4 According to Euro standards ................................................................................. 14 7. Aspects for selection of gasket type and material .................................................... 147.1 Flat NON-ASB gaskets.......................................................................................... 14 7.2 Profiled steel ring gaskets ..................................................................................... 14 7.3 Spiral-Wound gaskets ........................................................................................... 14 7.4 Smooth and corrugated gaskets with metal-jacket filling ....................................... 15 7.5 Standards determining the technical delivery conditions....................................... 15 7.6 Marking.................................................................................................................. 15

3/21

Page 38: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

7.7 Documenting requirements ................................................................................... 16 8. Engineering Requisition (Request for quotation) ...................................................... 16 8.1 Worded part of the Engineering Requisition (Request for quotation) .................... 16 9. Packing and shipment ........................................................................................... 16 SCREWS AND BOLTS ................................................................................................... 17 10. General description ............................................................................................... 17 11. Design requirements ............................................................................................. 17 11.1 Design criteria .................................................................................................... 17 11.2 Standards for sizing............................................................................................ 17 11.3 Applicable screw dimensions and forms ............................................................ 17 11.4 Equivalence of certain screw size standards...................................................... 18 12. Aspects for screw type selection ........................................................................... 19 12.1 Selection of bolting material (bolt and nut) ......................................................... 19 12.2 Screw and nut pairs............................................................................................ 19 12.3 Standards to be considered when designing, determining the technical delivery conditions. Restrictions and amendments...................................................................... 20 12.4 Marking .............................................................................................................. 20 12.5 Documenting requirements ................................................................................ 20 13. Engineering Requisition (Request for quotation) ................................................... 20 13.1 Worded part of the Engineering Requisition....................................................... 20 14. Packaging: ............................................................................................................ 20 15. Acceptance of screws and bolts ............................................................................ 21

4/21

Page 39: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

5/21

FLANGES

1. General description

1.1 Scope of specification The present specification contains the minimal requirements of the flanges, gaskets, bolts and nuts that will be installed to the pipeline system at the MOL Group standard refinery plant to be constructed. The piping system of the standard refinery plant does not contain the piping system carrying poisonous materials, which classified by ASME B31.3 standard belong to the Category M Fluid Service, furthermore the very high pressure system in which the pressure is higher than what is allowed by ASME B16.5 PN 420 (Class 2500) at the given temperature for the used material quality. The specification system does not con-tain the non metal (e.g. plastic or glass) or the pipelines containing non-metallic coatings. The requirements are set for the selection, design, manufacturing, purchasing and on-site-installation of flanges. The present specification does not exempt the designer, the vendor, from the liability that the proper products are delivered with what the project needs for safe and efficient opera-tion. 1.2 Alternative offers Should the Vendor offer an alternative design deviating from the project specification or from the request for offer document but equivalent with that, it can be accepted by the writ-ten consent of MOL Group. 1.3 Conflicting requirements Should the Vendor offer an alternative design deviating from the project specification or from the request for offer document but equivalent with that, it can be accepted by the writ-ten consent of MOL Group. 1.4 Referred standards, specifications The principle referred standards: ASME B31.3 MSS SP-44 ASME B16.5 EN 1092 ASME B16.47 EN 13480-1-7 DIN 2512 DIN 2526 DIN 2519 DIN 2528 PED 2014/68/EC

2. Design requirements

2.1 Considerations to be taken into account

2.1.1 Design pressure The design pressure cannot be smaller that the pressure of the worst case scenario of the internal, external pressures and temperatures expected during the operation. As worst case condition is considered where the biggest pipe element wall thickness and the high-est pipe element pressure grade is requested.

Page 40: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

6/21

2.1.2 Design temperature The design temperature must be equal to the temperature of the metal, which can be reached during the most extreme operational conditions considering simultaneous tem-perature and pressure conditions. Establishing the reference temperature for the steel material selection for outdoor installa-tion is 20 °C below zero.

2.2 Pressure design standards

2.2.1 American standard system ASME B31.3, ASME B16.5, ASME B16.36, ASME B16.47, MSS SP-44 or ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code VIII.

2.2.2 DIN standard system: AD-Merkblätter regulation, DIN 2505.

2.2.3 Euro standard system: EN 1591-1 EN 1591-2

2.3 Size standards (geometry)

2.3.1 In the American standard system:

• Up to NPS 24 is flange joint according to ASME B16.5 standard, above NPS 24 isthe ASME B16.47 standard Seria A (equivalent to MSS SP44). Above NPS 24 theMOL does not prefer the API 605 (equivalent to ASME B16.47 standard Seria B)their use is only allowed with written permission of MOL Group.

• ASME B16.5, ASME B16.36, ASME B16.47, MSS SP-43, MSS SP-44 Seria A,API 605, API 6A, API 6B.

2.3.2 British standard system: BS 3293, BS 4504

2.3.3 DIN standard system: DIN 2500, DIN 2501, DIN 2527, DIN 2528, DIN 2561, DIN 2566, DIN 2573, DIN 2576, DIN 2627, DIN 2628, DIN 2629, DIN 2630, DIN 2631, DIN 2632, DIN 2633, DIN 2634, DIN 2635, DIN 2637, DIN 2638, DIN 2641, DIN 2642, DIN 2655, DIN 2656, DIN 2673

2.3.4 ISO standard system: ISO 7005-1

2.4 Size standards (Flange facing)

2.4.1 In the American standard system: ASME B16.5, ASME B16.36, ASME B16.47, MSS SP-44 Series A, API 605

Page 41: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

7/21

2.4.2 In the British standard system: BS 3293, BS 4504

2.4.3 In the DIN standard system: DIN 2512, DIN 2513, DIN 2514, DIN 2526

2.4.4 In the ISO standard system ISO 7005-1

2.5 Flange welding ends in the American standard system 2.5.1 Welding Neck Flanges: The outside diameter and wall thickness of the welding ends should match the given stan-dard. In the ASME/ASTM standard system providing the thickness of the flange welding ends the Schedule number is also used. 2.5.2 End preparation: Welding bevels and root face of the fittings shall meet the following requirements: ASME B16.5 according to standard requirements and according to the standard figure: Max 3 mm wall thickness: no bevel, plain end 3-16 mm wall thickness: plain bevel according to figure 1 Above 16 mm wall thickness: compound bevel according to figure 1. 2.5.3 Socket Welding flanges according to ASME B16.5: The range of size is between NSP ½” –2” depending on the pressure conditions. The prac-tical size is between NSP ½” –1” maximum 2”. 2.5.4 Slip-On flanges according to ASME B16.5: The range of size in the pressure grade of class 150-1500 is between NSP -24”. The prac-tical size in the pressure grade of class 150-300 is in the full range of NSP. 2.5.5 Lap-Joint flanges according to ASME B16.5: The range of size in the pressure grade of class 150 - 2500 is between NSP -24”. It is pri-marily for austenitic corrosion resistant steels. 2.5.6 Threaded Flanges according to ASME B16.5: The range of size in the pressure grade of class 150-900 is between NSP -24”, in the pres-sure grade of class 1500 - 2500 is in between NSP -2˝. It is primarily for galvanized steels. 2.5.7 Long Welding Neck Flanges The size or the range of size is in accordance with ASME B16:5 and with the specification of the manufacturer. The application is primarily as nipple joint furthermore in special cases as branched off pipeline. 2.5.8 Pad-Flanges The size or the range of size is in accordance with ASME B16.5 and with the specification of the manufacturer. The scaling is in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code VIII.

Page 42: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

8/21

The application is primarily as nipple joint furthermore in special cases as branched off pipeline. 2.5.9 Reducing Flanges The size or the range of size is in accordance with ASME B16.5 and with the specification of the manufacturer. The application is primarily in special cases. 2.5.10 Orifice Connecting Flanges The size or the range of size is in accordance with ASME B16.36. The application is primarily for installation of flow meters. 2.5.11 Flange welding ends in the DIN Standard System 2.5.12 Welding Neck Flanges: The outside diameter and wall thickness of the welding end should match the given stan-dard and the purchase order. 2.5.13 End preparation in accordance with the DIN 2559 standard marking numbers: Max. 3mm wall thickness: in accordance to marking number 1 3-16 mm wall thickness: in accordance to marking number 22 Above 16 mm wall thickness: in accordance to marking number 4 2.5.14 Lapped flange with plain collar DIN 2641, DIN 2642, DIN 2655, DIN 2656,

DIN 2673. Range of size is PN 6, 10, 25, 40 changes in correspondence with the pressure grade. The application is primarily in sewer systems or connections in inspection manholes and austenitic corrosion resistant steels.

2.5.15 Lapped flange with stub-end DIN 2641, DIN 2642, Range of size is PN 6, 10, changes in correspondence with the pressure grade. The ap-plication is primarily austenitic corrosion resistant steels.

2.5.16 Threaded flanges according to DIN 2566 The range of size in the pressure grade of class PN 16/10 is between R - R4. It is primarily for galvanized steels.

2.5.17 Oval threaded flanges according to DIN 2566 The range of size in the pressure grade of class PN 6 is between R1/8 - R4, in the pres-sure grade class of PN 16/10 the range is between R 1/8 - R1 1/2. It is primarily for special applications.

2.6 Flange facing in the American Standard System, (geometry)

2.6.1 In the American Standard System: acc. to ASME B16.5 (up to NPS 24)

• Raised face 1.6 mm high for pressure grade of class 150 - 300 • Raised face 6.4 mm high for pressure grade class 400 and higher • Large-male face for pressure grade class 300 and higher • Small-male face for pressure grade class 300 and higher

Page 43: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

9/21

• Large-female face for pressure grade class 300 and higher • Small-female face for pressure grade class 300 and higher • Large-tongue face for pressure grade class 300 and higher • Small-tongue face for pressure grade class 300 and higher • Large-groove face for pressure grade class 300 and higher • Small-groove face for pressure grade class 300 and higher • Ring joint face for pressure grade class 150 and higher

2.6.2 In the American standard system: according to ASME B16.47 Series A, MSS SP-44 (above NPS 24).

• Raised face 1.6 mm high for pressure grade class 150-300 • Raised face 6.4 mm high for pressure grade class 400 and higher • Ring Type Joint, Ring joint face for pressure grade class 300 and higher

2.6.3 In the American standard system: according to ASME B16.36 (max. NPS 24)

• Raised face 1.6 mm high for pressure grade class 300 • Raised face 6.4 mm high for pressure grade class 400 and higher

2.7 Flange facing finish (surface roughness) in the American standard system As stated in the previous Section the surface roughness of the sealing surface should meet the following requirements:

2.7.1 Raised face 125-250 RMS or 3.2 - 6.3 μm.

2.7.2 Male, female, tongue, grove 0.8 - 3.2 μm . According to the standards pertain to the given surface.

2.7.3 Ring Joint 0.8 -1.6 mm. According to the standards pertain to the given surface.

2.8 Flange facing finish (surface roughness) in the DIN standard system The names and standard reference number of the different type of sealing surfaces are summarized in the DIN 2526 standard. The types of raised faces and the surface roughness of the flanges with and without raised face (blank flanges) are given in the DIN 2526 standard.

2.8.1 Flange without raised face B figure (form B) RZ = 160

2.8.2 Raised face C figure (form C) RZ = 160 D figure (form D) RZ = 40 E figure (form E) RZ = 16

The dimensions of the raised face of the flanges are given in the relevant standards for the specific pressure class.

Page 44: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

10/21

2.8.3 Other sealing surfaces DIN2512 groove-tongue N-F form RZ = according to standard. DIN2513 male-female R13-R14 form RZ = according to standard. DIN2695 membrane-seals M form RZ = according to standard. DIN2696 lens-shaped L form RZ = according to standard.

2.9 Selection criteria of the flange facing type and facing finish in the American Standard System

The type of the flange facing and its surface roughness is in connection with the type of the gasket consequently they have to be selected together. The most important points are highlighted below. Non hazardous media independently from the pressure grade RF (Ra = 125 - 500 µinch) Hazardous media or in case of high temperature, depending on pressure grade RJ or RF (Ra =125 - 250 µinch). In case of media with other properties shall be according to the MOL Group’s require-ments. In case of poisonous media (e.g. ammonia) only groove and tongue seal should be used. In case of vacuum raised face flange can be used but the sealing surface must have Ra = 3.2 – 5 µm surface roughness.

2.10 Selection criteria of the flange facing type and facing finish in the DIN Stan-dard System

The selection guide line in case of the DIN standard system similar to the previous section described uniformly. Some of the general points are highlighted below. Non-Hazardous media up to PN 40 form C. Between PN 64 - 160 usually groove-tongue (form N-F) In case of hazardous media or of high temperature, figure E. In this case only spiral-wound seal may be used. For the previous case the lens shape seal also can be used in accordance with the DIN 2696 standard. In case of poisonous media (e.g. ammonia) only groove and tongue seal should be used. In case of vacuum raised face flange can be used but the sealing surface must have Ra = 3.2 – 5 µm surface roughness.

2.11 Technical delivery conditions

2.11.1 In the American standard system: See Section 2.4.1

2.11.2 In the DIN standard system: DIN 2500, DIN 2519, DIN 2528

Page 45: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

11/21

2.12 Marking On the surface of the flanges the following data should be marked permanently.

• Short form of the manufacturer• Quality of the material• Nominal diameter• Pressure grade• Size of welding end (wall thickness, or SCH number).• In case of ring-joints flange the type of the ring gasket (e.g. R36)• The status of heat treatment• Butch number• In case of threaded flanges the type and the size of the thread and the threads per

inch number (e.g. 3/4-14 NPT)

2.13 Certificate requirements Certificates of all flanges shall meet the requirements of EN 10204, Type 3.1.

3. Selection of flanges

3.1 Type of flange With the exception of a few special cases welding neck flanges should be used in the pip-ing system. If heat treatment is required for the welds of the pipe then only welding neck flange must be used.

3.2 Material selection criteria system The quality of the material of the flanges and the wall thickness of the extension must be in unison with the components of the pipe. With reference to the Anglo-Saxon standards the pressure-temperature values are given by the ASME B16.34, and ANSI B16.5 standards for the flanges of the specific material quality and for the given pressure grades. The ma-terial shall comply with requiremnts determined in PED (2014/68/EC) The steel must be killed steel.

3.2.1 In the American standard system: • Forging materials, carbon steel ASTM A105 • Forging materials, alloy steel for high temperature ASTM A182• Forging materials, alloy steel for low temperature ASTM A350• Other materials in accordance with ANSI B16.5.

3.2.2 In the DIN standard system: • The materials and the semi finished products that can be used for flanges listed in

the Tables 1 and 2 of the DIN 2528 standard.

• Other quality of materials also can be used if they meet with the requirements ofthe DIN 2519, DIN 2528 or the AD-Merkblätter.

Page 46: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

12/21

3.2.3 Toughness. Resistance to brittle The design requirements of steel selection preventing brittle failure described by the EN 13480 standard which must be considered in selecting steel materials for pipes. Prevent-ing brittle failure of welded structures such as pipeline systems the stress characteristic of the structure, the reference wall thickness, the load variation ratio, the reference tempera-ture and the reference material property should be taken into consideration.

4. Engineering Requisition (Request for quotation)

4.1 The descriptive part of the Engineering Requisition The present specification contains the technical specification of steel flanges that should be applied for requesting offers and purchasing flanges. Non-standard flanges: In these cases the actual pressure-temperature curve for the flanges should be provided. Any alterations from the specification should be highlighted in the offer. Any alteration forms the procurement regulations should be clearly stated in the offer. The welding-end of the welding neck flanges should be machined in accordance with the ASME B16.25 (in case of ASME/ANSI specification), or DIN 2559 See Sections 2.6.2 and 2.5.2. Markings: see Section 2.12

4.2 Packaging The flanges (blind flanges) should be packaged and shipped so that the sealing surface and the welding neck can not get damaged.

Page 47: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

13/21

GASKETS

5.1 Referenced publications The mostly fundamental, referenced standard: ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code VIII ASME B31.3 MSS SP-44 ASME B16.5 DIN 2690 ASME B16.20 DIN 2691 ASME B16.21 DIN 2692 AD-2000 Merkblatt EN 13480

6 Design requirements

6.1 Design criteria

The gaskets shall be in concordance with the matching pressure-temperature values as well as the chemical resistance to the medium requirements. For the applicable material qualities refer to specifications of clause 7.2. Certain gaskets (custom-made or special) are not in full conformity with the relevant ANSI or DIN pressure-temperature grade resp. with the standards listed under clause 7.2. In these cases the pressure-temperature curve actually relating to the fitting shall be given. Regarding the asbestos-containing gaskets the actual European environment protection specifications shall be adhered to.

6.2 Standards for Design

6.2.1 In American standard system: ASME B16.5, and the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code VIII.

6.2.2 In DIN Standard System: AD-Merkblätter, DIN 2505.

6.3 Size standards (geometry)

6.3.1 In American standard system:

Up to NPS 24 the gasket shall be according to standard ASME B16.5 and over NPS 24 according to MSS SP44. ASME B16.20 ASME B16.21

6.3.2 In British Standard System:

BS-3293

6.3.3 In DIN Standard System:

DIN 2690, DIN 2691, DIN 2692, DIN 2693, DIN 2695, DIN 2696, DIN 2697, DIN 2698,

Page 48: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

14/21

In the DIN standard system the spiral-wound gasket is not standardized. In spite of this, the factories deliver gaskets of size suiting to connection dimensions and pressure class of the DIN flanges, according to specifications of the ASME 16.20 standard.

6.4 According to Euro standards:

EN 12560 from 1 to 7.

7 Aspects for selection of gasket type and material

7.1 Flat NON-ASB gaskets

When specifying NON-ASB gaskets it is not sufficient to indicate the material quality as NON-ASB but a concrete material quality of some preferred gasket manufacturer shall be specified. The specifications shall be completed with an amendment stating that equivalent gaskets are also procurable and installable. In case of moulded NON_ASB gaskets special care shall be paid on the chemical and temperature proofness thereof. When selecting ma-terial and type of NON-ASB type gaskets, particular attention shall be paid on manufac-turer’s data (shape and roughness of sealing surface, pressure-temperature and chemical proof ness). Thickness of the gaskets shall be 2 mm.

7.2 Profiled steel ring gaskets

The shape (size) shall meet the relevant standard. Material of the gasket shall be in concordance with the material of the flange used. Material of the gasket in all cases shall be softer than that of the flange used. See standard ASME B16.20. In case of flanges according to ANSI B16.5 and MSS SP-44 shall always be of octagonal design.

7.3 Spiral-Wound gaskets

Material of the gasket (spiral and inner ring) shall be in concordance with the material of the flange used. Material of the outer (centre) ring shall be in general carbon steel provided with galvanic coat. The pipe class may also specify material quality deviating from this. Thickness of the spiral-wound gaskets shall be 4.5 mm. The filler materials of the gasket shall be suited to the given temperature, In case of RF flange facing, application of only centre-ring spiral-wound gaskets is permit-ted up to PN 25 in DIN system and up to Class 150 in ANSI system. In case of pressure classes higher than described in the preceding indentation only dual-ring (outer-inner ring) gaskets shall be employed. To the groove-type sealing surfaces spiral-wound gaskets without outer-inner ring may be employed.

Page 49: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

15/21

7.4 Smooth and corrugated gaskets with metal-jacket filling

The shape (size) of the gasket shall meet the relevant standard. Material of the metal jacket shall be in concordance with the material of the flange used. Thickness of the gasket shall be 2 - 3 mm. The filler materials of the gasket shall be suited to the given temperature,

7.5 Standards determining the technical delivery conditions

7.5.1 In American standard system:

Refer to clause 6.3.1

7.5.2 In DIN Standard System:

Refer to clause 6.3.3

7.5.3 In British Standard

system: Refer to clause 6.3.2.

7.5.4 Other requirements:

In case of steel-ring gaskets impact energy test is not required, provided that the material is normalized or austenitic corrosion resistant. In case of steel-ring gaskets operating at temperatures below - 20 °C more stringent re-quirements can be specified.

7.6 Marking

7.6.1 On flat NON-ASB gaskets:

Manufacturer’s mark and brand name of the gasket with colour code. Nominal diameter Pressure class

7.6.2 On steel-ring gaskets:

Manufacturer’s mark Material quality Nominal diameter Pressure class

7.6.3 On ring-joint gaskets:

Manufacturer’s mark The standard Mark of the steel ring (e.g. R38) Material quality

7.6.4 On Spiral-Wound gaskets:

Manufacturer’s mark and brand name of the gasket

Page 50: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

16/21

Nominal diameter Pressure class Material quality or correspond colour code.

7.7 Documenting requirements

All profiled steel-ring gaskets material shall be given with certificate type 2.2 or 3.1.

8 Engineering Requisition (Request for quotation)

8.1 Worded part of the Engineering Requisition (Request for quotation)

These specifications contain the technical specifications to be employed in request for quo-tation for resp. in procurement of gaskets. To orders of gaskets of non-standard size (shape or special) a sketch and complementary technical description shall be enclosed. The worded part of the Specification and the data sheets following it together constitute the technical requirements. Should an offered gasket deviate from the requirements of these specifications, it shall be unambiguously stated in the quotation:

• On the data sheets all basic data required for ordering of the given gaskets are in-cluded.

• For type and material selection aspects refer to clause 8. • For standards determining the delivery conditions refer to clause 8.5. • For marking specifications refer to clause 8.6.

9 Packing and shipment

A package may contain only gaskets of identical size and material. The steel-ring gaskets shall be provided with temporary corrosion protection. The packaging shall be suitable to protect the gaskets from damaging during the course of the shipment and storing.

Page 51: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

17/21

SCREWS AND BOLTS

10 General description

The mostly fundamental, referenced standard: ASME B1.1 DIN 267/13 ASME B18.2.2 DIN 976 ASME B18.2.1 DIN 2507 ASME B31.3 DIN 2510 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (in brief: ASME Code) ASME B16.5 AD-Merkblätter regulation EN 13480

11 Design requirements

11.1 Design criteria

The screws and bolts shall be in concordance with the matching pressure-temperature values. For the applicable material qualities, etc., refer to specifications of clause 2.2.

11.2 Standards for sizing

11.2.1 In American Standard System:

See flanges in this specification

11.2.2 In DIN Standard System:

See flanges in this specification.

11.3 Applicable screw dimensions and forms

11.3.1 General specifications

Rated size and quantity of screws to be used for the flange joints are defined by standards of the flange of given size and pressure class. For flange joints in general stud bolts, rarely hexagonal-head bolts, in certain special cases double-end bolts are used. For standardization of the piping classes, MOL Group prefers usage of stud bolts only. Application of hexagonal-head bolts is permitted e.g. in case of lug-type butterfly valves. Thread of the screw in all cases shall be according to metric (ISO) system. In certain special cases thread of another system (e.g. UNC) is also acceptable with MOL Group’s approval. Screws of commercial material quality may not be designed and installed into the system.

Page 52: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

18/21

11.3.2 In American standard system:

Thread of the screw shall be UNC thread according to standards ASME B1.1 and ASME B18.2.2. The thread up to 1” size shall be according to series UNC and for 1 1/8" and big-ger size according to series 8 UN. The form of the screw shall be hexagonal-head machine bolt or, fully threaded stud bolt, according to standard ASME B16.5. Form of the nut shall be of heavy design, according to standard ASME B18.2 2. The thread up to 1” size shall be according to series UNC and for 1 1/8" and bigger size ac-cording to series 8 UN.

11.3.3 DIN Standard System:

In the DIN standard system the thread of the screw (size and pitch) and its shape are de-fined in association. Stud bolt with two nuts DIN 976-1/ EN 28673 Reduced shank bolt with two nuts Z/NF, DIN 2510/3, DIN 2510/5

11.4 Equivalence of certain screw size standards

Table 1 ANSI/ASME ANSI/ASME DIN 2510 Nominal Size

(inches) Nominal Size

(mm) Nominal Size

(mm) 1/2 12,7 M12 5/8 15,9 M16 3/4 19 M20 7/8 22,2 M24 1 25,4 M27

1 1/8-8 28,6 M30 (x3,5) 1 1/4-8 31,8 M33 (x3,5) 1 3/8-8 34,9 M36 (x4) 1 1/2-8 38,1 M39 (x4) 1 5/8-8 41,3 M42 (x4,5) 1 3/4-8 44,5 M45 (x4,5) 1 7/8-8 47,6 M48 (x5)

2 50,8 M52 (x5) 2 1/4-8 57,1 M56 (x5,5) 2 1/2-8 63,5 M64 (x6) 2 3/4-8 69,9 M72x6

3 76,2 M72x6 3 1/2-8 88,9 M90x6

12 Aspects for screw type selection

1 In American standard system: Only screws of American material, size and shape may be used. Naturally, material of the screws can be only according to American standard.

Page 53: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

19/21

2 In DIN Standard System: Only screws of DIN material, size and shape may be used. The DIN 2507 standard permits usage of stud bolts according to DIN 976 up to PN 100. For uniformity of stud bolts, usage of this bolt is to be limited to maximum 40 bar pressure and, For uniformity of stud bolts, usage of the DIN 976 screw is to be limited to maximum 40 bar pressure and to auxiliary systems.

12.1 Selection of bolting material (bolt and nut)

Fundamentally, bolting material shall be selected in function of the permissible operating temperature and the gasket used. It is a fundamental rule that the material of the nut shall be softer than that of the bolt.

12.1.1 In American standard system:

The applicable bolting materials shall be selected according to specifications of the ASME B16.5 standard. Alloyed and austenitic steel bolting material for high temperatures ASTM A193 Unalloyed and alloyed nut steels for high pressure and high temperature ASTM A194 Alloyed steels bolting material for low temperature ASTM A320

12.1.2 In DIN Standard System:

The applicable bolting materials shall be selected according to standards DIN 267/13, DIN 2507 and sheet W7 of the AD-Merkblätter. The actual materials can be found in standards DIN 17240, DIN 17440, DIN 267/13, EN 10083.

12.2 Screw and nut pairs

In the sub-clauses only the most often employed screw and nut pairs are listed. Naturally other combinations may also be employed, if they meet the design requirements and its equivalence is certified by the Vendor.

12.2.1 In American standard system:

ASTM A193-B7/ASTM A194-2H ASTM A193-B7/ASTM A194-8M

12.2.2 In DIN Standard System:

Ck35/C35N, Ck35/Ck35, 24CrMo5/Ck35, 21CrMoV57/24CrMo5 A2-70/A2-70

Page 54: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

20/21

12.3 Standards to be considered when designing, determining the technical deliv-ery conditions. Restrictions and amendments

Testing of the base materials and finished products shall be performed according to speci-fications of the base materials and screw standards. If during the course of the further processing the base material was not subjected to plastic (cold or hot) forming, and then on the finished product the tests need not be executed again. In addition to the requirements described in the previous indentation the piping classes may contain more stringent specifications.

12.4 Marking

On the ends or faces of the bolts the following data shall be marked in a permanent man-ner:

• Brief mark of the Manufacturer • Material quality by letter code or brief mark.

12.5 Documenting requirements

All screws and bolts shall be certified by type 2.2 certificate according to EN 10204.

13 Engineering Requisition (Request for quotation)

13.1 Worded part of the Engineering Requisition These specifications contain the technical specifications to be employed in request for quotation for resp. in procurement of screws and bolts. The worded part of the Specification and the data sheets following it together constitute the technical requirements. Should an offered screw or bolt deviate from the requirements of these specifications, it shall be unambiguously stated in the quotation.

• On the data sheets all basic data required for ordering of the given screws and bolts are included.

• For type and material selection aspects refer to clause 13. • For standards determining the delivery conditions refer to clause 13.3. • For marking specifications refer to clause 13.4.

14. Packaging:

The screws and nuts shall be provided with temporary corrosion protection. The screws and nuts shall be so packaged and shipped so as to prevent the outer surface of the threads and the nuts from damaging.

Page 55: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Refining & Marketing

21/21

15. Acceptance of screws and bolts

On reception of screws and bolts from the vendor and the purchaser shall check the fol-lowing:

• Existence of certificate belonging to the screws and bolts and comparison of its content to the ordering specifications.

• Existence of data on extension of the bolts and on flange of the nuts and their concordance with the specifications.

• Inspection of the package and mainly the surfaces with outer threads for non-damaged state.

• Checking of the quantity by piece number.

Page 56: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

MOL Group

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL -

3. Piping

2. Valves

1. Gate Valves, Cocks, Valves

MGS – S – REF – M – 3.2.1

Rev. 1.00.01

Page 57: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Identity code:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL Release: Rev.: 1.00.01 Piping Date: 01.06.2014 Gate Valves, Cocks, Valves Page/Pages: 2/24

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

Release list

Rev. Date Description Edited Verified Approved

0.00.00 31.12.2005 Basic release

1.00.00 30.06.2012 General issue see sign. sheet MGS-S-REF-M-LI R. Kopalek see sign. sheet

MGS-S-REF-M-LI

1.00.01 01.06.2014 Revision of Appendix SN M. Sersen R. Kopálek Head of Technology

Page 58: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 3/24

Contents 1. General description .................................................................................................... 4

1.1 Scope ...................................................................................................................... 4 1.2 Alternative designs .................................................................................................. 4 1.3 Conflicting requirements .......................................................................................... 4 1.4 Definition of terms.................................................................................................... 4 1.5 Referenced publications .......................................................................................... 4 1.6 Abbreviations ........................................................................................................... 5

2. Design requirements .................................................................................................. 5 2.1 Design criteria ......................................................................................................... 5 2.2 Design Standards .................................................................................................... 6 2.3 Size and dimensions standards ............................................................................... 6 2.4 Standards determining the technical delivery conditions ......................................... 6 2.5 Documenting requirements ..................................................................................... 7 2.6 Description of various pattern requirements, guiding principles of application ........ 7 2.7 Valve actuators (drives) ......................................................................................... 16

3. Material selecting considerations ............................................................................. 16 3.1 Material assortment for valve bodies ..................................................................... 16 3.2 Selection of materials for the trim .......................................................................... 16 3.3 Selection of materials for gasket between the valve body and bonnet .................. 18

4. Request for quotation of valves ................................................................................ 18 4.1 General specifications ........................................................................................... 18 4.2 Construction of connections .................................................................................. 18 4.3 Material quality of valve body ................................................................................ 18 4.4 Bonnet gasket and bolting, stem sealing ............................................................... 18 4.5 Structural design, fabrication and inspection ......................................................... 19 4.6 Valve actuation ...................................................................................................... 19 4.7 Ex-works pressure tests ........................................................................................ 19 4.8 Marking .................................................................................................................. 20 4.9 Transportation ....................................................................................................... 20

5. Valves acceptance ................................................................................................... 20

Page 59: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 4/24

1. General description

1.1 Scope These specifications contain the minimum requirements relating to normal (e.g. cut-off, manual control or throttling) valves that will be installed into piping systems during the course of installation of refinery plants to be established by the MOL Group. In the following, where the word valve is used it applies to all piping elements (gate valves, conical cocks, ball valves, globe valves, valves, butterfly valves, check valves, filters) which are specified also to details in these specifications. Piping systems containing poisonous materials classified by the ASME B31.3 standard to Category M Fluid Service, as well as the very high pressure systems whose pressure is higher than permitted by the ASME B16.5 PN 420 (Class 2500) pressure grade in case of given design temperature and material quality employed, do not belong to piping systems of normal refinery plants. Do not belong to the scope of the specification system the non-ferrous piping systems (e.g. plastic or glass) or the piping lined with non-metals. The requirements apply to selection, design, fabrication, procurement and on-site installation of the fittings. These specifications do not exempt the Designer and the Vendor from their responsibility for delivery of products of adequate construction, assuring safe and efficient operation of the project.

1.2 Alternative designs Should the Vendor offer an alternative design deviating from the project specification or from the enquiry document but equivalent with that, it can be accepted by a written consent of MOL Group.

1.3 Conflicting requirements Should any contradiction exist between this specification or the project specification and the content of the delivery contract, then the contract is dominant.

1.4 Definition of terms In these specifications fundamentally the terms used in standard ASME B16.34 and API 594, 599, 600, 602, 603, 608 and 609 standards and those of the API Spec 6D standard are used.

1.5 Referenced publications The mostly fundamental, referenced standard: PED (97/23/EC) Pressure Equipment Directive ASME B31.3 Process Piping ASME B16.34 Valves Flanged, Threaded and Welding End ASME B36.10 Carbon Steel Pipe API 600 Bolted Bonnet Steel Gate Valves for Petroleum and Natural Gas

Industries API 602 Steel Gate, Globe and Check Valves for Sizes DN 100 and Smaller API 609 Butterfly Valves: Double Flanged, Lug- and Water-Type API 608 Metal Ball Valves-Flanged, Threaded and Butt-Welding Ends

Page 60: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 5/24

API 594 Check Valves: Flanged, Lug, Wafer and Butt-welding DIN EN 558-1/2 Industrial valves face-to-face and centre-to-face dimension of metal

valves for use in flanged pipe system API 598, Valve Inspection and Testing API 599 Metal Plug Valves—Flanged, Threaded and Welding End EN 12266 Industrial valves - Testing of valves DIN 3230 Face-to-face and centre-to-face dimensions of valves EN 13480 Metallic industrial piping.

1.6 Abbreviations NPS Nominal Pipe Size WPS Welding Procedure Specification (Welding instructions) PQR Performance Qualification Report (Qualification of welding procedure) OS&Y Outside Stem and Yoke BW But Welded SW Socket Welded DN Nominal Diameter PN Nominal Pressure

2. Design requirements

2.1 Design criteria Design pressure The design pressure may not be lower than the pressure that may occur in worst case simultaneity of the external and internal pressures and temperatures expectable during the operation. Design temperature The design temperature shall be identical to the metal temperature that can be assumed by the metal in case of the most stringent operating conditions, with simultaneity of the temperature and pressure taken into account. Ambient temperature to be taken into account for determination of the standard temperature forming basis to material selection for outdoor installations is minus 20 °C. Other design criteria: Such as for example the rated correlating pressure - temperature criteria, requested minimum valve body wall thickness, applicable material quantities, etc. shall be taken into account in concordance with the specifications listed under clause 2.2. Certain valve types such as the butterfly valves or ball valves are not in full conformity with the relevant ANSI or DIN pressure-temperature grade resp. with the standards listed under clause 2.2. In these cases the pressure-temperature curve actually relating to the fitting shall be given.

Page 61: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 6/24

2.2 Design Standards In American standard system: ASME B16.34, and API 594, 599, 600, 602, 603, 608 and

609 standards; In DIN standard system: AD-Merkblätter regulation, DIN 3840, DIN 3339 standards

and DIN 3230 standard series.

2.3 Size and dimensions standards Nominal sizes (NPS and DN) ASME B36.10 Face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions of flanged and butt-welding-end valves ASME B16.10 API 594 DIN EN558-1 DIN EN 558-2 DIN 3202-2 Standards relating to end connections of the valves: Flanged-end valves: ASME B16.5 DIN 2501-1 Butt-welding-end valves: ASME B16.25 ASME B16.9 ASME B36.10 ASME B36.19 DIN 2559 DIN 3239-1 DIN 2448 DIN 2458 Socket-welding-end preparation: ASME B16.11 DIN 3239-2 Threaded-end preparation: ASME B1.20.1 DIN 2999-1 DIN ISO 228-1

2.4 Standards determining the technical delivery conditions Technical delivery conditions of the valves shall be specified with due regard to the following standards and the standard shall be selected in concordance with the type of the actual valve: − ASME B16.34 − Of the API standards, API 594, 598, 599, 600, 602, 603, 608, and 609 as well as API

Spec 6D specifications. − Of the DIN standards, DIN 3230-1, DIN 3230-2, DIN 3230-3, DIN 3230-6, DIN 3354,

DIN 3356, DIN 3357 (DIN 25805, DIN 25809-1, DIN 25809-2, DIN 2589-3 recommendations),

− Of the British standards, BS1873, BS 5352 and BS 5353. Special fire-safe requirements are specified in the following standards:

− API 6FA and API 607 − BS 5146 and BS 6755 − DIN EN ISO 10497

Page 62: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 7/24

2.5 Documenting requirements Certificates of all valves parts shall meet the requirements of EN 10204, Type 3.1. For high-value valves of distinguished significance of a plant, documenting according to clause 3.2 of the same standard (certificate issued by an expert commissioned by the Manufacturer and the Purchaser) is to be considered. Valves of distinguished significance can be in given cases the emergency cut-off valves of the plant, or valves of fundamental importance such as for example the so-called switch valve of a delayed coking plant.

2.6 Description of various pattern requirements, guiding principles of application

2.6.1 Full-ported and reduced-ported (Venturi) valves In case of gate valves and ball valves the full-ported types are generally used, where the cross section made free by opening is nearly identical to the inflow and outflow cross sections of the valve. Usage of the reduced-ported (Venturi) valves shall by all means be avoided when abrasive medium is flowing in the system or when the pressure drop enhancement caused by usage of the reduced-port valves is not tolerated by the system, moreover it may not be used as cut-off valve before the pressure relief valves. Reduced-port valves may also be not used for piping where pipe pig is to be used.

2.6.2 Valves fabricated by Weld For welding of valves having pressure-containing seams (including the sealing seams and the repairing ones, too) the Vendor shall elaborate Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Performance Qualification Report (PQR) verifying the adequacy thereof and, attach it to the certificate of the valve. The welding instruction (WPS) and the procedure qualification (PQR) shall be in concordance with the EN 288 or ASME B31.3 standard and PED. Flanges of flanged-end valves in general cases shall be integrated with the fitting casing (integral flanged ends). Welded flanges are also acceptable, however; in this case the adequacy of the seams shall be verified by enclosing WPS, PQR and documents of the actually performed seam tests. Usage of permanent welding back plate to the welding is not permitted. Usage of temporary back plate is permitted, provided that after welding it is entirely removed and, after its removal no melting-in defects can be detected in the seam.

2.6.3 End connection

2.6.3.1 End connection in case of usage of American standard system Butt-welding-end valves: Outside diameter and wall thickness of the end connection shall be according to ASME B16.19 in case of austenitic corrosion resistant steel and, ASME B16.10 in case of all other steel grades. End preparation of the valves shall meet the following requirements: According to specifications of the ASME B16.9 standard and, figures of the standard taken into account:

Page 63: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 8/24

For maximum 3 mm connecting wall thickness: plain end For connecting wall thickness between 3 and 16 mm: plain bevel according to figure 1. For wall thickness over 16 mm: compound bevel according to figure 1. In case of usage of any standard system the piping elements (valve, pipe, fitting) having different connecting wall thickness, the transition from the welding bevel to outside surface of the fitting and from the root face to the inside surface of the fitting shall be according to figure 2 of standard ASME B16.9 with the deviation that the outside or inside slope applied necessarily to the bigger wall thickness may not be larger than 1:4 instead of 1:3 illustrated in the figure Flanged-end valves: Up to NPS 24 inclusive the flange connection shall be according to standard ASME B16.5 and over NPS 24 according to the ASME B16.47 Form A (equivalent to MSS SP44). Threaded-end valves: Usage of threaded-end valves is limited to the ½”- 4“ size range. The thread shall be NPT inner thread according to ASME B1.20.1. Socket welding end valves: Usage of socket-welding-end valves is limited to the ½”-1 1/2“ size range. Socket-welding-end preparation shall meet specifications of standard ASME B16.11.

2.6.3.2 End connection in case of usage of DIN standard system Butt-welding end valves: Outside diameter and wall thickness of the end connections shall be in conformity with standard DIN 2448. Expressed with codes of the DIN 2559 standard: For maximum 3 mm connecting wall thickness: according to code 1, For connecting wall thickness between 3 and 16 mm: according to code 22 and, For wall thickness over 16 mm: according to code 4. Piping elements (valve, pipe, fitting) having different connecting wall thickness the transition from the welding bevel to outside surface of the valve and from the root face to the inside surface of the valve shall be according to standard DIN 3239-1 Form B and Ausführung figure 2 with the deviation that the outside or inside slope applied necessarily to the bigger wall thickness (in general, the butt-welded connecting end of the fitting) may not be larger than 30o instead of 1:4 illustrated in the figure. Flanged-end valves: EN 1092 flange of adequate pressure grade shall be used. Threaded-end valves: The thread shall be inner thread according to DIN 2999-1. Socket welding end valves: Usage of socket-welding-end valves is limited to the ½”-1 1/2” size range. Socket-welding-end preparation shall meet specifications of standard DIN 3239-2.

Page 64: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 9/24

2.6.4 Face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions of flanged-end and butt-welding-end valves Face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions shall be in conformity with the standards named under clause 2.3. Application of the short-pattern valves is not permitted.

2.6.5 Auxiliary (drain, vent) connections The valves in given cases shall be delivered with drain opening or, opening of other purpose (e.g. facilitating blow-in of purge steam). When threaded connection is specified, it shall correspond to the ASME B1.20.1 inner NPT thread. Socket welding end connecting opening preparation shall be made according to standard ASME B16.11. For method of designating location of auxiliary connections usage of letter codes shown in Figure 1 of standard ASME B16.34 is customary. Where double block globe valve with bleed control is specified, the casing drain connection shall be delivered with ball valve fitted. In case of buried installation all auxiliary system piping required for the operation and their fittings (casing drain, sealing grease system for secondary sealing, etc.) shall be designed with installation over the ground level.

2.6.6 Position indicating For all shutoff valves it shall be ensured that from vicinity of the valve one may conclude by a glance whether the fitting is in closed or opened position.

2.6.7 Gate valves The gate valves shall be constructed according to one of the following standards: API 600, API 602, API Spec 6D, BS 5352, EN ISO 10434 and DIN 3352. At the gate valves preference shall be given to the outside screw-and-yoke (OS&Y) design. At this type the screw ensuring rising of the gate valve stem is accommodated out of the stem packing, thus the medium flowing through the fitting is incapable of contaminating it. A further advantage of this solution is that the screw in the yoke as guide is relatively far from the stem packing, thus providing better guidance for the stem. The above said features increase the serviceability of the gate valve and decrease the risk of jamming. In case of contaminating materials and in process piping systems only this type may be used. The shutoff element shall be rigid wedge or flexible wedge. Up to 2” size in general gate valve with rigid wedge and over that size gate valve with flexible wedge shall be specified. In case of high operating temperature, specifying flexible wedge instead of the rigid one may form subject to consideration only already the 2” and smaller sizes. Other types of shutoff elements (e.g. self-aligning or two-part parallel disks) may be used only in justified cases. A seat ring separated from the gate valve body shall be used, except for the austenitic corrosion-resistant gate valve, where machining the seating surface integral with the body is permitted. In the latter case, fabrication of the body and gate seating surface by build-up welding is permitted. The corrosion resistance of the built-up seam metal shall be at least equal to that of the gate valve body. Stem backseat shall be provided for all gate valves thus facilitating replacement of the stem packing also in opened state of the valve, under operation of the line.

Page 65: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 10/24

Bolted bonnet flange gasket shall be in conformity with the standard according to which the fitting is fabricated. The gate valve fabricated according to standard ASME B16.34, where the gasket shall meet the specifications of the API 600 standard, forms an exception from this. Diameter of the hand wheel actuating the gate valve may not exceed 900 mm in case of fittings of NPS 36 and smaller size. Valves shall be closed by turning the closure device in the clockwise direction. Gear operators are recommended for manually operated gate valves as follows:

Table 1

When delivery of the valve with gear operator is requested, then it shall be of enclosed and weatherproof design, according to Manufacturer’s standard. The turning force to be applied to the hand wheel may not exceed 500 N. Unless otherwise specified, the gear box shall be of horizontal shaft and side-wheel design.

2.6.8 Ball valves The ball valves shall be constructed according to one of the following standards: BS 5351, API 6D, API 608 and DIN 3357. In case of NPS 2 (DN 50 rated size and smaller floating ball design shall be employed whilst over that size trunnion mounted ball construction is required. In exceptional cases (in case of certain products) the floating ball design is permissible up to NPS 12 (DN 300) rated size, however, for this MOL Group’s permit is requested. (These products actually can be considered only partially floating ball design, since they are fixed in a special manner on the shaft-side of the ball.) At the trunnion mounted ball construction preference shall be given to the seat ring provided with dual seal, where in addition to the customary elastomer seal teflon (PTFE) seal is also employed for sealing between the ball and the body. This protects the normal seal from damages caused by solid particles and, erosion of the streaming medium. All ball valves shall be of antistatic design, i.e. protected against static electric charges. For ball valves of small size electric conduction shall be ensured between the ball valve stem and the ball valve body whilst for bigger sizes between the valve stem and the valve body, too.

Pressure grade of valve ASME

Pressure grade of valve

DIN

Rated size where and over already gear operator is

required

Rated size where and over already gear

operator is required

Class

PN NPS (INCH) DN (mm) 150 16 14 350 300 25-40 12 300 600 64-100 8 200 900 160 6 150 1500 250 4 100 2500 420 3 80

Page 66: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 11/24

The metal-to-metal sealing construction shall be employed primary in case of fire safe requirements. It can however be employed also in cases when damaging of the soft seal can be afraid of, or usage of the ball valve at temperatures higher than customary (over 230-250 °C) is requested. In justified cases it can be specified that the stem shall be also provided with secondary seal. Where the sealing between the body and the seat ring seals in both directions, provisions shall be made for automatic pressure equalization of the casing space, by blowing off of the fluid existing in the casing into one of the pipes connecting to the fitting. Gear operators are recommended for manually operated ball valves as follows:

Table 2. Pressure grade of

valve ASME

Pressure grade of valve DIN

Rated size where and over already gear operator is

required

Rated size where and over already gear operator is

required Class PN NPS (INCH) DN (mm) 150 16 8 200 300 25-40 6 150

600 and over 64 and over 4 100

When delivery of the valve with gear operator is requested, then it shall be of enclosed and weatherproof design, according to Manufacturer’s standard. Valves shall be closed by turning the closure device in the clockwise direction. Accommodation of the gear operator on the ball valve around the vertical axis shall be adjustable in 90o steps.

2.6.9 Plug valves The construction of the plug valves shall be in conformity with specifications of the BS 5353, or API 599 standards. Gear operators are recommended for manually operated plug valves as follows:

Table 3 Pressure grade of

valve ASME

Pressure grade of valve DIN

Rated size where and over already gear operator is

required

Rated size where and over already gear operator is

required Class PN NPS (INCH) DN (mm)

300 and below 25-40 8 200 600 63-100 5 125

900-1500 160-250 4 100 2500 420 3 80

2.6.10 Globe valves The specifications relating to the construction shall be in concordance with one of the following standards: BS 1873, BS 5352, EN 13709, DIN 3356

Page 67: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 12/24

At the valves preference shall be given to the outside screw-and-yoke (OS&Y) design. At this type the screw ensuring rising of the globe valve stem is accommodated out of the stem packing, thus the medium flowing through the fitting is incapable of contaminating it. A further advantage of this solution is that the screw in the yoke as guide is relatively far from the stem packing, thus providing better guidance for the stem. The above said features increase the serviceability of the globe valve and decrease the risk of shutoff failure. In case of contaminating materials and in process piping systems only this type may be used. Where stringent throttling requirements exist or the medium is of intensively abrasive effect, plug-type shut-off element shall be employed, which owing to its large (conical) seating surface features in these cases, too, very good shut-off properties. At this type, adequate selection of the material of the shut-off elements is of utmost importance. In case of bigger valve size it is expedient to specify a guided construction, to ensure safer shut-off. In case of small sizes and when the throttling function is the fundamental one, needle valve shall be employed. At this latter in turn it has to be acknowledged that in consequence of the fine thread existing on the valve stem full opening resp. closing of the valve is rather slow and it can be realized by more turnover of the hand wheel, as compared to the normal valve. In case of normal circumstances the conventional shut-off elements is to be employed, where the conical closing surface of the valve disk on the seat contacts only on a narrow strip (almost a line), (Narrow seat type disk). This type ensures good shut-off even if some deposit from the medium exists on the shut-off elements, but it is uniform. In normal operation, shut-off element of soft sealing can also be used. The soft seal ring can be placed either into the valve seat or into the valve disk. A combination of the above said can also be used, when for example the shut-off surface is in plane of the valve disk (as in general at the soft-seal valves) but at the middle it is provided with a conical part in order to improve the throttling properties of the valve. Other shut-off element type (e.g. self-aligning, perforated-piston, etc.) can be used only in justified cases and for their usage MOL Group’s permit has to be asked. As shut-off seat, a seat ring separated from the globe valve body shall be used, except for the austenitic corrosion-resistant globe valve, where machining the cut-off surface integral with the body is permitted. In the latter case fabrication of the shut-off surface by build-up welding is permitted. The corrosion resistance of the built-up seam metal shall be at least equal to that of the globe valve body. It is expedient to use Y-pattern globe valve when it is important that the pressure loss shall be low on the valve. In given cases the very same can be achieved with application a corner valve (angle pattern globe valve), if 90o direction change is anyway required. The pressure loss of the corner valve is also lower than that of the straight pattern valve but not so much lower than that of the Y-pattern globe valve. Stem backseat bushing shall be provided for all valves thus facilitating replacement of the stem packing also in opened state of the valve, under operation of the line. Equipping of manually actuated valves with gear operator is rarely employed since the gear in itself does not solve the problem caused by the fact that at these valves opening-closing is effected in direction of the flow, against pressure. Very high forces occur on the

Page 68: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 13/24

shut-off element and on the valve stem resp. on the threads thereof, whose receiving and handling causes great difficulties when designing the construction. Considering that in case of normal installation of the valves the pressure of the medium helps the opening, motioning of the shut-off element of the valve has to be effected when closing. Over a certain rated size a valve of given rated pressure cannot be closed, if the differential pressure can reach the rated pressure of the fitting. The bigger the size of the valve over the rated size the lower differential pressure allows the shut-off thereof. Standard series DIN 3356 defines the permissible differential pressures that by all means shall be taken into account when selecting. These pressures are given in the following table:

Table 4 PN DN

65 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 10 9 6 4.5 3.5 16 14 9 6 4.5 3.5 25 21 14 9 6 4.5 3.5 40 33 21 14 9 6 4.5 3.5 63 44 33 21 14 9 0 0 0

100 70 44 33 21 14 9 0 0 0 160 110 70 44 33 21 14 9 0 0 0

The values are given in bar. Where no value is given in the table, the valve can be closed even if the differential pressure is equal to the rated pressure. Taken the above said also into account, the following guiding principles shall be followed for application of the valves. Usage of valves to perform fundamentally shut-off function is expedient only for small sizes. Over DN50 rated size application of ball valve instead of globe valve is more expedient. Using of valves to perform fundamentally throttling function the Table 4 shall be taken into account. If the values in Table 4 do not allowed closing the globe valve, the shut-off function shall be achieved with a ball valve built in sequence with the globe valve. To avoid usage of valve with gear operator a further solution is offered by connecting the valve with reverse direction and it’s equipping with a by-pass. The by-pass in majority of the cases is fitted on the main shut-off element, where on displacement of the valve stem first the small-size valve disk opens then when the pressure difference already decreased, the main shut-off element opens. Application of the equilibrium valve is also a customary solution but for the usage of this MOL Group’s consent is requested.

2.6.11 Butterfly valves The specifications relating to the design shall be in concordance with one of the following standards: API 609, MSS SP-67, MSS SP-68 standards and EN 593, DIN 3354 standard series. According to positioning and design of the shut-off element three different constructions exist such as butterfly valves of single, double or triple eccentricity. In general cases the double-eccentricity construction is to be used in order to avoid the lifetime shortening

Page 69: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 14/24

caused by the intensive shearing force occurring on the soft seal at the single-eccentricity butterfly valves. The dual eccentricity ensures that the shut-off element relatively quickly and in direction perpendicular to the sealing surface departs from the sealing surface of the seat. By this the double-eccentricity butterfly valve has an advantageous feature of low risk for jamming of the shut-off element. This type can be easily opened, and it saves the seal (there are no essential shearing and frictioning forces) and for this reason it is especially advantageous where frequent opening closing is requested. It is a fundamental advantage that even at the low moment demand required for motioning of the shut-off element very tight shut-off can be ensured since the shut-off element is helped by the pressure of the medium, too. Usage of single eccentricity butterfly valves is permissible only at subordinate places. (Non-hazardous medium, low tightness requirement.) These valves in general are provided with resilient seal and can be employed only in case of relatively low differential pressures. At the triple-eccentricity butterfly valve, beyond the facts that the axis if the shut-off element is out of the plane of the seal and out of the axis line of the through-flow cross section, an additional „eccentricity” is established. The sealing surface of the shut-off element can be considered as part of envelope of a cone. The axis line of this cone is also offset from the center line of the closing disc, thus forming an askew cone. A result of this is that departing of the closing disc from the seal ring and the seal forces along the circumference of the seal ring are more uniform than in case of dual eccentricity. This finally further improves the advantages already ensured by the dual eccentricity. In case of fire safe construction the valve, in addition to the soft (e.g. PTFE or reinforced PTFE) seal functioning in normal operation, is also provided with a metal seal, which seals only when the soft seal becomes damaged in case of a fire. For places where high performance or safety function is requested, only butterfly valves of „increased quality” (for example, High Performance Butterfly Valve, Hochleistungabsperrklappe) may be used. These valves shall meet the specifications of the API 609 or MSS SP-68 standards, providing tight shut-off in both directions and representing „Fire safe” construction meeting requirements of the BS 5146 or API 607 standards. The sealing force is established fundamentally by the angular motion of the cut-off element mechanically by the axially elastic soft seal, however, the casing of the valve seat is so designed that the pressure of the medium from any side presses the seal to the sealing surface of the closing disc. The purely metal-metal sealing butterfly valves are acceptable when they meet the tight-closing requirements of the API 598 standard. According to way of the connections selection from flanged, wafer and lug types can be made. Where possible, preference shall be given to the wafer type, which is installable as a „sandwich” contrary to the flanged type, owing to its low place demand and favourable price. Contrary to the wafer type, at the lug type the piping at one side of the valve can be dismounted without causing ceasing of tightness of the piping section on the other side. The lug-type butterfly valve shall be capable of bearing a pressure that at this time is identical to the rated pressure of the shut-off section. Lug type butterfly valve shall be employed when one side of the piping sectioned by the valve has to be dismounted meanwhile the other side must remain in operation. The butterfly valves over DN 150 that is 6” rated size – independent of their rated pressure grade – shall be provided with gear operator.

2.6.12 Check valves The check valves shall comply with one of the following standards:

Page 70: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 15/24

Flanged and welded-in design: BS 1868, API Spec 6D, EN 13709, Wafer type: API 594 The check valves are fabricated in many versatile constructions. Most widely spread is the swing type check valve with flap shut-off element. At this type the closing-direction motion is helped also by the weight of the swinging flap, occasionally provided with an additional weight. This valve can be installed into horizontal and vertical piping; at the latter the flow direction shall be bottom to upward. A disadvantage of this type is that the cut-off seat may get a very strong blow when the flow direction changes. Using a hydraulic damper can reduce the noise effect and the pace of damaging of the closing seat. Its installation however, shall be avoided when delivery breaks and starting operations are of frequent occurrence. In such cases the non-slam tilting disk check valve shall be used for bigger rated valve sizes, where the shaft ensuring tilting of the disk is located somewhere within the disk and the closed state somewhat deviates from the vertical. This type ensures much softer closing than the flap type. „Softness” of the closing can be further increased by application of a two-part disk. The two half disks are helped by spring to the seat. Since here the shaft by all means is accommodated in the middle of the stream, the drag of the fitting is higher than that of the types discussed previously. For small sizes up to NPS 2 ball-type, lifting disk or piston type check valves shall be used. The piston shall by all means be guided. These check valves can be used also for downstream applications, if the closing is aided by spring. The lifting disk type check valves where the closing is aided by spring can be used up to NPS 8, instead of NPS 2 size. (DN 200)

2.6.13 Filters These specifications apply to the filters whose body diameter does not exceed 324 mm and, which are installed into piping systems in order to protect equipment (primarily pumps, flow meters, control valves) of the system against damages caused by contamination. These specifications do not apply to the so-called T-filters (filter element built into T-profile) as well as to the so-called technological (process) filters built into the system to remove materials getting into the medium due to technological reasons or, developing in the medium. Regarding the filter construction, preference shall be given to the Y-type. The filter element shall be basket design. The filter basket shall be removable from the top. The filter cover shall be of easily removable and easily reclosable design. The filter in all cases shall be provided with vent and drain nozzles. The corrosion allowance to be taken into account when sizing the filter casing shall be 3 mm at least. In the filters smooth-weaving wire cloth shall be used. Mesh size of filter installed before centrifugal pump shall be as follows: In case of water and light products 5 MESH Wire diameter 1.6 mm Lube oil, heating oil, bottom products 4 MESH Wire diameter 1.8 mm Requirements relating to magnitude of the filtering surface, in function of the piping size (into which the filter is installed) resp. in that of the filter nozzle of identical size, are as follows:

Page 71: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 16/24

In case of DN 50 and smaller piping size: the filtering surface shall be at least three times the free cross section of the piping, Over DN 50 piping size: the filtering surface shall be at least TWO times the free cross section of the piping.

2.7 Valve actuators (drives) Type of the valve actuators will be defined by MOL Group, depending on the function to be fulfilled and the type of the available energy. MOL prefers application of motor actuators driven by electric power. The electric motor may operate from normal 400V 3-phase mains but it can also be operated by locally generated power of 24 V voltages. In addition to the direct pneumatic drive, hydro-pneumatic actuators also exist. The pneumatic drive may receive its energy from network, local bottle or, by means of gas flowing in the piping. For selection of the produce of the actuator also MOL Group’s consent is requested. In knowledge of the type and produce, selection of actuator of adequate size is a task of the valve manufacturer. Specification of the valve actuator shall be made on basis of requirements determined by the technology, the control technique and (in case of electric drive) by the electric power divisions. The parameters selectable resp. to be defined is introduced as information by the data sheet enclosed.

3. Material selecting considerations

3.1 Material assortment for valve bodies Standard defining material assortment of the valve bodies for application of DIN standard system: DIN 3339 EN 1503 standard series (this times only a draft). Standard defining material assortment of the fitting casings for application of Anglo-Saxon standard system: ASME B16.34 API 602

3.2 Selection of materials for the trim In correlation with the valves on the term “trim” those internal parts of the valve are meant which participate in fulfilment of closing, opening, throttling etc. functions of the valve and are in contact with the medium delivered. Standards of the various valves define exactly the elements belonging to the trim at valves of given type. In certain cases the stem seals (bonnet bushing, backseat) and the gland are also sorted to this category. Also to the trim belong the elements clamping the closing elements together such as for example pins, when they may have contact with the medium (See butterfly valves.) At the check valves the spring also belongs to the trim. At gate valves parts of the trim are: surface of the gate valve seat, the closing surface of the shut-off element (e.g. wedge) and the stem motioning the shut-off element (API 602). At globe valves the valve seat, the valve disk and the valve stem belong to the trim. In case of filters on the term “trim” the components of the filter basket are meant.

Page 72: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 17/24

Selection of the material quality of elements belonging to the trim a function of the operating conditions, fundamentally that of the medium delivered. Primarily the corrosive and abrasive properties of the medium are decisive (taking the normal working stream rates also into account. The temperature also makes influence on the material selection. Frequency and nature of the closing and opening operations are also influencing factors. The selectable trims and their short codes (trim number) are in general included in standards relating to the individual valve types. Selection from the trims listed in Table 3 of standard API 600 shall be made when the standard of the given fitting does not include them and, otherwise the API 600 is applicable to the given case. Also the specifications of API 600 shall be applied to the minimum difference between the surface hardness of the shut-off element and the seat, unless otherwise specified elsewhere. The valve standards in general do not define material quality of the elastic gaskets; those shall be specified by the Purchaser. When specifying, attention shall be paid on the maximum operating temperature as well as on the oil-proofness requirement, if any. Preference shall be given to the Teflon (PTFE) and the reinforced Teflon against other soft sealing materials. Trims preferred by MOL Group.

Table 6.

Trim Number

Nominal Trim Medium to be used to

N.1 F6 This means the 13Cr steel type, which is of ferritic texture. Features good wear-resistance, and good corrosion resistance against slot corrosion, and stress corrosion. Proposed for places of lower load, e.g. low-pressure nitrogen, low-pressure hydrocarbon media,

N.2 304 18Cr-8Ni steel. To be used for moderately corrosive media.

N.5 Hardfaced (Stellited)

Application of Co-Cr alloy to surface of the shut-off elements. Features very high hardness, not requiring hardness difference between the seat and the cut-off element. To be used for high-pressure steam and steam condense.

N.8 F6 and Hardface (Stellited)

13Cr steel forms one of the surfaces and Co-Cr alloy the other one. The most often used trim in the petroleum industry. To be used for low- and medium-pressure steam and condense high-temperature hydrocarbons at low and high pressures alike.

N.10 316 CrNiMo steel (X 5 CrNiMo 17 12 2 WNr. 1.4401), especially preferred to case of sour water, aqueous sour gas, amines, antifoaming and emulsion breaking agents.

Materials of the filter wire mesh shall be austenitic corrosion-resistant steel.

Page 73: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 18/24

3.3 Selection of materials for gasket between the valve body and bonnet The gasket between the valve body and the bonnet shall be selected according to specifications of the valve standards, except for valves according to the ASME B16.34 standard, where specifications of the API 600 standard shall be taken into account. Corrosion resistance of the gasket shall be equivalent to that of the body and the bonnet. Regarding the asbestos-containing gaskets the actual European environment protection specifications shall be adhered to.

4. Request for quotation of valves

4.1 General specifications These specifications contain the technical specifications to be employed in request for quotation for resp. in procurement of valves. The worded part of the Specification and the data sheets following it together constitute the technical requirements. Should an offered pipe element deviate from the requirements of these specifications, it shall be unambiguously stated in the quotation. Where for a pressure-containing part of a valve forged steel is specified, that part may not be substituted by casting, unless MOL Group permit definitely relating to this is procured. The steel castings in turn can be substituted by forged pieces, without any specific permit. It is strictly prohibited to use piping parts, which are used for regulation and control of technological process (e.g. valves), as supporting elements.

4.2 Construction of connections The end connection of the valves should meet the requirements listed under clause 2.6.3 of these specifications.

4.3 Material quality of valve body The material quality of the valve body shall meet the requirements described under clauses 3.1 of these specifications. Unless otherwise specified, brass and brass alloy, including bronze and bronze alloys may not be used either for outer or inner parts of the valves.

4.4 Bonnet gasket and bolting, stem sealing The corrosion resistance of the gasket between the bonnet and the body shall be equivalent to that of the material of the bonnet and the body. Unless otherwise specified on the data sheet, the cover gasket of valves with bolted bonnet should meet the specifications of the standard according to which the fitting is designed, except for the case when this is the ASME B16.34 standard, when the cover gasket has to meet specifications of the API 600 standard. In case of pressure seal valves the hardness difference between the gasket and the casing shall be at least 50 HB and, at the contacting surface of the casing gasket preference shall be given to the stellited surface.

Page 74: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 19/24

For sealing of the valve stem and the valve cover, usage of asbestos gasket is prohibited. Asbestos-free gasket shall be provided. Material quality and manufacturer of the gasket shall be unambiguously defined in the quotation. Material quality of the secondary „O”-ring seal of the globe valve stem outlet shall be PTFE or VITON-A Backseat shall be provided both for the gate valves and valves, thus allowing replacement of the normal stem seal (e.g. gland) even in opened state of the fitting, with operating line.

4.5 Structural design, fabrication and inspection Seams of the welded valves should meet the requirements described under clause 2.6.2 of these specifications. The auxiliary connections (drain, blow-in) shall be in concordance with those described under clause 2.6.5 of these specifications. The requirements correlating with the position indication are described under clause 2.6.6 of these specifications. Non-standard valves: Certain valve types such as the butterfly valves or globe valves are not in full conformity with the relevant ANSI or DIN pressure-temperature grades or with the standards mentioned in the procurement specifications. In these cases the pressure-temperature curve actually relating to the valve shall be given. Any deviation from the procurement specifications shall be unambiguously indicated in the quotation In case of pressure-containing valves to which none of the designing standards can be employed, the design shall be made with satisfaction of the requirements of standards ASME B31.3 and ASME B16.34. The face-to-face and the end-to-end dimensions of flanged-end and butt-welding-end valves shall be in conformity with specifications of the ASME B16.10 standard, if applicable. The face-to-face and the end-to-end dimensions of valves defined by DIN shall be as specified by the DIN. Any deviation from the above said specifications shall be unambiguously highlighted in the quotation.

4.6 Valve actuation The hand wheel diameter of NPS 36 and smaller valves may not exceed 900 mm. The locking direction shall be clockwise. Should actuation with gear operator be specified, then an encased, weatherproof gear box standard at the manufacturing factory shall be employed. Hand wheel of the fitting with gear shall be motional by 500 N or smaller force. Unless otherwise specified, the gear operator shall be of horizontal shaft and side-wheel design.

4.7 Ex-works pressure tests All pressure tests of the valve shall be carried out by the manufacturing factory. All valves delivered according to ANSI/ASME standards shall be subjected to tests as specified by the API 594 standard and all valves delivered according to DIN shall be tested according to the DIN 3230 standard. The valves shall be subjected to the following pressure tests:

Page 75: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 20/24

a) Shell test b) Hydrostatic High-Pressure Backseat c) Strength test on the cut-off element d) Leak test on the cut-off element with water e) Tightness test of the cut-off element by air can be occasionally selected and it has

to be separately offered in the quotation. If this forms a requirement, it will be indicated in the order.

f) The tightness grade for the cut-off pressure test shall be according to API 598 whilst for valves delivered according to DIN standard; Tightness grade 1 of the DIN 3230-3.standard is specified (BO).

Hydro testing on the valves shall be carried out after complete assembling by the manufacturer, interpreting complete assembled according to the following: All auxiliary and additional (e.g. drain, by-pass pipe) elements shall be mounted on the valve which will form part of the final assembly and, which limit the pressure. The testing of industrial armatures shall be carried out according EN 12266-1.

4.8 Marking Each valve shall be provided with a tablet made of corrosion-proof material, on which required data of the valve shall be indicated in a weather-proof manner. The tablet shall be safely secured to the valve by stainless steel wire (to the bonnet hold-down bolts, the hand wheel or other suitable place.). No fastening of the tablet to one of the screw hole of the valve body is permissible.

4.9 Transportation The gate valves and globe valves shall be shipped in closed state whilst the plug valves and ball valves in opened state. The valves shall be delivered provided with stem seal. After the hydro tests the water shall be drained from all valves and, dried by dry air. Valves apt for rusting, on their outer surfaces except for the stem and the sealing surfaces, shall be provided with prime painting. The sealing surface of the valve flanges and the welding-ends of the valves shall be protected by metal, hard chipboard, hard PVC or hard wood, fixing them safely to the valve.

5. Valves acceptance

On reception of valves from the vendor and the purchaser shall check the following:

− Existence of certificate belonging to the valve and comparison of its content to the ordering specifications.

− Existence of marking of the valves and its coincidence with the specification. − Random check of the connecting dimensions. − Checking of the package for undamaged state. − Checking of the quantity by piece number.

Page 76: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 21/24

6. Appendix SN – additional rules valid for Slovnaft refinery: Butterfly valves

Butterfly valves, which are equipped with rubber gaskets and gaskets containing rubber components, shall be used only for water medium and maximal medium temperature 80°C.” Technical conditions, which shall be fulfilled for valves delivery. Quality classes for NTD testing of valves pressure parts (Table 1, 2).

Quality class: a.

I. Valves casted from grey cast iron; II. Valves up to PN 16, used up to maximal temperature 200°C for non-flammable and

not caustic liquids and gases – for not dangerous fluids as air, water etc.

Quality class: b. I. Valves manufactured from carbon cast steel for pressure class up to PN 40, for

gases and liquids under their boil point. II. Valves for 0,4 MPa steam and steam condensate.

Quality class: c. I. Valves for fluids with working temperature up to 400°C and pressure class up to PN

63 II. Valves for dangerous caustic fluids (toxic, caustic, explosive, etc.)

Quality class: d. I. Valves with fluid working temperature over 400°C. II. Valves for hydrogen service.

III. Valves with pressure class PN 100 and more.

Page 77: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 22/24

NDT tests required for individual quality classes according to EN standards (casted pressure parts)

Table 1 Casted pressure parts shall be tested as follows:

Quality class*

Applicable rules and standards

Standards NDT testing requirements

Scope of inspections

Document in line with EN 10204

a Without tests

b EN 1559-2

EN 1370 VT Level VC3 10 % from delivery

scope and minimally 1 pc form every melt

2.1 EN 1371-1, EN 1369 PT/MT*** Level 4

3.1 EN 12681 RT***** – welded ends

Level 2

c EN 1559-2

EN 1370 VT Level VC3 100% 2.1 EN 1371-1, EN 1369 PT/MT*** Level 4 Number of

pieces** 3.1 EN 12681 (For critical parts definition - ASME B16.34)

RT***** – critical parts Level 3 RT***** – welded ends Level 2

100%

d EN 1559-2

EN 1370 VT Level VC2 100% 2.1 EN 1371-1, EN 1369 PT/MT*** Level 3 100%

3.1/ 3.2**** EN 12681 (For critical parts definition - ASME B16.34)

RT***** – critical parts Level 2

100%

RT***** – welded ends Level 2

100%

* Quality class for NDT tests carrying out will be determined in purchase order ** up to 5 pcs – each one piece

6 - 20 pcs – each 3th piece, but minimally 5 pcs. 21 – 50 pcs – each 5th piece, but minimally 6 pcs 51 - 200 pcs – each 10th piece, but minimally 10 pcs 201 pcs and more – each 20th piece, but minimally 20 pcs ***PT/MT – Supplier can choose the method. Whole outside surface and reachable inside surface is tested. **** Certificate type 3.2 is required for working pressures ≥ 375 Bar. ***** Possible to perform UT as an alternative.

NDT tests required for individual quality classes according to ASME standards

Page 78: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 23/24

(casted pressure parts) Table 2 Casted pressure parts shall be tested as follows:

Quality class*

Applicable rules and standards

Standards NDT testing requirements

Scope of inspections

Document in line with

EN 10204 a Without tests

b ASME B16.34

MSS SP55 VT Level a, b 10 % from

delivery scope and minimally 1 pc form every melt

2.1

ASME B16.34 PT/MT*** (app III/app II)

3.1

ASTM E446, E186 RT***** – welded ends Level 2 100%

c ASME B16.34

MSS SP55 VT Level a, b 100% 2.1

ASME B16.34 PT/MT*** (app III/app II)

Number of pieces **

Number of pieces

** ASME B16.34 RT *****– critical parts – (app I)

ASTM E446, E186 RT***** – welded ends Level 2 100%

d ASME B16.34

MSS SP55 VT Level a, b 100% 2.1

ASME B16.34 PT/MT*** (app III/app II) 100%

3.1/ 3.2**** ASME B16.34 RT*****– critical parts

– (app I) 100%

ASTM E446, E186 RT***** – welded ends Level 2 100%

* Quality class for NDT tests carrying out will be determined in purchase order ** up to 5 pcs – each one piece

6 - 20 pcs – each 3th piece, but minimally 5 pcs. 21 – 50 pcs – each 5th piece, but minimally 6 pcs 51 - 200 pcs – each 10th piece, but minimally 10 pcs 201 pcs and more – each 20th piece, but minimally 20 pcs ***PT/MT – Supplier can choose the method. Whole outside surface and reachable inside surface is tested. **** Certificate type 3.2 is required for working pressures ≥ 375 Bar. ***** Possible to perform UT as an alternative.

Page 79: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Refining & Marketing

Rev. 1.00.01 24/24

NDT tests required for pressure parts manufactured by forging

1.) Valves with forged body and up to DN 2” and 900 lb (PN 150) - NDT tests are not required.

2.) Valves with forged body and over DN 2” – PT or MT (tests) of body surface is required (50% pcs)

3.) Valves with forged body and with strength weld on the body (100% pcs): - up to PN 150 (900 lb) including – weld inspection according to manufacturer’s

standard or PT or MT; - over PN 160 (1500 lb) inspection according to manufacturer’s standard or RT or

UT.

Page 80: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

MOL Group

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL –

3. Piping

2. Valves

2. Safety Valves

MGS – S – REF – M – 3.2.2

Rev. 1.00.00

Page 81: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Identity code: Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF- M-3.2.2

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL Release: Rev.: 1.00.00 Page/Pages: Piping 2/17

Safety Valves Date: 30.11.2011

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

Release list

Rev. Date Description Edited Verified Approved

0.00.00 31.12.2005 Basic release

1.00.00 30.06.2012 General issue see sign. sheet MGS-S-REF-M-LI R. Kopalek see sign. sheet

MGS-S-REF-M-LI

Page 82: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

Contents 1. General description .................................................................................................... 4

1.1 Scope ...................................................................................................................... 4 1.2 Alternative designs .................................................................................................. 4 1.3 Conflicting requirements.......................................................................................... 4 1.4 Definition of terms ................................................................................................... 4 1.5 Referred standards and provisions.......................................................................... 4 1.6 Abbreviations........................................................................................................... 4

2. Requirements of design.............................................................................................. 5 2.1 Criteria and terms of design .................................................................................... 5 2.2 Dimensioning standards .......................................................................................... 5 2.3 Size standards......................................................................................................... 6 2.4 Standards defining the technical terms of delivery .................................................. 6 2.5 Certificate requirements .......................................................................................... 6 2.6 Comparison of various design requirements and application guidelines ................. 6 2.7 Aspects of material selection................................................................................... 7 2.8 Invitation of offers for valves.................................................................................... 8

3. Safety relief valves ..................................................................................................... 8 3.1 General requirements.............................................................................................. 8 3.2 Direct operation safety relief valve .......................................................................... 9 3.3 Indirect operation (secondary controlled) safety relief valve.................................. 10 3.4 Pipelines connected to safety relief valves ............................................................ 11 3.5 Technical documentation....................................................................................... 12 3.6 Acceptance of the valves and devices................................................................... 13

4. Rupture disks ........................................................................................................... 13 4.1 Technical requirements ......................................................................................... 13 4.2 Material of the safety elements.............................................................................. 16 4.3 Technical documentation....................................................................................... 17 4.4 Acceptance of the safety devices .......................................................................... 17 4.5 Dimensioning of rupture disks (safety devices with destructive element) .............. 17

Rev. 1.00.00 3/17

Page 83: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

1. General description

1.1 Scope This Specification defines the minimum requirements for design, construction and testing of the safety relief valves and rupture disc used in refineries. The requirements relate to the selection, designing, manufacturing, procurement, and the on-site building in of fittings. The supply shall be in accordance with the requirements of this specification, however, the applicable law and national regulations shall govern where compliance is mandatory. This Specification does not exempt the Designer and the Vendor from their responsibility to deliver proper products by which the project can be operated safely and efficiently.

1.2 Alternative designs Should the Vendor offer an alternative design deviating from the project specification or from the inquiry document but equivalent with that, it can be accepted by a written consent of MOL Group.

1.3 Conflicting requirements Should any contradiction exist between this Specification or the project specification and the content of the delivery contract, then the contract is governing.

1.4 Definition of terms Basically, the definition of terms of the API RP 520 and API RP 521 are used in this Specification.

1.5 Referred standards and provisions The major standards referred: ASME BPV Code VIII, DIV. 1 API 526 Flanged steel safety relief valves API 527 Commercial seat tightness of safety relief valves with metal to metal seats API RP 520 Sizing, selection and installation of pressure-relieving devices in refineries API RP 521 Pressure relieving and depressurizing system TRD 421 PED (2014/68/EC) AD-Merkblätter Rules and regulations, MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Standard piping solution

1.6 Abbreviations NPS Nominal Pipe Size WPS Welding Procedure Specification PQR Performance Qualification Report OS&Y Outside Stem and Yoke BW But Welded SW Socket Welded DN Nominal Diameter PN Nominal Pressure

Rev. 1.00.004/17

Page 84: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

2. Requirements of design

2.1 Criteria and terms of design Safety relief valve: It is a pressure limiting safety fitting that automatically opens at a predefined pressure, passes a given quantity of fluid specified by an additional allowable pressure growth and then automatically closes after a certain decrease in pressure. Rupture disk (a safety device with destructive element): It is a safety device the destructive element of which breaks at a predefined pressure, that is, makes the relief cross section free. Contrary to the safety relief valve, it does not close after relief since the destructive element goes wrong when operated and leaves the relief opening free. Destructive elements: Flat, concave or convex elements may contain grooves or weakening. As far as their material is concerned, they may be ductile or rigid. Holder: Hollow screw or flange joint that holds the element imperviously and connects it to the equipment to be protected and to the relief system. Designed pressure: The designed pressure may not be less than the pressure that can occur in the case of coincidence of the most adverse external and internal temperatures and pressures that can be expected during the operation. Under the most adverse condition, the condition that requires the greatest pressure grade shall be meant. Designed temperature: The designed temperature shall be identical with the temperature that the fluid can have under the expected strictest operating conditions, taking into consideration the coincidence of the adverse temperature and pressure. For determination of the reference temperature constituting the basis of the material selection, the ambient temperature has to be taken into consideration. It is minus 20 °C, in case of outdoor installation. Taking into consideration other designing criteria, such as are the standard coherent pressure-temperature criteria, the required smallest fitting body wall thickness, the applicable material qualities, etc. The requirements listed in item 2.2 have to be met.

2.2 Dimensioning standards In the US standard system: Standards ASME B16.34, ASME Code Section I, ASME Code VIII, API Rp 520, 526, API STD 527. In the DIN standard system: AD-Merkblätter rules and regulations, the DIN3320 standard series, TRD421 In the Euro norm standard system: EN ISO 4126/1, 4126/2 standard series

Rev. 1.00.00 5/17

Page 85: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

2.3 Size standards Nominal sizes (NPS or DN) ASME B 36.10 Face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions of flange and butt-welding devices:

ASME B16.10 DIN EN 558-1 DIN EN 558-2

Standards relating to the end connections of valves: Flanged valves: ASME B 16.5 EN 1092/1-2

DIN 2501-1 EN 12560/1-8 Butt-welding ends of valves: ASME B 16.25 DIN 2559

ASME B 16.9 DIN 3239-1 ASME B 36.10 DIN 2448 ASME B 36.19 DIN 2458

Design of the threaded end connections: ASME B1.20.1 DIN 2999-1

2.4 Standards defining the technical terms of delivery The technical terms of delivery of devices have to be specified with taking into consideration the following standards:

− ASME B 16.34 − out of the API standards: API Rp 520, 526, API STD 527, and the API Spec 6D; − out of the DIN standards: AD-Merkblätter rules and regulations DIN 3230, DIN

3840 − out of the British standards: BS 579

Special fire resistance requirements are specified in the following standards: − API RP 520 and 521

2.5 Certificate requirements Certificates of all valve parts shall meet the requirements of EN 10204, Type 3.1. Declaration of conformity according to PED (2014/68/EC). This type of certificate is allowed to release by manufacturer if manufacturer has been authorized by Notified Body.

2.6 Comparison of various design requirements and application guidelines

2.6.1 Welded devices For welding of valves containing pressure-tight welds (including also the sealing welds and repair welds), the Vendor has to work out a Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and a technology testing procedure (PQR) verifying its compliance, and attached to the document of the fitting. The Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and the process qualification (PQR) have to be in compliance with the requirements specified in EN 13480 or ASME B31.3 and PED (2014/68/EC). In general, the flange of the flanged valves has to be manufactured jointly with the fitting box (integral flanged ends). Also the welded flanges can be accepted but the proper

Rev. 1.00.006/17

Page 86: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

quality of the welds has to be verified by attachment of the WPS, PQR and the documents of the weld tests actually performed. The use of a permanent welding support plate is not allowed for the welding. The use of a temporary welding support plate is allowed provided that it will completely be removed after welding and after the removal no fusion faults can be detected in the weld.

2.6.2 End connections For using the US standard system: Flanged valves: Flange connections shall be used except for thermal relief valves, which may be threaded. Up to NPS 24, inclusive, the flange joint has to be in compliance with the standard ASME B 16.5. Above NPS 24, it has to meet the requirements specified in the standard ASME B 16.47 Form A (corresponds to MSS SP44). Valves with threaded ends: In general, the use of the valves with threaded ends falls within the size range between ½” and 1-1/2”. The thread has to be an internal thread pursuant to ASME B 1.20.1. For using the DIN standard system: Flanged valves: The DIN flange with proper pressure stage has to be used. Valves with threaded ends: The thread has to be an internal thread pursuant to DIN 2999-1.

2.6.3 Face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions As far as possible, the face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions (sizes) have to meet the requirements specified in the standards EN 558-1 and –2.

2.6.4 Supplementary (discharge, relief) joints In given cases, the valves have to be delivered with discharge or other opening. If a threaded joint is prescribed, it has to be in compliance with the ASME B 1.20.1 internal NPT thread.

2.7 Aspects of material selection

2.7.1 The standards specifying the range of materials of valve body in case of application of the Anglo-Saxon standard system: ASME B 16.34 API 526 Selection guidelines of body steels: In case of valves according to the Anglo-Saxon standards, the coherent pressure and temperature values for the particular material qualities and nominal pressure stages are specified in the standard ASME B 16.34. The selection of the steel has to be in compliance with it.

Rev. 1.00.00 7/17

Page 87: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

In case of acid fluids (liquid, gas), as well as hydrogen sulphide (H2S/CO2)-containing fluids, the requirements specified in NACE MR 0103 have to be taken into consideration. In the case of use of the valve outdoor, neither type of the iron casting should be used as the material of the body since in case of them the risk of breaking of the valve body is higher in winter. Below the standard temperature of -20 ºC, the impact energy testing and documentation requirements pursuant to API Spec 6D have to be met. At and above the standard temperature of -20 ºC, the documentation of impact energy testing is not a requirement; the statement of the manufacturing plant is enough that the fitting can be operated at -20 ºC without the risk of cold brittleness.

2.7.2 The standards specifying the range of materials of valve body in case of application of the DIN standard system Sheets marked with W of AD-Merkblätter rules and regulations. DIN EN 1503 standard series

2.7.3 Selection of the gasket material between the valve body and the bonnet The gasket between the valve body and the bonnet has to be selected pursuant to the requirements specified in the standards for fittings. The corrosion resistance of the gasket has to be at least the same as that of the body and the bonnet. Only the use of asbestos-free gaskets is allowed.

2.8 Invitation of offers for valves

2.8.1 Worded part of invitation of offers This Specification includes the technical requirements used in case of invitation of offers and procurement of safety devices. The worded part of the specification and the data sheets given after it jointly constitutes the technical requirements. If an offered valve considerably differs from the requirements specified herein, it has to be clearly communicated in the offer. Where forged steel is specified for the pressure-tight component of a valve, it may not be substituted by casting unless the express relevant permit of MOL Group is obtained for that. However, steel casting can be substituted by forged steel without any separate permit. The steel has to be killed steel. Unless specified otherwise, copper and copper alloys, including also the bronze and the bronze alloys, may not be used either for the external or the internal parts of the valves.

3. Safety relief valves

3.1 General requirements According to the pitch of the closing element the safety relief valve may be the following:

− Full pitch: The smallest gap cross section becoming free at the opening pressure is greater than the cross section of the nozzle. During relief the closing element is leant to the stroke-end stop.

Rev. 1.00.00 8/17

Page 88: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

− High pitch: The smallest gap cross section becoming free at the opening pressure is equal to or smaller than the cross section of the nozzle. During relief the closing element is not leant to the stroke-end stop.

− Low pitch: The smallest gap cross section becoming free at the opening pressure is smaller than the cross section of the nozzle. During relief the closing element is not leant to the stroke-end stop.

There are no requirements specified for the application areas of the safety relief valves with various pitches, and the majority of the valve manufacturers already produce valves with full pitch only. In the case of closed structural design, the safety relief valve may be according to the sensitivity to the backpressure the following:

− Sensitive to the backpressure: The alien backpressure has impact on the opening pressure of the valve. The alien backpressure either decreases or increases the closing force or the opening pressure depending on the structural design of the valve.

− Insensitive to the backpressure: The alien backpressure does not have impact on the opening pressure up to the alien backpressure allowed for the valve type. This is enabled by a pressure balancing piston or a pressure-balancing bellow.

The dimensioning and setting of the safety relief valve shall be realised in such a manner that a pressure exceeding the licensing pressure in the device by not more than 10% can be develop. In case of steam boiler the maximum allowed overpressure is 3 %. A pressure growth greater than 10% can be allowed if at the time of strength dimensioning of the device it was taken into consideration and licensed by the competent technical inspectorate. The material of components of the valve has to be selected depending on the operating characteristics of the fluid. The components have to enable the proper operation of the valve under the operating conditions. For the protection of the device, only the valve and the auxiliary device licensed by the competent technical inspectorate can be used. The design of the valve has to enable the free shift of the moving elements but has to prevent their outward forcing. The valve and its auxiliary device have to be protected against the undesirable change of their setting. Valve case made of steel casting can only be used for toxic, flammable or explosive fluids independently of the pressure and the temperature. Due to the place of installation, the in flammability of the relieved fluids, and the occurring pressure relations, the safety relief valves have to be of O-ring valve head type. The compactness can be improved further by various ring installation methods. For the perfect sealing it is important that the valve head and the valve seat be coaxial and the sealing surfaces be parallel.

3.2 Direct operation safety relief valve The design of the spring-loaded valve has to enable the control of the operation by the forced opening of the valve during the operation of the device in case of non- dangerous fluids (air, nitrogen, unsuperheated steam). The forced opening has to be possible already at a pressure corresponding to at least 80% of the opening pressure. The forced opening structure can only be left out if the forced opening causes danger. In such a case,

Rev. 1.00.00 9/17

Page 89: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

however, the control of readiness for operation of the valve has to be specified in the technical documentation. The spring of the valve has to be protected against the direct impact of the fluid – except for it is dimensioned just for this – and from the adverse overheating. The threads of the spring may not come into contact with each other even in the case of full opening of the valve. The difference between the opening pressure and the relief pressure for vapour and gas should not exceed the following:

− up to the licensing pressure of 0.25 MPa (2.5 bar): the 15 % of the opening pressure

− at greater licensing pressures: 10 % of the opening pressure; − for liquid: 25 % of the opening pressure.

The condensed steam has to be removable from the valve case. The closing pressure of the valve for vapour and gas shall be at least 95 % of the opening pressure, and for liquid it shall be 95 %. Up to an opening pressure of 0.25 MPa (2.5 bar) the difference between the opening pressure and the closing pressure for vapour and gas shall be not more than 0.045 MPa (0.45 bar) or for liquid it shall be not more than 0.075 MPa (0.75 bar).

3.3 Indirect operation (secondary controlled) safety relief valve The valve with its auxiliary structures has to be of such design that its overpressure limiting capability can remain even in case of failure of any control or regulation unit or energy/power outage. The spring of the valve has to be protected against the direct impact of the fluid – except for it is dimensioned just for this – and from the adverse overheating. The threads of the spring may not come into contact with each other even in the case of full opening of the valve. The difference between the opening pressure and the relief pressure for vapour and gas should not exceed the following:

− up to the licensing pressure of 0.25 MPa (2.5 bar): the 15 % of the opening pressure

− at greater licensing pressures: 10 % of the opening pressure; − for liquid: 25 % of the opening pressure.

At the selection of the valve, also the possibility of the manual operation and, if necessary, also its remote operation have to be taken into consideration. The electric operation valves should have two power sources that are independent of each other. If the outage of the power causes an opening pulse on the valve, only one power source can also be allowed. The valve has to operate quickly, and the opportunity of beats has to be excluded at opening and closing. If the control unit is a pulse valve, the diameter of the nozzle has to be at least 15 mm. The inlet and outlet inner diameters of the pulse tubes have to be at least 20 mm but not less than the diameter of the inlet and outlet stub of the pulse valve.

Rev. 1.00.00 10/17

Page 90: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

The pulse and the control tubes have to be short. If necessary, the condensed steam can be removable. On these tubes, block valve should not be installed. Change over unit can be installed if the pulse tube remains ready for operation in either position. For the control of the valve, operating fluid or other intermediating fluid can only be used if no risk of freezing up, coking or corrosion exists. The closing pressure of the valve has to be at least 95 % of the opening pressure. The auxiliary structure – when external power source is used – should have at least two control circles the operation of which is independent of each other and if one of the control circles breaks down the other one can operate the valve safely. For the pulse valve control, at least two pulse valves have to be installed.

3.4 Pipelines connected to safety relief valves In the inlet and outlet pipeline of the safety relief valve, closing element should not be installed, except for the following:

− For the device operating with explosive or toxic fluid or in another technically justified case, closing instrument may be installed into the inlet and outlet pipeline of the valve, if its design enables its locking and it can be locked in open position.

− A selector valve can be installed between the device and the valve, if it excludes simultaneous switching off of all the valves and the relief performance of valve(s) remaining in operation is equal to at least the necessary performance.

The pipelines of the valve should enable the balancing of the thermal expansion. The valve case and the fixing of the pipelines should be dimensioned for static loads and for the dynamic forces occurring when the valve operates. The inlet pipeline connecting to the valve should be considered as a part of the device and it should meet the requirements relating to the device. The inlet pipeline should be short and inclined in its full length towards the device. The inner diameter of the inlet pipeline should not be less than the inner diameter of the inlet stub of the valve. The inner diameter of the inlet pipeline should be specified based on the greatest relief performance of the valve in a manner that the pressure drop does not exceed the 3 % of the opening pressure. In the inlet pipeline connected to the indirect operation (secondary controlled) valve also a pressure drop greater than 3 % can be allowed in technically justified cases. The cross section of the inlet side collecting pipe should not be less than 1.25 times the collective cross section of the connecting valves. The fluid shall be removable from the valve safely. The outlet side pipeline should be protected against freezing up and the removal of the condensed steam should be enabled. The inner diameter of the outlet side pipeline should not be less than the inner diameter of the outlet side stub of the valve. The inner diameter of the outlet side pipeline should be dimensioned in a manner that in case of the greatest relief performance of the valve, the greatest backpressure in the outlet stub of the valve will not exceed the backpressure allowed for the valve. The cross section of the outlet side collecting pipeline may not be less than 1.25 times the collective cross section of the connecting outlet side pipelines, taking into consideration the simultaneity of operation.

Rev. 1.00.00 11/17

Page 91: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

When specifying the relief performance of the valve, the resistance of the silencers should be taken into consideration. On the section between the valve and the silencer, a stub should be installed for installation of the pressure gauge.

3.5 Technical documentation The Vendor should provide an instruction manual (technical certification) and an operation manual for each valve or group of identical valves. The instruction manual (technical certificate) should include the following:

− the name or code of the manufacturer; − the ID number (manufacturing number, serial number, etc.); − the year of manufacturing; − the type of the valve; − the nominal diameter and pressure at the inlet and outlet sides of the valve; − the diameter of the nozzle; − the cross-section of the nozzle; − the fluid and its features; − the features and dimensions of the spring or the weight; − the performance coefficient α (90 % of that determined by the examination); − the allowed temperature; − the allowed back pressure; − the opening pressure and its range; − the material certificate of the main elements (case, valve head, seat, spring) of the

valve; − the certification of type testing of the valve; − the pressure value of the hydraulic test of the valve case; − the certification of the seat tightness testing and set pressure adjustment − relief capacity certificates issued by authorized Agency − the protection against the non-desired change of the valve and its auxiliary units. − Certificate signed by Manufacturer to certify the valve is accordance with the

relevant standards, code, regulations defined in purchaser order. The operating instructions include the following:

− the method and frequency of control of operation of the valve; − the drawing of the valve, and − the rules relating to the installation, maintenance, and operation.

Marking − Each safety valve shall be provided with a corrosion-resistant stainless nameplate,

permanently attached to the body or bonnet with the following content: − the name or code/trademark of the manufacturer; − the ID number/valve tag/model (manufacturing number, serial number, etc.); − the year of manufacturing; − the type of the valve; − Inlet-outlet flange rating and size − Body, spring and trim material − Orifice designation − Set pressure − the performance coefficient α;

Rev. 1.00.00 12/17

Page 92: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

− the set opening pressure; − the ID of the license in case of a licensed fitting. The spring shall be marked, by means of punching or equivalent, with the spring Manufacturer’s code that shall include_ − Manufacturer’s name − Spring type − Pressure and temperature range − Material − Cross section

3.6 Acceptance of the valves and devices When the valves and devices are taken over by the customer from the vendor, the following should be checked:

− Existence of the document belonging to the valves and comparison of its content with the ordering specifications.

− Existence of the data plates of the valves and check whether or not they meet the specifications;

− Check the connecting sizes; − Check the wrapping and whether or not the packages are free from damages. − Itemised checking of the quantity.

4. Rupture disks

4.1 Technical requirements The application of the rupture disk is justified in the following cases:

− where the relief cross section cannot expediently assured by another safety device;

− where the pressure growth is so fast that the inertia (relative slowness) of the safety relief valve would be disadvantageous;

− where during operating conditions such deposits, freeze-up or corrosion is formed that would make the safety relief valve inoperative;

− where leakage of the fluid cannot be allowed during operation; − where the fluid to be relieved contains solid particles.

The types of design and the application areas of the rupture disks are shown in Table 1. The element can only be built in into the holder specified for it. The holder of the element and its fixing should withstand the dynamic forces forming at the relief. The elements should not be damaged by sharp edges or uneven load. The opening pressure (nominal value and the tolerance range) of the safety device should fall between the licensing pressure of the device and 1.1 times the latter. Also a pressure growth greater than 10 % can be allowed provided that it was taken into consideration when the strength dimensioning of the device was performed and it was licensed by the authority. If vacuum can be formed in the device, a vacuum support for prevention of destruction of the element should be used. This should be applied in a manner that the required relief

Rev. 1.00.00 13/17

Page 93: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

cross section will not be reduced. The edges of the openings of the vacuum support should be worked in a manner that the element cannot cause any damage (early relief). The cross section of the connecting pipe between the device and the safety device should be equal to or greater than the relief cross section of the safety device. The element should be installed in a manner that the propagation direction of the pressure wave will be perpendicular to the element. The material of the relief pipe should meet the specification given in item 4.2. Its dimensions and design should make possible to remove the fluid into a safe place. Fixing of the relief pipe should not transfer additional forces to the device and should safely absorb the static and dynamic loads occurring during the relief.

Rev. 1.00.00 14/17

Page 94: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

Types and characteristics of the rupture disks

Pre-embossed rupture diskmade of one piece

Complex pre-embossed rupture disk made of two pieces, with austenitic

acid-proof or Inconel load bearing upper part.

Flip-flop rupture disk

Carcassing material of the disk Carcassing material of the disk

Carcassing material of the

disk Operating conditions

Inco

nel

aust

eniti

c s.

a.

Mon

el

nick

el

alum

iniu

m

silv

er

TFE

FEP

Inco

nel

aust

eniti

c s.

a.

Mon

el

nick

el

alum

iniu

m

silv

er

Inco

nel

aust

eniti

c s.

a.

Mon

el

nick

el,

alum

.

60 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

70 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

80 2 2 2 2 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1

85 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 The

rela

tive

oper

atin

g pr

essu

re,

N%

90 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 Even

operating pressure greater

than 1 bar abs

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Even operating pressure

less than 1 bar abs

1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

Pulsating vacuum 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1

Overpressure and vacuum

alternately

2 2 2 2 2 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1

Small change in

the operating pressure

(pulsation)

2 2 2 2 3 4 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 1 1 1

Considerable change

in the operating pressure

(pulsation)

4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1

The system to

be protected is

of small volume and

contains liquid

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4

Nat

ure

of p

ress

ure

or o

pera

tion

The system to

be protected is

of big volume and

contains liquid

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

Legend: 1 – Excellent, 2 Acceptable, 3 Possibly acceptable (based on the manufacturer’s opinion), 4 – not recommended to use

Table 1: Types and application opportunities of rupture disks

Rev. 1.00.00 15/17

Page 95: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

The unhealthy, flammable and explosive fluid should be conducted through a closed pipeline to a neutraliser or storage unit. Release to the environment can only be allowed with placement and dilution or neutralisation where the environment is not polluted in excess to the allowed extent (e.g. “flare system”). If a safety relief valve is installed after the safety device, it should be prevented by proper design that the pieces of the destructed element will not obstruct the operation of the safety relief valve and will not reduce its relief cross section. In such a device, a unit is required between the safety device and the safety relief valve that indicates the destruction of the element or the leakage.

− the protection of the safety relief valve against corrosion cannot otherwise be solved;

− the leakage of the strongly toxic or other dangerous fluid through the safety relief valve can be prevented in such a way only;

− the full relief of the fluid from the device is not desirable. − In the combined system of safety element and valve, the destructive cross section

of the element and the flow cross section of the connected pipelines should be at least the same as the feed cross section of the safety relief valve.

4.2 Material of the safety elements For selection of material of the security elements, the chemical characteristics, the temperature and the pressure of the fluid contained by the device, as well as the operating conditions should be taken into consideration. The material of the safety structure should be resistant to the corrosion impact of the fluid and the environment. The element may either be covered by protecting cover or protecting foil. The strength characteristics of the element may depend on the mode (static or pulsating) of the load, the temperature, and the duration of load to a small extent only, within the operating temperature limits of the device. If the fluid contained by the device is explosive or flammable, the material of the element may not be directly or indirectly sparking and should not be chargeable with static electricity by the friction of the out flowing fluid. The holder material should have the same strength that is specified for the flanged joints of the device. Marking On the safety elements the following markings should be indicated:

− manufacturer’s name or symbol; − type code; − identification number (manufacturing no., serial no., etc.); − year of manufacturing; − nominal diameter; − material quality, and − opening pressure at the operating temperature

All holders and if necessary the pressed and relief side of every element should be clearly marked (direction of building in). All holders should be marked with the following:

Rev. 1.00.00 16/17

Page 96: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

− manufacturer’s name or symbol; − type code; − nominal pressure, and − nominal diameter.

4.3 Technical documentation The manufacturer should provide an element drawing and holder drawing, test protocol, and operating instructions to every safety device. The test protocol should include the following:

− manufacturer’s name or symbol; − identification number (manufacturing no., serial no., etc.); − year of manufacturing; − type of the element and the holder; − nominal diameter and the material quality, − test temperature and the measured opening pressure; − if α>0.6, the performance coefficient that can be taken into account; − quantity of the elements of the series and the quantity of the tested elements.

The operating instructions include the rules relating to: − transportation and warehousing; − installation and operation; − maintenance (replacement, etc.), and − the relevant rules and requirements.

4.4 Acceptance of the safety devices When the safety devices are taken over by the customer from the vendor, the following should be checked:

− Existence of the document belonging to the devices and comparison of its content with the ordering specifications.

− Existence of the data plates of the devices and check whether or not they meet the specifications;

− Check the connecting sizes; − Check the wrapping and whether or not the packages are free from damages. − Itemised checking of the quantity

4.5 Dimensioning of rupture disks (safety devices with destructive element) Dimensioning of the rupture disks takes place in compliance with the requirements specified in the relevant Standard according to those described for dimensioning of the safety relief valves but with the following completions:

− The value of the performance coefficient α should not be more than 0.6. Based on the Based on the verified measurement data of a professional body also values greater than that can be used but in such a case the performance coefficient α can be 90 % of the values obtained by the test.

− If a safety device has supplementary parts (e.g. vacuum support), the structure should be dimensioned by using the 90 % of the performance coefficient specified in the previous point.

Rev. 1.00.00 17/17

Page 97: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

MOL Group

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL -

3. Piping system

3. Typical Construction

2. Pipe Supports

MGS – S – REF – M – 3.3.2

Rev. 1.00.00

Page 98: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Identity code: Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF- M-3.2.2

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL Release: Rev.: 1.00.00 Date: Piping 20.03.2012

Pipe Supports Page/Pages: 2/8

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

Release list

Rev. Date Description Edited Verified Approved

0.00.00 31.12.2005 Basic release

1.00.00 30.06.2012 General issue see sign. sheet MGS-S-REF-M-LI R. Kopalek see sign. sheet

MGS-S-REF-M-LI

Page 99: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

Contents 1. General description .................................................................................................... 4

1.1 Scope ...................................................................................................................... 4 1.2 Alternative designs .................................................................................................. 4 1.3 Conflicting requirements.......................................................................................... 4

2. Design aspects........................................................................................................... 4 3. Strength control calculations (stress analysis)............................................................ 5 4. Principal design of standard pipe supports................................................................. 5 5. Principal design of custom-made pipe supports ......................................................... 6 6. Spring supporting structures....................................................................................... 6

6.1 Spring pipe supports................................................................................................ 6 6.2 Vibration absorbers and dampers ........................................................................... 6

7. Symbols of pipe supports ........................................................................................... 7 8. Fabrication of pipe supports ....................................................................................... 7

8.1 Manufacturing requirements.................................................................................... 7 8.2 On-site installation of pipe supports ........................................................................ 7

9. Aspects for acceptance of pipe supports.................................................................... 7 9.1 Checking pipe supports for existence and state as planned.................................... 7 9.2 Revision of workmanship of the implementation ..................................................... 8

10. Appendix 1. ................................................................................................................ 8

Rev. 1.00.00 3/8

Page 100: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

1. General description

1.1 Scope These specifications contain the minimum requirements relating to the pipe supports. These requirements relate to selection, installation, acceptance, testing, position planning and guarantee conditions of the on-site acceptance. These specifications do not exempt the Designer and the Contractor from their liability for designing resp. installing pipe support elements of adequate design, ensuring safe operation of the project.

1.2 Alternative designs Should the Vendor offer an alternative design deviating from the project specification or from the enquiry document but equivalent with that, it can be accepted by a written consent of MOL Group.

1.3 Conflicting requirements Should any contradiction exist between this specification or the project specification and the content of the delivery contract, then the contract is dominant.

2. Design aspects

2.1 Keep flexible deformation (deflection) of the individual pipelines within the permitted limits.

2.2 Meeting the specifications for permitted strain and nozzle loads (API 610, ASME VIII. div. 1, 2 and Manufacturer’s specifications). Make stress analysis (see to details under clause 3) and installation of pipe supports according to strain model, motion limiters, elastic pipe supports, etc.

2.3 Design of pipe supports for lines not forming subject to clause 3 (not analyzed for strain) shall be made on basis of piping flexibility empirical correlations (see ASME B31.3 and EN13480-3).

2.4 Prevention of “accidental” drop down the pipes. Prevention of “climbing” the pipes. The climbing phenomenon is when the warmed up pipes in the cooling cycle, due to the increased friction, do not return to their original position and repetition of the warming-cooling cycles results in essential change of the pipe position.

2.5 Striving shall be made on wide-scale application of standard pipe supports. The pipe support component connecting to the piping shall be of clamped design. Should this be not feasible, then MOL Group’s consent shall be asked for deviation. For application of commercially available pipe supports MOL Group’s consent is required.

2.6 For tasks not solvable with use of standard pipe supports special pipe supports shall be designed, preferably with utilization of standard pipe support components.

2.7 For insulated piping the slipper-type or shoe-type pipe supports of higher axis height shall be applied.

Rev. 1.00.00 4/8

Page 101: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

2.8 Under the sole plate of auxiliary steel structure supporting legs installed outdoors, grouting on the floor pavement or on the steel reinforced concrete floor shall be designed.

2.9 Application of compensators shall be avoided. Usage of compensators is expedient only in justified cases. Reception of dilatation motion of the pipes shall be solved with joint design of the pipe track and the pipe supports.

2.10 When designing pipe supports for piping connected to equipment, the load bearing capacity of the nozzles of the vessels and the specific construction of the vessels shall also be taken into account.

2.11 Due to the construction of the lugs of supports to be mounted on the equipment it is expedient to perform the stress analysis for the pipe sections to be installed on these supports, in proper time. Pipe supports imposing load on the equipment shall be designed after collation with the equipment’s designer. The loads acting on the appliance shall be recorded for the appliance designer in the data supply.

2.12 Buckling deformation of large-diameter piping shall be avoided with application of load distributor bolster plates.

2.13 When designing the pipe supports it should be taken into account that the piping preferably should not displace when the pump, other equipment, fitting or instrument component is dismantled for maintenance purposes.

2.14 It is strictly prohibited to use piping parts, which are used for regulation and control of technological process (e.g. valves), as supporting elements.

3. Strength control calculations (stress analysis)

3.1 The strength control calculations shall be carried out with use of computer-aided modelling, on pipe sections selected according to the guiding principles described in Appendix 1.

3.2 Model of the stress analysis shall be so designed that it includes the actual working conditions of the piping in all possible versions thereof. The piping system shall be examined in its correlations and, pipe section relations.

3.3 On basis of listed values of the stress model the load data shall be transferred to the appliance designer and, the list of the flexible pipe supports prepared for inquiry. 4. Principal design of standard pipe supports

The pipe supports shall ensure supporting for pipes of every kind (fixed clamping, limited motion, etc.). According to this, numerous types can be employed. The standard pipe supports (fabricated on basis of drawing specifications or available commercially) are structures of simply construction. Pursuant to their design, the following major types are used:

− slipper-type pipe supports − shoe-type pipe supports − hanger type pipe supports − clamped

Rev. 1.00.00 5/8

Page 102: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

− motion limiters (guide, stop) − auxiliary steel structures (consoles, legs).

The pipe supports are connected to the pipe by bracket suiting to the pipe connection. Welded pipe to pipe support connections shall not be used (see clause 5 of section 2). Between stainless steel pipes and C-steel brackets anti-corrosive insulation sheet shall be inserted. Selection of the material quality of the pipe supports depends on medium temperature of the supported piping. For parts of the standard pipe supports (hot-rolled plate and section) the following or equivalent material qualities are in use:

− - 20 to 250 °C carbon steel − 251 to 400 °C carbon steel with guaranteed properties at increased temperatures − 401 to 550 °C CrMo steel (1 1/4" - 1/2 Mo steel group) − 551 to 600 °C stabilized austenitic CrNi steel − 600 to 650 °C: ferritic 13 Cr corrosion-proof steel.

Materials for screws and suspension rods can be selected according to the following parameters:

− - 20 to 120 °C carbon steel of medium strength − 121 to 300 °C high-strength carbon steel (tempered) − 301 to 400 °C high-strength, high-alloyed CrMoV steel (tempered) − 401 to 540 °C increased-strength, high-alloyed steel (tempered) − 541 to 630 °C austenitic CrNi steel (heat treated).

5. Principal design of custom-made pipe supports

Pipe supporting tasks not solvable with use of standard pipe supports shall be solved by using pipe supports designed to the given place. For the custom-made pipe supports it is expedient to utilize the standard pipe support components. On the specification sheet of the custom-made pipe supports the place of installation (the relevant isometric symbol), as well as the material quality of the parts shall be indicated.

6. Spring supporting structures

6.1 Spring pipe supports Spring pipe supports are in general used for vertically displacing pipes. The spring parameters usually are defined by stress analysis. Data of the requested springs (of constant or varying spring force) shall be enclosed to the inquiry. The specifications shall include identifiers, place and mode of installation of the springs. The structures receiving the spring shall be defined together with the specifications. It is expedient to procure the springs from standard factory series, from firms specialized in production of complete spring units. Design of custom-made springs shall be avoided.

6.2 Vibration absorbers and dampers Vibrations developing occasionally in piping systems may necessitate installation of vibration absorbers. Hydraulic or spring-type vibration dampers shall be procured through inquiry from the manufacturing firm, on basis of measurement and computer-aided evaluation of the vibrating system. For reception of shock waves exerted in piping systems hydraulic shock arrestor shall be installed.

Rev. 1.00.00 6/8

Page 103: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

Procuring shall be from professional firms. Pipe displacement and pulse strength data shall be enclosed to the inquiry.

7. Symbols of pipe supports

For drawing illustration of the pipe supports it is a fundamental aspect that it should unambiguously indicate the place of installation and the type or the custom-made design of the pipe support. The nature of the pipe support (e.g. fixed, guiding, suspended, elastic, etc.) shall be ascertainable on basis of the pipe support type and other indicated references.

8. Fabrication of pipe supports

8.1 Manufacturing requirements Average surface roughness of machined surface, unless otherwise specified: Ra = 40. Unless otherwise specified, the pipe supports fabricated in the workshop shall be provided with anticorrosive priming in two layers.

8.2 On-site installation of pipe supports Aspects for the on-site installation:

− Under the sole plate of the pipe supports to be placed on steel reinforced concrete floor a 50 mm thick grouting shall be taken into account.

− Components of the motion limiters shall be installed with the specified clearances and orientation.

− Elastic pipe supports of leaning nature shall be installed and adjusted within the permitted height range.

− All springs shall be installed with factory-adjusted pre-stressing, in interlocked state. Removal of the lock can be permitted only after completion of the hydro tests.

− When installing, care should be paid on preventing the pipe supports from overloading either temporarily, especially in case of tower lugs, spring-type and rod-type suspension elements.

− When making on-site installation, care should be paid on preventing the appliance nozzles from additional loads due to inadequate mounting sequence or, inaccuracy of the pre-fabrication.

9. Aspects for acceptance of pipe supports

9.1 Checking pipe supports for existence and state as planned − Meeting the specified type at the given place. − Adherence to separate specifications (orientation, clearances, etc.) of the plan

(see the specifications pertaining to the pipe supports, on the isometrics). − Existence of all pipe supports components (e.g. counter nuts, slide inserts). − Correct adjustment of elastic pipe supports. − Existence of grouting and screw joint of anchored supporting legs.

Rev. 1.00.00 7/8

Page 104: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2

9.2 Revision of workmanship of the implementation − Existence and quality of on-site welding seams. − Existence of screw joints. − Undamaged state of pipe supports. − Adherence to factory specifications of the elastic pipe supports, shock absorbers

and vibration dampers.

10. Appendix 1.

Specifications for strength calculations of piping MOL Group prefers execution of strength calculations on the piping systems in the following cases:

− On basis of design temperature, the piping shall be subjected to strength calculations as follows:

− Over 350 °C design temperature all DN 50 and bigger pipes − Over 200 °C design temperature all DN 100 and bigger pipes − Over 150 °C design temperature all DN 200 and bigger pipes. − Over 100 °C design temperature all DN100 and bigger stainless steel pipes All pipes of − DN 600 and bigger size, independent of the design temperature. − High pressure >600 lbs and >DN 80 − DN 300 and bigger size at storage tank − including expansion joint − Heater transfer line − Buried line

Under -20 °C design temperature all cold lines. − All lines related to working safety and load ability as well as to equipment critical

from expenses points of view. − Piping connecting to pump, turbine and compressor. − Connecting lines of towers, storage tanks and furnaces.

Special piping:

− Pipes with heating jacket − Piping made of special materials. (Glass, rubber, PTFE, cast iron, glass-fibre

reinforced plastic and copper pipes)

Rev. 1.00.00 8/8

Page 105: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

MOL Group

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL -

3. Piping

3. Typical Construction

3. Samplers

MGS – S – REF – M – 3.3.3

Rev. 1.00.00

Page 106: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Identity code: Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF- M-3.3.3

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL Rev: 1.00.00 Date: Piping 20.03.2012

Samplers Page/Pages: 2/9

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

Release list

Rev. Date Description Edited Verified Approved

0.00.00 31.12.2005 Basic release

1.00.00 30.06.2012 General issue see sign. sheet MGS-S-REF-M-LI R. Kopalek see sign. sheet

MGS-S-REF-M-LI

Page 107: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Contents 1.  General description .................................................................................................... 4 

1.1  Scope ...................................................................................................................... 4 1.2  Alternative designs .................................................................................................. 4 1.3  Conflicting requirements.......................................................................................... 4 1.4  Referenced publications .......................................................................................... 4 

2.  Design ........................................................................................................................ 4 2.1  Determination of data .............................................................................................. 4 2.2  Complementary data ............................................................................................... 4 2.3  Arrangement of sampling places ............................................................................. 5 

3.  Materials..................................................................................................................... 5 3.1  Piping ...................................................................................................................... 5 3.2  Sampling vessel ...................................................................................................... 5 

4.  General specifications ................................................................................................ 6  Figure 1 LIQUID SAMPLER WITHOUT COOLER ............................................................. 7 Figure 2 LIQUID SAMPLER WITH COOLER..................................................................... 7 Figure 3 SAMPLER FOR LIQUIFIED GAS, HIGH PRESSURE......................................... 8 Figure 4 GAS SAMPLER.................................................................................................... 9 Figure 5 SAMPLER AT PROCESS LINE ........................................................................... 9 Figure 6 RECIRCULATION INTO THE PROCESS LINE................................................... 9 

Rev. 1.00.00 3/9

Page 108: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

1. General description

1.1 Scope These specifications contain the minimum requirements relating to the samplers. These requirements relate to selection, procurement, acceptance, testing, and position planning and guarantee conditions of the on-site acceptance of the samplers. These specifications do not exempt the Designer and the Vendor from their responsibility for delivery of equipment of adequate construction, assuring safe and efficient operation of the project.

1.2 Alternative designs Should the Vendor offer an alternative design deviating from the project specification or from the tender invitation but equivalent with that, it can be accepted by a written consent of MOL Group.

1.3 Conflicting requirements Should any contradiction exist between this specification or the project specification and the content of the delivery contract, then the contract is dominant.

1.4 Referenced publications EN ISO 3170: Petroleum liquid

Manual sampling EN ISO 3171: Petroleum liquid

Automatic pipeline sampling EN ISO 4257: Liquefied petroleum gases

Method of sampling

2. Design

2.1 Determination of data Necessity of the sampling, its place and parameters of the medium (pressure, temperature, etc.) shall be determined by the technological speciality. Also the technology shall determine the type (air or water cooler) of heat exchanger to be used in case of high temperatures, in addition to sizing the heat exchanger.

2.2 Complementary data The design data should contain the following complementary information:

− List of sampling media − Parameters (pressure, temperature, physical properties) of sampling media. − Location of the sampler (place, outdoors, protected against weather). − Necessity of cooling, type and surface of cooler. − Method of sampling (closed or opened). − Ambience weather conditions.

Rev. 1.00.00 4/9

Page 109: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

2.3 Arrangement of sampling places

2.3.1 Liquid sampler without cooler (Figure 1) This shall be employed to media, where:

Initial boiling temperature of liquid: > 35 °C

Heating required (steam): Ultimate boiling temperature of liquid: < 250 °C (heavier than gas oil).

Electric heating: Initial boiling temperature of liquid: < 150 °C

2.3.2 Liquid sampler with cooler (Figure 2)

Liquid temperature > 60 °C

Heating required (steam): Ultimate boiling temperature of liquid: < 250 °C (heavier than gas oil).

Electric heating: Initial boiling temperature of liquid: < 150 °C

2.3.3 Sampler for liquefied gas, high-pressure vapour and poisonous liquid (Figure 3)

2.3.4 Gas sampler (Figure 4) Application: for low-pressure heating gas

2.3.5 Design of sampling point for process lines (Figure 5) This arrangement holds true for all sampling points (gases, liquids).

2.3.6 Recirculation into process line (Figure 6)

Between the take-off point and the recirculation point of the process line Δp pressure difference should exist (e.g. off-take from discharge pipe of a pump and recirculation into the suction pipe of the pump or, utilization of the pressure difference existing between two sides of a control valve). If assurance of adequate pressure difference is not feasible, then the liquid shall be drained into slop.

3. Materials

3.1 Piping Material, fittings and standard components of the connecting piping shall always coincide with those of the components existing in the pipe class of the process line. Size of branching: DN 25, at the sampling point DN 20 (for gases this is smaller).

3.2 Sampling vessel The Contractor shall provide the sampling vessel. MOL Group gives a data supply relating to size and connection of the sampling vessel. The sampling unit (see: Figures) shall be accommodated in a stainless steel box. The sampling vessel shall meet the requirements specified in the EN ISO 3170, EN ISO 3171 and EN ISO 4257 standards.

Rev. 1.00.00 5/9

Page 110: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

4. General specifications

− For the sampler unit good accessibility shall be ensured on the operator’s level or platform.

− The sampler unit shall be accommodated in a closed blocks made of stainless steel preferably in vicinity of the main header line. The distance between the main header line and the sampling point shall not exceed 2000 mm. Should this length exceed 2000 mm, and then a further gate valve has to be installed.

− Fittings of the outlet and inlet sampling lines shall be capable of handling simultaneously by a single operator.

− In high-pressure systems, connection to the process line shall be solved with use of doubled fittings.

− For solidifying medium, heating of the sampler unit shall be ensured (clauses 2.3.1 and 2.3.2).

− Cooling shall be provided where the medium temperature >60 °C.

− When sampling liquefied gases, liquids of high vapour pressure and poisonous liquids, connection to the flare shall be ensured (Figure 3).

− Should the length between the process line and the base material sampling cooler exceed 5 m, then this shall be amended with flushing into the slop system.

− Representative sample taking is facilitated: a) By draining of stagnant medium existing in the sampling line into the slop. b) Recirculation prior to sampling to the farthest point of the process line after the off-

take, in direction of the stream. Attention: Between the sampling point and the recirculation point a throttling is required (Figure 6).

c) If the natural turbulence existing in the pipe is insufficient for representative sample taking, then additional mixing shall be established by installation of a custom-made complementary fitting (e.g. static mixer).

− When selecting the sampling point, connection to the vertical piping is more favourable (the distribution is more uniform), at adequate flow rate.

Rev. 1.00.00 6/9

Page 111: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Figure 1 LIQUID SAMPLER WITHOUT COOLER

Figure 2 LIQUID SAMPLER WITH COOLER

Rev. 1.00.00 7/9

Page 112: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Figure 3 SAMPLER FOR LIQUIFIED GAS, HIGH PRESSURE

VAPOUR AND POISONOUS LIQUID

Rev. 1.00.00 8/9

Page 113: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Figure 4 GAS SAMPLER

Figure 5 SAMPLER AT PROCESS LINE

Figure 6 RECIRCULATION INTO THE PROCESS LINE

Rev. 1.00.00 9/9

Page 114: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Refining & Marketing

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL -

3. Piping

3. Typical construction

4. Standard piping solutions

MGS – S – REF – M – 3.3.4

Rev. 1.00.01

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

Page 115: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Identity code:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL Release: Rev.: 1.00.01 Piping Date: 01.06.2014 Standard piping solutions Page/Pages: 2/41

Release list

Rev. Date Description Edited Verified Approved

0.00.00 31.12.2005 Basic release

1.00.00 30.06.2012 General issue see sign. sheet MGS-S-REF-M-LI R. Kopalek see sign. sheet

MGS-S-REF-M-LI

1.00.01 01.06.2014 Revision of Appendix SN S. Janega R. Kopálek Head of Technology

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

Page 116: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

Contents

1. General description .................................................................................................... 4

1.1 Scope ...................................................................................................................... 4 1.2 Alternative design .................................................................................................... 4 1.3 Conflicting requirements .......................................................................................... 4

2. Installed piping elements ............................................................................................ 4 3. General specifications ................................................................................................ 4 4. Used abbreviations ..................................................................................................... 6 5. Medium symbols ........................................................................................................ 6 Figures: 1. Suction and discharge lines of pumps ........................................................................ 7 2. Control valve assemblies .......................................................................................... 12 3. Design of manifolds and distributors ........................................................................ 14 4. Draining, slop, bleeding and flare connections ......................................................... 17 5. Lines and equipment stripping and blowing down connection .................................. 21 6. Arrangement at the Battery limit ............................................................................... 25 7. Safety valve connections .......................................................................................... 27 8. Equipment arrangements and nozzle connections ................................................... 32 9. Local instrument connections ................................................................................... 34 10. Auxiliary system connections ................................................................................... 39

Rev 1.00.01 3/39

Page 117: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

1. General description

1.1 Scope These specifications provide guideline for mechanical design and the isolation of static equipment, rotating machines, piping and instrument elements under different conditions in order to ensure safe operation and provide access for maintenance or inspection. It applies to all process and utility systems and packaged equipment. This specification provides minimum requirements to be applied in situation where there are no specific requirements. Each project must review isolation from HSE and HAZOP point of view. The enclosed piping connection schemes have to be used for new and existing plants of the petroleum oil, chemical and gas industries.

1.2 Alternative design Should the MOL Group offer an alternative design deviating from the project specification or from the tender invitation but equivalent with that, it can be accepted by a written consent of the Vendor.

1.3 Conflicting requirements Should any contradiction exist between this specification and the content of the delivery contract, then the contract is dominant.

2. Installed piping elements

Type and size of fittings for the solutions described are determined by the piping classes. Elaboration of the piping classes shall be made on basis of the P & I, with the parameters of the flowing media taken into account. On the P & I indicated are the piping section limits as well as the piping class changes within a given line section.

3. General specifications

3.1 Solutions of the illustrated schemes of connection plan level will provide guidance for requirements of the MOL Group. The standard solutions contain the expected requirements and their guidance shall be always applied to the given task. 3.2 All drains and vents leading directly in the air shall be blind-flanged. It shall be indicated in the P&iD’s. Minimal valve size shall be DN25. 3.3 For equipment that are more frequently maintained and re-pressure tested, permanently installed spectacle blind shall be designed for disconnection. Permanently installed spectacle blind or spacer ring shall also be designed, if the pipeline size and/or pressure rating of the flange and gasket do not facilitate additional installation with dismantling of the pipeline system. (E.g. Ring Joint) 3.4 If it is justified by the maintenance, a flanged removable connection element (spool piece) shall be built in (essentially for greater-size lines. 3.5 Maintaining, mounting and dismounting of some piping elements require installation of flanged spool piece (for mixer, spray nozzle). 3.6 Double blinding and draining of process and auxiliary systems for non-used start-up, bypass or other intermittent usage shall be provided.

Rev 1.00.01 4/39

Page 118: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

3.7 Hydrocarbon medium greater than 50 litres, corrosive or toxic medium detrimental to health regardless of the quantity shall be drained only into closed slop system. 3.8 Level gauge instruments regardless of quantity shall be drained into closed slop system 3.9 Water quantity more than 10 litres, shall always be drained into the OW thought a funnel. 3.10 For monitoring, depressurisation and permeation of the intermediate space closed by valves (DN 25) shall not be drained into the slop. 3.11 Neutral, low temperature and pressure medium in low quantity (<50 litre) shall be discharged into the open air, dangerous, high temperature and pressure medium shall be drained into the slop. 3.12 Oily Water Drain 3.13 Since the Oily Water Drain is an atmospheric system, equipment / pipework drainage is only permitted when the system is depressurised and the temperature is below 60 Deg C (the maximum operating temperature of the drain). 3.14 Size of the drain valve depending on the drainable volume is the following:

– DN 25 <100 dm3, – DN 50 >100 dm3 – DN 80 >1000 dm3

3.15 Size of the temperature gauge nozzles: DN 50 3.16 Size of the pressure connections: DN 25 3.17 For drains, vents and pressure connections, the valve shall be installed minimum distance from the branch piece. 3.18 For equipment or pipeline sump draining, OW connection shall be ensured. 3.19 For pump suction and discharge lines and intermittently used pipeline systems, the venting shall be carried out with a great care. Minimal size of venting valve shall be DN 25. 3.20 HC lines venting into the open air shall be furnished with detonation flame arrester. 3.21 Venting elements shall be applied for each high point of the pipeline or at least for technologically highlighted high points. 3.22 Safety valves Safety valves will be provided on systems where for safe operation they are required to operate in a fixed open or shut position.

- Isolation valves upstream and downstream of single pressure relief valves shall be locked in open position.

- Multiple relief valves for vessels and systems shall have key locks to ensure that the correct number of relief valves is online. Inlet and outlet isolation valves for the online relief valves shall be locked in open position. The inlet isolation valve for the spare relief valve shall be key locked closed (LC), but the outlet shall be key locked open.

- For the purpose of increasing the availability of a pressure vessel, spare relief valve shall be designed unless otherwise defined.

Rev 1.00.01 5/39

Page 119: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

3.23 Dual valves shall be provided where: - Design pressure is PN 64 (600 Lbs), or greater, - Mixing of different medium shall be extremely avoided, - Low and high pressure systems meet, - For equipment playing important role in technological processes that are temporarily

or permanently disconnected from the technological process due to maintenance or to other reasons:

o If one of those two compressors that are working as a spare for each other are disconnected for maintenance,

o One of the reactors is disconnected for catalyst regenerating, cleaning, etc. 3.24 Requirements for instrument installation:

For all “inline” installed instrument elements, inspection during operation, dismounting for repair works, occasional evaporation, blow-down and instrument calibration shall be provided. The fulfilment of the above mentioned condition shall be ensured in the knowledge of the selected instrument.

The represented schemes do not cover all the solutions that may occur; therefore actualisation for every task shall be carried out.

4. Used abbreviations Spec break pipe class change CSO car seal open CSC car seal close FB full bored FO failed open FC failed close LO Locked open

5. Medium symbols LS low pressure steam MS medium pressure steam LC low pressure condense PA plant air CWS recyc. cooling water supply CWR recyc. cooling water return H hydrogen OW oil water SL slop FG fuel gas HN high pressure nitrogen LN low pressure nitrogen BW boiler water PW plant water

Note: These medium symbols are only used in this specification. It is not compulsory to use these symbols in P&ID.

Rev 1.00.01 6/39

Page 120: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

1. Suction and discharge lines of pumps

1.1 Figure Centrifugal pump connection (CH medium and dangerous medium)

1.2 Figure Canned type pump connection (CH medium and dangerous medium)

1.3 Figure Centrifugal pump connection (Non-dangerous medium)

1.4 Figure Suction and discharge lines displacements pumps

Rev 1.00.01 7/39

Page 121: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

1.1 Figure

Centrifugal pump connection (CH medium and dangerous medium)

Rev 1.00.01 8/39

Page 122: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

1.2 Figure Canned type pump connection

(CH medium and dangerous medium)

Rev 1.00.01 9/39

Page 123: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

1.3 Figure Centrifugal pump connection

(non-dangerous medium)

Rev 1.00.01 10/39

Page 124: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

1.4 Figure Suction and discharge lines displacements pumps

Note: back-circulation possibility to suction tank

Rev 1.00.01 11/39

Page 125: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

2. Control valve assemblies

2.1 Figure Control valve assemblies

Rev 1.00.01 12/39

Page 126: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

2.1 Figure Control valve assemblies

Note: 1. Drainage before the valve is sufficient for FO type valve

2. If a bypass valve is installed in a vertical line, for water vapour or for non-heated medium sensible against freezing, bypass sized DN 25 shall be installed.

3. For condensing steam medium, if the pressure loss is low, bypass valve shall be positioned at the same level as the control valve.

Rev 1.00.01 13/39

Page 127: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

3. Design of manifolds and distributors

3.1 Figure Connecting Air coolers ( inlet manifold; outlet collector; drains, vents )

3.2 Figure Fire water manifold for dry upstream lines For construction of distributors and manifolds, see MOL Mechanical Engineering Technical Specifications “Standard Piping Solutions”

General notes for air cooler connections:

- Reducing joints connecting the inlet pipeline shall be eccentric,

- Tees connecting the manifold line shall be full sized,

- Size of the outlet manifold line shall be equal to connecting pipe size.

Rev 1.00.01 14/39

Page 128: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

M M

M M

M M

M M

Blow - down

Process

Blow - down

Blow - down

The inlet manifold lineshall be symetricalfrom the common inletpoint to the tube bunde.

Proc

ess:

The

conn

ectio

n of

out

let c

olle

ctor

line

shal

l be

posit

ione

d in

to th

e ce

nter

poi

nt o

f the

pip

ing

syst

em.

vents

drains

vents

drains

vents

drains

vents

drains

3.1 Figure Connecting air coolers

Note: Drain valves of an air cooler tube return shall be collected into a common line, once blind flanged and connected to the slop.

Rev 1.00.01 15/39

Page 129: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

3.2 Figure Fire water for dry manifold upstream line

4. Draining, slop, bleeding and flare connections

Rev 1.00.01 16/39

Page 130: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

4.1 Figure Draining to slop

4.2 Figure Draining into channel or trench

4.3 Figure Equipment draining

4.4 Figure Water sump for steam line

4.5 Figure Blow-down line connection to flare line

Rev 1.00.01 17/39

Page 131: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

4.1 Figure

Draining to slop

4.2 Figure Draining into channel or trench

Rev 1.00.01 18/39

Page 132: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

„A” Figure „B” Figure

4.3 Figure Equipment draining

Rev 1.00.01 19/39

Page 133: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

4.4 Figure Water sump for steam line

4.5 Figure Blow-down line connection to flare line

Rev 1.00.01 20/39

Page 134: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

5. Lines and equipment stripping and blowing down connection

5.1 Figure Stripping and blowing down of Slop line.

5.2 Figure Stripping and blowing down of flare line, flushing line connection

5.3 Figure Blowing down of Miniflow line

5.4 Figure Stripping and blowing down of equipment (permanent connected)

General notes:

- For vessels and column type equipment, where stripping is required, fix connection with fittings shall be applied.

- Suction and discharge line of compressors shall be furnished with separate fix connection with fittings.

- For stripping and blowing down (with nitrogen) of the whole pipeline system, connection points with fittings and blind flanges shall be formed.

- Fix connection shall be applied where it is justified by the frequency of blowing down or the line size. Drain to OW shall be created at each stripping and cleaning points.

- For multi-pass equipment, stripping and blowing down shall be ensured for each pass (e.g. air cooler, tube furnace, etc.)

Rev 1.00.01 21/39

Page 135: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

5.1 Figure Stripping and blowing down of Slop line

Notes:

- Blowing down line size: min. DN 50

- Sub-headers longer than 15 m, fix stripping and blowing down connections shall be created at both ends.

- Branching sub-headers shorter than 15 m, flange connection shall be created at both ends.

Rev 1.00.01 22/39

Page 136: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

5.2 Figure

Stripping and blowing down of flare line, flushing line connection

5.3 Figure Blowing down of Miniflow line

Rev 1.00.01 23/39

Page 137: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

5.4 Figure Stripping and blowing down of equipment (permanent connected)

Rev 1.00.01 24/39

Page 138: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

6. Arrangement at the Battery limit

6.1 Figure Arrangement at the Battery limit (CH and dangerous medium)

6.2 Figure Arrangement at the Battery limit (non-dangerous medium)

Rev 1.00.01 25/39

Page 139: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

6.1 Figure Arrangement at the Battery limit (CH and dangerous medium)

6.2 Figure Arrangement at the Battery limit (non-dangerous medium)

Rev 1.00.01 26/39

Page 140: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

7. Safety valve connections

7.1 Figure Safety valve connections to flare header

7.2 Figure Safety valve connections vent to safe location

7.3 Figure Dual (spared) safety valve connections to flare header

7.4 Figure Dual (spared) safety valve connections to atmosphere

7.5 Figure Installation of the rupture disc into heat exchanger cooling water system

7.6 Figure Parallel connected safety valves for boilers

7.7 Figure Protection from overpressure of closed piping

General notes:

- At the bottom point of blowing down lines venting into the open air, draining of collected condensate shall be ensured with an appropriate sized bore.

Rev 1.00.01 27/39

Page 141: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

7.1 Figure Safety valve connections to the Flare header

Rev 1.00.01 28/39

Page 142: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

7.2 Figure Safety valve connections to safe location

7.3 Figure Dual (spared) relief valves discharging to flare system

Rev 1.00.01 29/39

Page 143: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

7.4 Figure

Dual (spared) relief valves discharging to atmosphere

7.5 Figure

Installation of the rupture disc into heat exchanger cooling water system

Note: Recessive lines to be heated.

Rev 1.00.01 30/39

Page 144: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

7.6 Figure Parallel connected safety valves for boilers

7.7 Figure Protection from overpressure of closed piping

Rev 1.00.01 31/39

Page 145: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

8. Equipment arrangements and nozzle connections

8.1 Figure Heat Exchanger nozzle connections

Rev 1.00.01 32/39

Page 146: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

8.1 Figure

Heat Exchanger nozzle connections

Rev 1.00.01 33/39

Page 147: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

9. Local instrument connections

9.1 Figure Installation of local pressure and temperature indicators

9.2 Figure Installation of level gauge

9.3 Figure Installation of level transmitter

9.4 Figure Standpipe for water or non-dangerous medium

9.5 Figure Standpipe for CH or dangerous medium

Rev 1.00.01 34/39

Page 148: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

Pressure indicator (PI)

Pressure indicator with membrane

Temperature indicator

9.1 Figure Installation of local pressure and temperature indicators

Rev 1.00.01 35/39

Page 149: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

9.2 Figure Installation of level gauge

Note: Non-dangerous medium shall be drained to OW

9.3 Figure

Installation of level transmitter

Rev 1.00.01 36/39

Page 150: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

9.4 Figure Standpipe for water or non-dangerous medium

Rev 1.00.01 37/39

Page 151: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

9.5 Figure

Standpipe for CH or dangerous medium

Note: Draining of all level indicators of the equipment shall be collected into a common blind branch.

Rev 1.00.01 38/39

Page 152: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.4 Refining & Marketing

10. Auxiliary system connections

General notes:

- For recirculation cooling water, the lower branch shall be preferred for continuous blow-down,

- For LN, PA medium, joint can be also from the lower branch, - Steam joints can only be made from the above branch, - For operational reasons, fittings and blinds shall be used for each branches

where intermittent operation or other maintenance to be provided. - Where freeze danger, contamination settling or intensive corrosive effect occurs

at high points, disconnecting fittings shall be positioned horizontally.

10.1 Figure Utility Station

Rev 1.00.01 39/39

Page 153: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s.

Refining & Marketing

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

MOL Group

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

- MECHANICAL -

3. Piping

3. Typical constructions

1. Basic Pipe Classes

MGS – M – REF – M – 3.3.1

Rev. 0.00.00

Page 154: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. Identity code:

MGS-S-REF- M-3.3.1 Refining & Marketing TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL Release: Rev. 0.00.00 Piping Date: 20.03.2012 Basic Pipe Classes Page/Pages: 2/12

This document is property of MOL Group. The use is only allowed with the written permission of MOL Group.

Release list

Rev. Date Description Edited Verified Approved

0.00.00 31.12.2005 Basic release

1.00.00 30.06.2012 General issue see sign. sheet MGS-S-REF-M-LI

R. Kopalek see sign. sheet MGS-S-REF-M-LI

Page 155: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Refining & Marketing

Rev 0.00.00 3/12

Contents

1. Introduction ................................................................................................................. 4

2. Referenced standards ................................................................................................. 4

3. Referred MOL specifications ....................................................................................... 8

4. List of abbreviations (materials, piping elements, connections or ends, types/models) ............................... 9

5. Description of pipe class symbol system (pipe class index) ........................................ 9

6. List of basic pipe classes .......................................................................................... 11

7. Specification of basic pipe classes ............................................................................ 11

8. General requirements of pipe classes ....................................................................... 11

Enclosures: 1. List of basic pipe classes (PED/European standard system) 2. List of basic pipe classes (ANSI/American standard system) 3. List of abbreviations 4. Specification of basic pipe classes (European standard system) 5. Specification of basic pipe classes (American standard system

Page 156: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Refining & Marketing

Rev 0.00.00 4/12

1. Introduction

Present documentation contains basic requirements relating to design of pipe classes in refineries of MOL Group.

The documentation determinates so called basic pipe classes forming basis of detailed pipe classes prepared during design. Basic pipe classes determinate the using range of each pipe class (with technical parameters as pressure, temperature, medium, etc.) and give all data required to specify appropriate pipes during design. Data sheets and prescription of present documentation jointly determinates requirements of MOL Group.

Present documentation has been prepared in accordance with Directive of European Parliament and Council No. 2014/68/EC concerning harmonisation of rules on pressure vessels in member states, as well as taking into consideration of MOL Group’s operating practice of many decades. Short name of the previously mentioned directive: PED (Pressure Equipment Directive). Purpose of the Directive is to harmonise rules of member states concerning design, manufacture, inspection and certification of pressure equipment. PED takes pressure vessels connecting pipes as pressure equipment, thus relates to pipe systems have been designed and constructed on the base of pipe classes detailed in present documentation.

Fulfilment of “essential safety requirements” determined in PED is easiest when the so called harmonised standards are used, since these presumably are in accordance with Directives. When used materials are in accordance with not harmonised European or American standards (the two most frequently used standard systems) an individual certificate of conformity shall be asked from relevant European professional committee to give the required material’s characteristics. Nevertheless PED does not prescribe mandatory use of any standards, actually determinates no any standards.

The basic pipe classes which can be used in plants of MOL Group are given in present documentation in accordance with two standard systems: in European and in American systems. All operation condition of refinery plant is separately covered by basic pipe classes prepared on the basis of both standard systems.

2. Referenced standards

- EN 19 Industrial valves – Marking of metallic

- EN 593 Industrial valves. Metallic butterfly valves

- EN 736-1 Valves. Terminology. Part 1: Definition of types of valves

- EN 736-2 part 2. Valves. Terminology. Part 2: Definition of components of valves

- EN 736-3 Valves. Terminology. Part 3: Definition of terms

- EN 764-5 Pressure Equipment – Compliance and Inspection Documentation of Materials

- EN 1092-1 Flanges and their joints-Circular flanges for pipes, valves, fittings and accessories, PN designated – Part1: Steel flanges

- EN 1127 Stainless steel tubes – Dimensions, tolerances and conventional masses per unit length

- EN 1333 Pipe elements. Terms and choice of PN

Page 157: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Refining & Marketing

Rev 0.00.00 5/12

- EN 1503-1 Valves. Materials for bodies, bonnets and covers. Part 1: Steels specified in European Standards

- EN 1503-2 Valves. Materials for bodies, bonnets and covers. Part 2: Steels other than those specified in European Standards

- EN 1514-2 Flanges and their joints. Dimensions of gaskets for PN-designated flanges. Part 2 : Spiral wound gaskets for use with steel flanges

- EN 1514-4 Flanges and their joints. Dimensions of gaskets for PN designated flanges. Part 4: Corrugated, flat or grooved metallic and filled metallic gaskets for use with steel flanges.

- EN 1515-1 Flanges and their joints-Bolting - Part 1: Selection of bolting

- EN 1515-2 Flanges and their joints-Bolting - Part 2: Classification of bolt materials for steel flanges, PN designated

- EN 1591-1 Flanges and their joints-Design rules for gasketed circular flange connections - Part 1: Calculation method

- EN 1591-2 Flanges and their joints-Design rules for gasketed circular flange connections - Part 2: Gasket parameters

- EN 1984 Industrial pipe valves. Gate valve made of steel.

- EN ISO 2566-1 Steel – Conversion of elongation values – Part 1 Carbon and low alloy steels (ISO 2566-1:1984).

- EN ISO 2566-2 Steel – Conversion of elongation values – Part 2 Austenitic steels (ISO 2566-2:1984).

- EN ISO 4126-2 Safety devices for protection against excessive pressure – Bursting disc safety devices

- EN ISO 4126-1 Safety devices for protection against excessive pressure. Safety valves

- EN ISO 4126-6 Safety devices for protection against excessive pressure. Application, selection and installation of bursting disc safety devices.

- EN ISO 4126-7 Safety devices for protection against excessive pressure. Common data.

- EN ISO 6708 Pipe elements. Terms and choice of DN

- EN 10028-1 Flat products made of steels for pressure purposes - Part 1 General requirements.

- EN 10028-2 Flat products made of steels for pressure purposes - Part 2 Non-alloy and alloy steels with specified elevated temperature properties.

- EN 10028-3 Flat products made of steels for pressure purposes - Part 3 Weldable fine grain steels, normalised.

- EN 10028-4 Flat products made of steels for pressure purposes - Part 4 Nickel alloy steels with specified low temperature properties.

Page 158: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Refining & Marketing

Rev 0.00.00 6/12

- EN 10028-5 Flat products made of steels for pressure purposes - Part 5 Weldable fine grain steels, thermomechanically rolled.

- EN 10028-6 Flat products made of steels for pressure purposes - Part 6 Weldable fine grain steels, quenched, and tempered.

- EN 10028-7 Flat products made of steels for pressure purposes - Part 7 Stainless steels.

- EN 10045-1 Metallic materials-Charpy impact test - Part 1 Test method.

- EN 10204 Metallic materials - Types of inspection documents.

- EN 10213-1 Technical delivery conditions for steel castings for pressure purposes – Part 1. General.

- EN 10213-2 Technical delivery conditions for steel castings for pressure purposes - Part 2 Steel grades for use at room and elevated temperatures

- EN 10213-3 Technical delivery conditions for steel castings for pressure purposes - Part 3 Steel grades for use at low temperatures

- EN 10213-4 Technical delivery conditions for steel castings for pressure purposes - Part 4 Austenitic and austenitic-ferritic steels grades.

- EN 10216-1 Seamless steel tubes for pressure equipment. Technical delivery conditions. Part 1. Carbon steel pipes with specified properties at room temperature

- EN 10216-2 Seamless steel tubes for pressure equipment. Technical delivery conditions. Part 2. Carbon and alloy steel pipes with specified properties at higher temperature.

- EN 10216-3 Seamless steel tubes for pressure equipment. Technical delivery conditions. Part 3. Alloy, fine-grained steel pipes.

- EN 10216-4 Seamless steel tubes for pressure equipment. Technical delivery conditions. Part 4. Carbon and alloy steel pipes with specified properties at low temperature.

- EN 10216-5, Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes – Technical delivery conditions – Part 5 Stainless steel tubes.

- EN 10217-1 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes. Technical delivery conditions. Part 1.Non-alloy steel tubes with specified room temperature properties

- EN 10217-2 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes. Technical delivery condition. Part 2. Electric welded non-alloy and alloy steel tubes with specified elevated temperature properties

- EN 10217-3 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes. Technical delivery conditions. Part 3. Alloy, fine grain steel tubes.

- EN 10217-4 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes. Technical delivery condition. Part 4. Electric welded non-alloy steel tubes with specified low temperature properties

- EN 10217-5 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes. Technical delivery

Page 159: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Refining & Marketing

Rev 0.00.00 7/12

condition. Part 5. Submerged arc welded non-alloy and alloy steel tubes with specified elevated temperature properties

- EN 10217-6 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes. Technical delivery condition. Part 6. Submerged arc welded non-alloyed steel tubes with specified low temperature properties

- EN 10217-7, Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes - Technical delivery conditions – Part 7 Stainless steel tubes.

- EN 10220 Seamless and welded steel pipes. Dimensions and weight per unit length.

- EN 10222-1 Steel forgings for pressure purposes. Part 1. General requirements for open die forgings

- EN 10222-1 Steel forgings for pressure purposes. Part 1. General requirements for open die forgings

- EN 10222-2 Steel forgings for pressure purposes. Part 2. Ferritic and martensitic steels with specified elevated temperature properties

- EN 10222-3 Steel forgings for pressure purposes. Part 3. Nickel steels with specified low temperature properties

- EN 10222-4 Steel forgings for pressure purposes. Part 4. Weldable fine-grain steels with high proof strength

- EN 10222-4 Steel forgings for pressure purposes. Part 4. Weldable fine-grain steels with high proof strength

- EN 10222-5 Steel forgings for pressure purposes. Part 5: Martensitic, austenitic and austenitic-ferritic stainless steels

- EN 10241 Steel threaded pipe fittings

- EN 10253-1 Butt welded pipe fittings. Part 1. Formed carbon steel for general usage, without specific inspection requirements

- EN 10253-2, Butt welding pipe fittings – Part 2 Wrought carbon and ferritic alloy steel with specific inspection requirements.

- EN 10269 Steels and nickel alloys for fasteners with specified elevated and/or low temperature properties

- EN 10272 Corrosion-resistance steel bars for pressure equipment

- EN 10273 Hot rolled bars made of hot hard, weldable steel for pressure equipment

- EN 10305-4 Steel tubes for precision applications – Technical delivery conditions – Seamless cold drawn tubes for hydraulic and pneumatic power systems

- EN 12266-1 Industrial valves - Testing of valves - Part 1: Pressure tests, test procedures and acceptance criteria- Mandatory requirements

- EN 12266-2 Industrial valves - Testing of valves - Part 2: Tests, test procedures and acceptance criteria- Supplementary requirements

Page 160: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Refining & Marketing

Rev 0.00.00 8/12

- EN 12560-2 Flanges and their joints-Gaskets for Class-designated flanges- Part 2: Spiral wound gaskets for use with steel flanges

- EN 12560-3 Flanges and their joints-Gaskets for Class-designated flanges- Part 3:Non-metallic PTFE envelope gasket

- EN 12560-4 Flanges and their joints-Gaskets for Class-designated flanges- Part 4: Corrugated, flat or grooved metallic and filled metallic gaskets for use with steel flanges

- EN 12560-5 Flanges and their joints-Gaskets for Class-designated flanges- Part 5: Metallic ring joint gaskets for use with steel flanges

- EN 12627 Industrial valves - Butt welding ends for steel valve

- EN 12760 Valves - Socket welding ends for steel valves

- EN 12982 Industrial valves - End-to-end and centre-to-end dimensions for butt welding end valves

- EN 13480-1, Metallic industrial piping – Part 1 General.

- EN 13480-3 Metallic industrial piping – Part 3 Design and calculation.

- EN 13480-4 Metallic industrial piping – Part 4 Fabrication and installation.

- EN 13480-5 Metallic industrial piping – Part 5 Inspection and testing.

- EN 13709 Industrial valves - Steel globe and globe stop and check valves

- ISO 15608 Welding - Guidelines for a metallic material grouping system (ISO/TR 15608).

- NACE Standard MR 0175 Sulfide Stress Cracking Resistant Metallic Materials for Field Equipment

- NACE Standard MR 0103 Material Requirements Materials Resistant to Sulphide Stress Cracking in Corrosive Petroleum Refining Environments

- ISO 15156-1, Petroleum and natural gas industries – Materials for use in H2S - containing environments in oil and gas production – Part 1: General principles for selection of cracking-resistant materials

3. Referred MOL Technical Specifications

- MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.1 Pipes, elbows, reducers, tees

- MGS-S-REF-M-3.1.2 Flanges, gaskets, bolts

- MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.1 Gate valves, cocks, valves

- MGS-S-REF-M-3.2.2 Safety valves

Page 161: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Refining & Marketing

Rev 0.00.00 9/12

4. List of abbreviations (materials, piping elements, connections or ends, types/models)

List of abbreviations is included in Enclosure 3.

5. Description of pipe class symbol system (pipe class index)

Identifying index of pipe classes contains 5 characters: B C 2 C 2 Corrosion allowance

Sealing surface of flanged connection

Identifying number

Basic constitutional material

Pressure range (nominal pressure)

Character 1.: Pressure range (nominal pressure, Class) A: Class 125 B: Class 150 C: Class 250 D: Class 300 E: Class 400 F: Class 600 G: Class 900 H: Class 1500 J: Class 2500 L: vacuum M: PN 6 N: PN 10 P: PN 16 Q: PN 25 R: PN 40 S: PN 63 T PN 100 U: PN 160 V: PN 250 W: PN 320

Character 2: Pipe material (basic constitutional material) A: Carbon steel with specified properties at room temperature

B: Carbon steel with specified properties at higher temperature (T 400 °C) C: Carbon steel for mediums (acidic water, amine, etc.) causing H2S corrosion (stress

corrosion, SSC) D: Carbon steel with specified properties at low temperature (T< -10oC (minus 10 oC)) E: Galvanised carbon steel F: Mo steel G: CrMo steel up to chrome content of 1.25 %

Page 162: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Refining & Marketing

Rev 0.00.00 10/12

H: CrMo steel up to chrome content of 2.25% J: CrMo steel wit chrome content of 5% K: CrMo steel with chrome content at least 9% L: Ni steel up to Ni content of 2.5 % M: Ni steel with Ni content up to of 5% N: Ni steel with Ni content over 5% P: Duplex steel (PREN<40) O: Superduplex steel (PREN>=40) R: 8 -16 Cr equivalent and 4 -12 Ni stainless steel (martensitic) (AISI 410 basic type,

1.4006) S: 16 - 30 Cr equivalent and max. 8 Ni equivalent stainless steel (ferritic) (AISI 430

basic type, 1.4016) T: Austenitic stainless steel with nominal content of 18% Cr 8 5% Ni, without Ti (AISI

304 type, 1.4301) U: Austenitic stainless steel with nominal content of 18% Cr 8 5% Ni, with Ti, or with low

carbon content (AISI 321, AISI 304L, 1.4307, 1.4541) V: Austenitic stainless steel with nominal content of 18% Cr 8 5% Ni, with Mo content

(having Ti or low carbon content) (AISI 316L, 1.4404, 1.4571) X: Monel (as lining) Y: Plastic Z: Non ferrous metals (aluminium, copper, etc.)

3. character: identifying number to identify the soft gasket, trim and other differences

(e.g. stricter requirements of TA - Luft) In general case: 0 – other then soft gasket 1 - other then soft gasket 3 - other then soft gasket 4 - other then soft gasket 5 – soft gasket 6 – soft gasket 7 – soft gasket 8 – soft gasket 9 – soft gasket Note: present specification takes gaskets as soft ones, which are used as asbestos free sealing materials. These are made of some type of fibres (i.e. aramid fibre), synthetic fibres with bonding agent (i.e. NBR) instead of asbestos, and they become inelastic at higher temperature. Character 4: Sealing surface of flanged connection A: N/F DIN 2526 (tongue/groove) B: V/R DIN 2526 (spigot/recess) C: C DIN 2526 (raised face with surface roughness Rz = 160) D: D DIN 2526 (raised face with surface roughness Rz = 40) E: E DIN 2526 (raised face with surface roughness Rz = 16) F: L DIN 2526 (lens-shaped sealing surface) G: A EN 1092-1(flat face) H: B1 EN 1092-1 (raised face with surface roughness Ra = 3.2 - 12.5µm) J: B2 EN1092-1 (raised face with surface roughness Ra = 0.8 – 3.2µm) K: C/D EN1092-1 (tongue/groove) L: E/F EN1092-1 (spigot/recess)

Page 163: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Refining & Marketing

Rev 0.00.00 11/12

M: G/H EN1092-1 1 (O-ring spigot/ O-ring groove) N: Threaded

P: RF (Raised Face) (surface roughness AARH 125 - 500 inch)

R: RF (surface roughness AARH 125 - 250 inch) S: LG/LT (large or small Groove / Tongue) T: large or small male face / female face U: Ring Type Joint

Character 5: Corrosion allowance 0: 0 mm 1: 0.75 mm 2: 1 mm 3: 1.5 mm 5: 3 mm 6: 4.5 mm 7: 6 mm

6. List of basic pipe classes

List of basic pipe classes is included in Enclosure 1. and 2.; Enclosure 1. contains list of basic pipe classes specified in accordance with European standard system, Enclosure 2. contains list of basic pipe classes specified in accordance with American standard system.

7. Specification of basic pipe classes

Specification of basic pipe classes is included in Enclosure 4. and 5.; Enclosure 4. contains specification of basic pipe classes given in European standard system, Enclosure 5. contains specification of basic pipe classes given in American standard system.

8. General requirements of pipe classes

Forming of pipe classes and specification of piping elements belonging to the pipe class shall be in accordance with requirements of EN 13480 standards. Sizing of piping elements (pipes, fittings, etc.) for inside pressure shall be according to paragraph 6. of EN 13480-3. The pressure-temperature ratings of each pipe class shall be according to paragraph 5.5 of EN 1092-1. In respect of piping elements MOL Group specifications referred in paragraph 3. of present document are authoritative unless they are in contradiction with prescription of present document. In case of contradiction requirements of present document are valid. Requirements concerning piping elements are over MOL Group specifications: Welded pipes should be generally longitudinal welded. Spiral welded pipe can be used in case of long straight sections without branching. Welding neck flanges (EN 1092-1, type 11) shall be used except of special cases. Bolts of flanges shall be stud bolts generally threaded on their whole length. Where the temperature is frequently and considerable changed, there is suggested using of bolt with reduced shaft. When these types of bolts are used, proper construction required to exploit advantage of the flexible shaft (e.g. distance washers under the nuts). Materials of pipe classes shall be in accordance with requirements of EN 13480-2. Materials shall meet the following main requirements:

Page 164: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

SLOVNAFT a.s. MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.3

Refining & Marketing

Rev 0.00.00 12/12

- certification according to 4.1.2 - elongation according to 4.1.4 - impact energy according to 4.1.6 - chemical composition according to 4.1.7 - avoid of brittle fracture according to 4.2.3 (Appendix “B”) Since the referred harmonised standards contain the most inspection requirements as suggested ones, it is important that requirements of EN 13480-2 should be taken into consideration during choice of these options. In case of not harmonised standards PED conformity (namely fulfilling requirements of EN 13480-2) shall be ensured with prescription of additional requirements. Material to be used shall be approved by the competent professional committee (PED §11.). This takes more then three months at all time. Therefore when not European standard is to be used, it has to check if the standard has been published already as accepted. If yes, than the standard can be used, but strictly at conditions have been given in the publication. Fulfilling of these conditions shall be included into the certificate of the material.

Page 165: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s

Refining and Marketing

1.00.00

31.12.2011

Abbreviations in English Expessions in English

304 304Type Stainless Steel

316 316Type Stainless Steel

304/304/Graphite/Galv CS

304/PTFE 304/PTFE (Trim)

316/PTFE 316/PTFE (Trim)

AL Aluminium

Alloy Alloy Steel

Bfly V. Butterfly Valve

BB Bolted Bonnet

BC Bolted Cover

BE Bevel End

BLE/PSE Bevel Large End/Plain Small End

CR Center Ring

Cr13 Cr13

Cr13/Stellited Cr13/Stellited

Cr13-HF Cr13-Hardfaced

CS Carbon Steel

CS/PTFE Carbon Steel/PTFE

CU Copper

DMP with Damper equipped

DS Double Seal

EB Extended Bonnet

eGr-a.fl.Met-ins

eGr-Met. sh.lam

Identifier

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL- Version

Basic pipe classes Date

In ABC order

Enclosure 3.: List of abbreviations

304/304/Graphite/Galvanized Carbon Steel (materials

for Spiral Wound)

Expanded graphite with adhesive flat metal insertion

Expanded graphite with metallic sheets laminated in thin

layers withstanding (high stresses)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1_Basic Pipe Classes_Enclosure 3(SN).xls 1/7

Page 166: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s

Refining and Marketing

1.00.00

31.12.2011

Identifier

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL- Version

Basic pipe classes Date

In ABC order

Enclosure 3.: List of abbreviations

eGr-pMet-ins

ePTFE Expanded PTFE

ES Extended Stem

F Firesafe

FB Full Bore

FF Flat Face

Flex Wdg Flexible Wedge

FL Ball Floating Ball

FLGD Flanged

FR Flat Ring

Galv Galvanized

Gr. On CS Graphite layers on soft steel

GrOp Gear Operated

HH Hex Head

HI Horizontal Installation

Hnd Lev Hand Lever

Hwheel Handwheel

IN Inch Size

INS Inside Screw

IR Inner Ring

Lft F. Lift flap

LM/LF Large Male/Female acc. to ASME B16.5

LT/LG Large Tongue/Groovee acc. to ASME B16.5

LUG LUG Type

MM Metric Size

MS Metal Seated

Non-Asb-FwB Non-asbestos fibre with binder

OS&Y Outside Screw & Yoke

PBE Plain Both End

PLE/TSE Plain Large End/ Threaded Small End

PSB Pressure Seal Bonnet

PSC Pressure Seal Cover

Expanded graphite with perforated metal insertion

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1_Basic Pipe Classes_Enclosure 3(SN).xls 2/7

Page 167: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s

Refining and Marketing

1.00.00

31.12.2011

Identifier

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL- Version

Basic pipe classes Date

In ABC order

Enclosure 3.: List of abbreviations

PTFE PTFE

PTFE on CS PTFE layers on soft steel

PTFE on SS PTFE layers on stainless steel

RB Reduced Bore

RED Reducing

RF Raised Face acc. to ASME B16.5

RJ Ring Joint acc. to ASME B16.5

RS Rising Stem

Rubber Rubber

SL Spring Loaded

SO Slip On

Sol Wdg Solid Wedge

SP Short Pattern

Spw-IOR-Gra Graphite filler, inner and outer support-ring

Spw-IOR-PTFE PTFE filler, inner and outer support-ring

Spw-OR-Gra Graphite filler, outer support-ring

Spw-OR-PTFE PTFE filler, outer support-ring

SS Stainless steel

SS/PTFE Stainless steel/PTFE

SS/SS Stainless steel/Stainless Steel

SS-HF Stainless steel-Hardfaced

SW Socket Welding

SW Socket Welding

TBE Threaded Both End

THR Threaded

TLE/PSE Threaded Large End/Plain Small End

Trunn Mo Trunnion mounted

VI Vertical Installation

WB Welded Bonnet

WC Welded Cover

WFR Wafer

WN Welding Neck

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1_Basic Pipe Classes_Enclosure 3(SN).xls 3/7

Page 168: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s

Refining and Marketing

1.00.00

31.12.2011

Identifier

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL- Version

Basic pipe classes Date

In ABC order

Enclosure 3.: List of abbreviations

Arranged according to pipe elements

Material (or Equal)

AL Aluminium

AS Alloy Steel

CS Carbon Steel

CU Copper

Galv Galvanized

SS Stainless Steel

304/304/Graphite/Galv CS 304/304/Graphite/Galvanized Carbon Steel

Valve Type/Model/Accessories (component)

B Butterfly

BB Bolted Bonnet

BC Bolted Cover

CR Center Ring

DMP with Damper equipped

DS Double Seal

EB Extended Bonnet

ES Extended Stem

F Firesafe

Flex Wdg Flexible Wedge

FB Full Bore

FL Ball Floating Ball

FLGD Flanged

FR Flat Ring

GrOp Gear Operated

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1_Basic Pipe Classes_Enclosure 3(SN).xls 4/7

Page 169: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s

Refining and Marketing

1.00.00

31.12.2011

Identifier

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL- Version

Basic pipe classes Date

In ABC order

Enclosure 3.: List of abbreviations

HH Hex Head

HI Horizontal Installation

Hnd Lev Hand Lever

Hwheel Handwheel

IN Inch Size

INS Inside Screw

IR Inner Ring

Lft F. Lift flap

MM Metric Size

MS Metal Seated

OS&Y Outside Screw & Yoke

PSB Pressure Seal Bonnet

PSC Pressure Seal Cover

Sol Wdg Solid Wedge

RB Reduced Bore

RS Rising Stem

SL Spring Loaded

SP Short Pattern

Trunn Mo Trunnion mounted

VI Vertical Installation

WB Welded Bonnet

WC Welded Cover

RED Reducing

SO Slip On

SW Socket Welding

THR Threaded

WN Welding Neck

End Connections/Facing

BE Bevel End

BLE/PSE Bevel Large End/Plain Small End

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1_Basic Pipe Classes_Enclosure 3(SN).xls 5/7

Page 170: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s

Refining and Marketing

1.00.00

31.12.2011

Identifier

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL- Version

Basic pipe classes Date

In ABC order

Enclosure 3.: List of abbreviations

FF Flat Face

LM/LF Large Male/Female acc. to ASME B16.5

LT/LG Large Tongue/Groovee acc. to ASME B16.5

LUG LUG Type

PBE Plain Both End

PLE/TSE Plain Large End/ Threaded Small End

RF Raised Face acc. to ASME B16.5

RJ Ring Joint acc. to ASME B16.5

SW Socket Welding

TBE Threaded Both End

TLE/PSE Threaded Large End/Plain Small End

WFR Wafer

Trim

Cr13 Cr13

Cr13-HF Cr13-Hardfaced

Cr13/Stellited Cr13/Stellited

CS/PTFE Carbon Steel/PTFE

SS Stainless steel

SS-HF Stainless steel-Hardfaced

SS/PTFE Stainless steel/PTFE

SS/SS Stainless steel/Stainless Steel

304 304

304/PTFE 304/PTFE

316 316

316/PTFE 316/PTFE

Gaskets

Non-metallic flat gaskets (soft) and flat gaskets with metal insertion

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1_Basic Pipe Classes_Enclosure 3(SN).xls 6/7

Page 171: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s

Refining and Marketing

1.00.00

31.12.2011

Identifier

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL- Version

Basic pipe classes Date

In ABC order

Enclosure 3.: List of abbreviations

Rubber Rubber

PTFE PTFE

ePTFE Expanded PTFE

eGr-pMet-ins

eGr-a.fl.Met-ins

eGr-Met. sh.lam

Non-Asb-FwB Non-asbestos fibre with binder

Gaskets

Grooved steel gaskets with soft layers on both sides

PTFE on CS PTFE layers on soft steel

PTFE on SS PTFE layers on stainless steel

Gr. On CS Graphite layers on soft steel

Gaskets

Spiral wound gaskets with soft filler

Spw-OR-PTFE PTFE filler, outer support-ring

Spw-IOR-PTFE PTFE filler, inner and outer support-ring

Spw-OR-Gra Graphite filler, outer support-ring

Spw-IOR-Gra Graphite filler, inner and outer support-ring

Expanded graphite with metallic sheets laminated in thin

layers withstanding (high stresses)

Expanded graphite with perforated metal insertion

Expanded graphite with adhesive flat metal insertion

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1_Basic Pipe Classes_Enclosure 3(SN).xls 7/7

Page 172: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s

Refining and Marketing

1.00.00

31.12.2011

Identifier

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Version

Date

Enclosure 2.

List of basic pipe classesANSI/ASME/American standard system

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION -MECHANICAL-

Basic pipe classes

Enclosure 2.: List of basic pipe classes (ANSI/ASME/American standard system)

ANSIbasicList2.xls

Page 173: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s

Refining and Marketing

1.00.00

31.12.2011

Identifier

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Version

Date

Enclosure 5.

List of basic pipe classesANSI/ASME/American standard system

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Basic pipe classes

Enclosure 5.: List of basic pipe classes (ANSI/ASME/American standard system)

ANSIbasicSpec5.xls Jelen dokumentum a MOL Rt. szellemi tulajdona. Felhasználása a MOL Rt. írásos engedélye nélkül nem megengedett. 1/1

Page 174: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

.Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes

Date

Corr.

allow.

Nom

inal

pre

ssure

Designing

temper.

/pressure

min/max

Flange sealing

surface

Dim

ensio

n

range

Mediums

mm

Class

vagy

PN

C°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness: AARH

(µinch)

DN

-29/19,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

149/15,8 AARH 125-500 2H

-29/19,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

204/13,8 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/19,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/5,5 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/19,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

200/6AARH 125-250 2H

-29/19,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/5,5 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/19,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

149/15,8AARH 125-500 2H

-29/19,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

149/15,8AARH 125-500 2H

-29/19,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/5,5 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/19,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/5,5 AARH 125-250 2H

-34/18,2 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

93/17,2 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/19,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B7ASTM A 105

Spw-OR-

GraBE1R0 0 03.12.22 0 #150 ASTM A 53 Gr.B galv.

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

#150 ASTM A 106 Gr.B ASTM A 105

Lapos-

Grafit

lemez

BB2R3 0 03.12.22 1,5

Up to 204C0: hydrocarbons, fuel gas, natural

gas, slop, flare, methanol, glycol, not

aggressive alkalies

BB1R5 0 03.12.22 3,0 #150 ASTM A 106 Gr.B ASTM A 105Up to 427C°: hydrocarbons, natural gas, slop,

flare,in case of fincreased corrosion

ASTM A 105

No No

Spw-OR-

PTFE

03.12.22

15-600 No

ASTM A 106 Gr.B ASTM A 105

#150 ASTM A 106 Gr.B

NoSpw-OR-

Gra

No

No

BB1R3 0 03.12.22 1,5 #150 ASTM A 106 Gr.B N1-F6(13Cr)

15-600

15-150

N10-316

15-600

15-600

N1-F6(13Cr)

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress

corrosion; SSC) (acid water, amine, etc.)

Fire water up to DN150

YesBC1R5 0 3,0 ASTM A 106 Gr.B03.12.22 #150

Industrial water, process water, cooling water,

inert gas, pressurised air,fire water above

DN150

ASTM A 53 Gr.B No

Spw-OR-

GraASTM A 105

ASTM A 106 Gr. B

No

#150 ASTM A 105Spw-OR-

Gra

BA5P3 0 03.12.22 1,5

03.12.22 ASTM A 105 Hydrocarbons, slop, flare, alkalies

15-600 NoN1-F6(13Cr)

Non-Asb-

Fwb

N8-F6(13Cr)/

HardfacedNo

No

No

Spw-OR-

PTFE

Gasket

typeBolts and nuts

Enclosure 2.List of basic pipe classes (ANSI/ASME/American standard system)

Non-Asb-

FwbN1-F6(13Cr)

Non-Asb-

FwbBB5P3 0

#150 ASTM A 105

Pipe materisl Flange material

#1501,5

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

BB5P5

15-600

Low pressure steam, condense water at

operating pressure of 2-6 bar

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced15-600 No

No

Hydrocarbons, fuel gas,natural gas, slop,

flare, methanol, glycol, not aggressive

alkalies

0 03.12.22 1,5

0 3 #150

#150

BC1R7 0 03.12.22 6,0

Up to 427C°: hydrocarbons, natural gas, slop,

flare, mehtanol, glycol N1-F6(13Cr) 15-600 No NoBB3R3

Spw-OR-

Gra

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress

corrosion; SSC) (acid water, amine, etc.)N10-316 15-600 No Yes

Rev.

Mild low temperature hydrocarbons to -34C°)

Str

ess r

elie

vin

g o

f

weld

sDate of

rev.

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced15-600 No No

No

ASTM A 105

Pipe class Trim

Socket w

eld

ing

ele

ments

BD1R3 0 03.12.22 1,5

ASTM A 106 Gr.B

ASTM A333 Gr 1 ASTM A 350 LF2

PipeClassList ANSI.xls / Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/8

Page 175: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

.Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes

Date

Corr.

allow.

Nom

inal

pre

ssure

Designing

temper.

/pressure

min/max

Flange sealing

surface

Dim

ensio

n

range

Mediums

mm

Class

vagy

PN

C°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness: AARH

(µinch)

DN

Industrial water, process water, cooling water,

inert gas, pressurised air,fire water above

DN150

ASTM A 53 Gr.B No NoBA5P3 0 03.12.22 1,5

Gasket

typeBolts and nuts

Enclosure 2.List of basic pipe classes (ANSI/ASME/American standard system)

Non-Asb-

FwbN1-F6(13Cr)#150 ASTM A 105

Pipe materisl Flange material

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

15-600

Rev.

Str

ess r

elie

vin

g o

f

weld

sDate of

rev.Pipe class Trim

Socket w

eld

ing

ele

ments

149/15,8 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/19,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

149/15,8 AARH 125-500 2H

-29/19,9 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/1,38 AARH 125-250 2H

-70/19,9 ANSI B16.5 RF L7

93/17,9 AARH 125-250 4

-100/19,9 ANSI B16.5 RF L7

93/17,9AARH 125-250

4

-29/19,9 ANSI B16.5 RF B16

316/9,6AARH 125-250 8

-29/20 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/1,37 AARH 125-250 2H

-196/18,6ANSI B16.5 RF B16

93/17,9AARH 125-250 8

-29/18,9 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/1,38

AARH 125-250 2H

-201/18,9 ANSI B16.5 RF B16

93/16,2

AARH 125-250 8

ASTM A 105Non-Asb-

FwbNo No

ASTM A 105Spw-OR-

Gra

15-600 No

BE5P0 0 03.12.22 0 #150 ASTM A 53 Gr.B galv.

BE1R0 0 03.12.22 0 #150 ASTM A 53 Gr.B galv. No No

15-600

15-600

15-150

No

NoNo

No15-600

15-150N1-F6(13Cr)

N1-F6(13Cr)

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

03.12.22

03.12.22

ASTM A 312 TP321

03.12.22 ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

03.12.22

03.12.22

03.12.22

03.12.22

Spw-OR-

Gra3,0

0,75

0,75

#150 ASTM A 335 Gr. P5

ASTM A 182 F51

S31803

ASTM A333 Gr 7

BU1R1 0

BU2R1

BJ1R5 0

BM1R3

N10-316Spw-OR-

Gra

No

Fire water up to DN150

Instrument air

Hydrocarbons up to 538C°

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons and

pitting corrosion danger, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons

15-600 No No

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons,

highly corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 93

0C.

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons,

highly corrosive not hydrocarbons

No No

NoNo

No

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons ( to -

100C°)

Up to 316 C0: In case of increased cloride or

HS load

15-600

Yes

BV1R1 0 0,75 #150

0 0,75 ASTM A 312 TP321

ASTM A 312 TP316L

Spw-OR-

PTFEN10-316 15-600

Low temperature hydrocarbons ( to -

70C°)BL1R3 0 1,5 #150

ASTM A790 S31803#1500

ASTM A 182 F316L

0,7503.12.22 #150 ASTM A 312 TP316L ASTM A 182 F316L

ASTM A 182 F321

BV2R1Spw-OR-

PTFE0

#150

#150

N10-316

Spw-OR-

Gra

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons and

pitting corrosion danger, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons

NoNo15-600

Spw-OR-

Gra

Spw-OR-

PTFEN2-304

N9-Monel

ASTM A 350 LF9

N2-304

ASTM A 350 LF3

BP1R1

ASTM A 182 F321

ASTM A333 Gr 3Spw-OR-

PTFEN10-3160 1,5 #150

PipeClassList ANSI.xls / Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/8

Page 176: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

.Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes

Date

Corr.

allow.

Nom

inal

pre

ssure

Designing

temper.

/pressure

min/max

Flange sealing

surface

Dim

ensio

n

range

Mediums

mm

Class

vagy

PN

C°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness: AARH

(µinch)

DN

Industrial water, process water, cooling water,

inert gas, pressurised air,fire water above

DN150

ASTM A 53 Gr.B No NoBA5P3 0 03.12.22 1,5

Gasket

typeBolts and nuts

Enclosure 2.List of basic pipe classes (ANSI/ASME/American standard system)

Non-Asb-

FwbN1-F6(13Cr)#150 ASTM A 105

Pipe materisl Flange material

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

15-600

Rev.

Str

ess r

elie

vin

g o

f

weld

sDate of

rev.Pipe class Trim

Socket w

eld

ing

ele

ments

-29/51 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/28,2 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/51 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/28,2 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/51 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/28,3 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/51 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/28,2 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/51 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/28,2AARH 125-250 2H

-34/47,9 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

93/45,1AARH 125-250 2H

-29/51,7 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/14,8AARH 125-250 2H

-29/51,7 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/13,8 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/51,7 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/17,6 AARH 125-250 2H

-70/51,7 ANSI B16.5 RF L7

93/51,7 AARH 125-250 4

-100/51,7 ANSI B16.5 RF L7

YesMediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress

corrosion; SSC) (acid water, amine, etc.)

Spw-IOR-

GraN10-316 15-600 No#300DC1R7 0 03.12.22 6,0

Up to 427C°: hydrocarbons

DC1R5 0 3,0 #300 15-600 YesMediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress

corrosion; SSC) (acid water, amine, etc.)

3,0

ASTM A 106 Gr. B

15-600 No No

No15-600

Yes

No

No

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

03.12.22

#300 ASTM A 106 Gr.B

ASTM A 106 Gr. B ASTM A 105

03.12.22

Spw-IOR-

Gra

ASTM A 105 N10-316

03.12.22

#300

#300

ASTM A 106 Gr.B

ASTM A 106 Gr.B

03.12.22

DM1R3 0

0

DD1R3

N10-316

ASTM A 350 LF2

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Spw-IOR-

PTFEN2-304

Spw-IOR-

Gra

N8-F6(13Cr)/

HardfacedASTM A 105

ASTM A333 Gr 1

ASTM A 182 Gr. F93,0

#300

ASTM A 335 Gr. P11#300

1,5 #300

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

03.12.22

03.12.22

1,5 #300

ASTM A 335 Gr. P9 No

No15-600

No

ASTM A350 LF9

ASTM A 350 LF3

ASTM A333 Gr 7

Up to 538C° hydrocarbons, increased

requirements on hydrogen pressure tightness

and increased corrosion loadl

Spw-IOR-

PTFEN10-316 15-600

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons to

(-100C°)

Spw-IOR-

Gra

Spw-IOR-

PTFE

No

Low temperature hydrocarbons (to -

70C°)

15-600N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

0

DL1R3

DJ1R5 0

DG1R3 0

DK1R5

0

ASTM A 182 Gr. F11

Cl.1

ASTM A333 Gr 3

ASTM A 335 Gr. P5

03.12.22

ASTM A 105

ASTM A 105

Mild low temperature hydrocarbons (to -34C°)

15-600

#300

#300

Medium pressure steam condense water to

operating pressure of 6-16 barNo No

Spw-

OR/IR-Gra

Up to 427C°: hydrocarbons, natural gas,

methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkaliesNo

15-600 No

No

No

Spw-IOR-

Gra

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

03.12.22

1,5

3,0

DB2R3

DB1R5 0

1,50 03.12.22

15-600

No

Yes

1,503.12.22

15-600Spw-IOR-

Gra

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Hydrocarbons up to 538C, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement

Yes

Up to 538C°: hydrocarbons, hydrogen

pressure tightness requirements,medium

corrosion load

Spw-IOR-

GraDB1R3 0 1,5

PipeClassList ANSI.xls / Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/8

Page 177: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

.Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes

Date

Corr.

allow.

Nom

inal

pre

ssure

Designing

temper.

/pressure

min/max

Flange sealing

surface

Dim

ensio

n

range

Mediums

mm

Class

vagy

PN

C°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness: AARH

(µinch)

DN

Industrial water, process water, cooling water,

inert gas, pressurised air,fire water above

DN150

ASTM A 53 Gr.B No NoBA5P3 0 03.12.22 1,5

Gasket

typeBolts and nuts

Enclosure 2.List of basic pipe classes (ANSI/ASME/American standard system)

Non-Asb-

FwbN1-F6(13Cr)#150 ASTM A 105

Pipe materisl Flange material

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

15-600

Rev.

Str

ess r

elie

vin

g o

f

weld

sDate of

rev.Pipe class Trim

Socket w

eld

ing

ele

ments

93/51,7 AARH 125-250 4

-29/51,7 ANSI B16.5 RF B16

316/38,2 AARH 125-250 8

-29/49,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/24,1 AARH 125-250 2H

-196/49,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B16

93/44,4 AARH 125-250 8

-29/49,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/24,1AARH 125-250 2H

-201/49,6 ANSI B16.5 RF B16

93/42,7AARH 125-250

8

-29/102,1 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/56,8 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/102,1 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/56,8 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/102,1 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/56,8 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/102,1 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/56,8 AARH 125-250 2H

-34/95,9 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

93/90,7 AARH 125-250 2H

N10-316

N2-304

N10-316

N9-Monel

03.12.22

Spw-IOR-

Gra

ASTM A 182 F51

S31803

03.12.22

03.12.22DV1R1 0

0

DU2R1 0

DU1R1

DM1R3 0

DP1R1 0

03.12.22

6,0 #600

#600 ASTM A333 Gr 1

ASTM A 106 Gr.B

03.12.22

FB1R5

0

0

FC1R7

FD1R3 0

DV2R1 0

FC1R5 0

FB1R3 0

15-600 No

No

No

No

Extreme high temperature drocarbons and

danger of pitting corrosion, highly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

No

Very low temperature hydrocarbons, danger

of pitting corrosion, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons to 93 0C.

Very low temperature hydrocarbons, highly

corrosive non hydrocarbons to 93 0C.

NoNo

No

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons,

highly corrosive non hydrocarbons

No

03.12.22

03.12.22

15-600

ASTM A 106 Gr.B ASTM A 105

N2-304ASTM A 350 LF2Spw-IOR-

PTFE

ASTM A 105

ASTM A 105

Up to 427C°: hydrocarbons, non corrosive

medium (general using)

NoUp to 427C°: hydrocarbons, middle corrosive

medium 15-600

15-600 No No

No

15-600

15-600 NoSpw-IOR-

GraN10-316

Mild low temperature hydrocarbons (to -34C°)

YesMediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress

corrosion; SSC) (acid water, amine, etc.)

YesMediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress

corrosion; SSC) (acid water, amine, etc.)

03.12.22

N10-316

ASTM A 105

ASTM A 182 F316L

ASTM A 312 TP321 ASTM A 182 F321

ASTM A 106 Gr.B

03.12.22

0,75 #300

Up to 316 C0-ig:increased cloride or HS load

Spw-IOR-

Gra

15-600

15-600 No

N2-304Spw-IOR-

Gra

1,5 #300

ASTM A 312 TP321 ASTM A 182 F3210,75

ASTM A790 S318030,75 #300

NoASTM A 350 LF3Spw-IOR-

PTFEN10-316 15-600

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons to

(-100C°)No

ASTM A 312 TP316L

03.12.22

0,75

1,5

ASTM A 312 TP316L

0,75 #300

1,5

#600

ASTM A 106 Gr.BN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced3,0 #600

3,0 #600

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Spw-IOR-

Gra

ASTM A333 Gr 303.12.22

No

Spw-IOR-

Gra

ASTM A 182 F316LSpw-IOR-

Gra

Spw-IOR-

PTFE

#300

#300

Spw-IOR-

PTFE15-600

15-600 No

No

PipeClassList ANSI.xls / Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/8

Page 178: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

.Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes

Date

Corr.

allow.

Nom

inal

pre

ssure

Designing

temper.

/pressure

min/max

Flange sealing

surface

Dim

ensio

n

range

Mediums

mm

Class

vagy

PN

C°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness: AARH

(µinch)

DN

Industrial water, process water, cooling water,

inert gas, pressurised air,fire water above

DN150

ASTM A 53 Gr.B No NoBA5P3 0 03.12.22 1,5

Gasket

typeBolts and nuts

Enclosure 2.List of basic pipe classes (ANSI/ASME/American standard system)

Non-Asb-

FwbN1-F6(13Cr)#150 ASTM A 105

Pipe materisl Flange material

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

15-600

Rev.

Str

ess r

elie

vin

g o

f

weld

sDate of

rev.Pipe class Trim

Socket w

eld

ing

ele

ments

-29/103,4 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/29,6AARH 125-250 2H

-29/103,4 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/27,6 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/103,4 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/34,8AARH 125-250 2H

-70/103,4 ANSI B16.5 RF L7

93/103,4AARH 125-250 4

-100/103,4 ANSI B16.5 RF L7

93/103,4 AARH 125-250 4

-29/103,4 ANSI B16.5 RF B16

316/76,8AARH 125-250 8

-29/99,3 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/48,5AARH 125-250 2H

-196/99,3 ANSI B16.5 RF B16

93/88,9 AARH 125-250 8

-29/99,3 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/48,2AARH 125-250 2H

-201/99,3 ANSI B16.5 RF B16

93/85,5 AARH 125-250 8

N10-316

0,75

0,75

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

No

No

N2-304

N2-304

N10-316

Up to 538C°: hydrocarbons, hydrogen

pressure thightness requirements, increased

corrosion load

15-300

15-300

15-300

Very low temperature hydrocarbons and

danger of pitting corrosion, highly corrosive

non hydrocarbons to 93 0C.

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

03.12.22

FL1R3

FU1R1

FP1R1

FM1R3 0

0

0

FU2R1

ASTM A 182 F316L

#600

#600 ASTM A 312 TP316L

0 03.12.22

0,75

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

ASTM A 335 Gr. P9

ASTM A 335 Gr. P5

ASTM A333 Gr 7

0 03.12.22ASTM A 182 F51

S31803ASTM A790 S31803

#600

ASTM A 350 LF9

#600 ASTM A 182 Gr. F9

ASTM A333 Gr 3 ASTM A 350 LF3

ASTM A 182 Gr. F11

Cl.11,5 #600

0

ASTM A 335 Gr. P11

3,0 #600

FK1R5 03.12.22 3,00

FG1R3

03.12.22

03.12.220

FJ1R5

NoNo

No

Spw-IOR-

Gra

No No

No

No

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons,

highly corrosive non hydrocarbons

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons

(to -100C°)

Low temperature hydrocarbons (to -

70C°)No

FV1R1 0 03.12.22

FV2R1 03.12.220

03.12.22

03.12.22 #600

#600

1,5

1,5

0,75

0,75

Yes

15-600 No

No

15-300

No15-600 No

Spw-IOR-

PTFE

#600

ASTM A 182 F321ASTM A 312 TP321

Spw-IOR-

Gra

#600 ASTM A 312 TP321

ASTM A 312 TP316L

ASTM A 182 F321

ASTM A 182 F316L

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N9-MonelSpw-IOR-

Gra

Spw-IOR-

Gra

Spw-IOR-

Gra

Spw-IOR-

Gra

Spw-IOR-

PTFE

Spw-IOR-

PTFE

N10-316

Yes

High pressure steam, hydrocarbons up to

538C°, hydrogen pressure tightness

requirements at operating pressure of, 16-40

bar

15-600 No

Up to 538C°: hydrocarbons, hydrogen

pressure thightness requirements, middle

corrosion load

15-600

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons and

with pitting corrosion danger,highly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

Very low temperature hydrocarbons, highly

corrosive non hydrocarbons to 93 0C.

No

15-600 No Yes

15-300

Up to 316 C0: Increased cloride or HS load

Spw-IOR-

Gra

N10-316

PipeClassList ANSI.xls / Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 5/8

Page 179: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

.Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes

Date

Corr.

allow.

Nom

inal

pre

ssure

Designing

temper.

/pressure

min/max

Flange sealing

surface

Dim

ensio

n

range

Mediums

mm

Class

vagy

PN

C°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness: AARH

(µinch)

DN

Industrial water, process water, cooling water,

inert gas, pressurised air,fire water above

DN150

ASTM A 53 Gr.B No NoBA5P3 0 03.12.22 1,5

Gasket

typeBolts and nuts

Enclosure 2.List of basic pipe classes (ANSI/ASME/American standard system)

Non-Asb-

FwbN1-F6(13Cr)#150 ASTM A 105

Pipe materisl Flange material

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

15-600

Rev.

Str

ess r

elie

vin

g o

f

weld

sDate of

rev.Pipe class Trim

Socket w

eld

ing

ele

ments

-29/154,8 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/87,2 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/154,8 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

427/87,2 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/155,1 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/44,8AARH 125-250 2H

-29/155,1 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/41AARH 125-250 2H

-29/155,1 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/52,4 AARH 125-250 2H

-29/155 ANSI B16.5 RF B16

316/115AARH 125-250 8

-29/148,9 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/72,4 AARH 125-250 2H

-201/148,9 ANSI B16.5 RF B16

93/133,4 AARH 125-250 8

-29/148,9 ANSI B16.5 RF B7

538/72,4AARH 125-250 2H

-201/184,1 ANSI B16.5 RF B16

93/128,2 AARH 125-250 8

15-300

No

N2-304

N10-316

N9-Monel

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced15-600

15-300

15-300

15-600

No No

No

Up to 316 C0: For increased cloride or HS

load

15-300

15-300

3,0

GG1R3 03.12.22

GB1R5 0 03.12.22

GJ1R5

ASTM A 106 Gr.B ASTM A 105

0 1,5

0

03.12.22

03.12.22

0

03.12.22 3,0

3,0

03.12.22

0,75

GU1R1

GV2R1

GU2R1 03.12.22

0

GV1R1 0

GP1R1

0GK1R5

0

ASTM A 335 Gr. P11

#900

No

No

No

Up to 427C°: Not corrosive medium (general

using), high pressure nitrogen

Up to 427C°: middle corrosive medium

(general using)

ASTM A 182 F316L

#900

GB1R3 03.12.220

15-600N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

15-300

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

No No

Yes

No

Up to 538C°: hydrocarbons, when hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement,medium

corrosion load

No Yes

No

High pressure steam, hydrocarbons up to

538C°, hydrogen pressure tightness is

requirement

No

Up to 538C°: hydrocarbons, increased

requirement of hydrogen pressure tightness

and increased corrosion load

No

Very low temperature hydrocarbons and

danger of pitting corrosion, highly

corrosivenon hydrocarbons to 93 0C.

Yes

Extreme high temperatureh ydrocarbons and

danger of pitting corrosion, highly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

NoExtreme high temperature hydrocarbons,

highly corrosive non hydrocarbons

No

NoVery low temperature hydrocarbons, highly

corrosive non hydrocarbons to 93 0C.

0,75 #900 ASTM A 312 TP316L N10-316Spw-IOR-

PTFE

ASTM A 335 Gr. P5

ASTM A 335 Gr. P9 ASTM A 182 Gr. F9

ASTM A 182 F51

S31803

0 ASTM A 182 F316L

Spw-IOR-

PTFE

ASTM A790 S31803

#900Spw-IOR-

Gra

#900

ASTM A 182 F321

ASTM A 312 TP316L

ASTM A 312 TP321

#900 ASTM A 106 Gr.B ASTM A 105

Spw-IOR-

Gra

Spw-IOR-

Gra

#900Spw-IOR-

Gra

Spw-IOR-

GraASTM A 182 Gr. F5

0,75

ASTM A 312 TP321

Spw-IOR-

Gra

#900

1,5

#900ASTM A 182 Gr. F11

Cl.1

Spw-IOR-

Gra

#900Spw-IOR-

Gra

15-600

03.12.22

N2-304ASTM A 182 F32103.12.22

0,75

0,75

PipeClassList ANSI.xls / Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 6/8

Page 180: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

.Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes

Date

Corr.

allow.

Nom

inal

pre

ssure

Designing

temper.

/pressure

min/max

Flange sealing

surface

Dim

ensio

n

range

Mediums

mm

Class

vagy

PN

C°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness: AARH

(µinch)

DN

Industrial water, process water, cooling water,

inert gas, pressurised air,fire water above

DN150

ASTM A 53 Gr.B No NoBA5P3 0 03.12.22 1,5

Gasket

typeBolts and nuts

Enclosure 2.List of basic pipe classes (ANSI/ASME/American standard system)

Non-Asb-

FwbN1-F6(13Cr)#150 ASTM A 105

Pipe materisl Flange material

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

15-600

Rev.

Str

ess r

elie

vin

g o

f

weld

sDate of

rev.Pipe class Trim

Socket w

eld

ing

ele

ments

-29/255,2 ANSI B16.5 RJ B7

427/141,9 AARH 63 2H

-29/255,2 ANSI B16.5 RJ B7

427/141,9 AARH 63 2H

-29/258,6 ANSI B16.5 RJ B7

538/68,5 AARH 63 2H

-29/258,3 ANSI B16.5 RJ B16

316/191,8 AARH 63 8

-29/425 ANSI B16.5 RJ B7

427/236 AARH 63 2H

-29/425 ANSI B16.5 RJ B7

427/236 AARH 63 2H

-29/431 ANSI B16.5 RJ B7

538/124,1 AARH 63 2H

-29/431 ANSI B16.5 RJ B7

538/114,1 AARH 63 2H

-29/430,6 ANSI B16.5 RJ B16

316/319,6 AARH 63 8

Notes

Elements with socket welding relate to dimensions of 1/2"-1 1/2".

In the column of designing temperature/pressure min/max in upper line of the pipe class cell the minimal temperature and the corresponding designing pressure, in the lower row the maximal designing temperature and the corresponding designing

In the column of designing temperature/pressure min/max in upper line of the pipe class cell the minimal temperature and the corresponding designing pressure, in the lower row the maximal designing temperature and the corresponding designing

Hydrocarbons up to 538C°, high corrosion

effect, hydrogen pressure tightness

requirement

YesNo

JB1U5 0 03.12.22

3,0

RJ

3,0 #2500 RJ

1,5

ASTM A 106 Gr.B

#2500 ASTM A 335 Gr. P11ASTM A 182 Gr. F11

Cl.1

JP1U1 0 03.12.22

JG1U3 0 03.12.22

JJ1U5 0 03.12.22

03.12.22JB1U3

HP1U1 0 03.12.22

0

HJ1U5 0 03.12.22

HB1U5 0 03.12.22

03.12.22HB1U3 0

NoNo

No

No

Hydrocarbons up to 538C°, high corrosion

effect, hydrogen pressure tightness is

requirement

#2500 RJN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced15-300ASTM A 335 Gr. P5 ASTM A 182 Gr. F5 No Yes

1,5

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

15-3000,75

3,0

#1500

#1500

ASTM A 106 Gr.B

RJ

Up to 427C°: middle corrosive mediums 15-300

Up to 316 C0:In case of increased cloride or

HS load

ASTM A 105 No No

No

ASTM A 105

No

Yes

15-300 No In case of increased cloride or HS load.0,75 #2500 ASTM A790 S31803ASTM A 182 F51

S31803RJ N9-Monel

High pressure steam up to 520 C0

Up to 427C° non corrosive mediums

Up to 427C° non corrosive mediums, 15-3001,5 #1500 ASTM A 106 Gr.B ASTM A 105

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced15-300

ASTM A790 S31803ASTM A 182 F51

S31803

ASTM A 335 Gr. P5

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced15-300

RJ

No

RJN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced15-300 No

N9-Monel

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

#2500

N8-F6(13Cr)/

HardfacedRJ

#1500 Up to 427C°: middle corrosive mediums3,0

No

RJ 15-300ASTM A 106 Gr.B ASTM A 105

No

PipeClassList ANSI.xls / Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 7/8

Page 181: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

.Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes

Date

Corr.

allow.

Nom

inal

pre

ssure

Designing

temper.

/pressure

min/max

Flange sealing

surface

Dim

ensio

n

range

Mediums

mm

Class

vagy

PN

C°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness: AARH

(µinch)

DN

Industrial water, process water, cooling water,

inert gas, pressurised air,fire water above

DN150

ASTM A 53 Gr.B No NoBA5P3 0 03.12.22 1,5

Gasket

typeBolts and nuts

Enclosure 2.List of basic pipe classes (ANSI/ASME/American standard system)

Non-Asb-

FwbN1-F6(13Cr)#150 ASTM A 105

Pipe materisl Flange material

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

15-600

Rev.

Str

ess r

elie

vin

g o

f

weld

sDate of

rev.Pipe class Trim

Socket w

eld

ing

ele

ments

Abbveriations see in" List of abbreviations". Some abbreviations see below:

Tömítés típusok:

eGr-pMet-ins Expanded graphite with perforated metal insertion Expandált grafit perforált fém betéttel

Non-Asb-FwB Non-asbestos fibre with binder Azbesztmentes szál kötőanyaggal

Spw-OR-Gra Spiral Wound, Graphite filler, outer support-ring Spirál tömítés, külső gyűrűvel, grafit töltőanyaggal

Spw-OR-PTFE Spiral Wound, PTFE filler, outer support-ring Spirál tömítés, külső gyűrűvel, PTFE töltőanyaggal

Spw-IOR-Gra Spiral Wound, Graphite filler, inner and outer support-ring Spirál tömítés, külső-belső gyűrűvel, grafit töltőanyaggal

Spw-IOR-PTFE Spiral Wound, PTFE filler, inner and outer support-ring Spirál tömítés, külső-belső gyűrűvel, PTFE töltőanyaggal

Trim expanations: Typical standard of closing seat (surface) material

csating forged welded

N1 - F6(13Cr) 1 F6 13Cr ASTM A217 (CA15) ASTM A182 (F6a)AWS A5.9 ER410 13Cr ASTM A276-T410 vagy T420

N2 - 304 2 304 18Cr-8Ni ASTM A351 (CF8) ASTM A182 (F304)AWS A5.9 ER308 18Cr-8Ni ASTM A276-T304

N5 - Hardfaced 5 Hardfaced Co-Cr A (g) - - AWS A13 E 13Cr ASTM A276-T410 vagy T420

N8 - F6(13Cr)/Hardfaced 8 F6 és Hardfaced 13Cr Co-Cr A (g) ASTM A217 (CA15) ASTM A182 (F6a)AWS A5.9 ER410 13Cr ASTM A276-T410 vagy T420

N9 - Monel 9 Monel Ni-Cu alloy - MFG standard - Ni-Cu alloy MFG standard

N10 - 316 10 316 18Cr-8Ni ASTM A351 (CF8M) ASTM A182 (F316)AWS A5.9 ER316 18Cr-8Ni ASTM A276-T316

Typical standard of stem materialTrim

No.

Trim name Material of closing seat Stem material

PipeClassList ANSI.xls / Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 8/8

Page 182: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s

Refining and Marketing

1.00.00.

31.12.2011

Identifier

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Version

Date

Enclosure 3.

List of abbreviations

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Basic pipe classes

Enclosure 3.: List of abbreviations

List of abbreviations 3.xls

Page 183: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connetion: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF API 600

15-40

50-200

ASTM A105

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BS 5352 ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

Piston non-return

ASTM A216 WCB

BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A216 WCB

BS 5352

BS 1873FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

BS 5352 ASTM A105

Class 150

API 594 with dual plate or swing type

N1-F6(13Cr)with spring

-29 °C / 19,6 barg 149°C /15,8 barg

BA5P3

Description: (a)

1,5 mm

Not required

OS&Y, BB

Industrial water, process water, cooling water, inert gas,

pressurised air, fire water over DN150 up to 149 °C

ASTM A 105

Designing temperature/designing pressure

Check valve

Gate valve

On/off Globe valve

15-40

Class 150

Class 150

15-40

Class 15050-600

50-300

Choke valve

ASTM A216 WCB

ANSI B16.5 RF ( raised face)Non.-Asb. flat

ASME B16.5

handwheel OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

9

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 FF

handwheel, throttling plug

N1-F6(13Cr)

N1-F6(13Cr)

OS&Y, BB

N1-F6(13Cr)

15-40

Nominal

presure:Class 150

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

Pipe class BA5P3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 Jelen dokumentum a MOL Rt. szellemi tulajdona. Felhasználása a MOL Rt. írásos engedélye nélkül nem megengedett. 1/3

Page 184: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BA5P3Industrial water, process water, cooling water, inert gas,

pressurised air, fire water over DN150 up to 149 °C

Nominal

presure:Class 150Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-150

200-400 gear operated

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck XS

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A234 WPB

ASTM A105

15-40 XS

ASTM A530

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASTM A105ANSI B16.11

ANSI B16.34

To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

Ball valve

Reducer

BS 5351

ANSI B16.9

BE

Welding neck flange

Class 3000

Cap

15-50

Class 150

15-600 Class 150

RF

RF

Description: (a)

ASTM A105

seamless, LR

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

BE

SW

Weldolet

3, 4

3, 4, 6, 7

3, 4BE

6, 10

3, 4, 6seamless

seamless

ASTM A105

Pipe

Nipple length=100mmPBE

hand lever

Elbow

Blind flange

Tee

Half coupling

ASTM A530 ASTM A53 Gr. B

3ASTM A53 Gr. B BE

PE/NPT

seamless

seamless

15-40 ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 FF Class 150ASTM A216 WCB

304/PTFE

Pipe class BA5P3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 Jelen dokumentum a MOL Rt. szellemi tulajdona. Felhasználása a MOL Rt. írásos engedélye nélkül nem megengedett. 2/3

Page 185: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BA5P3Industrial water, process water, cooling water, inert gas,

pressurised air, fire water over DN150 up to 149 °C

Nominal

presure:Class 150Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

4 Wallthickness of the fittings, welding neck and weldolets shall be the same as wallthickness of the connecting pipe.

5 Redocers shall have "three steps".

6 Branching are according to table "T" of documentation for construction.

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

8 Upper row relates to the stud, the lower one to the nut.

9 Trim in accordance with API 600.

10 To be used for branchings, above bacis pipe of DN 80.

11 REINZ AFM34 or equivalent

Description: (a)

Stud with two nuts

Gasket

15-600 Class 150

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 150 for sealing surface of RF

StudANSI B1.1

Non-Asb-FwB

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN Nut

ANSI B16.5, Fig. E2

8

11

Pipe class BA5P3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 Jelen dokumentum a MOL Rt. szellemi tulajdona. Felhasználása a MOL Rt. írásos engedélye nélkül nem megengedett. 3/3

Page 186: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible edge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF

AARH=125-250µinch)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Up to 204

oC: hydrocarbons, fuel gas, natural gas, slop, flare,

methanol, glycol, no aggressive alkalies

OS&Y, BBN1-F6(13Cr)

BE

BB1R3

OS&Y, BBN1-F6(13Cr)

Class 150

1, 2, 9

not required

Description: (a)

Spw-OR-PTFE ASME B16.20

1,5 mm

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A 105

9

Description: (a)

seamless

1, 2, 9

3

handwheel, throttling plug 1, 2, 9

with spring

OS&Y, BB

Class 150

ASTM A105

API 600

On/off globe valve

Pipe

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N1-F6(13Cr)

solid wedge, handwheel

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

BS 5352

Chocke valve

-29 °C / 19,6 barg 204 °C / 13,8 barg

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

handwheel

N1-F6(13Cr)

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type

15-40

Class 150

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A216 WCB

Gate valve

15-40

BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

BS 5352 ASTM A105

BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

BS 5352 ASTM A105

15-40

Class 150

50-300

50-300

Class 150

15-40

ASTM A530 ASTM A106 Gr. B

Pipe class BB1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 187: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Up to 204

oC: hydrocarbons, fuel gas, natural gas, slop, flare,

methanol, glycol, no aggressive alkaliesBB1R3Class 150

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck XS

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

PE/NPT

BE

BE

seamless

ASTM A234 WPB

length=100mm

3, 4, 6seamless

3, 4, 5

seamless

3, 4

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

ANSI B16.9

3

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

316L/PTFE/GALV.

CARBON STEEL

SW

BEASTM A105

Tee

XS

Class150

Class150

15-40

Stud bolt with two nuts

15-600

15-600 Class150

for sealing surface of RF

Stud

ASTM A530

ANSI B16.11

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

NPT F threaded

ASTM A106 Gr. B

Blind flange

half coupling

Reducer

Nut

Welding neck flange

15-600 Class150

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.20

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

seamless

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PBE

BE

ANSI B1.1 8

6, 10

3, 4

15-50 Class 3000

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB BE

BE

3, 4, 6, 7

ASTM A105

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

ASTM A106 Gr. B

Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless LR

Pipe class BB1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 188: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Up to 204

oC: hydrocarbons, fuel gas, natural gas, slop, flare,

methanol, glycol, no aggressive alkaliesBB1R3Class 150

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class BB1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 189: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible edge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 150 BB1R5

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

OS&Y, BB

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

Description: (a)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

API 600

-29 °C / 19,6 barg 427 °C / 5,5 barg

15-40

Spw-OR-Gra ASME B16.20

3 mm

Class 150

ASTM A105

Nominal

pressure

50-300 BS 1873

Class 150

15-40

Class 150

BS 5352

50-300

15-40 BS 5352 ASTM A105

ASTM A105BS 5352

BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A216 WCB

15-40

Class 1509

1, 2, 9OS&Y, BBN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

1, 2, 9handwheel

Piston non-return

ASTM A530Pipe

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

not required

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Up to 427 oC hydrocarbons, naturla gas, slop, flare in case of

increased corrosion

ASTM A 105

Design temperature / Design pressure

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

50-600

ASTM A216 WCB

API 594 ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A106 Gr. B

ASTM A105

Chocke valve

Check valve

seamless

N8-F6(13Cr)/

HardfacedFLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

with dual plate or swing type

Description: (a)

handwheel, throttling plug

BE

with spring

1, 2, 9

3

Pipe class BB1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 190: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Class 150 BB1R5

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressureUp to 427

oC hydrocarbons, naturla gas, slop, flare in case of

increased corrosion

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 SCH160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

15-600 Class150

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class150

Class150

15-600 Class150

15-50

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

seamless

BE

PE/NPTseamless

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless LR 3, 4

length=100mm

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

ASTM A105

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

Class 3000

NPT F threaded

BE

ASTM A530Pipe

Nipple

Blind flange

BEseamless

SW

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

ASTM A105

15-40

ASTM A106 Gr. B

SCH 160 ASTM A530 ASTM A106 Gr. B

ASTM A105

Half coupling

Cap

Gasket

ANSI B16.11

MSS SP-79 ASTM A105

316L/GRAFIT/GALV

Carcon steel

Tee

Reducer

Stud bolt with two nuts

Welding neck flange

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB BE

ASTM A234 WPBANSI B16.9

Weldolet

Elbow

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

BE

seamless

PBE

BE

8

3

3, 4

ANSI B1.1

3, 4, 6

Pipe class BB1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 191: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Class 150 BB1R5

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressureUp to 427

oC hydrocarbons, naturla gas, slop, flare in case of

increased corrosion1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class BB1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 192: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible edge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

Low pressure steam, condense water at operating

pressure of 2-6 bar

Class 150

-29 °C /6 barg 200 °C / 6 barg

API 600 ASTM A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

1, 2, 9N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Nolminal

pressure:

OS&Y, BBN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

BB2R3

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

ASTM A 105

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

BS 5352

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Class 150

1,5 mm

not required

OS&Y, BB

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

Description: (a)

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type ASTM A216 WCB

Relief valve

BS 5352 ASTM A105

9

eGr-pMet-ins

50-150 BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

handwheel OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel15-40 ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

15-40 BS 5352 ASTM A105

ASTM A10515-40

Class 150

Class 150

15-40

Class 15050-150 BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 FF

125-250µinch

handwheel, throttling plug

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Description: (a)

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

with spring

Pipe class BB2R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 193: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Low pressure steam, condense water at operating

pressure of 2-6 bar

Nolminal

pressure:BB2R3Class 150

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neckt XS

50-600 3, 4

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

XS

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

seamless 3

3, 4

ASTM A105/A216 WCB

ASTM A106 BE

Welding neck flange

Reducer

BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB BE

ASTM A234 WPB

SW

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

ASTM A105

BE

ASTM A105

Cap

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Tee

ASTM A530 ASTM A10615-40 length=100mmPBE

with filter

PE/NPT

seamless

Description: (a)

floating ball

3, 4, 6seamless

ASTM A105 3, 4, 6, 7

ASTM A234 WPB

seamless

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless, LR 3, 4

Gestra MK35/11,

12 v. egyenértékű

6, 10Half coupling 15-50 ANSI B16.11Class 3000

Gestra UNA vagy

egyenértékű

ANSI B16.5Class150

Steam trap Class 15015-25 ASTM A105 Thermostatic

Stem trap 15-50 Class 150

SS

SS

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

Description: (a)

Pipe class BB2R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 194: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Low pressure steam, condense water at operating

pressure of 2-6 bar

Nolminal

pressure:BB2R3Class 150

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

11 SIGRAFLEX WS-3862-IB, or equivalent

11

RF, AARH=125-250µinch ASTM A105

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Blind flange

SIGRAFLEX WS-3862-

IB

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

NutANSI B1.115-600 Class150

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class150

15-600 Class150

8

Pipe class BB2R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 195: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible edge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

OS&Y, BBN1-F6(13Cr) 1, 2, 9

BB3R3

Description: (a)

Spw-OR-Gra ASME B16.20

solid wedge, handwheel

Class 150

1,5 mm

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

OS&Y, BB

9

Nominal

pressure:

1, 2, 9

handwheel, throttling plug 1, 2, 9

with spring

OS&Y, BB

Description: (a)

ASTM A 105

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

BS 5352

Chocke valve

On/off globe valve handwheelFLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N1-F6(13Cr)

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type

Up to 427 oC: hydrocarbons, hatural gas, slop, flare,

methanol, glycol

not required

N1-F6(13Cr)

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)-29 °C / 19,6 barg 427 °C / 5,5 barg

Class 150

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinchAPI 600 ASTM A216 WCB

Gate valve

15-40

Class 150

15-40

BS 1873

BS 5352

BS 1873

BS 5352

50-300

50-300

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N1-F6(13Cr)

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A105

ASTM A216 WCB

15-40

Class 150

15-40

Class 150

ASTM A105

Pipe class BB3R3.xls/Rev.0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 196: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

BB3R3Class 150

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Up to 427

oC: hydrocarbons, hatural gas, slop, flare,

methanol, glycolElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck XS

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

SW

length=100mm

3, 4, 6seamless

3, 4, 5

seamless

Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless LR

PE/NPT

BE

BE

PBE

ANSI B16.9

3

ASTM A106 Gr. B

Description: (a)

3, 4

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

Weldolet

Tee

XS

Class150

Class150

Reducer

Elbow

Blind flange

Stud

Nut

Welding neck flange

15-600 Class150

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Half coupling

for RF sealing surface

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

316L/GRAFIT/GALV

Carbon steel

ASTM A105

ASTM A53015-40

seamless

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

seamlessBE

3, 4

BE

ASTM A234 WPB

3, 4, 6, 7

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

ASTM A106 Gr. B

6, 10

15-600 Class150

8

ASTM A105ANSI B16.1115-50 Class 3000

ANSI B1.1

Pipe class BB3R3.xls/Rev.0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 197: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

BB3R3Class 150

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Up to 427

oC: hydrocarbons, hatural gas, slop, flare,

methanol, glycolRemarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class BB3R3.xls/Rev.0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 198: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Nominal Pipe class:pressure:

Anyag: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible edge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

Class 150

15-40

Class 150

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

15-40

Class 150

50-200

On/off globe valve

15-40

Chocke valve

BS 5352 ASTM A105

BS 1873

with spring

50-300

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF API 600

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A216 WCB

BS 5352 ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF

BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF

-29 °C / 19,6 barg 149°C /15,8 barg

Description: (a)

1,5 mm

not required

OS&Y, BB

Hydrocarbons, fuel gas, natural gas, slop, flare,

methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkalies

ASTM A 105

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

Gate valve

15-40

Class 150

handwheel OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

N1-F6(13Cr)

ASTM A216 WCB

BS 5352 ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9handwheel, throttling plug

N1-F6(13Cr)

N1-F6(13Cr)

9

OS&Y, BB

Non.-Asb. flat ASME B16.5

BB5P3Class 150

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

500µinch)

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type

N1-F6(13Cr)

1, 2, 9

Pipe class BB5P3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 199: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Hydrocarbons, fuel gas, natural gas, slop, flare,

methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkaliesBB5P3Class 150

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-80

100-400 gear operated

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck XS

50-600 3, 4

Ball valve

Reducer

Class 150

15-600 ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

Half coupling 15-50

Welding neck flange

Class 150

Class 3000

Blind flange

To 15-40 floating

ball, above trunnion

mounted

BS 5351

ANSI B16.34

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF

304/PTFE

15-40

ASTM A106

Class 150

ASTM A105

Concentric and

excentricseamless

ASTM A105

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB BE

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

seamless, LR 3, 4

BE

SW

RF

BE

3, 4, 6seamless

3, 4

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

NPT F threaded

BEseamless

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

length=100mmPBE

seamless

hand lever

BE

Tee

ASTM A530 ASTM A106

Cap

ANSI B16.11

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

XS

15-40

ASTM A530

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A234 WPBANSI B16.9

PE/NPT

BE

seamless

3, 4, 5

3

RF

Description: (a)

Pipe class BB5P3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 200: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Hydrocarbons, fuel gas, natural gas, slop, flare,

methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkaliesBB5P3Class 150

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

11 REINZ AFM34 or equivalent

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 150

15-600 Class 150Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket for RF sealing surface

Stud

NutANSI B1.1

Non-Asb-FwB

8

11ANSI B16.5, Fig. E2

Description: (a)

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

Pipe class BB5P3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 201: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible edge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

9

ASTM A216 WCB

with spring

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF)

Design temperature / Design pressure

-29 °C / 19,6 barg 149°C /15,8 barg

BB5P5Nominal

pressure:Class 150Hydrocarbons, slop, flare, alkalies

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Non.-Asb. flat ASME B16.5

handwheel OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

OS&Y, BB

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

1, 2, 9N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Gate valve

Check valve

50-600 API 594

BS 5352

On/off globe valve

Chocke valve

15-40 BS 5352

Class 150

Description: (a)

3 mm

not required

OS&Y, BB

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF

handwheel, throttling plug

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type

50-200

15-40

15-40

Class 150

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF

API 600 ASTM A216 WCB

BS 5352 ASTM A105

ASTM A105

ASTM A216 WCB

BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCBClass 150

ASTM A 105

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF

15-40

Class 150

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 50-300 BS 1873

Pipe class BB5P5.xls/Rev.0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 202: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

BB5P5Nominal

pressure:Class 150Hydrocarbons, slop, flare, alkaliesElement

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-80

100-400 gear operated

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 SCH160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600 3, 4

Class 150

BS 5351

ANSI B16.34

To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

hand lever

Description: (a)

11

3, 4

3, 4, 6

3, 4, 5

3, 4

6, 10

seamless

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF ASTM A216 WCB

304/PTFE

BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB BE

ASTM A234 WPBANSI B16.9

BE

PE/NPT15-40

Class 3000

15-600Blind flange

Welding neck flange

ANSI B16.9

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.11

SCH 160

ASTM A105

Non-Asb-FwB

RF

RF

for RF sealing surface

ASTM A105

Cap

Gasket

Class 150

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Half coupling

Tee

Reducer

length=100mmPBE

seamless

seamless

ANSI B16.5, Fig. E2

seamless

NPT F threaded

BE

BE

SW

seamless, LR

ASTM A106ASTM A530

BE

3, 4, 6, 7

seamless

3

ASTM A530

Ball valve

15-40

Concentric and

excentric

15-50

Class 150

ASTM A106

ASTM A234 WPB

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 150

Pipe class BB5P5.xls/Rev.0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 203: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

BB5P5Nominal

pressure:Class 150Hydrocarbons, slop, flare, alkaliesElement

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

11 REINZ AFM34 or equivalent

8Stud bolt with two nutsThread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

Stud

NutANSI B1.1

Description: (a)

15-600 Class 150

Pipe class BB5P5.xls/Rev.0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 204: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium. Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible edge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type

15-40

15-40

Class 150

15-40

Class 150

BS 5352

Class 150

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

50-300 BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

handwheel

BS 5352

-29 °C / 19,6 barg 427 °C / 5,5 barg

15-40

Chocke valve

ASTM A105

Class 150

ASTM A105

ASTM A216 WCB

50-300 BS 1873

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

ASTM A105

solid wedge, handwheel

ASTM A216 WCB

3 mm

required

OS&Y, BB

Spw-OR-Gra ASME B16.20

1, 2, 9

BC1R5

Description: (a)

Class 150

1, 2, 9

handwheel, throttling plug 1, 2, 9

OS&Y, BB

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

50-600 API 594

BS 5352

9

Description: (a)

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

ASTM A 105

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

API 600

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

OS&Y, BBN10-316

ASTM A216 WCB

Nominal

pressure:

with spring

Pipe class BC1R5.xls/REV. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 205: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

BC1R5Class 150Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

Nominal

pressure:ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 SCH160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H15-600 Class 150

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 150

Class 150

15-600 Class 150

Tee

Welding neck flange

Reducer

Half coupling

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-50 ASTM A105ANSI B16.11Class 3000

ASTM A105 BE

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless, LR 3, 4

Stud

Nut

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

ANSI B1.1

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

seamless

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

316L/GRAFIT/GALV

Carbon steel

BE

seamlessPBE

for RF sealing surface

15-40

3

Description: (a)

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

ASTM A530 ASTM A106

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

ASTM A234 WPB BE

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

ASTM A234 WPB

3, 4

3, 4, 6seamless

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

seamless

3, 4

SW

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A106 BE

PE/NPTlength=100mm

ANSI B16.9

8

SCH 160

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

Pipe class BC1R5.xls/REV. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 206: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

BC1R5Class 150Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

Nominal

pressure:Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

In case of NaOH medium heat treatement is required above the following concentration versus temperature:

Concentration Temperature

(% NaOH) (°C)

0 80

20 70

30 60

50 40

In case of NaOH medium flanged connection shall be minimal. Threaded connections can be used only for isntrument connections.

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

Pipe class BC1R5.xls/REV. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 207: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible edge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Nominal

pressure:

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

15-40 BS 5352 ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

15-40

Class 150

BS 5352 ASTM A105

Spw-OR-Gra ASME B16.20

50-300 BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

handwheel OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel15-40

Class 150

ASTM A216 WCB

-29 °C / 19,6 barg 427 °C / 5,5 barg

N10-316

50-300 BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

Class 150

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinchAPI 600

15-40

Class 150

with spring9

BC1R7

Description: (a)

N10-316

Class 150

6 mm

required

BE

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC) (

acid water, amine, etc.)

ASTM A 105

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

BS 5352

Hocke valve

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Pipe

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

ASTM A530

handwheel, throttling plug

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

seamless

N10-316 OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

3

Description: (a)

ASTM A106

ASTM A216 WCB

Pipe class BC1R7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 208: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:BC1R7Class 150

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC) (

acid water, amine, etc.)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

15-40 XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XXS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 XXS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck XXS

50-600

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

3, 4

8

BE 3, 4, 6, 7

15-600 Class150

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class150

Class150

15-600 Class150

15-40

Elbow

15-50 Class 6000

Tee

XXS

Stud

Nut

BE

3, 4, 6seamless

seamless

3, 4

seamless

seamless LR

6, 10ASTM A105

ASTM A105

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V Carbon steelfor RF sealing surface

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentric

ANSI B1.1

seamless

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

length=100mmPBE

BE

ASTM A530 ASTM A106

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Blind flange

Half coupling

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

NPT F threaded

ASTM A105

ANSI B16.11

Welding neck flange

Reducer

BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB BE

ASTM A234 WPB

SW

ANSI B16.9

MSS SP-79

ASTM A530 seamless 3ASTM A106

PE/NPT

ASTM A105

3, 4

Pipe class BC1R7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 209: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:BC1R7Class 150

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC) (

acid water, amine, etc.)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

Pipe class BC1R7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 210: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Mild low temperature hydrocarbons (to -34 oC)

ASTM A333 Gr. 1

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

15-40

Class 150

1,5 mm

not required

Piston non-return

Description: (a)

with spring

Nominal

pressure:

To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

50-300

Chocke valve

15-40

Class 150

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A350 LF2

API 600

BD1R3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BBhandwheel, throttling plug

Spw-OR-PTFE ASME B16.20

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

with dual plate or swing type

hand lever

9

BS 1873 ASTM A352 LCB

N8-F6(13Cr)/

HardfacedFLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

15-40

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

50-300 BS 1873 ASTM A352 LCB

handwheel

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Class 150

-34 °C / 18,2 barg 93 °C / 17,2 barg

1, 2, 9

solid wedge, handwheel

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

BS 5352 ASTM A350 LF2

1, 2, 9

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

1, 2, 9

ASTM A352 LCB

15-40 BS 5352 ASTM A350 LF2

BS 5352 ASTM A350 LF2

Class 150

Class 150ASTM A352 LCB

Ball valve

15-40 BS 5351ASTM A350 LF2

304/PTFEPipe class BD1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 211: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Mild low temperature hydrocarbons (to -34 oC) Class 150

Nominal

pressure:BD1R3

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-80 Class 150

100-200 ASTM A352 LCB from DN200 gear operated

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 XS

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A350 LF2

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 6

15-40 neck XS

50-600 3, 4

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

ASTM A333 Gr. 1

ASTM A350 LF2

ASTM A350 LF2

3

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

PE/BE

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

Tee

Welding neck flange

Reducer

Half coupling

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

XS

15-50 Class 3000

PE/BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 6 PE/BE

ASTM A420 WPL 6

ASTM A420 WPL 6

ASTM A350 LF2ANSI B16.11

Cap

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

ASTM A530 ASTM A333 Gr.115-40PBE

PE/BE

To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

length=100mm

3, 4, 6seamless

seamless

Description: (a)

3, 4

seamless

hand lever

3, 4

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

seamless

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless, LR

ASTM A350 LF2

SW

PE/NPT

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5Class 150

15-600 Class 150

Ball valve

15-40 BS 5351ASTM A350 LF2

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinchANSI B16.34

304/PTFE

Pipe class BD1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 212: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Mild low temperature hydrocarbons (to -34 oC) Class 150

Nominal

pressure:BD1R3

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

8

304/PTFE/GALV Carbon

steel

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

NutANSI B1.1

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

15-600 Class 150

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 150

Pipe class BD1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 213: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 F, NPT

BS 5352

50-150 API 600 ASTM A216 WCB Flexible wedge, handwheel

Class 800 F, NPT

50-150 BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

Class800 F, NPT

50-150 BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

Class 800 F, NPT

50-150 API 594 ASTM A216 WCB with dual plate or swing type

Class 800 F, NPT

50-150

200 gear operated

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Class 150

304/PTFE

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9handwheel, throttling plug

OS&Y, BBN1-F6(13Cr)

N1-F6(13Cr)

15-50 ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF Class 150

ASTM A216 WCB

BS 5351

ANSI B16.34

N1-F6(13Cr)

Piston non-return

N1-F6(13Cr)

15-50

Class 150

15-50 BS 5352

9

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF

Fire water DN150

ASTM A53 Gr. B, Galvanised

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

BS 5352

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

-29 °C / 19,6 barg 149°C /15,8 bargnot required

OS&Y, BB

hand lever

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)Spw-OR-Gra ASME B16.20

handwheel OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

BE1R0

Description: (a)

0 mm

Description: (a)

To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

with spring

Chocke valve

Ball valve

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF

15-50

Class 150

Class 150

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF

15-50

Class 150

BS 5352 ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF

Pipe class BE1R0.xls/Rev.0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohihited! 1/3

Page 214: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Class 150Fire water DN150 BE1R0Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 XS

65-150 STD

15-50 XS

65-150 STD

90O

45O

15-50

65-100

Bonnet

Plug

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Equal Tee

15-100

5,XS

Class 2000

ANSI B16.11

6NPT F threaded,

ANSI B1.20.1

15-100 Class 3000

15-100

NPT outer/inner thread

ANSI B1.20.1ASTM A105, Galvanised

ASTM A106, GalvanisedMSS SP-95

ASTM A530

NPT F threaded,

ANSI B1.20.1

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A105, GalvanisedNPT F threaded,

ANSI B1.20.1

ASTM A105, GalvanisedANSI B16.11

ASTM A53 Gr. B,

GalvanisedBoth ends threaded, with 1 sleeve seamless

NPT M threaded,

ANSI B1.20.1

NPT F threaded

NPT M threaded

NPT outer/inner thread

ANSI B1.20.1

NPT M threaded,

ANSI B1.20.1

NPT F/F threaded

NPT M/F threaded

Concentric

Pipe

Nipple

Reducing sleeve

Elbow

Tee

Cross

Double nipple

Reducing nipple

Elbow

ASTM A530ASTM A53 Gr. B,

Galvanisedseamless length=100mm

Description: (a)

Description: (a)

5,

ANSI B1.20.1

ANSI B1.20.1

5,

NPT/NPT

90O

Union 15-100

Reducing sleeve

15-100 Class 2000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105, Galvanised

15-100 Class 2000

Class 200015-150

Class 200015-50

ANSI B16.11Class 3000

ASTM A105, Galvanised

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105, GalvanisedClass 3000

MSS SP-79

ASTM A105, Galvanised

ASTM A105, Galvanised

Pipe class BE1R0.xls/Rev.0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohihited! 2/3

Page 215: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Class 150Fire water DN150 BE1R0

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

5 Reducers are acc. to Standard

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

8

Gasket

Blind flange

ANSI B1.1

ASTM A105, Galvanised

ASTM A105, Galvanised

304/GRAFIT/GALV

Carbon steel

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

15-150 Class 150Stud bolt with two nuts

Threaded flange

Class 150 ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-150 Class 150

Class 150

15-150

15-150

Pipe class BE1R0.xls/Rev.0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohihited! 3/3

Page 216: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 F, NPT

BS 5352

50-150 API 600 ASTM A216 WCB Flexible wedge, handwheel

Class 800 F, NPT

50-150 BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

Class800 F, NPT

50-150 BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

Class 800 F, NPT

50-150 API 594 ASTM A216 WCB with dual plate or swing type

Class 800 F, NPT

50-150

200 gear operated

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Chocke valve

ANSI B16.5 RF, threaded (RF) not required

N1-F6(13Cr)

N1-F6(13Cr)

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF

Non.-Asb. flat ASME B16.5

15-50

Class 150

Class 150

Description: (a)

BE5P0

Description: (a)

0 mm

To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

OS&Y, BB

Piston non-return

handwheel

Instruement air

15-50 BS 5352

ASTM A105

-29 °C / 19,6 barg 149°C /15,8 barg

ASTM A53 Gr. B, Galvanised

Design temperature / Design pressure

BS 5352

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

BS 5352

9with spring

15-50

Class 150

15-50

Class 150Check valve

Ball valve

BS 535115-50

Class 150

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9handwheel, throttling plug

OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheelOS&Y, BB

N1-F6(13Cr)

N1-F6(13Cr)

304/PTFE

ASTM A216 WCB

hand lever

Nominal

pressure:Class 150

ANSI B16.34

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF

Pipe class BE5P0.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 217: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BE5P0Instruement airNominal

pressure:Class 150Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 XS

65-150 STD

15-50 XS

65-150 STD

90O

45O

15-50

65-100

Bonnet

Plug

Reducing sleeve

Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105, Galvanised

ASTM A530ASTM A53 Gr. B,

Galvanised

15-100

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105, Galvanised

ANSI B16.11Class 3000

ASTM A105, Galvanised

ASTM A105, GalvanisedUnion 15-100

Threaded flange

Description: (a)

5,

90O

5,

ANSI B1.20.1

ANSI B1.20.1

ASTM A105, Galvanised RF

NPT F threaded

NPT M threaded

length=100mm

seamless

Nipple

Reducing sleeve

Elbow

Tee

Cross

Reducing nipple

Elbow

15-100

Pipe

Double nipple

15-100 Class 2000

ANSI B16.5

Class 2000

Class 2000

MSS SP-79 15-100 Class 3000

Class 15015-150

15-100 Class 2000

NPT/NPT

NPT M threaded,

ANSI B1.20.1

NPT F/F threaded

NPT M/F threaded

ANSI B16.11

NPT F threaded,

ANSI B1.20.1

NPT Outer/Inner thread

ANSI B1.20.1

ASTM A105, Galvanised

ASTM A53 Gr. B,

GalvanisedBoth ends threaded, with 1 sleeve

seamless

ASTM A530

NPT F threaded,

ANSI B1.20.1

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A105, GalvanisedNPT F threaded,

ANSI B1.20.1

ASTM A105, Galvanised

15-50

XSNPT M threaded,

ANSI B1.20.1

Class 2000 ANSI B16.11NPT Outer/Inner thread

ANSI B1.20.1ASTM A105, Galvanised

ASTM A106, Galvanised

15-150

5,

6

MSS SP-95 Concentric

Equal-Tee

Pipe class BE5P0.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 218: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BE5P0Instruement airNominal

pressure:Class 150Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

5 Reducers are acc. to Standard

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 REINZ AFM34 or equivalent

15-150 Class 150Stud bolt with two nuts

Class 150

Gasket

Blind flange ASTM A105, Galvanised

Description: (a)

RF

Non-Asb-FwB

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

ANSI B16.5, Fig. E2

ANSI B1.1

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-150 Class 150

15-150

8

10

Pipe class BE5P0.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 219: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Maerial: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Spw-OR-Gra ASME B16.20

BJ1R5Hydrocarbons up to 538 oC

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ball non-return

with dual plate or swing type

solid wedge, handwheel

15-40

15-40

50-300

Class 150

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

API 600

BE

9with spring

Description: (a)

Class 150

ASTM A335 Gr. P5

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Class 150

3 mm

required

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Nominal

pressure:

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Description: (a)

Chocke valve

-29 °C / 19,9 barg 538 °C / 1,38 barg

15-40 BS 5352 ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

BS 1873 ASTM A217 Gr. C5

BS 1873

handwheel, throttling plug

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Pipe seamless 3

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

handwheel

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

ASTM A335 Gr. P5

ASTM A530

Class 150

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

15-40

Class 150

50-300

Design temperature / Design pressure

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

Check valve

50-600

BS 5352

BS 5352

API 594

Pipe class BJ1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 220: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

BJ1R5Hydrocarbons up to 538 oC Class 150

Nominal

pressure:

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F5

15-600 SCH160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP5

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

8

BE 3, 4, 6, 7

15-600 Class 150

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 150

Class 150

15-600 Class 150

Class 3000Half coupling 15-50

Tee

SCH 16015-40

seamless

seamless, LR 3, 4

6ASTM A182 Gr. F5ANSI B16.11

NPT F threaded

BE

BE

3, 4, 6seamless

seamless

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentric

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

316L/GRAFIT/GALV

Carbon steel

3, 4

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

ANSI B1.1

seamless

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP5 BE

PE/NPT

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

ASTM A335 Gr. P5

length=100mmPBE

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Reducer

BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP5 BE

ASTM A234 WP5

SW

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

seamless 3

ASTM A335 Gr. P5

ASTM A530

ASTM A530

Pipe class BJ1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 221: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

BJ1R5Hydrocarbons up to 538 oC Class 150

Nominal

pressure:

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

Pipe class BJ1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 222: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Class 150 Flexible wedge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 150

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 150

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 150

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

solid wedge, handwheel

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

handwheel OS&Y, BB

ASTM A352 LC2

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A350 LF9

Class 150

1,5 mm

not required

N10-316

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

handwheel, throttling plug

ASTM A333 Gr. 7

Design temperature / Design pressure

50-600

-70 °C / 19,9 barg 93 °C / 17,9 barg

Check valve

ASTM A350 LF9

On/off globe valve

15-40

3PE/BEPipe

Piston non-returnwith spring

Description: (a)

with dual plate or swing type

15-40

seamless

BS 5352

API 594

9

ASTM A350 LF9

OS&Y, BB

ASTM A352 LC2

ASTM A530 ASTM A333 Gr.7

BS 5352

BS 1873

ASTM A352 LC2

ASTM A350 LF9

1, 2, 9

API 600

Nominal

pressure:

N10-316 OS&Y, BB

Low temperature hydrocarbons (to -70 oC) BL1R3

Description: (a)

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)Spw-OR-PTFE ASME B16.20

Gate valve

ASTM A352 LC2

Chocke valve

15-40

50-250

BS 5352

BS 1873

15-40

50-300

Pipe class BL1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 223: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Class 150Nominal

pressure:Low temperature hydrocarbons (to -70

oC) BL1R3

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 XS

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A350 LF9

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 9

15-40 neck SCH XS

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 L7

ASTM A194 4

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Class 150

15-600 Class 150

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 150

3, 4

15-50

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10ASTM A350 LF9ANSI B16.11Class 3000

ASTM A350 LF9

3, 4, 6seamless

NPT F threaded

SW

seamless

PE/BE

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

length=100mm

ASTM A350 LF9

PE/BE

ASTM A350 LF9

304/PTFE/GALV Carcon

steel

seamless LR

PBE15-40Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

Half coupling

Tee

Welding neck flange

Reducer

8Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

ANSI B1.1

Class 150

15-600

PE/BE3, 4

3

PE/BE

PE/BE

PE/BE

PE/NPTseamless

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

Pipe seamless

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 9

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 9

ASTM A420 WPL 9

XS

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

ASTM A333 Gr.7

ASTM A530 ASTM A333 Gr.7

Pipe class BL1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 224: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Class 150Nominal

pressure:Low temperature hydrocarbons (to -70

oC) BL1R3

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class BL1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 225: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Class 150 Flexible wedge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 150

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-250 Class 150

300

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 150

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

hand lever To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

316/PTFE

BM1R3

Description: (a)

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)Spw-OR-PTFE ASME B16.20

with spring

BS 5351ASTM A350 LF3

BS 1873 ASTM A352 LC3

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A350 LF3

ASTM A352 LC3

N10-316 handwheel, throttling plug

-100 °C / 19,9 barg 93 °C / 17,9 barg

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Class 150Nominal

pressure:

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons (to -100 oC)

ASTM A333 Gr. 3

Design temperature / Design pressure

1,5 mm

not required

Piston non-return

N10-316

N10-316

N10-316

with dual plate or swing type

Check valve

50-300

Chocke valve

On/off globe valve

15-40 BS 5352

BS 5352

15-40 BS 5352

BS 1873

15-40

1, 2, 9

ASTM A350 LF3

Bal valve

9

API 59450-600

Description: (a)

ASTM A350 LF3

OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9

handwheel OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9

solid wedge, handwheel

15-40

OS&Y, BB

ASTM A352 LC3

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Gae valve

15-40

API 600

ASTM A350 LF3

ASTM A352 LC3

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Pipe class BM1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 226: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

BM1R3Class 150Nominal

pressure:Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons (to -100

oC)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-80 Class 150

100-200 ASTM A352 LC3 gear operated

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 XS

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A350 LF3

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 3

15-40 neck XS

50-600 3, 4

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

hand lever To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

316/PTFE

ASTM A350 LF3

BS 5351

ANSI B16.34

ASTM A350 LF3

SW

ANSI B16.9

MSS SP-79 PE/BE

3

PE/NPT

Tee

Welding neck flange

3, 4

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 3

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

ASTM A333 Gr. 3

Cap

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

PE/BE

seamless

seamless

ASTM A350 LF3

ASTM A350 LF3

3, 4, 6,seamless

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

seamlessPE/BE

Reducer 3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless, LR 3, 4

Half coupling 15-50 ASTM A350 LF3ANSI B16.11Class 3000

length=100mmPBE

ASTM A530 ASTM A333 Gr.315-40

Bal valve

Class 150

Description: (a)

15-40

PE/BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 3 PE/BE

ASTM A420 WPL 3

XS

ASTM A530

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5Class 150

15-600

Pipe class BM1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 227: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

BM1R3Class 150Nominal

pressure:Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons (to -100

oC)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

ASTM A193 L7

ASTM A194 4

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket304/304/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steel

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

NutANSI B1.1Class 150

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 150

815-600

Pipe class BM1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 228: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

with spring

Description: (a)

with dual plate or swing type

1, 2, 9

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

OS&Y, BB

9

50-300

Chocke valve

50-600

BS 1873

BS 5352

Class 150

Check valve

BS 535215-40

Class 150

N9-Monel

ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

N9-Monel

ball non-return

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 FF

125-250µinch

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

N9-Monel

handwheelN9-Monel

BP1R1

Description: (a)

Spw-OR-Gra ASME B16.20

1, 2, 9OS&Y, BB

not required

solid wedge, handwheel

Class 150

-29 °C / 19,9 barg 316 °C / 9,6 barg

Class 150

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

API 594

Gate valve

1, 2, 9handwheel, throttling plug OS&Y, BBFLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

50-300 BS 1873

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

Design temperature / Design pressure

Nominal

pressure:

On/off globe valve

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

15-40

Class 150

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuNAPI 600

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

15-40 BS 5352 ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Up to 316 oC: In case of increassed cloride or HS load

15-40

ASTM A790 S31803

Pipe class BP1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 229: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

BP1R1Class 150Nominal

pressure:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Up to 316 oC: In case of increassed cloride or HS loadElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 10S 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 10S Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F51

15-600 SCH10S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A815 S31803

15-40 neck SCH 10S

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B16

ASTM A194 8

Description: (a)

3, 4, 6seamless

3, 4

3, 4, 5

seamless LR

Concentric and

excentricseamless

15-50

15-40 SCH 80S

ASTM A182 Gr. F51ANSI B16.11Class 3000

ASTM A815 S31803

15-600 Class 150

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 150

Class 150

15-600 Class 150

seamless

ASTM A790 Gr. S31803 BE

PE/NPT

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

ASTM A790 Gr. S31803

3, 4

ASTM A815 S31803

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

length=100mm

BE

PBE

for RF sealing surface

Stud

seamless

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN Nut

NPT F threaded

BE

SW

8

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

ANSI B1.1

Monel/GRAFIT/GALV

Carbon steel

Welding neck flange ASTM A182 Gr. F51

Reducer

Stud bolt with two nuts

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

Tee

BE

Half coupling

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

seamless 3

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

ASTM A530

BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A815 S31803

Pipe class BP1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 230: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

BP1R1Class 150Nominal

pressure:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Up to 316 oC: In case of increassed cloride or HS load

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class BP1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 231: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 150

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 150

DPM

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

with dual plate or swing type

N2-304

Fojtószelep

15-40

50-300

BS 5352

BS 1873

OS&Y, BB

BS 5352

1, 2, 9

with spring9

ASTM A182 F321

N2-304

ASTM A351 CF8M50-600 API 594

Elzáró szelep

15-40

Class 150

BS 5352

Visszacsapó szelep

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive not

hydrocarbons

ASTM A312 TP321

Design temperature / Design pressure

API 600

15-40

15-40

-29 °C / 20 barg 538 °C / 1,37 barg

Class 150OS&Y, BB

not required

ASTM A351 CF8M

Gate valve FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

ASTM A182 F321

N2-304

handwheel, throttling plug

ASTM A351 CF8M

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

ASTM A182 F321

Piston non-return

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 FF

125-250µinch

BS 1873 ASTM A351 CF8M

Nominal

pressure:

ASTM A182 F321

50-300

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BU1R1

1, 2, 9

Class 150

N2-304

solution annealed temperature heating

and quenching in water

Description: (a)

1, 2, 9FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)Spw-OR-Gra ASME B16.20

handwheel OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

Description: (a)

Pipe class BU1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 232: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive not

hydrocarbons

Nominal

pressure:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BU1R1Class 15015-40 10S

50-600 CAL

10S

40S

15-40 10S 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 10S Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 40S

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 F321

15-600 10S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321

15-40 neck 10S

50-600 3,4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

3PE/BE

PE/NPTseamless

seamless

3, 4, 6

3, 4

seamless

seamless, LRANSI B16.9 PE/BE

MSS SP-79

ASTM A312 TP321

ASTM A182 F321

seamlessPE/BE

Concentric and

excentric

6, 10

Reducer

Pipe

Nipple

8ANSI B1.1

3, 4, 6, 7

3, 4, 5

ASTM A403 WP 321

ASTM A403 WP 321 Tee

ANSI B16.9

Elbow

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.20Gasket

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A182 F321 RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

Welding neck flange

Blind flange

Cap

PE/BE

ASTM A182 F321

Stud bolt with two nuts

321/GRAFIT/ GALV

Carbon steel

15-600 Class 150

ANSI B16.5

Half coupling 15-50

ANSI B16.9

PBE

Weldolet

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP32115-40

ASTM A530

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

length=100mm

seamless 3, 4

SW

ASTM A403 WP 321 PE/BE

15-600 Class 150

Class 150

15-600 Class 150

ANSI B16.11Class 3000

Pipe class BU1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 233: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive not

hydrocarbons

Nominal

pressure:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BU1R1Class 150

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class BU1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 234: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 150

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 150

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BU2R1Class 150Nominal

pressure:

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons up to 93 oC.

handwheel OS&Y, BB

1, 2, 9, 10N2-304FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

solid wedge, handwheel

Piston non-return

BS 5352 ASTM A182 F321

50-300 BS 1873 ASTM A351 CF8M

solution annealed temperature heating

and quenching in water

15-40

Class 1501, 2, 9, 10FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

Description: (a)

-196 °C / 18,6 barg 93 °C / 17,9 barg

Class 150OS&Y, BB

not required ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)Spw-OR-PTFE ASME B16.20

ASTM A312 TP321

Design temperature / Design pressure

API 600

15-40

15-40

ASTM A351 CF8M

Gate valve

ASTM A182 F321

N2-304

handwheel, throttling plug

On/off globe valve

Description: (a)

BS 5352

Check valve

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A351 CF8M

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 FF

125-250µinchASTM A351 CF8M50-600 API 594

N2-304Chocke valve

15-40

50-300

BS 5352

BS 1873

1, 2, 9, 10

with spring9

OS&Y, BB

with dual plate or swing type

N2-304

Pipe class BU2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 235: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BU2R1Class 150Nominal

pressure:

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons up to 93 oC.

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

10S

40S

15-40 10S 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 10S Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 40S

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 F321

15-600 10S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321

15-40 neck 10S

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B16

ASTM A194 8

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

15-600 Class 150

Class 150

15-600 Class 150

PBE

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

ASTM A182 F321

15-40

ASTM A530 seamless

Half coupling 15-50

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A312 TP321

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Blind flange

ANSI B16.11Class 3000

ASTM A530

ASME B16.20

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

Welding neck flange

Tee

ASTM A182 F321

MSS SP-79

Elbow

Reducer

NPT F threaded

PE/BEseamless

PE/BE

Stud bolt with two nuts

321/PTFE/ GALV.

Carbon steel

15-600 Class 150

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASTM A403 WP 321

ASTM A312 TP321

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A403 WP 321

PE/BE

3, 4

seamless

seamless

seamless, LR

3, 4, 6, 7

SW 6, 11

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentric

seamless

PE/BE

ASTM A403 WP 321

ANSI B16.9

8ANSI B1.1

3, 4, 6

3, 4ANSI B16.9 PE/BE

3PE/BE

PE/NPTlength=100mm

Pipe class BU2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 236: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BU2R1Class 150Nominal

pressure:

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons up to 93 oC.

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 Elongated stem

11 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class BU2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 237: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons and pitting corrosion

danger, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons

ASTM A312 TP316L

BV1R1Nominal

pressure:Class 150

15-40

Class 150

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

BS 5352 ASTM A182 F316L

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

15-40

Class 150

BS 5352

50-300 BS 1873

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

BS 5352 ASTM A182 F316L

ASTM A351 CF8M

OS&Y, BBN10-316

solid wedge, handwheel

handwheel, throttling plugN10-316

handwheel OS&Y, BB

ASTM A351 CF8M

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

ASTM A182 F316L

Chocke valve

15-40

Class 150

ASTM A182 F316L

API 600

Description: (a)

not required

OS&Y, BB

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Spw-OR-Gra ASME B16.20

Description: (a)

N10-316

N10-316

with dual plate or swing type

1, 2, 9

ASTM A351 CF8M

with springPiston non-return

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch50-300 BS 1873 ASTM A351 CF8M

15-40

1, 2, 9

-29°C / 18,9 barg 538 °C / 1,38 barg

Class 150

Pipe class BV1R1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 238: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons and pitting corrosion

danger, highly corrosive non hydrocarbonsBV1R1

Nominal

pressure:Class 150Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 10S 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 10S Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 40S

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 F316

15-600 10S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L

15-40 neck 10S

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H8

Class 150

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

PE/BE

40S ASTM A530

ASTM A312 TP316L

ASTM A182 F316L

ASTM A182 F316L

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

15-40

Welding neck flange

Reducer

Tee ASTM A403 WP 316L

Class 3000 ASTM A182 F316LANSI B16.11

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

PE/BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L PE/BE

ASTM A403 WP 316L

ASTM A312 TP316L

PE/BE

3, 4

seamless 3

3, 4, 6seamless

PBE

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

Description: (a)

ASTM A182 F316L

Stud

Nut

316L/GRAFIT/

GALV Carbon steel

length=100mmPE/NPT

seamless

seamless LR 3, 4

ANSI B1.1

seamless

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

6, 10

Class 150

Class 150

15-600

15-50

for RF sealing surface

SW

3, 4, 6,7

seamless

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentric

15-600 Class 150

Half coupling

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600

Stud bolt with two nuts

Pipe class BV1R1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 239: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons and pitting corrosion

danger, highly corrosive non hydrocarbonsBV1R1

Nominal

pressure:Class 150

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class BV1R1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 240: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

350-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

1, 2, 9, 10handwheel, throttling plug

9

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

ASTM A182 F316L

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch with dual plate or swing type

N10-316

15-40

Class 150

15-40

ASTM A351 CF8M50-300

50-600

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Chocke valve

Class 150

not required

OS&Y, BB

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

Piston non-return

Description: (a)

Nominal

pressure:

with spring

N10-316

Check valve

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

BS 5352

API 594

ASTM A182 F316L

Class 150FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

ASTM A182 F316L

API 600 ASTM A351 CF8M

ASTM A351 CF8M

BS 5352

15-40

Class 150

N10-316

ASTM A182 F316L

BS 5352

N10-316

BS 1873

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

50-300

15-40

Class 150

Description: (a)

BS 1873

1, 2, 9, 10

OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

ASTM A351 CF8M

handwheel OS&Y, BB

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

-201 °C / 18,9 barg 93 °C / 16,2 barg

BV2R1

1, 2, 9, 10

ASTM A312 TP316L

Design temperature / Design pressure

Spw-OR-PTFE ASME B16.20

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons and pitting corrosion

danger, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 93 oC

Pipe class BV2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 241: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Class 150Nominal

pressure:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BV2R1Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons and pitting corrosion

danger, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 93 oC

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-80 Class 150

100-200 ASTM A351 CF8M gear operated

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

10S

40S

15-40 10S 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 10S Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 40S

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 F316

15-600 SCH 10S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L

15-40 neck 10S

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A182 F316L

hand lever

ASTM A312 TP316L

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch

ASTM A182 F316L

ASTM A182 F316L

seamless, LR 3, 4

10

PE/BE

PE/NPT

316/PTFE

3ASTM A530

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP316L15-40

ANSI B16.34

15-40 BS 5351

seamless

ASTM A403 WP 316L PE/BE

ASTM A403 WP 316L

SW

ASTM A403 WP 316L PE/BE

length=100mm

seamless

seamless

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

3, 4

PE/BE

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 11

3, 4, 6

Welding neck flange

Cap

Pipe

Nipple

Reducer

Tee

Ball valve

PBE

Description: (a)

To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

seamless

Half coupling 15-50 ASTM A182 F316LANSI B16.11

ASTM A182 F316L PE/BEMSS SP-79

Class 150

15-600 Class 150

Class 3000

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

Pipe class BV2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 242: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Class 150Nominal

pressure:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BV2R1Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons and pitting corrosion

danger, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 93 oC

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

ASTM A193 B16

ASTM A194 8

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 Elongated stem

11 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

8

for RF sealing surface

Stud bolt with two nuts

316L/PTFE/ GALV

Carbon steel15-600 Class 150

15-600

Gasket

ANSI B1.1

Description: (a)

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

Spirál-wound gasket with outer ring

Stud

NutClass 150

ASME B16.20

Pipe class BV2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 243: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DB1R3

Up to 427 oC: hydrocarbons, natural gas, methanol, glycol,

not aggressive alkalies

BS 1873Class 300

15-40

50-250

BS 5352

Description: (a)

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

50-250

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinchASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A216 WCB

1,5 mm

not required ANSI B16.5 (RF, RF

AARH=125-250µinch)

handwheel

Description: (a)

BS 5352

-29 °C / 51 barg 427 °C / 28,2 barg

Class 300

ASTM A105

API 600

15-40

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A 105

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

15-40

Class 300

Chocke valve

15-40

Class 300

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced9

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type

with spring

BS 5352 ASTM A105

handwheel, throttling plug

OS&Y, BBN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

BS 1873

OS&Y, BBN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ASTM A216 WCB

Pipe class DB1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 244: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DB1R3

Up to 427 oC: hydrocarbons, natural gas, methanol, glycol,

not aggressive alkaliesElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck XS

50-600

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H8

3, 4

BE 3, 4, 6, 7

length=100mm

3

SW

15-600 Class 300

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 300

Class 300

seamless

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

Class 3000 ASTM A105

15-600 Class 300

6, 10

ASTM A105

3, 4

ASTM A234 WPB

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

3, 4, 6

ANSI B1.1

seamless

Spirál-wound gasket with center-

inner ring

316L/316L/GRAFIT/

GALV Carbon steel

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

seamless

seamless

Description: (a)

BE

PE/NPT15-40

ASTM A106

XS

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

Reducer ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A530

BEASTM A234 WPB

PBEASTM A530 ASTM A106

Welding neck flange

ANSI B16.11

ANSI B16.9

MSS SP-79

Half coupling 15-50

Tee

BE 3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentric

seamless LR 3, 4

seamless

Pipe class DB1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 245: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DB1R3

Up to 427 oC: hydrocarbons, natural gas, methanol, glycol,

not aggressive alkaliesRemarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class DB1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 246: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

ASTM A105

handwheel, throttling plug

OS&Y, BBN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

OS&Y, BBN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

HardfacedOS&Y, BB

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

ASTM A216 WCB

9

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A530 seamless

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Pipe

Class 300

15-40 BS 5352

BS 1873

BS 5352

Class 30050-250

DB1R5

Description: (a)

-29 °C / 51 barg 427 °C / 28,2 barg

Class 300

ASTM A105

API 600

Class 300

ASTM A 105 3 mm

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

Class 300

BS 5352

ANSI B16.5 RF(RF,

AARH=125-250µinch)

Design temperature / Design pressure

handwheel

solid wedge, handwheel

15-40

with spring

Nominal

pressure:

50-250 BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

15-40

Up to 427 oC hydrocarbons

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

not required

Description: (a)

BE

Check valve

50-600

Chocke valve

ASTM A106

API 594

15-40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type

3Pipe class DB1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 247: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

DB1R5Class 300Nominal

pressure:Up to 427

oC hydrocarbons

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 SCH160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck SCH160

50-600

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Tee

BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB BE

ASTM A234 WPBANSI B16.9

Reducer

Welding neck flange ASTM A105

Class 6000 ASTM A105Half coupling 15-50

ASTM A530

PBE

3, 4

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

MSS SP-79

ASTM A530 ASTM A106 seamless

seamless

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

length=100mm

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

BE

ASTM A105

316/316/GRAFIT/GALV

Carbon steel

seamless LR

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

for RF sealing surface

seamless

6, 10

Stud

Nut

Concentric and

excentricseamless

Spirál-wound gasket with center-

inner ring

SW

ANSI B1.1

SCH 16015-40

BE

PE/NPT

ASTM A106

3, 4, 5

3, 4

ANSI B16.11

ASTM A105 3, 4, 6, 7

3, 4, 6 seamless

15-600 Class 300

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 300

Class 300

Class 30015-600

8

3, 4

3

Pipe class DB1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 248: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

DB1R5Class 300Nominal

pressure:Up to 427

oC hydrocarbons

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class DB1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 249: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Steam trap 15-25 Class 300 SSASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

with spring

ASTM A216 WCB with dual plate or swing type

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

9

Piston non-return

BS 5352

ASTM A216 WCB

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

ASTM A 105 1,5 mm

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

ASTM A216 WCB

15-40

Relief valve

Class 300

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

DB2R3

Description: (a)

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Class 300

-29 °C / 51 barg 427 °C / 28.3 barg

50-150 BS 1873

not required

OS&Y, BB

Thermostatic

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Description: (a)

handwheel, throttling plug

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

50-200 BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

handwheel OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

OS&Y, BBN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

15-40 ASTM A105

Class 300

15-40

Class 300

Class 300

15-40

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 FF

125-250µinch

BS 5352

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

ASTM A105

Medium pressure steam condense water to operating

pressure of 6-16 bar

BS 5352 ASTM A105

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinchAPI 600

Pipe class DB2R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization wihout MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 250: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

DB2R3Class 300Medium pressure steam condense water to operating

pressure of 6-16 bar

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck XS

50-600 3, 4

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Steam trap 15-25 Class 300 SSASTM A105

Steam trap 15-50 Class 300Gestra UNA

vagy

egyenértékű

ASTM A105/A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

SS floating ball

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

BE

PE/NPT

BE

XS

ASTM A530

ASTM A530 ASTM A106

NPT F threaded

ASTM A105ANSI B16.11

ANSI B16.9

Tee

Welding neck flange

Reducer

Half coupling 15-50

ASTM A234 WPB BE

3, 4, 6

SW

MSS SP-79

BE

seamless 3

length=100mm

BE

BE

3, 4

Elbow

Blind flange

seamless

seamless

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentric

3, 4seamless, LR

ANSI B16.9 seamless

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

ASTM A106

seamless

Spirál-wound gasket with center-

inner ring

Thermostatic

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

316/316/GRAFIT/GALV

Carbon steelfor RF sealing surface

Description: (a)

15-40

15-600 Class 300

Class 300

15-600 Class 300

ASME B16.20

Class 3000

ASTM A234 WPB

ASTM A105

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5 ASTM A105

ASTM A105

PBE

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

Pipe class DB2R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization wihout MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 251: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

DB2R3Class 300Medium pressure steam condense water to operating

pressure of 6-16 bar

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

8Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

ANSI B1.1

Spirál-wound gasket with center-

inner ring

316/316/GRAFIT/GALV

Carbon steel

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut15-600 Class 300

15-600 Class 300 ASME B16.20

Pipe class DB2R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization wihout MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 252: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

1, 2, 9

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

ASTM A 105

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

API 600

15-40

ASTM A105

BS 5352 ASTM A105

BS 5352

3 mm

required

Description: (a)

N10-316

15-40

Class 300

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

OS&Y, BB

ASTM A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

Piston non-return

handwheel, throttling plug

OS&Y, BBN10-316

9

Chocke valve

BS 5352 ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

N10-316

Class 300

Class 300

BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

1, 2, 9

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

with dual plate or swing type ASTM A216 WCB

with spring

handwheel

1, 2, 9

Class 300 DC1R5

15-40

-29 °C / 51 barg 427 °C / 28,2 barg

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

50-250 BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

Class 300

50-250

15-40

Pipe class DC1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL'ds written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 253: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Class 300 DC1R5Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 S160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H8

Spirál-wound gasket with center-

inner ring

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

length=100mmPBE

BE

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A105

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

ASTM A234 WPB

ASTM A530 ASTM A106

ASTM A105ANSI B16.11

3, 4

3

3, 4

3, 4, 6

Reducer

BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB BE

ASTM A234 WPBANSI B16.9

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Tee

15-40

ASTM A106

PE/NPT

ANSI B1.1

seamless

BE

SW

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

seamless

ASTM A105

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V Carbon steel

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

6, 10

seamless

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless LR 3, 4

seamless

15-600 Class 300

Class 300

15-600 Class 300

Half coupling 15-50

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

SCH 160

15-600 Class 300

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.20

Class 6000

ASTM A105 3, 4, 6, 7

Description: (a)

Pipe class DC1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL'ds written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 254: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Class 300 DC1R5Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc. 316 to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

In case of NaOH medium heat treatement is required above the following concentration versus temperature:

Concentration Temperature

(% NaOH) (°C)

0 80

20 70

30 60

50 40

In case of NaOH medium number flanged connection shall be minimal. Threaded connections can be used only for instrument connections

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

Pipe class DC1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL'ds written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 255: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Tömítés típusa

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40

Class 300

Class 300

BS 5352

15-40

ASTM A530

50-250 BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

50-250

Class 300

15-40

BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

15-40

Class 300

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

BS 5352

with dual plate or swing type

handwheel

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

handwheel, throttling plug

OS&Y, BB

1, 2, 9

OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

N10-316

required

seamless

N10-316

BS 5352

Chocke valve

with spring

Description: (a)

BE

Piston non-return

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A106

ASTM A105

On/off globe valve

Pipe

Check valve

ASTM A105

ASTM A216 WCB

N10-316

N10-316 OS&Y, BB

3

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

9

ASTM A105

ASTM A216 WCB

Nominal

pressure:Class 300

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

6 mmASTM A 105

Design temperature / Design pressure

50-600 API 594

API 600

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

Description: (a)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)DC1R7

-29 °C / 51 barg 427 °C / 28,2 barg

Gate valve

Pipe class DC1R7.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 256: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 300

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)DC1R7

15-40 XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XXS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 XXS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck XXS

50-600

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

ANSI B1.1 8Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A530

ANSI B16.9

ASME B16.20

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASTM A10615-40 XXS

ASTM A530

15-600 Class300

15-600 Class300

Concentric and

excentricseamless

Spirál-wound gasket with center-

inner ring

Half coupling 15-50 ASTM A105ANSI B16.11 Class 6000

Class300

seamless LR

ASTM A105

seamless

BE

ASTM A234 WPB BE

ASTM A234 WPB

PE/NPT

seamless

seamlessPBE

BEASTM A106

BE

Tee

Stud bolt with two nuts

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

Weldolet

Blind flange

Nut

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V Carbon steel

ANSI B16.9

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Reducer

elbow 3, 4

3, 4

seamless

Welding neck flange

ASTM A10515-600

ASTM A105

Class300

3, 4

MSS SP-79

ASTM A234 WPB BE

NPT F threaded

SW

BE

6, 10

3, 4, 6

3

3, 4, 6, 7

3, 4, 5

length=100mm

Pipe class DC1R7.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 257: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 300

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)DC1R7

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

Pipe class DC1R7.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 258: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

handwheel, throttling plug

N2-304

15-40

Class 300

BS 5352 ASTM A350 LF2

1, 2, 9

with springPiston non-return

15-40

Class 300

BS 5352 ASTM A350 LF2

50-250 BS 1873 ASTM A352 LCB

Class 3001, 2, 9

ASTM A350 LF2

API 600 ASTM A352 LCB

15-40

Class 300

BS 5352

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

50-250 BS 1873 ASTM A352 LCB

handwheel

-34 °C / 47,9 barg 93 °C / 45,1 barg

ASTM A350 LF2

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N2-304

50-600 API 594

Chocke valve

15-40

1,5 mm

not required

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N2-304

N2-304

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

ASTM A350 LF2304/PTFE

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DD1R3

hand lever

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinchASTM A352 LCB

Ball valve

15-40 BS 5351To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Mild low temperature hydrocarbons (to -34 oC)

ASTM A333 Gr. P1

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

Description: (a)

Spw-IOR-PTFE ASME B16.20

OS&Y, BB

9

OS&Y, BB

with dual plate or swing type

Description: (a)

solid wedge, handwheel

OS&Y, BB

1, 2, 9

Pipe class DD1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 259: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DD1R3

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Mild low temperature hydrocarbons (to -34 oC)

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-80 Class 150

100-200 ASTM A352 LCB gear operated

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 XS

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A350 LF2

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 6

15-40 neck XS

50-600 3, 4

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

ASME B16.20

ANSI B16.5

seamless 3

15-600 Class 300

Class 300

15-600 Class 300

seamless, LR 3, 4

length=100mmPBE

6, 10

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless

3, 4, 6, 7

for RF sealing surface

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Reducer

elbow

304/304/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steel

Blind flange

3, 4

Spirál-wound gasket with center-

inner ring

ASTM A350 LF2

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

ASTM A350 LF2Welding neck flange ANSI B16.5

3, 4, 6

15-40

seamless

seamless

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A530 ASTM A333 Gr.1PE/NPT

PE/BE

ASTM A420 WPL 6 PE/BE

ASTM A420 WPL 6

ASTM A350 LF2

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

Tee

Half coupling 15-50 ANSI B16.11Class 3000 SW

PE/BE

PE/BE

Description: (a)

ASTM A350 LF2FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinchANSI B16.34

304/PTFE

MSS SP-79

ASTM A333 Gr. 1

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 6

ASTM A350 LF2

hand lever

XS

ASTM A530 PE/BE

Ball valve

15-40 BS 5351To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

Pipe class DD1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 260: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DD1R3

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Mild low temperature hydrocarbons (to -34 oC)

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

ASME B16.20

815-600 Class 300

15-600 Class 300

ANSI B1.1Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

NutStud bolt with two nuts

Gasket304/304/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steel

Spirál-wound gasket with center-

inner ring

Pipe class DD1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 261: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

15-40

Class 300

50-250

15-40

Class 300

Piston non-return15-40with spring

Class 300

ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL.

1

15-40

Class 300

50-250

ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL.

1FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

OS&Y, BB

3

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9handwheel, throttling plug

9

Description: (a)

BS 1873 ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL.

1

API 600 ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

BS 1873 ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

required

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

seamless

handwheelN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

with dual plate or swing type 50-600

On/off globe valve

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9

solid wedge, handwheel

BS 5352ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL.

1

BS 5352

Chocke valve

API 594

BS 5352

ASTM A530

Check valve

Pipe

Gate valve

ASTM A335 Gr. P11

Design temperature / Design pressure

DG1R3

Description: (a)

1,5 mm

Nominal

pressure:Class 300

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

-29 °C / 51,7 barg 538 °C / 14,8 barg

ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

PE/BE

Hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, hydrogen pressure tightyness is

requirement

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

ASTM A335 Gr. P11

Pipe class DG1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 262: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

DG1R3Nominal

pressure:Class 300

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, hydrogen pressure tightyness is

requirement

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 XS

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL. 1

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP11 CL. 1

15-40 neck XS

50-600

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

3, 4, 6, 7

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1

ASTM A234 WP11

CLASS 1

SW 6, 10

3, 4, 6

3, 4

seamless

Thread: up to 1" UNC

over 1" 8UN

PE/BE

15-600 Class 300

15-600 Class 300

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1

seamless

3

length=100mm

8ANSI B1.1

seamless LR

PE/NPT

PE/BE

Tee

15-50 ANSI B16.11Class 3000

ANSI B16.9

Weldolet

Spirál-wound gasket with center-

inner ring

seamless

PBE

ANSI B16.9

MSS SP-79

Half coupling

Elbow

15-40 XS

ASTM A530

Welding neck flange

Reducer

Pipe

Nipple

Cap

ANSI B16.5ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1

Class 300

ASME B16.20 for RF sealing surface304/304/GRAFIT/

GALV Carbon steel

ANSI B16.5

Stud bolt with two nutsStud

Nut

Class 300

15-600

Gasket

Blind flange

3, 4

ANSI B16.9ASTM A234 WP11

CLASS 1PE/BE

ASTM A234 WP11

CLASS 1

PE/BE

ASTM A530

3, 4

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

ASTM A335 Gr. P11

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

ASTM A335 Gr. P11

Pipe class DG1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 263: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

DG1R3Nominal

pressure:Class 300

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, hydrogen pressure tightyness is

requirement

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class DG1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 264: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

-29 °C / 51,7 barg 538 °C / 13,8 barg

9

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Class 300

15-40

Up to 538 oC hydrocarbons, hydrogen pressure tightness

requirements medium corrosion load

ASTM A335 Gr. P5

Design temperature / Design pressure

1, 2, 9handwheelN8-F6(13Cr)/

HardfacedOS&Y, BBFLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

1, 2, 9

15-40

Check valve

50-600

50-250 BS 1873

15-40

15-40

Class 300

BS 5352

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

50-250 BS 1873Class 300

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

BS 5352 ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

Class 300

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ball type

API 594

BS 5352

OS&Y, BB

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

handwheel, throttling plug

with spring

Gate valve

On/off glove valve

Chocke valve

with dual plate or swing type

Nominal

pressure:Class 300

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinchAPI 600 ASTM A217 Gr. C5

DJ1R5

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Description: (a)

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

1, 2, 9OS&Y, BB

3 mm

required

solid wedge, handwheel

Pipe class DJ1R5.xls/REV.0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 265: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Up to 538 oC hydrocarbons, hydrogen pressure tightness

requirements medium corrosion load

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DJ1R5Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F5

15-600 SCH160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP5

15-40 neck SCH160

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

3, 4

Description: (a)

8

3, 4, 5

3, 4

3

6, 10

3, 4, 6

3, 4, 6, 7

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 300

Class 300

15-600 Class 300

Half coupling 15-50

Tee

15-40

Elbow

Reducer

BE

PE/NPT

BE

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

seamless

BE

seamless

BE

seamless

seamless

BE

seamless

PBE

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A335 Gr. P5

length=100mmASTM A530 ASTM A335 Gr. P5

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

ANSI B1.1

Concentric and

excentric

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Stud bolt with two nuts

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V Carbon steel

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

ASTM A182 Gr. F5ANSI B16.11Class 6000

15-600 Class 300

ANSI B16.5

SCH 160

ASTM A530

NPT F threaded

BE

MSS SP-79

SW

ASTM A234 WP5

ASTM A234 WP5

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP5

ANSI B16.9

seamless, LR

Pipe class DJ1R5.xls/REV.0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 266: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Up to 538 oC hydrocarbons, hydrogen pressure tightness

requirements medium corrosion load

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DJ1R5

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class DJ1R5.xls/REV.0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 267: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class.

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-250

300 gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP slam

1, 2, 9

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

required

with spring

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

BS 1873

OS&Y, BB

Description: (a)

BS 5352

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

50-250

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

solid wedge, handwheel

ASTM A335 Gr. P9

Design temperature / Design pressure

Chocke valve

-29 °C / 51,7 barg 538 °C / 17,6 barg

15-40

15-40

Class 300

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ASTM A217 Gr. C12

BS 5352

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Class 300

Class 300

BS 1873

Description: (a)

Gate valveClass 300

ASTM A182 Gr. F9

API 600 ASTM A217 Gr. C12

3 mm

Check valve

BS 5352 ASTM A 182 Gr. F915-40

50-600 ASTM A217 Gr. C12

On/off globe valve

15-40

API 594

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

with dual plate or swing type

N8-F6(13Cr)/

HardfacedOS&Y, BB

ASTM A 182 Gr. F9

ASTM A217 Gr. C12

OS&Y, BB

handwheel

ASTM A 182 Gr. F9

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DK1R5

Up to 538 oC hydrocarbons, increased requirements on hydrogen

pressure tightness and increased corrosion load

Pipe class DK1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 268: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DK1R5

Up to 538 oC hydrocarbons, increased requirements on hydrogen

pressure tightness and increased corrosion loadElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 SCH 160

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F9

15-600 S160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP9

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H15-600 Class 300

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 300

8

ASTM A234 WP9 BE

ANSI B1.1

BE

NPT F threaded

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

seamless

316/316/GRAFIT/

GALV Carbon steel

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A335 Gr. P9

Reducer

NipplePBE

BE

Class 30015-600

ANSI B16.11

MSS SP-79

Class 300

Half coupling 15-50 Class 6000 ASTM A182 Gr. F9

seamless

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

Description: (a)

ASTM A234 WP9

SW

Pipe

ANSI B16.9

BE

15-40

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

ASTM A335 Gr. P9 3

3, 4

length=100mm

3, 4

ASTM A234 WP9

3, 4

Tee

BE

PE/NPT

3, 4, 6seamless

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentric

ASTM A530

ASTM A182 Gr. F9

ASTM A182 Gr. F9

seamless

seamless

seamless, LR

BEASTM A182 Gr. F9

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.5

ASTM A530SCH 160

Pipe class DK1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 269: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DK1R5

Up to 538 oC hydrocarbons, increased requirements on hydrogen

pressure tightness and increased corrosion loadRemarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class DK1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 270: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Class 300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 300

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 300

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 300

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

ASTM A350 LF9

ASTM A530 3

ASTM A352 LC2 with dual plate or swing type

-70 °C / 51,7 barg 93 °C / 51,7 barg

Pipe ASTM A333 Gr.7

Description: (a)

Low tmperature hydrocarbons (to -70 oC)

ASTM A333 Gr. 7

Design temperature / Design pressure

ASTM A352 LC2

Chocke valve

9

not required

with spring

PE/BE seamless

N10-316

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

1,5 mm

Description: (a)

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)Spw-IOR-PTFE ASME B16.20

Piston non-return

15-40 ASTM A350 LF9

15-40

Gate valve

On/off globe valve N10-316 handwheel

ASTM A352 LC2

ASTM A350 LF9

ASTM A352 LC2

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

solid wedge, handwheel

50-600

ASTM A350 LF9

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

API 600

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

BS 5352

15-40

50-250

BS 5352

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

DL1R3Nominal

pressure:

BS 1873

OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9, 11

1, 2, 9, 11

BS 1873

1, 2, 9, 11

handwheel, throttling plug

Class 300

50-250

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Check valve

15-40 BS 5352

API 594

N10-316

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

Pipe class DL1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 271: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Low tmperature hydrocarbons (to -70 oC)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

DL1R3Nominal

pressure:Class 300

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 XS

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A350 LF9

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 9

15-40 neck SCH XS

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 L7

ASTM A194 4

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

XS

ASTM A530

length=100mm

3

PE/NPT

PBE

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Nut

ASTM A350 LF9

316L/316L/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steel

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Class 300

15-600

ANSI B16.9

Stud

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

ASTM A420 WPL 9 PE/BE

Weldolet

Elbow

Tee

Reducer

ASTM A420 WPL 9

Pipe

Nipple 15-40

ASTM A333 Gr.7

Half coupling

ASTM A530 ASTM A333 Gr.7

seamless, LR

seamless

PE/BE seamless

seamless

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

ASTM A350 LF9

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

PE/BE

SW

PE/BE

ASTM A420 WPL 9

3, 4

ASTM A350 LF9

15-50

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10ASTM A350 LF9ANSI B16.11Class 3000

Class 300

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 300

Class 300

15-600

Concentric and

excentric

3, 4

for RF sealing surface

8ANSI B1.1

3, 4, 6seamless

seamless

3, 4, 5

Pipe class DL1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 272: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Low tmperature hydrocarbons (to -70 oC)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

DL1R3Nominal

pressure:Class 300

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

11 Elongated stem

Pipe class DL1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 273: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Class 300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 300

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-150 Class 300

200

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 300

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons (to -100 oC)

N10-316

316/PTFE

N10-316

N10-316

-100 °C / 51,7 barg 93 °C / 51,7 bargnot required

Gate valve

Description: (a)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

DM1R3Class 300

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)Spw-IOR-PTFE ASME B16.20

1,5 mm

Check valve

Nominal

pressure:

50-200

ASTM A350 LF3

ASTM A350 LF3BS 5351

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch

15-40

API 59450-600

15-40

BS 5352

ASTM A352 LC3

1, 2, 9, 11

handwheel 1, 2, 9, 11

with dual plate or swing type

with springPiston non-return

9

1, 2, 9, 11

OS&Y, BB

handwheel, throttling plug

15-40

BS 5352

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinchBS 1873 ASTM A352 LC3

ASTM A350 LF3

ASTM A352 LC3

15-40

API 600

Description: (a)

BS 5352 ASTM A350 LF3

OS&Y, BB

ASTM A350 LF3

BS 1873

OS&Y, BB

ASTM A352 LC3

N10-316

solid wedge, handwheel

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

hand lever

ASTM A333 Gr. 3

Design temperature / Design pressure

On/off globe valve

Ball valve

Chocke valve

15-40

11

To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mountedPipe class DM1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 274: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons (to -100 oC)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

DM1R3Class 300Nominal

pressure:

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-80 Class 300

100-200 ASTM A352 LC3 from DN150 gear operated

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 XS

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A350 LF3

15-600 XS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 3

15-40 neck XS

50-600 3, 4

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

316/PTFEASTM A350 LF3

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch

BS 535115-40

PE/BE

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

Description: (a)

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.34

PE/BE

ASTM A420 WPL 3

PE/BE

PE/NPT

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 300316L/316L/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steel

PE/BE

ASTM A350 LF3

ASTM A350 LF3

Pipe

Nipple

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 3

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A530 ASTM A333 Gr.3

Half coupling 15-50 ASTM A350 LF3ANSI B16.11Class 3000

for RF sealing surfaceSpiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

hand lever

seamless

PE/BE

PBE15-40 XS

ASTM A530 ASTM A333 Gr. 3

Ball valve

elbow

Tee

NPT F threaded

SW

PE/BE

ASTM A350 LF3

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 3

Reducer

Class 300

15-600 Class 300

Cap

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Weldolet

seamless

seamless, LR

seamless

3, 4

length=100mmseamless

11

3

3, 4

6, 10

3, 4, 6,7

3, 4, 6

To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

Pipe class DM1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 275: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons (to -100 oC)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

DM1R3Class 300Nominal

pressure:ASTM A193 L7

ASTM A194 4

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

11 Elongated stem

8ANSI B1.115-600 Class 300

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 300316L/316L/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steel

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Pipe class DM1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 276: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Class 300Nominal

pressure:DP1R1Up to 316

oC increased cloride or HS load

ASTM A790 S31803

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

9

N9-Monel

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

15-40

Check valve

OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

not required ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

Description: (a)

15-40

15-40

Description: (a)

N9-Monel

N9-Monel

with spring

OS&Y, BBhandwheel, throttling plug

handwheel

with dual plate or swing type

N9-Monel

Piston non-return

OS&Y, BBFLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch50-250

Chocke valve

15-40

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

BS 5352 ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

BS 5352 ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

50-600 API 594

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

Design temperature / Design pressure

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

Class 300API 600

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

BS 5352

-29 °C / 51,7 barg 316 °C / 38,2

Class 300

Class 300

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

50-250 BS 1873Class 300

BS 1873ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 FF

125-250µinch

Pipe class DP1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 277: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Class 300Nominal

pressure:DP1R1Up to 316

oC increased cloride or HS loadElement

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH 40S

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 40S 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 40S

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 40S Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 40S

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F51

15-600 SCH40S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A815 S31803

15-40 neck SCH 40S

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B16

ASTM A194 88

3, 4, 5

3, 4

3

6, 10

15-600 Class 300

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 300

Class 300

15-600 Class 300

Half coupling 15-50

Tee

15-40

Elbow

Reducer

3, 4, 6, 7

length=100mm

ASTM A815 S31803

ANSI B16.11

ANSI B16.9

BE

Monel/Monel/GRAFIT/

GALV Carbon steel

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch ASTM A182 Gr. F51

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

ASTM A815 S31803

SW

NPT F threaded

BE

PE/NPT

BE

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

fro RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

3, 4

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

seamless, LR

seamless

3, 4, 6

ANSI B1.1

Concentric and

excentric

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

seamless

Description: (a)

BE

BE

seamless

seamless

seamless

BE

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

ASTM A815 S31803

ASTM A790 Gr. S31803

ASTM A790 Gr. S31803

ASTM A530PBE

SCH 80S

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

Class 3000

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

Pipe class DP1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 278: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Class 300Nominal

pressure:DP1R1Up to 316

oC increased cloride or HS load

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class DP1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 279: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Class 300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-250 Class 300

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 300

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 300

DMP

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DU1R1

Description: (a)

N2-304 handwheel, throttling plug OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

with dual plate or swing type

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

9

handwheel

N2-304

solid wedge, handwheel

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons

ASTM A312 TP321

Design temperature / Design pressure

-29 °C / 49,6 barg 538 °C / 24,1 barg

Check valve

15-40

50-600

not required

with spring

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 FF

125-250µinch

Piston non-return

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

1, 2, 9

API 600

Gate valve

15-40

ASTM A351 CF8M

BS 5352

API 594

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A351 CF8M

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A351 CF8M

15-40 BS 5352

BS 1873

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A351 CF8M

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9N2-304

N2-304

Description: (a)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Chocke valve

15-40

50-250

BS 5352

BS 1873

1, 2, 9

On/off globe valve

Pipe class DU1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 280: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DU1R1

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

10S

40S

15-40 10S 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 10S Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 40S

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 F321

15-600 10S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321

15-40 neck 10S

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

ASTM A182 F321

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321

ASTM A182 F321ANSI B16.11Half coupling 15-50

Reducer

Class 3000

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

ASTM A312 TP321

PE/BE

PE/BE

ASTM A403 WP 321 ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

SW

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

PE/NPT

3, 4

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

seamless 3

length=100mm

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

Tee

Welding neck flange

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP32115-40PBE

seamless, LR 3, 4

321/321/GRAFIT/

GALV Carbon steel

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

NutANSI B1.1

Class 300

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

15-600 Class 300

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 300

Class 300

15-600

8

PE/BE

3, 4, 6seamless

seamless

3, 4, 5

Description: (a)

Pipe class DU1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 281: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DU1R1

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class DU1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 282: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Class 300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-250 Class 300

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 300

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 300

DMP

BS 5352

API 594

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A351 CF8M

BS 1873

N10-316

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Chocke valve

15-40

50-250

BS 5352

BS 1873

BS 5352

1, 2, 9, 11

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

Description: (a)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

1, 2, 9, 11Gate valve

15-40

API 600

On/off globe valve

15-40

OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9, 11N10-316

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A351 CF8M

handwheel

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A351 CF8M

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

9

not required

with spring

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 FF

125-250µinch

Piston non-return

Flanged: ANSI B16.5 RF

AARH=125-250µinchSpw-IOR-PTFE ASME B16.20

OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

Veru low temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons to 93 oC.

ASTM A312 TP321

Design temperature / Design pressure

-196 °C / 49,6 barg 93 °C / 44,4 barg

Check valve

15-40

ASTM A351 CF8M

50-600

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DU2R1

with dual plate or swing type

Description: (a)

N10-316 handwheel, throttling plug OS&Y, BB

N10-316

Pipe class DU2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 283: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Veru low temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons to 93 oC.

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DU2R1Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

10S

40S

15-40 10S 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 10S Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 40S

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 F321

15-600 10S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321

15-40 neck 10S

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B16

ASTM A194 8

seamless

seamless

Description: (a)

3, 4, 5

8

PE/BE

15-600 Class 300

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 300

Class 300

Class 30015-600

Class 3000

seamless, LR 3, 4

seamless 3

length=100mm

3, 4, 6seamless

ASTM A182 F321

Half coupling 15-50

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10ASTM A182 F321ANSI B16.11

ANSI B1.1

seamless

ASTM A182 F321

321/321/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steel

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

PBEASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP32115-40

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

Tee

Welding neck flange

PE/NPT

3, 4

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

SW

Reducer

PE/BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321 PE/BE

ASTM A403 WP 321 ANSI B16.9

Concentric and

excentric

PE/BE

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

ASTM A312 TP321

ASTM A182 F321

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321

Pipe class DU2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 284: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Veru low temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons to 93 oC.

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DU2R1

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

11 Elongated stem

Pipe class DU2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 285: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

ASTM A182 F316L

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

15-40

Class 300

BS 5352

50-250 BS 1873

ASTM A530

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

ASTM A182 F316L

15-40

Class 300

BS 5352 ASTM A182 F316L

N10-316

ASTM A351 CF8M

ASTM A182 F316L

API 600

Chocke valve

50-250 BS 1873 ASTM A351 CF8M

ASTM A312 TP316L

OS&Y, BB

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

with dual plate or swing type

Piston non-return

N10-316

seamlessPE/BE

N10-316

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

not required

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

Class 300

3

with spring

Description: (a)

15-40

Class 300

BS 5352

15-40

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Pipe

OS&Y, BB

ASTM A351 CF8M

9

handwheel, throttling plug

handwheel

Description: (a)

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)-29 °C / 49,6 barg 538 °C / 24,1 barg

ASTM A351 CF8M

solid wedge, handwheel

Check valve

ASTM A312 TP316L

Design temperature / Design pressure

50-600 API 594

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DV1R1

Extreme high temperature drocarbons and danger of pitting

corrosion, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons

Pipe class DV1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 286: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DV1R1

Extreme high temperature drocarbons and danger of pitting

corrosion, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 10S 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 10S Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 10S

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 F316

15-600 10S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L

15-40 neck 10S

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

15-600 Class 300

ASTM A530

15-600 Class 300

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 300

Class 300

3, 4

PBE

Half coupling 15-50

15-40

Tee

Elbow

ANSI B16.11

ASTM A312 TP316L

8ANSI B1.1

6, 10ASTM A182 F316L

3, 4, 6

3, 4, 6, 7

seamless 3, 4

Stud

Nut

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

seamless

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

seamless

seamless, LRPE/BE

seamlessPE/BE 3

seamlessPE/NPT

length=100mm

PE/BE

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Welding neck flange

Reducer

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V Carbon steelfor RF sealing surface

SW

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

ASTM A182 F316L

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentric

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP316L

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L PE/BE

ASTM A403 WP 316L

ASTM A182 F316L

40S

Class 3000

ASTM A182 F316LMSS SP-79

Blind flange

Pipe class DV1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 287: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DV1R1

Extreme high temperature drocarbons and danger of pitting

corrosion, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class DV1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 288: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-250 Flexible wedge, handwheel

300-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DV2R1

N10-316

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)Spw-IOR-PTFE ASME B16.20

solid wedge, handwheel

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch

ASTM A182 F316L

15-40

Class 300

BS 5352 ASTM A182 F316L

ASTM A351 CF8M

BS 5352

BS 1873

15-40

Class 300

BS 5352

1, 2, 9, 10

Description: (a)

1, 2, 9, 10N10-316 handwheel OS&Y, BB

ASTM A351 CF8M

50-250 BS 1873 ASTM A351 CF8M

15-40

Class 300

ASTM A182 F316L

ASTM A351 CF8M

15-40

Class 300

Chocke valve

50-250

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

Piston non-returnwith spring

not required

N10-316FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

-201 °C / 49,6 barg 93 °C / 42,7 barg

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

N10-316

1, 2, 9, 10

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

with dual plate or swing type

handwheel, throttling plug

9

Veru low temperature hydrocarbons, danger of pitting corrosion,

highly corrosive non hydrocarbons to 93 oC.

ASTM A312 TP316L

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

ASTM A182 F316L

API 600

Pipe class DV2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 289: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DV2R1

Veru low temperature hydrocarbons, danger of pitting corrosion,

highly corrosive non hydrocarbons to 93 oC.

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-80 Class 150

100-200 ASTM A351 CF8M from DN150 gear operated

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 10S 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 10S

50-600 CAL

15-40 10S Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 40S

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 F316

15-600 10S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L

15-40 neck 10S

50-600 3, 4

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

PE/NPT

PBE

10Ball valve

15-40 BS 5351ASTM A182 F316L

ANSI B16.34

40S

ANSI B16.5

Description: (a)

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless, LR 3, 4

Class 300

Half coupling 15-50

Tee

ASTM A182 F316LANSI B16.11Class 3000

ASTM A182 F316L 3, 4, 6, 7

6, 11

3, 4, 6seamless

PE/BE

length=100mm

Description: (a)

seamless

hand lever

seamlessPE/BE

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch

seamless

316/PTFE

3

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP316L15-40

PE/BECap

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

SW

ANSI B16.9

3, 4

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

Reducer

PE/BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L PE/BE

ASTM A403 WP 316L Elbow

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

ASTM A312 TP316L

ASTM A182 F316LWelding neck flange

Pipe class DV2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 290: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 300 DV2R1

Veru low temperature hydrocarbons, danger of pitting corrosion,

highly corrosive non hydrocarbons to 93 oC.

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

ASTM A193 B16

ASTM A194 8

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 Elongated stem

11 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

15-600 Class 300

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 300

15-600 Class 300

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut8ANSI B1.1

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

Blind flange

316L/316L/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steel

Stud bolt with two nuts

GasketSpiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

RF, AARH=125-250µinch ASTM A182 F316L

Pipe class DV2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 291: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

15-40

Class 600

Class 600

OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

9

15-40

-29 °C / 102,1 barg 427 °C / 56,8 barg

50-150

ASTM A216 WCB50-150 BS 1873

BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

BS 5352 ASTM A105

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinchAPI 600 ASTM A216 WCB

15-40

with spring

Description: (a)

with dual plate or swing type

seamless

Piston non-return

3

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

solid wedge, handwheel

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

handwheel

1,5 mm

not required

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

handwheel, throttling plug

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

1, 2, 9

Check valve

50-600 API 594

BS 535215-40

Class 600

Gate valve

On/off glove valve

Pipe

Chocke valve

ASTM A106 Gr.B BE

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ASTM A530

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FB1R3

Class 600

BS 5352 ASTM A105

Up to 427 oC: hydrocarbons, non corrosive medium (general

using)

ASTM A 106 Gr.B

Design temperature / Design pressure

Description: (a)

Pipe class FB1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual of the MOL Plc. Its utilication without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 292: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FB1R3

Up to 427 oC: hydrocarbons, non corrosive medium (general

using)

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 S160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

3, 4

3, 4, 5

3, 4, 6

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

Stud

Nut

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

8

3, 4

3, 4

15-600 Class 600

Class 600

15-600 Class 600

Thread:up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.20

15-600 Class 600

ASTM A105

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V Carbon steel

Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless, LR

15-40 SCH 160

ASTM A234 WPB

PE/NPTASTM A106 Gr.B

ANSI B16.9

seamless

seamless length=100mm

seamless

ANSI B1.1

seamless

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

3

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

BE

SW

ASTM A234 WPB

Welding neck flange ASTM A105

ASTM A106 Gr.B

BE

ASTM A105ANSI B16.11

ASTM A105

BE

BE

Half coupling 15-50 Class 6000

Tee

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A530

Reducer

ASTM A530

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A234 WPB

PBE

Pipe class FB1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual of the MOL Plc. Its utilication without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 293: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FB1R3

Up to 427 oC: hydrocarbons, non corrosive medium (general

using)1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class FB1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual of the MOL Plc. Its utilication without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 294: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Nominal Pipe class:

pressure:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40

Class 600

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BS 1873

-29 °C / 102,1 barg 427 °C / 56,8 barg

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Class 600 FB1R5

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

3 mm

not required

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A105

ASTM A216 WCB

50-150 BS 1873

BS 5352

Class 600

BS 5352

15-40

50-150

15-40

Class 600

Chocke valve

15-40

ASTM A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A105

Class 600

BS 5352

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinchAPI 600 ASTM A216 WCB

Description: (a)

with spring

handwheel, throttling plugN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

OS&Y, BB

Up to 427 oC: hydrocarbons, middle corrosive medium

ASTM A 106 Gr.B

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Description: (a)

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

solid wedge, handwheel

handwheel

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BBN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ASTM A216 WCB

1, 2, 9

9

Pipe class FB1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL PLc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 295: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Class 600 FB1R5Up to 427 oC: hydrocarbons, middle corrosive medium

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 S160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

ASME B16.20

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

NPT F threaded

MSS SP-79

SCH 160

15-600 Class 600

15-600 Class 600

Class 600

15-600

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V Carbon steel

ASTM A105

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

Class 600

15-50

Concentric and

excentric

seamlessBE

3, 4, 6, 7

3, 4

length=100mm

seamless, LR

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

NutANSI B1.1

Blind flange

ASTM A530 ASTM A106 Gr.B15-40

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Reducer

Elbow

Welding neck flange

SW

ASTM A105

Tee ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

Half coupling Class 6000 ASTM A105ANSI B16.11

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB BE

ASTM A234 WPBANSI B16.9

PE/NPT

ASTM A530

BE

seamless

seamless

ASTM A106 Gr.B BE seamless

BE

seamless

ASTM A105

PBE

8

3, 4, 6

3

3, 4, 5

3, 4

3, 4

6

Pipe class FB1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL PLc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 296: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Class 600 FB1R5Up to 427 oC: hydrocarbons, middle corrosive medium

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class FB1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL PLc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 297: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Tömítés típusa

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

FC1R5

ASTM A530

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

Description: (a)

N10-316

-29 °C / 102,1 barg 400 °C / 56,8barg

50-150 BS 1873

solid wedge, handwheel

Description: (a)

Nominal

pressure:Class 600

ASTM A 105

Tervezési hőmérséklet / Tervezési nyomás

Check valve

N10-316FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

9

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type

handwheel

N10-316

ASTM A106 BE

ASTM A216 WCB

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Pipe

3 mm

required

N10-316

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF,

AARH=125-250µinch)

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A105

handwheel, throttling plug

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

OS&Y, BB

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

OS&Y, BB

Chocke valve

Class 600

1, 2, 9OS&Y, BB

50-600

BS 535215-40

Class 600

seamless 3

API 600 ASTM A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

BS 5352 ASTM A105

BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

BS 5352 ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

15-40

Class 600

with spring

15-40

15-40

Class 600

50-150

ASTM A105

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

API 594

Pipe class FC1R5.xlsRev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 298: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

FC1R5Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

Nominal

pressure:Class 600

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 SCH160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 SCH 160

50-600

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

PE/NPTASTM A106

ASTM A105

ASTM A106 BE

seamless

Welding neck flange

Reducer

BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB BE

ASTM A234 WPB

SW

ANSI B16.9

Class 600

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

ANSI B1.1

seamless

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

3, 4

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

Stud

15-40

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-600Nut

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

SCH 160

3, 4

length=100mm

for RF sealing surface

6, 10

seamless 3

Half coupling 15-50 Class 6000

Tee

seamless, LR

seamless

BE

BE

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentric

ASTM A530

Class 600

15-600 Class 600

15-600 Class 600 ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASTM A105ANSI B16.11

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

NPT F threaded

PBE

ASME B16.20

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V Carbon steel

3, 4

8

BE

3, 4, 6, 7

3, 4, 6seamless

Pipe class FC1R5.xlsRev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 299: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

FC1R5Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

Nominal

pressure:Class 600

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.316 to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

In case of NaOH medium heat treatement is required above the following concentration versus temperature:

Concentration Temperature

(% NaOH) (°C)

0 80

20 70

30 60

50 40

In case of NaOH medium flanged connection shall be minimal. Threaded connections can be used only for isntrument connections.

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

Pipe class FC1R5.xlsRev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 300: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 600 FC1R7

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

solid wedge, handwheel

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

Piston non-return

Nominal

pressure:

with dual plate or swing type Class 600

9

3

-29 °C / 102,1 barg 427 °C / 56,8 barg

Class 600

ASTM A10515-40

Class 600

ASTM A216 WCB

BS 5352 ASTM A105

15-40 BS 5352 ASTM A105

50-150 BS 1873

15-40

Class 60050-150

15-40

API 600

BS 1873 ASTM A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinchASTM A216 WCB

BS 5352

6 mm

required

seamless

Description: (a)

with spring

OS&Y, BB

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

Description: (a)

N10-316

N10-316

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

handwheel OS&Y, BB

1, 2, 9handwheel, throttling plug

OS&Y, BBN10-316

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

ASTM A 105

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

Chocke valve

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Pipe

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A530 ASTM A106 BE

Pipe class FC1R7.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 301: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Class 600 FC1R7

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

15-40 XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 XXS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 XXS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck XXS

50-600

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

3, 4

8

BE 3, 4, 6, 7

Class 600

6, 10

PBE

seamless, LR

3, 4, 6seamless

15-600 Class 600

3, 4seamless

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

BE

NPT F threaded

seamless

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

3, 4

length=100mm

3

15-600 Class 600

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 600

Class 6000

Tee

XXS

Nut

ANSI B16.11

ASTM A234 WPB BE

316L/316L/GRAFIT/

GALV Carbon steelfor RF sealing surface

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

seamless

StudANSI B1.1

ASTM A530 ASTM A10615-40

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

ASTM A234 WPB BE

ASTM A234 WPB

ASTM A105

Welding neck flange

Reducer

ANSI B16.9

Half coupling 15-50 SW

ASTM A105

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

ASTM A106 BE

PE/NPT

BE

ANSI B16.9

Pipe class FC1R7.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 302: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Class 600 FC1R7

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (fstress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

Pipe class FC1R7.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 303: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FD1R3Mild low temperature hydrocarbons (to -34

oC)

Description: (a)

with dual plate or swing type

handwheel, throttling plug

OS&Y, BB

Piston non-returnwith spring

Spw-IOR-PTFE ASME B16.20

50-150 BS 1873 ASTM A352 LCB

handwheel OS&Y, BB

API 600 ASTM A352 LCB

BS 5352

ASTM A352 LCB

ASTM A350 LF2304/PTFE

N2-304

50-150 BS 1873 ASTM A352 LCB

Chocke valve

N2-304

N2-304

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Class 600

Ball valve

15-40hand lever To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

N2-304

BS 5351

Description: (a)

1,5 mm

not required

OS&Y, BB

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

ASTM A333 Gr. P1

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

15-40 ASTM A350 LF2

Class 600

BS 5352

-34 °C / 95,9 barg 93 °C / 90,7 barg

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

15-40

Class 600

ASTM A350 LF2

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

solid wedge, handwheel

1, 2, 9

15-40 ASTM A350 LF2

1, 2, 9

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

9

1, 2, 9FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

15-40

Class 600

BS 5352 ASTM A350 LF2

Pipe class FD1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 304: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FD1R3Mild low temperature hydrocarbons (to -34

oC)

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-80 Class 150

100-200 ASTM A352 LCB gear operated

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 SCH 160

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A350 LF2

15-600 S160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 6

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600 3,4

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

ANSI B16.34

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5Class 600

15-600 Class 600

PE/BE

ASTM A350 LF2304/PTFE

SCH 160

ASTM A530 ASTM A333 Gr. 1

PBE

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

Ball valve

15-40

Half coupling 15-50

Tee

15-40

ANSI B16.11Class 6000

ASTM A350 LF2 3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

3, 4, 6seamless

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

ASTM A350 LF2

3, 4

hand lever

3

To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

length=100mm

seamless

seamless

PE/NPT

ASTM A350 LF2

seamless

seamless, LR

ASTM A530 ASTM A333 Gr.1

BS 5351

Description: (a)

PE/BE

Cap

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

elbow

Blind flange

3, 4

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 6

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

ASTM A350 LF2Welding neck flange

Reducer

PE/BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 6 PE/BE

ASTM A420 WPL 6

SW

ANSI B16.9

MSS SP-79

Pipe class FD1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 305: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FD1R3Mild low temperature hydrocarbons (to -34

oC)

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

15-600 Class 600

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 600

ANSI B1.1

304/304/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steel

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

NutStud bolt with two nuts

GasketSpiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

8

Pipe class FD1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 306: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP slam

15-40

Class 600

BS 5352

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

15-40

9

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

1, 2, 9

solid wedge, handwheel

OS&Y, BB

-29 °C / 103,4 barg 538 °C / 29,6 barg

Class 600

ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL.

1

with dual plate or swing type ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ball type

Description: (a)

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

High pressure steam, hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, hydrogen pressure

tightness requirements at operating pressure of 16-40 bar

ASTM A335 Gr. P11

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

50-600 API 594

50-150

Class 600

1,5 mm

required ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Nominal

pressure:

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Description: (a)

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

OS&Y, BB

with spring

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfacedhandwheel, throttling plug

OS&Y, BBhandwheel

Class 600

Chocke valve

ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL.

1

BS 1873 ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL.

1

BS 5352

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

API 600 ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

FG1R3

15-40

Class 600

BS 5352ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL.

1

50-150

BS 1873 ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

15-40

Pipe class FG1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 307: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

High pressure steam, hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, hydrogen pressure

tightness requirements at operating pressure of 16-40 barClass 600

Nominal

pressure:FG1R3Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 Class 6000

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL. 1

15-600 S160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP11 CL. 1

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H8

3, 4

3

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1

seamless

Description: (a)

PE/BE

Tee

PE/BE

PE/NPT

3, 4, 6seamless

SCH 160

ASTM A530

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentric

3, 4

seamless

seamless, LR

Welding neck flange

Reducer

PE/BE

ANSI B16.9ASTM A234 WP11

CLASS 1PE/BE

ASTM A234 WP11

CLASS 1

SW

ANSI B16.9

Half coupling

3, 4

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

ANSI B16.9ASTM A234 WP11

CLASS 1

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

ASTM A530 ASTM A335 Gr. P1115-40PBE

seamless

length=100mm

ANSI B1.1

ASTM A335 Gr. P11

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V Carbon steel

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1

15-50

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1ANSI B16.11

seamless

15-600 Class 600

Class 6000

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1MSS SP-79

15-600 Class 600

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 600

Class 600

Pipe class FG1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 308: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

High pressure steam, hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, hydrogen pressure

tightness requirements at operating pressure of 16-40 barClass 600

Nominal

pressure:FG1R3

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class FG1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 309: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-150 Class 600

200 gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-150 BS 1873 ASTM A217 Gr. C5

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-600 API 594 ASTM A217 Gr. C5 with dual plate or swing type DMP

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

-29 °C / 103,4 barg 538 °C / 27,6 barg

15-40

Class 600

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

API 600 ASTM A217 Gr. C5

Gate valve

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Chocke valve15-40 BS 5352 ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

On/off globe valve

15-40 BS 5352

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

seamless

Description: (a)

handwheel, throttling plug

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

solid wedge, handwheel

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

3 mm

required

OS&Y, BBN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

OS&Y, BB

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ASTM A335 Gr. P5

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

Pipe BEASTM A335 Gr. P5

15-40

Class 600

BS 1873

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

ASTM A530

Class 600

BS 5352

OS&Y, BB

ball type

handwheel

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

with spring

9

3

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FJ1R5

Up to 538 oC: hydrocarbons, hydrogen pressure thightness

requirements, middle corrosion load

Pipe class FJ1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 310: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FJ1R5

Up to 538 oC: hydrocarbons, hydrogen pressure thightness

requirements, middle corrosion loadElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F5

15-600 SCH160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP5

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

15-600 Class 600

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 600

Class 600

15-600 Class 600

Half coupling 15-50

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10ASTM A182 Gr. F5ANSI B16.11Class 6000

8

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V Carbon steel

BE

seamless

ANSI B1.1

seamless

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

Blind flange

ASTM A530 ASTM A335 Gr. P515-40

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Tee

Welding neck flange

Reducer

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP5

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

MSS SP-79

SW

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP5 BE

ASTM A234 WP5

Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless, LR

PE/NPT

BE

length=100mmPBE

seamless

Description: (a)

SCH 160

3, 4

3, 4, 5

3, 4

3, 4, 6

Pipe class FJ1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 311: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FJ1R5

Up to 538 oC: hydrocarbons, hydrogen pressure thightness

requirements, middle corrosion load1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class FJ1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 312: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

OS&Y, BBhandwheel

Chocke valve

BS 5352 ASTM A 182 Gr. F9

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Class 600BS 1873 ASTM A217 Gr. C1250-150

ASTM A530

ASTM A217 Gr. C12

ASTM A182 Gr. F9

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A 182 Gr. F9

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

Description: (a)

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

50-150 BS 1873 ASTM A217 Gr. C12

ASTM A182 Gr. F9

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Check valve

15-40

50-600

BS 5352

Gate valve

15-40

15-40 BS 5352

API 600

with spring

3 mm

required

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

BE

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Description: (a)

Up to 538 oC: hydrocarbons, hydrogen pressure thightness requirements,

increased corrosion load

ASTM A335 Gr. P9

Design temperature / Design pressure

15-40

-29 °C / 103,4 barg 538 °C / 34,8 barg

Class 600

On/off globe valve

Pipe seamlessASTM A335 Gr. P9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

9

3

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FK1R5

API 594

handwheel, throttling plug OS&Y, BB

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ASTM A217 Gr. C12 with dual plate or swing type

Piston non-return

Pipe class FK1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Itds utilization without MOL'ds written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 313: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Up to 538 oC: hydrocarbons, hydrogen pressure thightness requirements,

increased corrosion load

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FK1R5

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F9

15-600 S160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP9

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

15-600 ASTM A182 Gr. F9

ASTM A530

SCH 160

Class 6000

ASTM A182 Gr. F9

15-600 Class 600

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-600 Class 600

Class 600

Class 600

ANSI B16.11

Thread: up tp 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

Half coupling 15-50

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

MSS SP-79

SWASTM A182 Gr. F9

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

3, 4, 6seamless

ANSI B1.1

seamless

PBE

BE

PE/NPTASTM A530 ASTM A335 Gr. P915-40

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

Tee

Welding neck flange

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP9

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

316L/316L/GRAFIT/

GALV Carbon steel

Reducer

BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP9 BE

ASTM A234 WP9ANSI B16.9

seamlessASTM A335 Gr. P9

BE

seamless

ASTM A182 Gr. F9

Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless, LR

length=100mm

8

3

3, 4

3, 4, 5

3, 4

Pipe class FK1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Itds utilization without MOL'ds written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 314: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Up to 538 oC: hydrocarbons, hydrogen pressure thightness requirements,

increased corrosion load

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FK1R5

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class FK1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Itds utilization without MOL'ds written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 315: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type.

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Class 600 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

with spring

DMPwith dual plate or swing type

Piston non-return

seamless

Class 600 FL1R3

OS&Y, BB

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BBFLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

solid wedge, handwheel

N10-316

1,5 mm

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Check valve

BS 5352

API 594

ASTM A350 LF9

ASTM A352 LC250-600

On/off globe valve

Nominal

pressure:

N10-316

ASTM A352 LC2

ASTM A350 LF9

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

N10-316

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

Description: (a)

Gate valve

15-40

API 600

ASTM A350 LF9

ASTM A352 LC2

BS 5352

ASTM A350 LF915-40 BS 5352

BS 1873

handwheel, throttling plug

ASTM A352 LC2

9FLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch

N10-316

BS 1873

3ASTM A333 Gr.7ASTM A530

1, 2, 9, 11

Pipe

Low temperature hydrocarbons (to -70 oC)

ASTM A333 Gr. 7

Design temperature / Design pressure

Chocke valve

-70 °C / 103,4 barg 93 °C / 103,4 barg

15-40

15-40

OS&Y, BB

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)Spw-IOR-PTFE ASME B16.20

1, 2, 9, 11

handwheel 1, 2, 9, 11

PE/BE

not required

50-150

50-150

Pipe class FL1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 316: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Class 600 FL1R3

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Low temperature hydrocarbons (to -70

oC)

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 SCH 160

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A350 LF9

15-600 SCH160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 9

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600 3, 4

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

ASTM A193 L7

ASTM A194 4

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

Concentric and

excentric

length=100mm

seamless

seamless

seamless

8

ASTM A350 LF9

Description: (a)

3, 4, 6seamless

3, 4, 5

PE/NPT

PBE

3ASTM A333 Gr.7ASTM A530

PE/BE

ASTM A420 WPL 9

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

SW

3, 4

seamless, LR 3, 4

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 9

ASTM A350 LF9ANSI B16.11

Pipe

Nipple SCH 160

ANSI B16.9Elbow

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 9

304/304/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steel

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket 15-600 Class 600

Class 600

15-600

Stud

Nut

PE/BE

MSS SP-79 ASTM A350 LF9 PE/BE

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.20

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Reducer

Half coupling

Weldolet

Tee

ASTM A530 ASTM A333 Gr.715-40

PE/BE

ANSI B1.1

seamless

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

ANSI B16.5

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

ASTM A350 LF9

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

15-600 Class 600

Class 600015-50

Class 600

Pipe class FL1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 317: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Class 600 FL1R3

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Low temperature hydrocarbons (to -70

oC)

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

11 Elongated stem

Pipe class FL1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 318: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance. Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Class 600 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-150 Class 600

150

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Check valve

15-40 BS 5352

API 59450-600

15-40 BS 5352

Gate valve

15-40

API 600

ASTM A350 LF3

ASTM A352 LC3

15-40

50-150

BS 1873

9

OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9, 11

1, 2, 9, 11

handwheel OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9, 11

solid wedge, handwheel

15-40

Ball valveASTM A350 LF3

BS 1873 ASTM A352 LC3

ASTM A352 LC3

BS 5351

ASTM A350 LF3

Chocke valve

BS 5352 ASTM A350 LF3

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

-100 °C / 103,4 barg 93 °C / 103,4 barg

with spring

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

with dual plate or swing type

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

handwheel, throttling plug

Spw-IOR-PTFE ASME

B16.20

On/off globe valve

N10-316

1,5 mm

not required

Description: (a)

N10-316

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons (to - 100 oC)

ASTM A333 Gr. 3

Design temperature / Design pressure

ASTM A350 LF3

ASTM A352 LC3

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

Piston non-return

316/PTFEhand lever To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FM1R3

Pipe class FM1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 319: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons (to - 100 oC)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FM1R3

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

50-80 Class 600

100-200 ASTM A352 LC3 gear operated

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 SCH 160

65-600 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A350 LF3

15-600 H160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 3

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-600 3, 4

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

PE/BE

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

15-600 Class 600

seamless, LR 3, 4

seamless

PE/NPT

Class 600

Class 600

PE/BE

seamless

15-40

Ball valveASTM A350 LF3

BS 5351

ANSI B16.34

ASME B16.20

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 3

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 3

ANSI B16.5

for RF sealing surface

ASTM A350 LF3

Description: (a)

ASTM A333 Gr. 3

length=100mmPBE

PE/BE

Reducer

Half coupling

ASTM A530 ASTM A333 Gr.315-40 SCH 160

ASTM A530

ASTM A350 LF3ANSI B16.11

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Tee

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch Blind flange

PE/BE

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A420 WPL 3

ASTM A350 LF3

15-50 Class 3000

Welding neck flange

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

304/304/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steel15-600

ASTM A350 LF3ANSI B16.5

3

3, 4, 6seamless

PE/BE

3, 4

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10SW

seamless

316/PTFEhand lever To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

Pipe class FM1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 320: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons (to - 100 oC)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FM1R3

ASTM A193 L7

ASTM A194 4

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

11 Elongated stem

8Stud

Nut15-600 Class 600 ANSI B1.1

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN Stud bolt with two nuts

Pipe class FM1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 321: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Up to 316

oC: Increased cloride or HS load

ASTM A790 S31803

FP1R1Class 600

Check valve

50-300ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 FF

125-250µinch

15-40 BS 5352 ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

Class 600API 594

-29 °C / 103,4 barg 316 °C / 76,8 barg

15-40

Class 600

BS 5352

BS 1873

API 600

50-150

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

9

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

N9-Monel

ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

On/off globe valve

15-40 BS 5352 ASTM A182 Gr. F51

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuNBS 1873

handwheel, throttling plug OS&Y, BB

with spring

with dual plate or swing type

ball type

Design temperature / Design pressure

50-150

Gate valve

15-40

Class 600

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BBhandwheel

N9-Monel

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

Chocke valve

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

N9-Monel

solid wedge, handwheel

OS&Y, BB

Description: (a)

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

not required

N9-Monel

Pipe class FP1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 322: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Up to 316

oC: Increased cloride or HS load FP1R1Class 600Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH 40S

50-300 CAL

SCH 40S

SCH 80S

15-40 SCH 40S 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 40S

50-300 CAL

15-40 SCH 40S Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 40S

50-300 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F5

15-300 SCH40/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP5

15-40 neck SCH 40S

50-300 3, 4

ASTM A193 B16

ASTM A194 88

3

3, 4

3, 4, 5

3, 4

ASTM A530

ASTM A530

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

SW

BE

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

NPT F threaded

BE

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Welding neck flange

Blind flange

Monel/Monel/GRAFIT/

GALV Carbon steel

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

for RF sealing surface

15-40

Pipe

Nipple ASTM A790 Gr. S31803

Description: (a)

seamless

PBE

BE

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

ASTM A790 Gr. S31803

Elbow

Tee

Reducer

ASTM A815 S31803

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

Half coupling

Stud

Nut

3, 4, 6seamless

ANSI B1.1

seamless

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

3, 4, 6, 7

seamless, LR

6, 10

BEConcentric and

excentricseamless

BE

Class 600

Class 600

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

Class 3000 ASTM A182 Gr. F5ANSI B16.11

ASTM A815 S31803

ASTM A815 S31803

Weldolet MSS SP-79

15-50

15-300 Class 600

length=100mmseamless

BEANSI B16.9

PE/NPT

15-300 Class 600

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-300

Pipe class FP1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 323: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Up to 316

oC: Increased cloride or HS load FP1R1Class 600

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class FP1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 324: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Class 600 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

FU1R1

Description: (a)

not required ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

-29 °C / 99,3 barg 538 °C / 48,5 barg

50-300

BS 5352

API 594

ASTM A182 F321

Nominal

pressure:Class 600

Design temperature / Design pressure

with dual plate or swing type

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP321 PE/BE

N2-304

On/off globe valve

Piston non-return

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Description: (a)

ASTM A182 F321

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons

ASTM A312 TP321

Pipe

Check valve

ASTM A351 CF8M

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch

1, 2, 9

with spring9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

3

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

seamless

15-40

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A351 CF8M

BS 5352

BS 1873

50-150

Chocke valve

15-40

50-150

N2-304

solid wedge, handwheel

handwheel

ASTM A351 CF8M

handwheel, throttling plugN2-304

N2-304

Gate valve

15-40

API 600

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A351 CF8M

15-40 BS 5352

BS 1873

Pipe class FU1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 325: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

FU1R1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 600

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons

15-40 40S

50-300 CAL

40S

80S

15-40 40S 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 40S

50-300 CAL

15-40 40S Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 40S

65-300 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A351 CF8M

15-300 40S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321

15-40 neck 40S

50-300

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

PE/NPT

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP321 PE/BE

PE/BE

15-300

Class 600

Pipe

Class 600

seamless

seamless, LR

PE/BE

15-300 Class 600

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-300 Class 600

Concentric and

excentric

length=100mm

3

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

3,4

seamless

6, 10

3,4,6seamless

2,4,6,7

3,4,5

15-40

Stud bolt with two

nuts

PE/BE

SW

ASTM A351 CF8M

for RF sealing surface

ASTM A351 CF8M

ASTM A403 WP 321

321/321/GRAFIT/

GALV Carbon steel

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

Half coupling

Stud

Nut

seamless

Welding neck flange

Blind flange

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP321

8

ASTM A403 WP 321

ANSI B16.11

PBE

ANSI B16.9

MSS SP-79

ASTM A351 CF8M

ANSI B1.1

Gasket

3,4

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

ANSI B16.9

15-50

seamless

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Tee

Reducer

Cap

Class 3000

ASTM A351 CF8M

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321

Pipe class FU1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 326: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

FU1R1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 600

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class FU1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 327: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Class 600 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 600

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

Class 600

-196 °C / 99,3 barg 96 °C / 88,9 barg

50-300

BS 5352

API 594

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

Spw-IOR-PTFE ASME

B16.20

1, 2, 9, 10

1, 2, 9, 10

3

Nominal

pressure:

Piston non-return

not required ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

handwheel, throttling plug

N2-304

solid wedge, handwheel

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

N2-304

seamless

Very low temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons to 93 oC.

ASTM A312 TP321

Design temperature / Design pressure

15-40

ASTM A182 F321

Pipe PE/BE

Check valve

On/off globe valve

15-40

50-150

N2-304

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A351 CF8M

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A351 CF8M

BS 5352

BS 1873

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP321

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch

ASTM A182 F321

N2-304

ASTM A351 CF8M

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

ASTM A351 CF8M

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Chocke valve

15-40

50-150

BS 5352

BS 1873

Gate valve

15-40

API 600

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Description: (a)

with dual plate or swing type

with spring9

OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9, 10

FU2R1

Description: (a)

handwheel

Pipe class FU2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 328: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Class 600Nominal

pressure:

Very low temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons to 93 oC.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

FU2R115-40 40S

50-300 CAL

40S

80S

15-40 40S 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 40S

50-300 CAL

15-40 40S Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 40S

65-300 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A351 CF8M

15-300 40S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321

15-40 neck 40S

50-300

ASTM A193 B8

ASTM A194 8

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

ASTM A351 CF8M PE/BE

15-300 Class 600

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-300 Class 600

15-300

3,4,5Concentric and

excentric

3,4

length=100mm

3

seamless

seamless, LR

PBE

Nut

6, 11

3,4,6seamless

2,4,6,7

seamless

seamless

15-50

ANSI B1.1

seamless

321/321/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steel

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Class 600Blind flange

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP32115-40

Half coupling

PE/NPT

8Stud bolt with two

nuts

Cap

Gasket

3,4

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

Welding neck flange

NPT F threaded

SW

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Tee

Reducer

PE/BE

ANSI B16.9

PE/BE

PE/BE

Class 600 ASTM A351 CF8M

Class 3000

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321

ANSI B16.11

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP321

ASTM A351 CF8M

ASTM A351 CF8M

ASTM A403 WP 321

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

ASTM A403 WP 321

Pipe class FU2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 329: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Class 600Nominal

pressure:

Very low temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons to 93 oC.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

FU2R12 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 Elongated stem

11 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class FU2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 330: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FV1R1

N10-316

Class 600

N10-316

50-150 BS 1873 ASTM A351 CF8M

-29 °C / 99,3 barg 538 °C / 48,2 barg

Chocke valve

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

ASTM A182 F316L

Pipe

15-40

15-40

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

seamless

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

OS&Y, BB

with spring

OS&Y, BB

Description: (a)

Check valve

50-300 API 594 ASTM A351 CF8M

15-40 BS 5352

Class 600ASTM A351 CF8M

Gate valve

PE/BE

N10-316

with dual plate or swing type

3ASTM A530

1, 2, 9

9

ASTM A312 TP316L

Class 600

BS 5352 ASTM A182 F316L

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

50-150 BS 1873

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons and with pitting corrosion

danger, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons

ASTM A312 TP316L

Design temperature / Design pressure

On/off globe valve

API 600 ASTM A351 CF8M

BS 5352

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

not required

1, 2, 9OS&Y, BB

solid wedge, handwheel

1, 2, 9

handwheel

15-40

Class 600

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Description: (a)

ASTM A182 F316L

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

handwheel, throttling plug

ASTM A182 F316L

Piston non-return

Pipe class FV1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOLÍs written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 331: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FV1R1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons and with pitting corrosion

danger, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

15-40 40S

50-300 CAL

40S

80S

15-40 40S 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 40S

50-300 CAL

15-40 40S Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 40S

65-300 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 F316

15-300 40S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L

15-40 neck 40S

50-300 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

15-300 Class 600

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.20

ASTM A182 F316LClass 600

Class 3000

Pipe

Nipple 15-40

Elbow

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

Half coupling 15-50

Stud bolt with two nuts

15-300 Class 600

seamless

ASTM A403 WP 316L ANSI B16.9

Cap

Gasket

Weldolet

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

316L/316L/GRAFIT/Carb

on steel

Class 600

15-300

3, 4

3, 4, 6, 7

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

PE/BE

SW 6, 10

seamless, LR

length=100mm

PE/BE

PE/BE

PE/BE

ASTM A182 F316L

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L PE/BE

Tee

Reducer

ASTM A403 WP 316L

MSS SP-79

3ASTM A530

ASTM A530PE/NPT

ANSI B16.9

PBEASTM A312 TP316L

ASTM A182 F316L

3, 4, 5

3, 4

seamless

Concentric and

excentricseamless

ASTM A312 TP316L

ANSI B16.11

8

3, 4, 6

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

ASTM A182 F316L

ANSI B1.1

seamless

seamless

Pipe class FV1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOLÍs written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 332: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FV1R1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons and with pitting corrosion

danger, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class FV1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOLÍs written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 333: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 800 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-150 Flexible wedge, handwheel

200-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

Class 800 SW, BS 3799

DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Description: (a)

ASTM A182 F316L

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

1, 2, 9, 11

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

1, 2, 9, 11handwheel, throttling plug

not required

9

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

50-150 BS 1873

Very low temperature hydrocarbons and danger of pitting corrosion,

highly corrosive non hydrocarbons to 93 oC

ASTM A312 TP316L

Design temperature / Design pressure

API 600 ASTM A351 CF8M

ASTM A182 F316L

ASTM A182 F316L

BS 5352

PE/BE 3

with dual plate or swing type

ASTM A312 TP316L

Check valve

ASTM A182 F316L

50-300

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Pipe

API 594 ASTM A351 CF8M

seamless

N10-316

15-40 BS 5352

Class 600

ASTM A530

OS&Y, BB

with spring

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BBhandwheel

Piston non-return

ASTM A351 CF8M

-201 °C / 99,3 barg 93 °C / 85,5 barg

ASTM A351 CF8M

Chocke valve

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N10-316Class 600

15-40

Class 600

BS 5352

Nominal

pressure:Class 600

15-40

15-40

Class 600

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N10-316

50-150 BS 1873

FV2R1

Spw-IOR-PTFE ASME

B16.20

N10-316

solid wedge, handwheel

1, 2, 9, 11

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

Description: (a)

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

Pipe class FV2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 334: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Very low temperature hydrocarbons and danger of pitting corrosion,

highly corrosive non hydrocarbons to 93 oC

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FV2R1

15-40 40S

50-300 CAL

40S

80S

15-40 40S 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 40S

50-300 CAL

15-40 40S Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 40S

65-300 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 F316

15-300 40S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L

15-40 neck 40S

50-300 3, 4

ASTM A193 B16

ASTM A194 8

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

3, 4, 5

seamless

3, 4

seamless

Concentric and

excentric

length=100mm

PE/BE

PE/NPT

8

3, 4, 6

3

ASTM A182 F316L

ASTM A312 TP316L

ASTM A403 WP 316L

Elbow

Tee

ASTM A403 WP 316L ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

15-40

ASTM A182 F316L

seamless

seamless, LR

Class 600

PBE

PE/BE

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP316L

ASTM A403 WP 316L

PE/BE

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A182 F316L

Class 3000

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.11

Reducer

3, 4

3, 4, 6, 7

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

PE/BE

SW 6, 10

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

seamlessASTM A530

ANSI B1.1

seamless

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

Half coupling 15-50

Welding neck flange

ASTM A182 F316L

316L/316L/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steel

Thread: 1"-ig UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

Blind flange

15-300 Class 600

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.2015-300 Class 600

Class 60015-300

Pipe class FV2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 335: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Very low temperature hydrocarbons and danger of pitting corrosion,

highly corrosive non hydrocarbons to 93 oC

Nominal

pressure:Class 600 FV2R1

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class FV2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 336: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-65

80-100

150-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-600 Class 900 DMP

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

1, 2, 9

Up to 427 oC Not corrosive medium (general using), high

pressure nitrogen

ASTM A 105

Design temperature / Design pressure

1,5 mm

not required

OS&Y, BB

1, 2, 9

9

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A105

API 594

BS 5352with spring

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ball type

with dual plate or swing type

15-40Class 1500

15-40

BS 5352

BS 1873

Class 1500BS 5352

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

handwheel, throttling plug

BS 1873

ASTM A105

Chocke valve

Check valve

15-40Class 1500

Class 900

Gate valve

API 600 ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A105

On/off globe valve

15-40Class 1500

Nominal

pressure:Class 900

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A105

ASTM A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A216 WCB

-29 °C / 154,8 barg 427 °C / 87,2 barg

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

GB1R3

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

Flexible wedge, handwheel

solid wedge, handwheel

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

handwheel 1, 2, 9

Pipe class GB1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 337: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Up to 427 oC Not corrosive medium (general using), high

pressure nitrogen

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GB1R3Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-65 Class 1500

80-600 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-600 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-600 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500 ASTM A193 B7

80-600 Class 900 ASTM A194 2H8

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4, 5

3, 4, 6,

3, 4

3, 4, 6, 7

3

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A530

ASTM A530 ASTM A106 Gr. B

NPT F threaded

BE

ASTM A234 WPB

ASTM A105

PBEseamless

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Blind flange ASTM A105

ASTM A105

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V. Carbon steel

Half coupling 15-50

Welding neck flange

ANSI B16.11

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.20

Class 6000

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Tee

Reducer

MSS SP-79

15-40

ASTM A106 Gr. B

SCH 160

Nut

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ringfor RF sealing surface

Stud

BE

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

Thread: 1"-ig UNC

1" above 8UN

length=100mm

Description: (a)

seamless

ANSI B16.9

Concentric and

excentricseamlessANSI B16.9 BE

ANSI B1.1

seamless

6, 10

ASTM A105

PE/NPT

ASTM A234 WPB

BE

ASTM A234 WPB

seamless

SW

seamless, LR

BEPipe

Pipe class GB1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 338: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Up to 427 oC Not corrosive medium (general using), high

pressure nitrogen

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GB1R3

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class GB1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 339: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-65

80-100

150-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-600 Class 900 DMP

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A105

15-40Class 1500

BS 5352

BS 1873

API 594

Class 900

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

ASTM A105

ASTM A216 WCB

Chocke valve

API 600

-29 °C / 154,8 barg 427 °C / 87,2 barg

ASTM A216 WCB

3 mm

not required

handwheel

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ball type

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Description: (a)

Flexible wedge, handwheel

solid wedge, handwheel

handwheel, throttling plug

Description: (a)

Up to 427 oC middle corrosive medium (general using)

ASTM A 105

Design temperature / Design pressure

15-40Class 1500

15-40Class 1500

BS 5352

BS 1873

ASTM A105

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch with dual plate or swing type

15-40Class 1500

BS 5352

1, 2, 9

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GB1R5

Check valve

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

OS&Y, BB

9

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

1, 2, 9

with spring

1, 2, 9

Pipe class GB1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 340: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Up to 427 oC middle corrosive medium (general using)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GB1R5

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH XXS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-600 CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-65 Class 1500

80-600 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-600 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-600 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500 ASTM A193 B7

80-600 Class 900 ASTM A194 2H

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.20

Half coupling 15-50

Welding neck flange

ANSI B16.11Class 6000

ANSI B16.9

PE/NPT

ANSI B16.9

BE

BE 3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

ASTM A105

Tee

Reducer

ANSI B1.1

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V. Carbon steel

Thread: 1"-ig UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

seamless

seamless

seamless

Description: (a)

seamless

ASTM A530 ASTM A106 Gr. B15-40

ASTM A106 Gr. B

SCH XXS

ASTM A234 WPB

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Blind flange

Elbow

ASTM A234 WPB

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB BE

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

SW

length=100mm

seamless

3, 4

Concentric and

excentric

BE

NPT F threaded

seamless, LR

3ASTM A530

8

3, 4

3, 4,

3, 4, 5

3, 4, 6,

PBE

BE

Pipe class GB1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 341: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Up to 427 oC middle corrosive medium (general using)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GB1R5

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class GB1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 342: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-65

80-100

150-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-300 Class 900 DMP

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BS 5352

BS 1873

ASTM A335 Gr. P11

Design temperature / Design pressure

ASTM A 182 Gr. F11

CL.1

On/off globe valve

High pressure steam, hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

API 600 ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

-29 °C / 155,1 barg 538 °C / 44,8 barg Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

OS&Y, BB

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

Gate valve

Class 900

BS 5352

Chocke valve

15-40

Check valve

API 594

Class 1500

ASTM A 182 Gr. F11

CL.1

handwheel OS&Y, BB

GG1R3

Description: (a)

Flexible wedge, handwheel

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

Class 900

1,5 mm

required

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Piston non-return

Nominal

pressure:

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

with dual plate or swing type

handwheel, throttling plug

9

OS&Y, BB

with spring

15-40Class 1500

ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL.

1

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

solid wedge, handwheel

1, 2, 9

15-40Class 1500

1, 2, 9

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

1, 2, 9

15-40Class 1500

BS 5352ASTM A 182 Gr. F11

CL.1

BS 1873 ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Pipe class GG1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 343: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

High pressure steam, hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

GG1R3Class 900Nominal

pressure:ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH 160

50-300 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-300 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 160

50-300 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL. 1

15-300 S160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP11 CL. 1

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500 ASTM A193 B7

80-300 Class 900 ASTM A194 2H

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1

ANSI B16.9

Description: (a)

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.9

PE/BE

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1

304/304/GRAFIT/

GALV. Carbon steel

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1

PE/BEASTM A234 WP11

CLASS 1

PE/BEASTM A234 WP11

CLASS 1

ASTM A234 WP11

CLASS 1

Cap

15-50 ANSI B16.11Class 6000

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A530

ASTM A530

Tee

Elbow

Reducer

15-40

ANSI B1.1

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

PE/BE

ASTM A335 Gr. P11

ASTM A335 Gr. P11

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1

3

for RF sealing surface

Stud

PE/NPT

Thread: 1"-ig UNC

1" above 8UN

3, 4

Nut

PE/BE

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

seamless, LR

seamless

seamless

PBE

PE/BE

SW

SCH 160

Pipe

Nipple

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Half coupling

Weldolet

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

3, 4

ASME B16.20

3, 4, 6

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

NPT F threaded

seamless

seamless

length=100mm

8

3, 4

Pipe class GG1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 344: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

High pressure steam, hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

GG1R3Class 900Nominal

pressure:

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class GG1R3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 345: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-65

80-100

150-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-600 Class 900 DMP

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GJ1R5

with spring

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

OS&Y, BB

Description: (a)

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9OS&Y, BB

9

API 594

Chocke valve

15-40Class 1500

BS 5352

BS 1873

Check valve

15-40Class 1500

BS 5352

On/off globe valve

15-40Class 1500

BS 5352

BS 1873

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

with dual plate or swing type

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfacedhandwheel, throttling plug

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

15-40Class 1500

solid wedge, handwheel

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Up to 538 oC hydrocarbons, when hydrogen pressure tightness is

requirement, medium corrosion load

ASTM A335 Gr. P5

Design temperature / Design pressure

3 mm

required

handwheel

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ball type

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

Flexible wedge, handwheel

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

-29 °C / 155,1 barg 538 °C / 41 barg

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

Class 900

Gate valve

API 600 ASTM A217 Gr. C5

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

Pipe class GJ1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelectual propertuy of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 346: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GJ1R5

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Up to 538 oC hydrocarbons, when hydrogen pressure tightness is

requirement, medium corrosion loadElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH XXS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F5

15-600 SCH160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP5

15-65 Class 1500

80-600 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-600 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-600 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500 ASTM A193 B7

80-600 Class 900 ASTM A194 2H

Description: (a)

8

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4, 5

3, 4, 6

seamlessBE 3

length=100mm

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP5 BE

ASTM A234 WP5ANSI B16.9

PBEseamless

BE

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

SCH XXS

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

ASTM A530 ASTM A335 Gr. P515-40

ASTM A335 Gr. P5

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

BE

ANSI B1.1

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V. Carbon steel

Thread:up to1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

seamless

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

seamless, LR 3, 4

seamless

SW

Concentric and

excentricseamless

Tee

Reducer

ASTM A530

PE/NPT

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

MSS SP-79

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

ASTM A234 WP5

ASME B16.20

Half coupling 15-50

Welding neck flange

ANSI B16.11Class 6000

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

Blind flange

Pipe class GJ1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelectual propertuy of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 347: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GJ1R5

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Up to 538 oC hydrocarbons, when hydrogen pressure tightness is

requirement, medium corrosion loadRemarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class GJ1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelectual propertuy of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 348: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-65

80-100

150-600 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-600 Class 900 DMP

3 mm

Description: (a)

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

9

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GK1R5

with spring

with dual plate or swing type

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RF 125-

250µinch

Piston non-return

Flexible wedge, handwheel

solid wedge, handwheel

ASTM A217 Gr. C12

ASTM A 182 Gr. F9

ASTM A217 Gr. C12

BS 5352

BS 1873

ASTM A 182 Gr. F9

Check valve

15-40Class 1500

BS 5352

API 594

Class 150015-40

ASTM A217 Gr. C12

-29 °C / 155,1 barg 538 °C / 52,4 barg

Class 900

ASTM A 182 Gr. F9BS 5352

On/off globe valve

15-40Class 1500

Gate valve

ASTM A182 Gr. F9

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

handwheel

handwheel, throttling plug

OS&Y, BB

N8-F6(13Cr)/

HardfacedFLGD, ANSI

B16.5 FF 125-

250µinch

Design temperature / Design pressure

15-40Class 1500

Chocke valve

API 600 ASTM A217 Gr. C12

BS 1873

Description: (a)

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Up to 538 oC: hydrocarbons, increassed requirement of hydrogen

pressure tightness and increased corrosion load

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF,

AARH=125-250µinch)

required

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ASTM A335 Gr. P9

Pipe class GK1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 349: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GK1R5

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Up to 538 oC: hydrocarbons, increassed requirement of hydrogen

pressure tightness and increased corrosion loadElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-600 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 SCH XXS Equal Tee

50-600 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH XXS

50-600 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F9

15-600 XXS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP9

15-65 Class 1500

80-600 Class 900 3, 4

15-65 Class 1500

80-600 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-600 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500 ASTM A193 B7

80-600 Class 900 ASTM A194 2H8

6, 10

BE

3, 4, 6seamless

3, 4, 6, 7ASTM A182 Gr. F9

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.20

ASTM A182 Gr. F9

304/304/GRAFIT/

GALV. Carbon steel

ASTM A182 Gr. F9

15-50

Tee

ASTM A182 Gr. F9ANSI B16.11Class 6000

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP9

seamless, LR 3, 4BE

seamless

seamless

PBElength=100mm

Stud

Nut

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

SW

ANSI B1.1Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

15-40

ASTM A335 Gr. P9

SCH XXS

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Reducer

Half coupling

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

for RF sealing surface

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

ASTM A335 Gr. P9

BE

NPT F threaded

PE/BEseamless 3, 4

3

PE/NPT

BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP9 BE

ASTM A234 WP9ANSI B16.9

ASTM A530

ASTM A530

Description: (a)

Pipe class GK1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 350: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GK1R5

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Up to 538 oC: hydrocarbons, increassed requirement of hydrogen

pressure tightness and increased corrosion loadRemarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class GK1R5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 351: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-65

80-100

150-300 Flexible wedge, gear, handwheel

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-300 Class 900 DMP

Design temperature / Design pressure

Class 900

BS 535215-40Class 1500

BS 1873

-29 °C / 155 barg 316 °C / 115 barg

Gate valve

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

9

OS&Y, BB

Check valve

15-40Class 1500

BS 5352

API 594ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

OS&Y, BBFLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

15-40

with dual plate or swing type

ball type

handwheel, throttling plug

with spring

Description: (a)

ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 FF

125-250µinch

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

BS 5352

BS 1873

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

On/off globe valve

ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

Chocke valveClass 1500

15-40Class 1500

not required

handwheel

N9-Monel

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

N9-Monel

N9-Monel

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinch

Description: (a)

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

API 600ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RF

125-250µinchFlexible wedge, handwheel

1, 2, 9

solid wedge, handwheel

N9-Monel OS&Y, BB

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

GP1R1

ASTM A790 S31803

Nominal

pressure:Up to 316

oC: For increased cloride or HS load Class 900

Pipe class GP1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 352: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

GP1R1Nominal

pressure:Up to 316

oC: For increased cloride or HS load Class 900 Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH 80S

50-300 CAL

SCH 80S

SCH160

15-40 SCH 80S 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 80S

50-300 CAL

15-40 SCH 80S Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 SCH 80S

50-300 CAL

15-40 Class 3000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F51

15-300 SCH40/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A815 S31803

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500 ASTM A193 B16

80-300 Class 900 ASTM A194 88

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4, 5

3, 4, 6

Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless, LR

Description: (a)

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A815 S31803 BE

ASTM A815 S31803ANSI B16.9

seamless

seamless 3

length=100mm

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

BE

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

ASTM A815 S31803

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

Tee

Reducer

ASTM A530ASTM A790 Gr.

S31803

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

15-40

ANSI B16.9

PE/NPTASTM A530

ASTM A790 Gr.

S31803

PBE

BE

ANSI B1.1

3, 4

seamless

Monel/Monel/GRAFIT/

GALV Carbon steel

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RF sealing surface

Stud

Nut

seamless

MSS SP-79 3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

ASTM A182 Gr. F51 BE

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.20

Half coupling 15-50

Welding neck flange

ANSI B16.11Class 3000 SW

Pipe class GP1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 353: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

GP1R1Nominal

pressure:Up to 316

oC: For increased cloride or HS load Class 900

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class GP1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 354: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Közeg: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-65

80-100

150-300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100

150 gear, handwheel

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-300 Class 900 DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class 1500

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GU1R1

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

not required

ASTM A312 TP321

Class 900

15-40

1, 2, 9

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type

9

N10-316

ASTM A351 CF8M

seamlessPE/BEASTM A530

-29°C / 148,9 barg 538°C / 72,4 barg

Check valve

Class 900

Gate valve

Pipe

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

ASTM A312 TP321

Design temperature / Design pressure

3

OS&Y, BB

N10-316

handwheel, throttling plug

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch

Description: (a)

with springBS 5352

API 600

API 594

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A351 CF8M

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinchASTM A351 CF8MFlexible wedge, handwheel

N10-316

Description: (a)

N10-316

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

1, 2, 9

ASTM A351 CF8M

ASTM A182 F321

handwheelOS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

OS&Y, BB

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

On/off globe valve

15-40Class 1500

BS 5352

BS 1873

Class 1500solid wedge, handwheel15-40 ASTM A182 F321

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Chocke valve

BS 535215-40Class 1500

BS 1873

Pipe class GU1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 The document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written prmit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 355: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GU1R1

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

15-40 80S

50-300 CAL

80S

SCH160

15-40 80S 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 80S

50-300 CAL

15-40 80S Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 80S

65-300 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A351 CF8M

15-300 40S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321

15-40 neck 80S

50-65 3,4

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500 ASTM A193 B7

80-300 Class 900 ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

PE/BE

PE/BE

ASTM A312 TP321

321/321/GRAFIT/

GALV Carbon steel

Class 6000

Class 1500

seamless

SW

ANSI B16.9

PE/BEASTM A530

PE/NPT

ASME B16.20

ANSI B16.5

Tee

Welding neck flange

Half coupling

Blind flange

Weldolet

Elbow

for RF sealing surface

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321 PE/BE

NPT F threaded

MSS SP-79 ASTM A351 CF8M

Reducer

15-40

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Concentric and

excentric

Spiral-wound gasket with center-

inner ring

3,4,5seamless

3, 4

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP321

3

seamless, LRPE/BE

Stud

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

seamlessPBE

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

Nut

PE/BE

ANSI B1.1

3,4,6,7

6, 10

length=100mm

3,4

8

15-50 ASTM A351 CF8MANSI B16.11

3,4, 6seamless

ASTM A351 CF8M

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321

ASTM A403 WP 321

ASTM A351 CF8M

seamless

Pipe class GU1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 The document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written prmit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 356: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GU1R1

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class GU1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 The document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written prmit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 357: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Közeg: Pipe class:

Anyag: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-65

80-100

150-300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100

150 gear, handwheel

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-300 Class 900 DMPASTM A351 CF8M

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GU2R1

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch

N2-304

not required

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

9

N2-304 handwheel, throttling plug

Class 900

15-40

1, 2, 9, 10

Piston non-return Class 1500

1, 2, 9, 10

ASTM A182 F321

Very low temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons to 93 oC

ASTM A312 TP321

Design temperature / Design pressure

-196 °C / 148,9 barg 96 °C / 133,4 barg

Check valve

Class 900

Gate valve

Description: (a)

with spring

OS&Y, BB

with dual plate or swing type

OS&Y, BB

ASTM A182 F321

ASTM A351 CF8M

BS 5352

API 594

ASTM A182 F321

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

handwheel

Description: (a)

Spw-IOR-PTFE ASME B16.20

ASTM A351 CF8M

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

N2-304

1, 2, 9, 10

ASTM A351 CF8M

OS&Y, BB

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

BS 1873

Class 1500solid wedge, handwheel

Flexible wedge, handwheelN2-304

15-40 ASTM A182 F321

API 600

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

Chocke valve

BS 535215-40Class 1500

BS 1873

On/off globe valve

15-40Class 1500

BS 5352

Pipe class GU2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 358: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GU2R1

Very low temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons to 93 oC

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 80S

50-300 CAL

80S

SCH160

15-40 80S 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 80S

50-300 CAL

15-40 80S Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 80S

65-300 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A351 CF8M

15-300 40S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WPL 316L

15-40 neck 80S

50-65 3,4

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500 ASTM A193 B16

80-300 Class 900 ASTM A194 8

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Class 1500

seamless

SW

ANSI B16.9

PE/BEASTM A530

PE/NPT

PE/BE

PE/BE

ASTM A312 TP321

Tee

Reducer

PE/BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321 PE/BE

ASTM A403 WP 321

321/321/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steelfor RF sealing surface

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 321 PE/BE

NPT F threaded

MSS SP-79

ASTM A351 CF8M

ASME B16.20

ANSI B16.5

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Welding neck flange

Half coupling

Blind flange

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP32115-40

3,4

length=100mm

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

3

seamless, LR

Stud8

PBE

Nut

3,4, 6seamless

ANSI B1.1Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

15-50

3,4,6,7

6, 11ASTM A351 CF8MANSI B16.11Class 6000

ASTM A351 CF8M

ASTM A351 CF8M

ANSI B16.5

seamless

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

seamless

Description: (a)

3,4,5Concentric and

excentricseamless

3, 4

Pipe class GU2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 359: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GU2R1

Very low temperature hydrocarbons, highly corrosive non

hydrocarbons to 93 oC

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 Elongated stem

11 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class GU2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 360: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 ASTM A182 F316L SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352 ASTM A182 F316

50-65

80-100

150-300 Flexible wedge, handwheel

ASTM A182 F316L SW, BS 3799

ASTM A182 F316

50-65

80-100

150 gear, handwheel

ASTM A182 F316L SW, BS 3799

ASTM A182 F316

50-65

80-100 Class 900

ASTM A182 F316L SW, BS 3799

ASTM A182 F316

50-65

80-300 Class 900 DMP

Chocke valve

BS 535215-40Class 1500

BS 1873

On/off globe valve

15-40Class 1500

BS 5352

BS 1873Class 900

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Class 1500solid wedge, handwheel

Flexible wedge, handwheel

15-40

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinchAPI 600 ASTM A351 CF8M

N10-316 1, 2, 9

ASTM A351 CF8M

handwheelOS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

N10-316

OS&Y, BB

ASTM A351 CF8M

Description: (a)

BS 5352

API 594 ASTM A351 CF8M

Description: (a)

with spring

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

OS&Y, BB

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons and danger of pitting

corrosion, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons

ASTM A312 TP316L

Design temperature / Design pressure

-29 °C / 148,9 barg 538 °C / 72,4 barg

Check valve

Class 900

Gate valve

15-40

1, 2, 9

Piston non-return

with dual plate or swing type

9

N10-316 handwheel, throttling plug

Class 1500

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch

N10-316

Spw-IOR-Gra ASME B16.20

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GV1R1

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

not required

Pipe class GV1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 361: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons and danger of pitting

corrosion, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GV1R1Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 80S

50-300 CAL

80S

SCH160

15-40 80S 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 80S

50-300 CAL

15-40 80S Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 80S

65-300 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A351 CF8M

15-300 80S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WPL 316L

15-40 neck 80S

50-65 3, 4

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

ANSI B16.5

Description: (a)

seamless

ASTM A312 TP316L

15-50

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10ASTM A351 CF8MANSI B16.11Class 6000

ASTM A351 CF8M PE/BE

PBE

3, 4, 6seamless

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

length=100mm

RF, AARH=125-250µinch

seamless

Concentric and

excentricseamless

Description: (a)

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

3

seamless, LR

3, 4

3, 4, 5

3, 4

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP316L15-40

Cap

Gasket

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Welding neck flange

Half coupling

Blind flange

316L/316L/GRAFIT/GAL

V Carbon steelfor RF sealing surface

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WPL 316L PE/BE

NPT F threaded

MSS SP-79

ASTM A351 CF8M

ASME B16.20

ANSI B16.5

Tee

Reducer

PE/BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WPL 316L PE/BE

ASTM A403 WPL 316L

Class 1500

seamless

SW

ANSI B16.9

PE/BEASTM A530

PE/NPT

ASTM A351 CF8M

PE/BE

Pipe class GV1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 362: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Extreme high temperature hydrocarbons and danger of pitting

corrosion, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GV1R1

15-65 Class 1500 ASTM A193 B7

80-300 Class 900 ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

8Nut

ANSI B1.1Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

StudStud bolt with two nuts

Pipe class GV1R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 363: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11

BS 5352

50-65

80-100

150-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100

150 gear, handwheel

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 Class 900

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

not requiredSpw-IOR-PTFE ASME B16.20

ANSI B16.5 RF (RF, AARH=125-

250µinch)

9

Flexible wedge, handwheel

Nominal

pressure:

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

Class 900 GV2R1

ASTM A312 TP316L

Design temperature / Design pressure

ASTM A351 CF8M

solid wedge, handwheel

15-40 BS 5352 ASTM A182 F316L

Description: (a)

handwheel

Class 900

1, 2, 9, 10

15-40 BS 5352 ASTM A182 F316L

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RF 125-250µinch

1, 2, 9, 10

15-40 ASTM A182 F316L

15-40

1, 2, 9, 10

Piston non-return

OS&Y, BB

with spring

Description: (a)

Gate valve

BS 5352 ASTM A182 F316L

Class 1500

BS 1873

Class 1500

-201 °C / 184,1 barg 93 °C / 128,2 barg

Chocke valve

Class 1500

Check valve N10-316

API 600

N10-316

ASTM A351 CF8M

Very low temperature hydrocarbons and danger of pitting

corrosion, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons to 93 oC

handwheel, throttling plugN10-316

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

On/off globe valve

Class 1500

OS&Y, BB

N10-316

ASTM A351 CF8M

OS&Y, BB

BS 1873

Class 900

Pipe class GV2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 364: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GV2R1

Very low temperature hydrocarbons and danger of pitting

corrosion, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons to 93 oC

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-300 Class 900 DMP

SW, BS 3799

80

100-200 ASTM A351 CF8M gear

15-40 80S

50-300 CAL

80S

SCH160

15-40 80S 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 80S

50-300 CAL

15-40 80S Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-50 80S

65-300 CAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 F316

15-300 80S/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L

handwheel To 15-40 floating

ball, above

trunnion mounted

9

10

3, 4, 6, 7

15-40 Piston non-return

6, 11

seamless, LR 3, 4

3

seamless

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentric

3, 4, 6seamless

seamless 3, 4

length=100mm

with spring

seamless

PBE

Ball valve

15-40 BS 5351ASTM A182 F316L

Pipe

BS 5352

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch

ASTM A182 F316LClass 1500

15-40

ASTM A351 CF8M

Class 6000

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Tee

Reducer

Class 1500

Class 900

Check valve

Description: (a)

MSS SP-79

Cap

Half coupling 15-50 ANSI B16.11

PE/BE

ASTM A403 WP 316L

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L

ANSI B16.9

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

ASTM A182 F316L

ASTM A182 F316L PE/BE

ASTM A530 ASTM A312 TP316L

ANSI B16.34

316/PTFEFLGD, ANSI B16.5

FF 125-250µinch

PE/BE

PE/NPT

PE/BE

ANSI B16.9 ASTM A403 WP 316L

PE/BEASTM A530

N10-316

ASTM A312 TP316L

API 594 with dual plate or swing type

seamless

SW

Pipe class GV2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 365: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Class 900 GV2R1

Very low temperature hydrocarbons and danger of pitting

corrosion, highly corrosive non hydrocarbons to 93 oC

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

15-40 neck 80S

50-65

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500

80-300 Class 900

15-65 Class 1500 ASTM A193 B16

80-300 Class 900 ASTM A194 8

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 Elongated stem

11 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

ASME B16.20

ANSI B16.5 ASTM A182 F316L RF, AARH=125-250µinch

ANSI B16.5 RF, AARH=125-250µinch ASTM A182 F316L

316L/316L/PTFE/

GALV Carbon steelfor RF sealing surface

Stud

NutANSI B1.1

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

Spiral-wound gasket with outer-

inner ring

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Welding neck flange

Blind flange

8

3, 4

Class 1500

Pipe class GV2R1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 366: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11 solid wedge, handwheel

BS5352

50-80

100-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-80

100-150 gear, handwheel

15-40 BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

15-40

50-80

100-150 gear, handwheel, throttling plug

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50 BS 1868

65-300 DMP

Nominal

pressure:

Description: (a)

Class 1500

ASTM A 105

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A216 WCB

with tilting disc

Up to 427 oC non corrosive mediums

ASTM A106 Gr. B

Design temperature / Design pressure

ASTM A105

OS&Y, BB

Class 1500

1,5 mm

Required,in case

of acc. B31.3

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

handwheel, throttling plug

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Piston non-return

HB1U3

Description: (a)

Flexible wedge, handwheel

ANSI B16.5 RJ (Ring-Joint) Ring-Joint ASME B16.20

OS&Y, BB

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Class 1500

Class 1500

15-40

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

BS 1873

ASTM A 105

ASTM A216 WCB

Class 1500FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

OS&Y, BB

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

handwheel

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

-29 °C / 255,2 barg 427 °C / 141,9 barg

Gate valve

BS 1873

ASTM A 105

ASTM A216 WCB

15-40

On/off globe valve

API 600

9with spring

Chocke valve

Check valve

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

15-40

Pipe class HB1U3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc.Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 367: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Up to 427

oC non corrosive mediums Class 1500 HB1U3

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XXS neck SCH XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-300 XXS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck SCH XXS

50-300

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H8

3

3, 4

3, 4, 5

3, 4, 6, 7

3, 4, 6, 7

seamless

3, 4

Description: (a)

6, 10

3, 4, 7

ASTM A530

BE

RJ, AARH=63µinch

seamless

PE/NPT

BE

seamless length=100mm

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

RJ, AARH=63µinch

BE

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

BE

ASTM A234 WPB

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Half coupling

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Tee

Reducer

ASTM A234 WPBANSI B16.9

ASTM A234 WPB

ASTM A530 ASTM A106 Gr. B15-40

ASTM A106 Gr. B

XXSPBE

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

Octagonal

seamless, LR

seamless

with RJ sealing surface

Stud

Nut

Concentric and

excentricseamless

SW

ANSI B1.1

BE

ASME B16.20

15-50

SOFT STEEL, MAX. HB

90

Class 1500

ANSI B16.5Class 1500

15-300

15-300

15-300

Class 1500

ASTM A105

ANSI B16.11Class 9000 ASTM A105

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.5Class 1500

Pipe class HB1U3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc.Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 368: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Up to 427

oC non corrosive mediums Class 1500 HB1U3

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class HB1U3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc.Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 369: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11 solid wedge, handwheel

BS 5352

50-80

100-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-80

100-150 gear, handwheel

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-80

100-150 gear, handwheel, throttling plug

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-300 BS 1868

50-300 DMP

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:HB1U5Class 1500Up to 427

oC: middle corrosive mediums

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

9

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Chocke valve

Check valve

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

with spring

API 600

Description: (a)

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RJ

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BBhandwheel

with tilting disc

-29 °C / 255,2 barg 427 °C / 141,9 barg

Gate valve Class 1500

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Class 1500BS 1873

ASTM A 105

ASTM A216 WCB

Ring-Joint ASME B16.20

1, 2, 9OS&Y, BBFlexible wedge, handwheel

3 mm

Required, in case

of acc. B31.3

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RJ

N8-F6(13C/

Hardfaced

handwheel, throttling plug

ANSI B16.5 RJ (Ring-Joint)

Piston non-return

Description: (a)

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RJ

ASTM A 105

ASTM A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RJ

ASTM A106 Gr. B

Design temperature / Design pressure

ASTM A105

ASTM A216 WCB

On/off globe valve

Class 1500BS 1873

Class 1500

ASTM A 105

ASTM A216 WCB

15-40

15-40

15-40

15-40

Pipe class HB1U5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 370: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:HB1U5Class 1500Up to 427

oC: middle corrosive mediums

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XXS neck SCH XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-300 XXS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck SCH XXS

50-300

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

3, 4

3, 4, 5

3, 4, 6, 7

3

ASTM A105

SOFT STEEL, MAX. HB

90

Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless, LR

seamless

PBE

Class 1500

Class 1500

3, 4

8

3, 4, 7

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5Class 1500

Class 1500

ASTM A105

15-50

Tee

Reducer

15-300

15-300

15-300

Class 9000

MSS SP-79

ASTM A530

BE

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

ANSI B16.9

Description: (a)

seamlessBE

ANSI B16.9

RJ, AARH=63µinch

ANSI B16.9

for RJ sealing surface

PE/BE

BE

ANSI B16.11

ASME B16.20

ASTM A234 WPB

BE

ASTM A234 WPB

ASTM A234 WPB

RJ, AARH=63µinch

SW

BE

NPT F threaded

ANSI B1.1Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

Octagonal

ASTM A530 ASTM A106 Gr. B seamless length=100mm15-40

ASTM A106 Gr. B

XXS

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Half coupling

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

PE/NPT

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

seamless

Stud

Nut

Pipe class HB1U5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 371: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:HB1U5Class 1500Up to 427

oC: middle corrosive mediums

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class HB1U5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 372: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11 solid wedge, handwheel

15-40

50-80

100-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

15-40 BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

15-40

50-80

100-150 gear, handwheel

15-40 BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

15-40

50-80

100 gear, handwheel, throttling plug

15-40 SW, BS 3799

15-40

50

65-300 with tilting disc DMP

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

handwheel, throttling plug

Class 1500BS 1873

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

Class 1500BS 1873

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

Class 1500

BS 5352

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RJ

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RJ

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Chocke valve

Piston non-return

BS 1868

with spring

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

9

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RJ

ANSI B16.5 RJ (Ring-Joint)

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RJ

Description: (a)

Flexible wedge, handwheel

-20 °C / 258,6 barg 538 °C / 68,5 barg

Gate valve Class 1500

Check valve

API 600

required

handwheel

Ring-Joint ASME B16.20

ASTM A335 Gr. P5

Design temperature / Design pressure

3 mm

OS&Y, BB

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

On/off globe valve

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 1500 HJ1U5

Hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness requirement

Pipe class HJ1U5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 373: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 1500 HJ1U5

Hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness requirementElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 Class 9000

50-300 CAL

15-40 Class 9000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F5

15-300 XXS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP5

15-40 neck SCH XXS

50-300 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

XXS

Pipe ASTM A530 ASTM A335 Gr. P5

BE

Half coupling 15-50

Tee

Reducer

Weldolet

Elbow

15-40

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

PBEseamless

PE/NPTASTM A530 ASTM A335 Gr. P5

ASTM A234 WP5

seamless, LR

seamless

seamless

ANSI B1.1

3

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentric

length=100mm

3, 4

BE

Description: (a)

ASTM A234 WP5

BE

Nipple

BEANSI B16.9

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

15-300

15-300

15-300

ANSI B16.11Class 9000

Class 1500

ASTM A234 WP5

ASTM A182 Gr. F5 Max.

HB 130

Class 1500

Class 1500

Class 1500

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

NPT F threaded

MSS SP-79

ASME B16.20

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

RJ, AARH=63µinch

3, 4

for RJ sealing surface

PE/BE

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

Octagonal

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5 RJ, AARH=63µinch

8

ASTM A182 Gr. F5 SW

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

seamless

Stud

Nut

3, 4, 6

BE

seamless

Pipe class HJ1U5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 374: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Nominal

pressure:Class 1500 HJ1U5

Hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness requirementRemarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class HJ1U5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 375: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11 solid wedge, handwheel

50-80

100-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-80

100-150 gear, handwheel

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-80

100-150 gear, handwheel, throttling plug

SW, BS 3799

50 BS 1868

65-300 with tilting disc DMP

Nominal

pressure:

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

Up to 316 oC in case of increased cloride or HS load

ASTM A790 S31803

Design temperature / Design pressure

15-40

15-40

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

9Piston non-return

Class 1500

15-40

N9-Monel

ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

Check valve

15-40

API 600

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJN9-Monel

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJN9-Monel

BS 1873

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

BS 1873

ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

HP1U1

Description: (a)

ANSI B16.5 RJ (Ring-Joint)

OS&Y, BB

Ring-Joint ASME B16.20

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

Flexible wedge, handwheel

handwheel, throttling plug

handwheel

Description: (a)

with spring

OS&Y, BB

not required

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJN9-Monel

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

On/off globe valve

Class 1500

BS 5352

Chocke valve Class 1500

-29 °C / 258,3 barg 316 °C / 191,8 barg

Gate valve Class 1500

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Class 1500

Pipe class HP1U1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 376: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Up to 316

oC in case of increased cloride or HS load HP1U1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Class 1500ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH 160

50-300 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH 160

50-300 CAL

15-40 SCH 160 Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 Class 6000

50-300 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F51

15-300 SCH160/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A815 S31803

15-40 neck SCH 160

50-300 3, 4

ASTM A193 B16

ASTM A194 8

10

8

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

SW

ASTM A790 Gr. S31803

seamless

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

Class 1500

ASTM A815 S31803

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

Class 6000

Class 1500

Half coupling 15-50

Tee

Reducer

Weldolet

ANSI B16.9

3

Concentric and

excentric

3, 4

3, 4, 5

seamless, LR

seamless

Description: (a)

length=100mmPBE

seamlessBE

seamlessPE/NPT

15-40

ASTM A790 Gr. S31803

SCH 160 ASTM A530

ASTM A530

ASTM A815 S31803 BE

ASTM A815 S31803

ASTM A182 Gr. F51ANSI B16.11

Nipple

Pipe

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

BE

Nut

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5

NPT F threaded

6, 11

3, 4, 6, 7

15-300

15-300

15-300

RJ, AARH=63µinch

Class 1500

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN Class 1500

RJ, AARH=63µinch

3, 4

for RJ sealing surface

Stud

ASME B16.20

PE/BE

ANSI B1.1

Octagonal

BEASTM A182 Gr. F51MSS SP-79

seamless

3, 4, 6

Elbow BE

Pipe class HP1U1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 377: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Up to 316

oC in case of increased cloride or HS load HP1U1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Class 1500Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 Allowed hardness shall be given at ordering

11 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class HP1U1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 378: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11 solid wedge, handwheel

50-65

80-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 gear, handwheel

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 gear, handwheel, throttling plug

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

BS 1868

with tilting disc DMP

15-40

Class 2500FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

ASTM A105

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A 105

ASTM A216 WCB

15-40

50-300

Class 2500

15-40

JB1U3Up to 427 oC non corrosive mediums

ASTM A106 Gr. B

Design temperature / Design pressure

On/off globe valve

1,5 mm

Required, in case

acc. B31.3

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

handwheel, throttling plug

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Flexible wedge, handwheel

Piston non-return

handwheel

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB 1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

9

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

Class 2500

15-40

Class 2500BS 1873

ASTM A 105

ASTM A216 WCB

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Check valve

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Chocke valve

-29 °C / 425 barg 427 °C / 236 barg

Gate valve

ANSI B16.5 RJ (Ring-Joint) Ring-Joint ASME B16.20

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Class 2500Nominal

pressure:

with spring

API 600

BS 1873

ASTM A 105

ASTM A216 WCB

Pipe class JB1U3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 379: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

JB1U3Up to 427 oC non corrosive mediums

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Class 2500Nominal

pressure:ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XXS neck SCH XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-300 XXS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck SCH XXS

50-300 3,4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

MSS SP-79

PE/NPT

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

BE

Class 2500

seamless

seamless

length=100mm

3, 4, 6

3, 4, 6, 7

6, 10

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

BE

3, 4seamless

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RJ sealing surface

ASTM A234 WPB

BE

ASTM A234 WPB BE

ASTM A234 WPB

ASTM A105

ASTM A105

RJ, AARH=63µinch

RJ, AARH=63µinch

Half coupling

15-300

15-300

15-300

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Tee

Reducer

ASTM A530 ASTM A106 Gr. B15-40

ASTM A106 Gr. B

XXSPBE

Description: (a)

Octagonal

seamless, LR

seamless

3

3, 4

Stud

Nut

3, 4, 5Concentric and

excentricseamless

SW

ANSI B1.1 8

BE

ASTM A105

SOFT STEEL, MAX. HB

90

ANSI B16.11Class 9000

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5Class 2500

Class 2500

15-50

ASTM A105

Class 2500 ASME B16.20

ASTM A530

Pipe class JB1U3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 380: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

JB1U3Up to 427 oC non corrosive mediums

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Class 2500Nominal

pressure:

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class JB1U3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 381: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11 solid wedge, handwheel

50-65

80-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 gear, handwheel

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-100 gear, handwheel, throttling plug

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

BS 1868

with tilting disc DMP

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

ASTM A 105

15-40

ASTM A216 WCB

Chocke valve Class 2500BS 1873

50-300

15-40

Check valve

15-40

JB1U5

Description: (a)

Flexible wedge, handwheel

ANSI B16.5 RJ (Ring-Joint) Ring-Joint ASME B16.20

3 mm

1,2, 9

Required in case

of acc. B31.3

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RJ

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

handwheel, throttling plug

FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RJ

handwheel

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Piston non-returnASTM A 105

N8-F6(13Cr)/

HardfacedFLGD, ANSI B16.5

RJ

On/off globe valve Class 2500 FLGD, ANSI B16.5

RJ

N8-F6(13Cr)/

HardfacedBS 1873

ASTM A 105

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A216 WCB

ASTM A106 Gr. B

Design temperature / Design pressure

Gate valve

-29 °C / 425 barg 427 °C / 236 barg

API 600

15-40 ASTM A105

ASTM A216 WCB

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:

with spring9Class 2500

Up to 427 oC: middle corrosive mediums Class 2500

Class 2500

Pipe class JB1U5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 382: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

JB1U5

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Up to 427

oC: middle corrosive mediums Class 2500Element

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 Class 9000 neck SCH XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 Class 9000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A105

15-300 XXS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WPB

15-40 neck SCH XXS

50-300 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

15-50 ANSI B16.11Class 9000

ASTM A105Class 2500

ASTM A105

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.9

Class 2500

ANSI B16.5

ASME B16.20

ASTM A105

SOFT STEEL, MAX. HB

90

15-300

15-300

15-300

Class 2500

Class 2500

ASTM A530

MSS SP-79

XXS

ASTM A105

15-40

ASTM A106 Gr. B

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B1.1

RJ, AARH=63µinch

Nut

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

RJ, AARH=63µinch

SW

Octagonal

seamless, LR

seamless

seamless

Description: (a)

ASTM A106 Gr. B

ASTM A530 BE

PBE

for RJ sealing surface

Stud

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

Tee

Reducer

PE/NPT

BE

ASTM A234 WPB

seamless

3, 4

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

seamless

seamless

length=100mm

Half coupling

3,4

ASTM A234 WPB

BE

ASTM A234 WPB BE

3, 4, 6, 7

Concentric and

excentric

3

3, 4, 5

3, 4, 6

6, 10

BE

8

Pipe class JB1U5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 383: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

JB1U5

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Up to 427

oC: middle corrosive mediums Class 2500

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class JB1U5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 384: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure range

(PN or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 API 602 SW, ASME B16.11 solid wedge, handwheel

25-40

50-65

80-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-150 gear, handwheel

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-150 gear, handwheel, throttling plug

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

with tilting disc DMP

OS&Y, BB

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

N8-F6(13Cr)/

HardfacedFLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

OS&Y, BB

Description: (a)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Class 2500 JG1U3

ANSI B16.5 RJ (Ring-

Joint)Ring-Joint ASME B16.20

1,5 mm

-29 °C / 431 barg 538 °C / 124,1 barg

Nominal

pressure:High pressure steam up to 520

oC

ASTM A335 Gr. P11

Design temperature / Design pressure

Check valve

BS 1868FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

handwheel, throttling plug

with springPiston non-return

required

Flexible wedge, handwheel

handwheel

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BBN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

Gate valve Class 2500

Class 2500

API 600

On/off globe valve

Chocke valveFLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

15-40

Class 2500

50-300

ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL.

1

ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

ASTM A 182 Gr. F11

CL.1

ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

ASTM A217 Gr. WC6

ASTM A 182 Gr. F11

CL.1

ASTM A 182 Gr. F11

CL.1

15-40

BS 1873

BS 1873

15-40

Class 2500

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

9

Pipe class JG1U3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 385: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Class 2500 JG1U3Nominal

pressure:High pressure steam up to 520

oCElement

Size

(DN)

Presure range

(PN or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 Class 6000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL. 1

15-300 XXS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP11 CL. 1

15-65

80-300

15-65

80-300

15-65

80-300

15-65 Class 1500 ASTM A193 B7

80-300 Class 900 ASTM A194 2H

6, 10

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A234 WP11

CLASS 1

ASTM A530 ASTM A335 Gr. P11

Stud bolt with two nuts

for RJ sealing surface

Stud

Nut

Class 2500 ASME B16.20ASTM A182 Gr. F11 CL.

1, Max. HB 130Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Half coupling

XXSNipple

Weldolet

Elbow

15-50

Tee

Reducer

NPT F threaded

PE/BECap

Pipe

ANSI B16.11Class 9000

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.9

seamless

seamless

BE

BE

Octagonal

seamless, LR

seamless

seamless

Description: (a)

seamless

3

Concentric and

excentric

3, 4, 6, 7

length=100mm

3, 4

3, 4, 6

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1

SW

BE

ASTM A234 WP11

CLASS 1BE

ASTM A234 WP11

CLASS 1

BE

PBE

PE/NPT15-40

ASTM A335 Gr. P11ASTM A530

ANSI B16.9

ANSI B16.5

ANSI B16.5Class 2500

Class 2500

8

3, 4

ANSI B1.1

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1

ASTM A182 Gr. F11

CLASS 1RJ, AARH=63µinch

RJ, AARH=63µinch

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

3, 4

3, 4, 5

Pipe class JG1U3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 386: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Class 2500 JG1U3Nominal

pressure:High pressure steam up to 520

oC

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class JG1U3.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intelelctual property of the MOL Plc. its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 387: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11 solid wedge, handwheel

50-65

80-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

15-40 BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

15-40

50-65

80-150 gear, handwheel

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-150 gear, handwheel, throttling plug

SW, BS 3799

50 BS 1868

65-300 with tilting disc DMP

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Class 2500 JJ1U5

reqjuired

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

Flexible wedge, handwheelN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RJ

N8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

handwheel, throttling plugN8-F6(13Cr)/

Hardfaced

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RJ

3 mm

9

Description: (a)

seamless

Piston non-return

BE

Gate valve

ASTM A530

15-40

BS 1873

Pipe

1, 2, 9

with spring

ASTM A335 Gr. P5

Design temperature / Design pressure

ASTM A335 Gr. P5

-29 °C / 431 barg 538 °C / 114,1 barg

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

Ring-Joint ASME B16.20

3

OS&Y, BB

Description: (a)

ANSI B16.5 RJ (Ring-Joint)

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RJ

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

FLGD, ANSI

B16.5 RJ

handwheel

OS&Y, BB

API 600

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

ASTM A217 Gr. C5

OS&Y, BB

BS 1873

ASTM A 182 Gr. F5

Class 2500

Class 2500

BS 5352

On/off globe valve

Class 2500Check valve

15-40

Class 2500Chocke valve

15-40

Pipe class JJ1U5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 388: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Class 2500 JJ1U5

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 XXS Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 Class 9000 neck SCH XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 Class 9000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F5

15-300 XXS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A234 WP5

15-40 neck SCH XXS

50-300 3, 4

ASTM A193 B7

ASTM A194 2H

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4, 6

3, 4, 6, 7

3, 4, 5

6, 10

seamless

Concentric and

excentricseamless

seamless

seamless, LR

length=100mm

Class 2500

PBE

BE

BE

BE

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A530 ASTM A335 Gr. P5

ANSI B16.9

ASTM A234 WP5

8

RJ, AARH=63µinch

RJ, AARH=63µinch

Thread: up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

for RJ sealing surface

StudANSI B1.1

Octagonal

Nut

Weldolet

Elbow

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Half coupling

seamless

seamlessBEASTM A530Pipe

15-40

ASTM A335 Gr. P5

XXS

BE

ASTM A234 WP5

ASTM A234 WP5

3

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

SW

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

PE/NPT

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

MSS SP-79

ANSI B16.9

15-50

Tee

Reducer

Class 9000

Nipple

ANSI B16.5Class 2500

ANSI B16.11

15-300

15-300

15-300

Class 2500 ASME B16.20

ASTM A182 Gr. F5

ASTM A182 Gr. F5 Max.

HB 130

ANSI B16.5Class 2500

Pipe class JJ1U5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 389: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Hydrocarbons up to 538 oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Class 2500 JJ1U5

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class JJ1U5.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 390: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

API 602 SW, ASME B16.11 solid wedge, handwheel

50-65

80-300 Flex. wedge, gear, handwheel

15-40 BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

15-40

50-65

80-150 gear, handwheel

BS 5352 SW, BS 3799

50-65

80-150 gear, handwheel, throttling plug

SW, BS 3799

50 BS 1868

65-300 with tilting disc DMP

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Class 2500 JP1U1In case of increassed cloride or HS load

ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

9

API 600

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

BS 1873

ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

BS 1873

ASTM A790 S31803

Design temperature / Design pressure

-29 °C / 430,6 barg 316 °C / 319,6 barg

Gate valve

15-40

Class 2500

not required

N9-Monel

Flexible wedge, handwheelN9-MonelFLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJN9-Monel

handwheel

N9-Monel

Piston non-return

handwheel, throttling plug

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

Description: (a)

with spring

OS&Y, BB

Ring-Joint ASME B16.20

OS&Y, BB

Description: (a)

ANSI B16.5 RJ (Ring-Joint)

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9

1, 2, 9OS&Y, BB

BS 5352

FLGD, ANSI B16.5 RJ

ASTM A 182 Gr. F51

ASTM A351 Gr. CK-

3MCuN

15-40

Class 2500

On/off globe valve

Class 2500Check valve

15-40

Class 2500Chocke valve

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

Pipe class JP1U1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 391: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Class 2500 JP1U1In case of increassed cloride or HS loadElement

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 SCH XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 SCH XXS 1.5D, 90o

50-300 CAL 1.5D, 45o

15-40 SCH XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 SCH XXS Equal Tee

50-300 CAL Reducing Tee

15-40 Class 9000 neck SCH XXS

50-300 CAL

15-40 Class 9000 ANSI B16.11 ASTM A182 Gr. F51

15-300 SCH XXS/CAL ANSI B16.9 ASTM A815 S31803

15-40 neck SCH XXS

50-300 3, 4

ASTM A193 B16

ASTM A194 8

3, 4, 5

6, 11

Concentric and

excentricseamless

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4, 6

3, 4, 6, 7

ANSI B16.5

Class 2500

PBE

BE

BE

BE

ASTM A530 ASTM A790 Gr. S31803

Class 2500

Class 2500

seamless

ANSI B16.9

seamless, LR

Stud

seamless

ANSI B16.9 BE

ASTM A815 S31803

ASTM A815 S31803

Stud bolt with two nuts

Cap

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

PE/BE

ASTM A182 Gr. F51ANSI B16.5

NPT F threaded

8

RJ, AARH=63µinch

RJ, AARH=63µinch

Thread:up to 1" UNC

1" above 8UN

with RJ sealing surface

NutANSI B1.1

Octagonal

15-40

ASTM A790 Gr. S31803

SCH XXS

ASTM A530

seamless

seamless

PE/NPT

Description: (a)

length=100mm

3

ANSI B16.11

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

MSS SP-79

SW

ASTM A815 S31803ANSI B16.9

BE

Half coupling 15-50

Tee

Reducer

Class 9000

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Elbow

15-300

15-300

15-300

10Class 2500 ASME B16.20

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

ASTM A182 Gr. F51

Pipe class JP1U1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 392: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version: Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes date: 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Nominal

pressure:Class 2500 JP1U1In case of increassed cloride or HS load

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3 mm, over it bevelled.

4 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings welding necks, weldolet shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

5 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

6 Branchings according to Table "T" of Documentation for Construction

7 Given dimension range relates to run pipe

8 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut.

9 Trims are acc.to API600

10 Allowed hardness shall be given at ordering

11 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipe class JP1U1.xls/Rev. 0.00.00 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 393: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s

Refining and Marketing

1.00.00

31.12.2011

Identifier

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Version:

Date:

PED / European standard system

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Basic pipe classes

Enclosure 1.: List of basic pipe classes (PED/European)

Enclosure 1.

List of basic pipe classes

PED-Euro-basicList1.xls

Page 394: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s

Refining and Marketing

1.00.00

31.12.2011

Identifier

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Version

Date

Enclosure 4.

PED / European standard system

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

Basic pipe classes

Enclosure 4.: Specification of basic pipe classes

Specification of basic pipe classes

PED-Euro-basicSpec4.xls

Page 395: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Rev. 1.00.00

31.12.2011

Corr.

allow.

Nom.P

ress.

Design

temp. /

design

press.

Flange sealing

surface

Siz

e r

ange

mm PNC°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness Ra

(µm)

DN

-20/16 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

400/9,2 EN10216-2/10217-5 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/16 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

400/9,2 EN10216-2/10217-5 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/16 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

200/12,4 EN10216-2/10217-5 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/16 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

150/13,9 EN10216-2/10217-2 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/16 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

150/13,9 EN10216-2/10217-5 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-50/16 P265NL (1.0453) 13MnNi6-3 (1.6217) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

100/16 EN10216-4/10217-6 EN10222-3 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-20/16 P235GH (1.0345) galv. C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

150/13,9 EN10216-2/10217-5 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-100/16 12Ni14 (1.5637) 12Ni14 (1.5637) EN 1092-1 B1 42CrMo4

100/16 EN10216-4 EN10222-3 Ra=3,2-12,5 42CrMo4

-40/16 X2CrNiMoN2253(1.4462) X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 EN 1092-1 B1 A2-70

200/16 SEW400 EN10222-5 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-196/16 X6CrNiTi1810 (1.4541) X6CrNiTi1810 EN 1092-1 B1 A2-70

400/11,1 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-196/16 X6CrNiTi1810 (1.4541) X6CrNiTi1810 EN 1092-1 B1 A2-70

yes

16eGr-pMet-

insN9 - Monel

Galvanised or threaded pipe class up to 150C°,

instrument air, fire water below DN200

15-600Mediums from -30 (above) up to 100°C:

hydrocarbons

In case of increased or hydrogen sulphide loadingPP1H1 0 03.10.28 0,75 no no

yes no

no no

no

PB6H3 0 03.10.28 1,5

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-300 yes

Low temperature hydrocarbons, at temperature

below -30°C

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons, strongly

corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 150C°

PM5H3 0 03.10.28 1,5Non-Asb-

FwB

15-300

15-600

16

15-150

PU5H1 0 03.10.28 0,75

16Non-Asb-

FwB

Non-Asb-

FwBN1 - F6(13Cr)

16 Gr. On CS N1 - F6(13Cr)

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced

0

03.10.28 0,75

no

2 medium groups(CEN/TR 13480-7:2002)

Industrial water, process water, cooling water,

inert gas, pressurised air, fire water over DN150

Not specially corrosive mediums up to 150C°,

hydrocarbons, fuel gas, natural gas, slop, flare,

methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkalies

16

16

yes15-300PB5H3 0 03.10.28

PE1N0 0 03.10.28

PU1H1 0

no

no

Basic pipe classes

Enclosure 1.List of basic pipe classes(PED/European)

Version:

Date:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1P

ipe c

lass

Rev.

Rev. Date pipe material Mediums

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

3,0

eGr-pMet-

ins

Weld

ing s

ocket

ele

ments

Weld

heat tr

eate

ment

Flange materialGasket

typeBolts and nuts Trim

no16

PB1H3 0 03.10.28 1,5 16

PB1H5 0 03.10.28eGr-pMet-

ins

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-800

Increased corrosive effect up to 400C°:

hydrocarbons, natural gas, slop, flare, methanol,

glycol,

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-300 yes no

Not specially corrosive mediums up to 400C°:

hydrocarbons, natural gas, slop, flare, methanol,

glycol

yes

PB2H3 0 03.10.28 1,5

PD5H3 0 03.10.28 1,5

1,5

16 N5 - Hardfaced 15-600

Non-Asb-

FwB

16eGr-pMet-

ins

eGr-pMet-

insyes no

Low pressure steam, condensating water

(operating pressure 2-6 barg,operating

temperature max. 180°C)

N2 - 304 15-600 yes

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfacedyes

15-800

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons,

strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons

16Non-Asb-

FwBN2 - 304 yes

ClassListPED-Euro.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/6

Page 396: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Rev. 1.00.00

31.12.2011

Corr.

allow.

Nom.P

ress.

Design

temp. /

design

press.

Flange sealing

surface

Siz

e r

ange

mm PNC°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness Ra

(µm)

DN

Basic pipe classes

Enclosure 1.List of basic pipe classes(PED/European)

Version:

Date:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1P

ipe c

lass

Rev.

Rev. Date pipe material Mediums

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

eGr-pMet-

ins

Weld

ing s

ocket

ele

ments

Weld

heat tr

eate

ment

Flange materialGasket

typeBolts and nuts Trim

PB1H3 0 03.10.28 1,5 16N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-300 yes no

Not specially corrosive mediums up to 400C°:

hydrocarbons, natural gas, slop, flare, methanol,

glycol

150/13,9 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-196/16 X6CrNiMoTi17122 (1.4571) X6CrNiMoTi17122 EN 1092-1 B1 A2-70

400/11,7 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-196/16 X6CrNiMoTi17122 (1.4571) X6CrNiMoTi17122 EN 1092-1 B A2-70

150/14,6 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-20/25 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

400/14,4 EN10216-2/10217-5 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/25 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

400/14,4 EN10216-2/10217-5 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/25 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

150/21,7 EN10216-2/10217-5 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/25 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

400/14,4 EN10216-2 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/25 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

400/14,4 EN10216-2 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/25 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

150/21,7 EN10216-2 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/25 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

150/21,7 EN10216-2/10217-5 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-50/25 P265NL (1.0453) 13MnNi6-3 (1.6217) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

100/25 EN10216-4/10217-6 EN10222-3 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-20/25 13CrMo4-5 (1.7335) 13CrMo4-5(1.7335) EN 1092-1 B2 25CrMo4

500/15,2 EN10216-2 EN10222-2 Ra=0,8-3,2 C35E

Spw-OR-

Gra

noMediums from -30 (above) up to 100°C:

hydrocarbons 15-600 yes

Non-Asb-

FwB

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

HardfacedQD5H3 0 03.10.28 1,5 25

25

03.10.28 0,75 16Non-Asb-

FwBN10 - 316

N10 - 31603.10.28 3,0eGr-pMet-

ins

yes noUp to 400C°, in case of increased corrosion effect:

hydrocarbons, natural gas, flare, methanol, glycol

yes no

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons and pitting

corrosion danger, strongly corrosive non

hydrocarbons up to 150C°

yes noNot specially corrosive mediums up to 400C°:

hydrocarbons, natural gas, flare, methanol, glycol

QB2H5 0 03.10.28 3,0 25eGr-pMet-

ins

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced

QB2H3 0 03.10.28 1,5

QC1H5 0

yes Hydrocarbons up to 500C°, low corrosion effectyes

no yes

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion;

SSC) (acid water, amine, aggressiv alkalies etc.)

up to 150oC

25

no yesMediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion;

SSC) (acid water, amine, etc.) up to 150oC

Non-Asb-

FwBN10 - 316 15-300

0,75

QC5H7 0 03.10.28 6,0

15-300

25

15-600

PV5H1 0

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons, strongly

corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 150C°

Extreme low, or high temperature hydrocarbons

with pitting corrosion danger, mediums causing

stress corrosion

16eGr-pMet-

insPV1H1 0 03.10.28

Non-Asb-

FwB

no yes

15-600

15-600

N10 - 316

eGr-pMet-

insN10 - 316

15-600

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion;

SSC) (acid water, amine, etc.)15-300

15-600 yes no

Not specially corrosive madiums up to 150C°,

hydrocarbons, natural gas, flare, methanol, glycol,

not aggressive alkalies

15-300 no yesMediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion;

SSC) (acid water, amine, aggressiv alkalies etc.)

1,5

QC5H5 0 03.10.28 3,0

QC1H7 0 03.10.28 6,0

25

PU5H1 0 03.10.28 0,75

25

QB5H3 0 03.10.28

no

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-600

25eGr-pMet-

ins

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-600

QG1J3 0 03.10.28 1,5

N1 - F6(13Cr)25Non-Asb-

FwB

no no

16Non-Asb-

FwBN2 - 304 yes

N10 - 316

ClassListPED-Euro.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/6

Page 397: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Rev. 1.00.00

31.12.2011

Corr.

allow.

Nom.P

ress.

Design

temp. /

design

press.

Flange sealing

surface

Siz

e r

ange

mm PNC°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness Ra

(µm)

DN

Basic pipe classes

Enclosure 1.List of basic pipe classes(PED/European)

Version:

Date:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1P

ipe c

lass

Rev.

Rev. Date pipe material Mediums

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

eGr-pMet-

ins

Weld

ing s

ocket

ele

ments

Weld

heat tr

eate

ment

Flange materialGasket

typeBolts and nuts Trim

PB1H3 0 03.10.28 1,5 16N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-300 yes no

Not specially corrosive mediums up to 400C°:

hydrocarbons, natural gas, slop, flare, methanol,

glycol

-100/25 12Ni14 (1.5637) 12Ni14 (1.5637) EN 1092-1 B1 42CrMo4

100/25 EN10216-4 EN10222-3 Ra=3,2-12,5 42CrMo4

-40/25 X2CrNiMoN2253(1.4462) X2CrNiMoN2253 EN 1092-1 B1 A2-70

200/25 SEW400 EN10222-5 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-196/25 X6CrNiTi1810 (1.4541) X6CrNiTi1810 EN 1092-1 B1 A2-70

400/17,3 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-196/25 X6CrNiTi1810 (1.4541) X6CrNiTi1810 EN 1092-1 B1 A2-70

150/21,7 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-196/25 X6CrNiMoTi17122 (1.4571) X6CrNiMoTi17122 EN 1092-1 B1 A2-70

400/18,2 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-196/25 X6CrNiMoTi17122 (1.4571) X6CrNiMoTi17122 EN 1092-1 B A2-70

150/22,8 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-20/40 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

400/23,1 EN10216-2/10217-5 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/40 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

400/23,1 EN10216-2/10217-5 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/40 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

400/23,1 EN10216-2/10217-5 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/40 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

150/34,7 EN10216-2/10217-5 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/40 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

400/23,1 EN10216-2 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

RB2H3 0 N5 - Hardfaced 15-600 no

Medium pressure steam,condensating water

(operating pressure 6-16 barg, operating

temperature max. 300°C)

eGr-pMet-

ins03.10.28 1,5 yes

15-60040eGr-pMet-

ins

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced

40eGr-pMet-

ins

40

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion;

SSC) (acid water, amine, aggressiv alkalies etc.)yesRC1H5 0 03.10.28 40 N10 - 316 15-300

eGr-pMet-

ins

RB1H5 0 03.10.28 3,0

3,0

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-600RB1H3 0 03.10.28 1,5 yes no Not specially corrosive hyídrocarbons up to 400C°

yes noHydrocarbons in case of inscreased corrosion up

to 400C°

no

40Non-Asb-

FwB

no

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons

with pitting corrosion danger, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

yes no

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons

with pitting corrosion danger, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons 150C°-ig

15-600 yeseGr-pMet-

insQV1H1 0 03.10.28 0,75 25

25 N2 - 304 15-600QU1H1 0 03.10.28 0,75eGr-pMet-

ins

yes15-600

15-300 no noIn case of increased chloride or sulphide hydrogen

load

no no

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons,

strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons, mediums

causing stress corrosion

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-300 yes yes

Low temperature hydrocarbons, below

temperature of -30°C to -100°C

N1 - F6(13Cr) 15-600 yes noUp to 150C°: hydrocarbons, natural gas,

methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkalies

QM5H3 0 03.10.28 1,5 25Non-Asb-

FwB

RB5H3 0 03.10.28 1,5

QP1H1 0 03.10.28 0,75 25eGr-pMet-

insN9-Monel

QU5H1 0 03.10.28

Non-Asb-

FwBN10 - 316 15-600

0,75 25Non-Asb-

FwBN2 - 304

N10 - 316

noExtreme low temperaure hydrocarbons, strongly

corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 150C°

QV5H1 0 03.10.28 0,75 25

ClassListPED-Euro.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/6

Page 398: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Rev. 1.00.00

31.12.2011

Corr.

allow.

Nom.P

ress.

Design

temp. /

design

press.

Flange sealing

surface

Siz

e r

ange

mm PNC°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness Ra

(µm)

DN

Basic pipe classes

Enclosure 1.List of basic pipe classes(PED/European)

Version:

Date:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1P

ipe c

lass

Rev.

Rev. Date pipe material Mediums

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

eGr-pMet-

ins

Weld

ing s

ocket

ele

ments

Weld

heat tr

eate

ment

Flange materialGasket

typeBolts and nuts Trim

PB1H3 0 03.10.28 1,5 16N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-300 yes no

Not specially corrosive mediums up to 400C°:

hydrocarbons, natural gas, slop, flare, methanol,

glycol

-20/40 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

400/23,1 EN10216-2 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/40 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

150/34,7 EN10216-2 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-20/40 P235GH (1.0345) C22.8 (1.0460) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

150/34,7 EN10216-2 DIN 17243 Ra=3,2-12,5 C35E

-50/40 P265NL (1.0453) 13MnNi6-3 (1.6217) EN 1092-1 B1 25CrMo4

100/40 EN10216-4/10217-6 EN10222-3 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-20/40 13CrMo4-5 (1.7335) 13CrMo4-5(1.7335) EN 1092-1 B2 25CrMo4

500/24,4 EN10216-2 EN10222-2 Ra=0,8-3,2 C35E

-20/40 EN 1092-1 B2 42CrMo5-6

500/20 Ra=0,8-3,2 42CrMo4

-100/40 12Ni14 (1.5637) 12Ni14 (1.5637) EN 1092-1 B1 42CrMo4

100/40 EN10216-4 EN10222-3 Ra=3,2-12,5 42CrMo4

-40/40 X2CrNiMoN2253(1.4462) X2CrNiMoN2253 EN 1092-1 B2 A2-70

200/32 SEW400 EN10222-5 Ra=0,8-3,2 A2-70

-196/40 X6CrNiTi1810 (1.4541) X6CrNiTi1810 EN 1092-1 B2 A2-70

400/27,7 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=0,8-3,2 A2-70

-196/40 X6CrNiTi1810 (1.4541) X6CrNiTi1810 EN 1092-1 B1 A2-70

150/34,7 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-196/40 X6CrNiMoTi17122 (1.4571) X6CrNiMoTi17122 EN 1092-1 B2 A2-70

400/29,2 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=0,8-3,2 A2-70

-196/40 X6CrNiMoTi17122 (1.4571) X6CrNiMoTi17122 EN 1092-1 B A2-70

yes15-600

N10 - 316 15-600

RU1J1

yes no

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons

with pitting corrosion danger, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

RV1J1 0 03.10.28 0,75 40Spw-OR-

Gra

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons,

strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons

yes yes Hydrocarbons up to 500C°, low corrosion effect

noIn case of increased chloride or sulphide hydrogen

load

yesHdrocarbons up to 500C°, high corrosion effect,

hydrogen pressure-tighting requirement

0 03.10.28 0,75 40 yes no15-600Spw-OR-

GraN2 - 304

1,5 40Spw-OR-

Gra

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced

3,0 40Spw-OR-

Gra

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1) EN10216-

2

Mediums from -30 (above) up to 100°C:

hydrocarbons

RP1J1 0 03.10.28 0,75 40Spw-OR-

GraN9-Monel 15-600 no

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion;

SSC) (acid water, amine, etc.)

RD5H3 0 03.10.28 1,5 40Non-Asb-

FwB

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-600 yes

RC1H7 0 03.10.28 6,0 40eGr-pMet-

insN10 - 316 15-300

yes

no

RJ1J5

RG1J3 0 03.10.28

15-600

40

N10 - 316

X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT) EN10222-

5

0 03.10.28

15-300

15-300

Low temperature hydrocarbons below temperature

of -30°C to -100°C.

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced

Non-Asb-

FwBN10 - 316

yes

no

15-600

yes

no yesRC5H5 0 03.10.28 3,0

H2S korróziót (feszültség korrózió; SSC) okozó

közegek (savanyú víz, amin, agresszív lugok, stb.)

150C°-ig

Non-Asb-

FwB

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-300 yes yes

RU5H1 0 03.10.28 0,75Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons, strongly

corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 150C°

RV5H1 0 03.10.28 0,75 40Non-Asb-

FwBN10 - 316

40Non-Asb-

FwB

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons

with pitting corrosion danger, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons up to 150C°

0 03.10.28 1,5 40

no

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion;

SSC) (acid water, amine, aggressiv alkalies etc.)

up to 150C°-ig

RC5H7 0 03.10.28 6,0 40Non-Asb-

FwBno

RM5H3

no

noN2 - 304 15-600

ClassListPED-Euro.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/6

Page 399: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Rev. 1.00.00

31.12.2011

Corr.

allow.

Nom.P

ress.

Design

temp. /

design

press.

Flange sealing

surface

Siz

e r

ange

mm PNC°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness Ra

(µm)

DN

Basic pipe classes

Enclosure 1.List of basic pipe classes(PED/European)

Version:

Date:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1P

ipe c

lass

Rev.

Rev. Date pipe material Mediums

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

eGr-pMet-

ins

Weld

ing s

ocket

ele

ments

Weld

heat tr

eate

ment

Flange materialGasket

typeBolts and nuts Trim

PB1H3 0 03.10.28 1,5 16N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-300 yes no

Not specially corrosive mediums up to 400C°:

hydrocarbons, natural gas, slop, flare, methanol,

glycol

150/36,4 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=3,2-12,5 A2-70

-20/63 P355NH (1.0565) P355NH (1.0565) EN 1092-1 B2 25CrMo4

400/46,8 EN10216-3/10217-3 EN10222-4 Ra=0,8-3,2 C35E

-20/63 P355NH (1.0565) P355NH (1.0565) EN 1092-1 C/D 25CrMo4

150/63 EN10216-3/10217-3 EN10222-4 Ra=0,8-3,2 C35E

-50/63 P265NL (1.0453) 13MnNi6-3 (1.6217) EN 1092-1 CD 25CrMo4

100/63 EN10216-4 EN10222-3 Ra=0,8-3,2 A2-70

-20/63 13CrMo4-5 (1.7335) 13CrMo4-5(1.7335) EN 1092-1 B2 25CrMo4

500/38,4 EN10216-2 EN10222-2 Ra=0,8-3,2 C35E

-20/63 EN 1092-1 B2 42CrMo5-6

500/31,5 Ra=0,8-3,2 42CrMo4

-20/63 EN 1092-1 B2 42CrMo5-6

500/31,5 Ra=0,8-3,2 42CrMo4

-100/63 12Ni14 (1.5637) 12Ni14 (1.5637) EN 1092-1 CD 42CrMo4

100/63 EN10216-4 EN10222-3 Ra=0,8-3,2 42CrMo4

-196/63 X6CrNiTi1810 (1.4541) X6CrNiTi1810 EN 1092-1 B2 A2-70

400/35,2 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=0,8-3,2 A2-70

-196/63 X6CrNiMoTi17122 (1.4571) X6CrNiMoTi17122 EN 1092-1 B2 A2-70

400/35,2 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=0,8-3,2 A2-70

-20/100 P355NH (1.0565) P355NH (1.0565) EN 1092-1 B2 25CrMo4

400/74,2 EN10216-3/10217-3 EN10222-4 Ra=0,8-3,2 C35E

-20/100 13CrMo 4 4 (1.7335) 13CrMo 4 4 (1.7335) EN 1092-1 B2 42CrMo5-6

3,0

yes

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1) EN10216-

2

X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT) EN10222-

5

X11CrMo9-1+NT1

(1.7386+NT1) EN10216-

2

X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903) EN10222-5

Low temperature hydrocarbons below temperature

of -30°C to -100°C.yes

15-400

15-400

1,5 63eGr-pMet-

ins

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced

Spw-IOR-

GraN2 - 304

15-300

63Spw-IOR-

Gra

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced

SD1K3 0 03.10.28

SK1J5 0 03.10.28

SU1J1 0 03.10.28

SM1K3 0 03.10.28

SV1J1 0 03.10.28

yes

High pressure steam, condensating water

(operating pressure 16-40 barg, operating

temperature max. 470°C)

yes noUp to 400C° not corrosive mediums, high pressute

nitrogen15-350

0 03.10.28 1,5 100 yes

TB1J3 0 03.10.28 1,5

Spw-IOR-

Gra15-350N5 - Hardfaced

100Spw-IOR-

Gra

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced

TG1J3

Hdrocarbons up to 500C°, high corrosion effect,

hydrogen pressure-tighting requirement

yes yesHdrocarbons up to 500C°, high corrosion effect,

hydrogen pressure-tighting requirement

yes yes

no

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons

with pitting corrosion danger, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

yes

Hydrocarbons up to 500C°, low corrosion effect

SJ1J5 0 03.10.28 3,0 63Spw-IOR-

Gra

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-400

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-400 yes yes

yes no15-400

SG1J3 0 03.10.28 1,5 63Spw-IOR-

Gra

1,5

15-400 yesSpw-IOR-

Gra

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced

Mediums from -30 (above) up to 100°C:

hydrocarbons 63

eGr-pMet-

ins

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced

yes

0 03.10.28

no Up to 400C°: process

Up to 150C°: hydrocarbons, process63Non-Asb-

FwB

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-400

SB1J3 0 03.10.28 1,5 63

15-600

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons,

strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons

0,75 63Spw-IOR-

GraN10 - 316 15-400 yes

no0,75 63

RV5H1 0 03.10.28 0,75 40Non-Asb-

FwBN10 - 316

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons

with pitting corrosion danger, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons up to 150C°

yes noSB5K3 1,5

no

ClassListPED-Euro.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 5/6

Page 400: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Rev. 1.00.00

31.12.2011

Corr.

allow.

Nom.P

ress.

Design

temp. /

design

press.

Flange sealing

surface

Siz

e r

ange

mm PNC°/barg &

C°/barg

standard and

roughness Ra

(µm)

DN

Basic pipe classes

Enclosure 1.List of basic pipe classes(PED/European)

Version:

Date:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1P

ipe c

lass

Rev.

Rev. Date pipe material Mediums

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL-

eGr-pMet-

ins

Weld

ing s

ocket

ele

ments

Weld

heat tr

eate

ment

Flange materialGasket

typeBolts and nuts Trim

PB1H3 0 03.10.28 1,5 16N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced15-300 yes no

Not specially corrosive mediums up to 400C°:

hydrocarbons, natural gas, slop, flare, methanol,

glycol

500/60.9 DIN17175 EN10222-2 Ra=0,8-3,2 42CrMo4

-20/100 EN 1092-1 B2 42CrMo5-6

500/50 Ra=0,8-3,2 42CrMo4

-20/100 EN 1092-1 B2 42CrMo5-6

500/50 Ra=0,8-3,2 42CrMo4

-196/100 X6CrNiTi1810 (1.4541) X6CrNiTi1810 EN 1092-1 B2 A2-70

400/46,3 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=0,8-3,2 A2-70

-196/100 X6CrNiMoTi17122 (1.4571) X6CrNiMoTi17122 EN 1092-1 B2 A2-70

400/46,3 DIN17458&DIN17457 EN10222-5 Ra=0,8-3,2 A2-70

remarks:

Abbreviations are in document of "List of abbreviations". Some abbreviations are as follows:

Gasket types:

eGr-pMet-ins Expanded graphite with perforated metal insertion Expandált grafit perforált fém betéttel

Non-Asb-FwB Non-asbestos fibre with binder Azbesztmentes szál kötőanyaggal

Spw-OR-Gra Spiral Wound, Graphite filler, outer support-ring Spirál tömítés, külső gyűrűvel, grafit töltőanyaggal

Spw-IOR-Gra Spiral Wound, Graphite filler, inner and outer support-ring Spirál tömítés, külső-belső gyűrűvel, grafit töltőanyaggal

Trim explanations: Yipical standard of closing seat (surface) materail

cast forged welded

N1 - F6(13Cr) 1 F6 13Cr ASTM A217 (CA15) ASTM A182 (F6a) AWS A5.9 ER410 13Cr ASTM A276-T410 vagy T420

N2 - 304 2 304 18Cr-8Ni ASTM A351 (CF8) ASTM A182 (F304) AWS A5.9 ER308 18Cr-8Ni ASTM A276-T304

N5 - Hardfaced 5 Hardfaced Co-Cr A (g) - - AWS A13 E 13Cr ASTM A276-T410 vagy T420

N8 - F6(13Cr)/Hardfaced 8 F6 és Hardfaced 13Cr Co-Cr A (g) ASTM A217 (CA15) ASTM A182 (F6a) AWS A5.9 ER410 13Cr ASTM A276-T410 vagy T420

N9 - Monel 9 Monel Ni-Cu alloy - MFG standard - Ni-Cu alloy MFG szabvány

N10 - 316 10 316 18Cr-8Ni ASTM A351 (CF8M) ASTM A182 (F316) AWS A5.9 ER316 18Cr-8Ni ASTM A276-T316

Trim

No.

Trim name Material of closing seat Material of valve

stem

In column design temperature/pressure min/max the upper row of pipe class contains the minimal design temperature and the related design pressure , the lower row of the pipe class contains the maximal design temperature and related design pressure.

Tipical standard of valve stem material

15-350 yes noN10 - 316

100Spw-IOR-

GraN2 - 304

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons

with pitting corrosion danger, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

yes noExtreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons,

strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons

100Spw-IOR-

Gra

15-350TU1J1 0 03.10.28 0,75

TV1J1 0 03.10.28 0,75

Hdrocarbons up to 500C°, high corrosion effect,

hydrogen pressure-tighting requirement

yes yesHdrocarbons up to 500C°, high corrosion effect,

hydrogen pressure-tighting requirement

15-350TJ2J5 0 03.10.28 3,0 100

Spw-IOR-

Gra

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced

X11CrMo9-1+NT1

(1.7386+NT1) EN10216-

2

X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903) EN10222-5yes yes

Spw-IOR-

Gra

N8 - F6(13Cr) /

Hardfaced

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1) EN10216-

2

X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT) EN10222-

2

TJ1J5 0 03.10.28 3,0 100

yes

High pressure steam, condensating water

(operating pressure 16-40 barg, operating

temperature max. 470°C)

15-350

0 03.10.28 1,5 100 yesSpw-IOR-

Gra15-350N5 - HardfacedTG1J3

ClassListPED-Euro.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 6/6

Page 401: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket typeEN 1092-1 11, B1 type

(RF, Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN12760with solid wedge 1

15-300 up to DN50 sol. w., above flex. w.

350-800 Felxible wedge and gear

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN12760304/304 FL ball

15-200

250-800 with gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)socket welding,

EN127601

80-150 with lever

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN127601

PN16

PN16

EN13709 EN12266-

1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

Type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

Type B1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

PN16

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

GP240GH (1.0619)

C22.8 (1.0460)

C22.8 (1.0460)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

Type B1

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50 FL

ball, above Trunn

Mo

304/304

PN16

1,5 mm

not required

with handwheel

with lever

flanged,

EN 1092-1

Type B1

PB1H3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

eGr-pMet-ins, flat

(EN1514-1)

OS&Y, BB

1doubled

excentricity

Up to 400 oC -ig not especially corrosive mediums:

hydrocarbons, natural gas, slop, flare, methanol, glycol

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2, EN10217-5

Designing temperature/designing pressure

-20 °C / 16 barg 400 °C / 9,2 barg

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

15-150

15-150

200-800

EN593

EN12266-1

PN16

PN16

EN13709 EN12266-

1

with gear and handwheel

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

Type A

Butterfly valve

Nominal

pressure

EN Plated/304

DN100-ig 304/304

handwheel,

throttling plug1, 2

PipeClass PB1H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 402: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN16 PB1H3Up to 400

oC -ig not especially corrosive mediums:

hydrocarbons, natural gas, slop, flare, methanol, glycol

Nominal

pressureElement

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 TypeA wafer type Lft F., SL

15-350 EN10216-2 seamless

400-800 EN10217-5 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

concetric and

extentric

welded

Description: (a)

P235GH (1.0345)

C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345)

GP240GH (1.0619)

PE/BE

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

welded

12

14socket welding

PE/BE

PE/NPT

PE/BE

seamless

PE/BE

PBE

PE/BE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfacedflanged,

EN 1092-1

Type B1

length=100mmseamlessEN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345)

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

40-65

P235GH (1.0345)

Class3000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460)

C22.8 (1.0460)

Tee

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-5

15-50 ANSI B16.11

400-800

P235GH (1.0345)DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2/10217-5

DIN2605 T2

EN 10217-5

15-40

200-800

400-800

PN16

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-215-800

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-2

EN13709 EN12266-

1

3, 4 and 5

5 and 6

Reducer 15-800

Elbow

15-350

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9seamless and welded

slam check valve

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

DMP slam

PipeClass PB1H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 403: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN16 PB1H3Up to 400

oC -ig not especially corrosive mediums:

hydrocarbons, natural gas, slop, flare, methanol, glycol

Nominal

pressureElement

Size

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-800 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-40 PN40 Material standard: DIN2528

50-800 PN16 Material standard: EN10222-2

15-40 PN40 Material standard: DIN2528

50-800 PN16 Material standard: EN10222-2

15-40 PN40

50-800 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-800 PN16

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring.

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of nipples are as follows: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

Description: (a)

EN1514-1 eGr-pMet-ins

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material standard: EN10269

free of asbestos

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

flat gasketfor RF sealing surface

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

Cap

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

EN1092-1, flange

Type 11

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

Type 05

Welding neck

PipeClass PB1H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 404: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN16 PB1H3Up to 400

oC -ig not especially corrosive mediums:

hydrocarbons, natural gas, slop, flare, methanol, glycol

Nominal

pressure

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass PB1H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 405: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket typeEN 1092-1 11, B1 type (RF, Ra=3,2-

12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-300 up to DN50 sol. w., above flex. w.

350-800 Felxible wedge and gear

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN12760316/316 FL ball

15-200

250-800 gear operated

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)socket welding,

EN127601

80-150 with lever

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN127601

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:

PN16 1, 2

PB1H5

EN1984

EN12266-1

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2, EN10217-5

Design temperature/design pressure

-20 °C / 16 barg 400 °C / 9,2 barg

Gate valve

Ball valve

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

GP240GH (1.0619)

EN Plated/316

DN100-ig316/316

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

GP240GH (1.0619)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

On/off globe valve

1doubled

excentricity

1, 2

not required

C22.8 (1.0460)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

OS&Y, BB

316/316

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfacedflanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

handwheel,

throttling plug

PN16

3 mm

Description: (a)

with lever

Up to 400oC mediums with increased corrosion

effect:hydrocarbons,natural gas, slop, flare, methanol, glycol,

OS&Y, BB

eGr-pMet-ins, flat (EN1514-1)

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50 FL

ball, above Trunn

Mo

Choke valve

PN16

handwheel

gear and handwheelC22.8 (1.0460)

200-800

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN16

PN16

PN16

15-150

15-150

Butterfly valve

PipeClass PB1H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4]

Page 406: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:PB1H5PN16

Up to 400oC mediums with increased corrosion

effect:hydrocarbons,natural gas, slop, flare, methanol, glycol, ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft F., SL

15-350 EN10216-2 seamless

400-800 EN10217-5 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

Description: (a)

welded

socket welding

BE

welded

12

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

15

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-5

BE

PE/NPT

Check valve

15-800

400-800

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2/10217-5P235GH (1.0345)

40-65

P235GH (1.0345)

C22.8 (1.0460)ANSI B16.11

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling Class6000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460)

Tee

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-5

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

15-50

P235GH (1.0345)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

GP240GH (1.0619)

C22.8 (1.0460)

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-2

EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

Reducer 15-800

Elbow

15-350

400-800

PN16

15-40

200-800

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

concentric and

excentric

with damper

equipped slam

3, 4 and 5

5 and 6

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

lenght=100mm

seamless and welded

PBE

BE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfacedflanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

slam check valve or spring loaded

dual plate

seamless

BE

seamless

BE

PipeClass PB1H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4]

Page 407: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:PB1H5PN16

Up to 400oC mediums with increased corrosion

effect:hydrocarbons,natural gas, slop, flare, methanol, glycol, ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-800 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-40 PN40 Material standard: DIN2528

50-800 PN16 Material standard: EN10222-2

15-40 PN40 Material standard: DIN2528

50-800 PN16 Material standard: EN10222-2

15-40 PN40

50-800 PN16

15-50 PN40

15-800 PN16

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5.6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=46,3 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material standard: EN10269

non-asbestos

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

BE

NPT F threaded

Description: (a)

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

EN1514-1 eGr-pMet-ins flat gasketfor raices face sealing surface

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

Cap

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

Stud bolt wit two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Welding neck flange

PipeClass PB1H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4]

Page 408: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:PB1H5PN16

Up to 400oC mediums with increased corrosion

effect:hydrocarbons,natural gas, slop, flare, methanol, glycol,

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass PB1H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4]

Page 409: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300-600 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)socket welding,

EN127601

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN127601

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft.F.,SL

Nominal

pressure:

Low pressure steam, condense (operating pressure 2-6

barg, operating temperature max. 180°C )

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2, EN10217-5

Design temperature/Design pressure

-20 °C / 16 barg 200 °C / 12,4 barg

Gate valve

N5-Hardfaced 1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

15-150

15-150

200-600

PN16

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN16

PN16

EN13709 EN12266-

1

C22.8 (1.0460)

GP240GH (1.0619)

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN16 GP240GH (1.0619)

DMP

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Check valve

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N5-Hardfaced

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N5-Hardfaced handwheel

flap valve

1, 2

handwheel,

throttling plug

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BBN5-HardfacedC22.8 (1.0460) flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

PB2H3

Description: (a)

1,5 mm

eGr-pMet-ins,

flat (EN1514-1)

not required

PN16

PipeClass PB2H3.xls This document is an intelectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written is prohibited! 1/4

Page 410: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:

Low pressure steam, condense (operating pressure 2-6

barg, operating temperature max. 180°C )

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PB2H3PN16

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-350 EN10216-2 seamless

400-600 EN10217-5 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-600 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-40 PN40 Material: DIN2528

50-600 PN16 Material: EN10222-2

C22.8 (1.0460)

C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-5

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2/10217-5

PE/BEP235GH (1.0345)

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

length=100mmseamlessP235GH (1.0345)

4, 5, 7 and 8

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-2

welded

5 and 6EN10216-2

PE/BE

P235GH (1.0345)

15-50 ANSI B16.11

15-600

15-350

400-600

15-40

Tee

Welding neck flange

Cap

15-600

400-600

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-5

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Class3000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Reducer

Elbow

3, 4 and 5PE/BE

PE/NPT

seamless

Description: (a)

PBE

PE/BE

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

socket welding

5 and 7Roughness:

EN 1092-1, B1 type

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

seamless and welded

seamless

welded

concentric and

excenteric

12

15

PipeClass PB2H3.xls This document is an intelectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written is prohibited! 2/4

Page 411: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:

Low pressure steam, condense (operating pressure 2-6

barg, operating temperature max. 180°C )

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PB2H3PN16

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 PN40 Material: DIN2528

50-600 PN16 Material: EN10222-2

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

eGr-pMet-ins

EN1092-1, flange

type 11PN40 C22.8 (1.0460)15-40

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Blind flange

Steam trap

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

Roughness: EN

1092-1, B1 type

flanged, EN 1092-1 type B1

For raised face

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:

EN1514-1

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)EN10269

non asbestos

termostatic type

Description: (a)

flat gasket

PipeClass PB2H3.xls This document is an intelectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written is prohibited! 3/4

Page 412: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:

Low pressure steam, condense (operating pressure 2-6

barg, operating temperature max. 180°C )

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PB2H3PN169 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass PB2H3.xls This document is an intelectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written is prohibited! 4/4

Page 413: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s IdentifierRefining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket typeEN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

Element Size (DN)Pressure

rate (PN or Class)

Technical condition of

deliveryMaterial End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 socket welding, EN12760 solid wedge 1

15-40 Class800 socket welding, EN12760 304/PTFE FL Ball

15-200

250-300 gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460) socket welding, EN12760 1

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800 socket welding, EN12760 1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

1, 2handwheel, throttling plug

Description: (a)

C22.8 (1.0460)15-150 PN16

EN593 EN12266-1

GP240GH (1.0619)

200-300

EN13709 EN12266-1PN16

C22.8 (1.0460)

On/off globe valve

EN Plated/PTFE DN100-ig 304/PTFE

C22.8 (1.0460)

PN16Butterfly valve

prEN1983 EN12266-1

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2, EN10217-2

Design temperature / Design pressure-20 °C / 16 barg 150 °C / 13,9 barg

PN16

Gate valve

Ball valve

15-300 PN16

Choke valve

15-150

PB5H3

OS&Y, BB

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

gear and handwheel1with doubled

excentricity

EN13709 EN12266-1

1, 2

1,5 mm

not required

flanged, EN 1092-1

type B1

N1-F6 (13Cr)

N1-F6 (13Cr)

flanged, EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged, EN 1092-1

type B1

wafer type, EN 1092-1

type A

up to DN50 SolWdg, above FlexWdg

PN162. medium group acc. to CEN/TR 13480-7:2002: industrial water, process water, cooling water, inert gas, pressurised air, fire water above DN150

EN1984 EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

304/PTFE

flanged, EN 1092-1

type B1

N1-F6 (13Cr)

OS&Y, BB1, 2

hand lever

Nominal pressure:

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50 FL Ball,above Trunn

Mo.

handwheel

PipeClass PB5H3 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 414: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s IdentifierRefining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Element Size (DN)Pressure

rate (PN or Class)

Technical condition of

deliveryMaterial End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 socket welding, EN12760 check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F., SL

15-150 EN10216-2 seamless

200-300 EN10217-2 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

4, 5, 7 and 8

seamless

1

concentric and excentric

DIN2615 T2 EN 10217-2

Description: (a)

200-300

P235GH (1.0345)

DIN2605 T2 EN10217-2

DIN2616 T2 EN10216-2/10217-215-300

15-150 DIN2605 T2 EN10216-2

15-40

200-300PN16

EN13709 EN12266-1

Tee

15-300

200-300

40-65

Class3000

DIN2615 T2 EN10216-2

Pipe

MSS SP-79 DIN17243Weldolet

Half coupling 15-50 ANSI B16.11

Nipple

CAL

Reducer

Elbow

Check valve N1-F6 (13Cr)

C22.8 (1.0460)

PBE

PE/BE

EN10216-2

C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345)

C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

GP240GH (1.0619)

P235GH (1.0345)

PE/BE

flanged, EN 1092-1

type B1

PE/NPT

welded

seamless

length=100mm

welded

flap valve

PE/BE

seamless

PE/BE

socket welding

12

15

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and 11

5 and 6

seamless and welded

PE/BE

3, 4 and 5

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

DMP

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and 11

PipeClass PB5H3 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 415: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s IdentifierRefining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Element Size (DN)Pressure

rate (PN or Class)

Technical condition of

deliveryMaterial End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-300 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-40 PN40 Material: DIN2528

50-300 PN16 Material: EN10222-2

15-40 PN40 Material: DIN2528

50-300 PN16 Material: EN10222-2

15-40 PN40

50-300 PN16

15-50 PN40

15-300 PN16

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A and EN24033

EN1092-1, flange type 11

Blind flange

Cap

EN1092-1, flange type 05

Welding neck flange C22.8 (1.0460) or P245GH (1.0352)

Description: (a)

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN 1092-1, B1 type

25CrMo4 (1.7218) C35E (1.1181)

C22.8 (1.0460) or P245GH (1.0352)

Non-Asb-FwB

Roughness: EN 1092-1, B1 type

for raised face

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

EN10269

non asbestosflat gasket

PipeClass PB5H3 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 416: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s IdentifierRefining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut14 Trims are acc.to API60015 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass PB5H3 This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 417: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-300 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

350-800 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN12760304/PTFE FL Ball

15-200

250-800 gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)socket welding,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN127601

Nominal

pressure:

1, 2

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PB6H3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Non-Asb-FwB,

flat (EN1514-1)

handwheel, throttling plug

with doubled

excentricityButterfly valve

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN16

PN16

GP240GH (1.0619)flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

Choke valve

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2,

EN10217-5

Design temperature/Design pressure

-20 °C / 16 barg 150 °C / 13,9 barg

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

15-150

1

Not esp.corrosive mediums up to 150°C: hydrocarbons, fuel gas, natural

gas, slop, flare, methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkalies (15)

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

15-150flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

200-800

PN16

OS&Y, BB

1,5 mm

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

hand lever

handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

304/PTFE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

HardfacedC22.8 (1.0460)

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A gear and handwheel

PN16

PN16

EN13709 EN12266-

1

C22.8 (1.0460)

PN16

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

EN Plated/PTFE

DN100-ig

304/PTFE

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

not required

PipeClass PB6H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 418: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PB6H3

Not esp.corrosive mediums up to 150°C: hydrocarbons, fuel gas, natural

gas, slop, flare, methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkalies (15)PN16

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F., SL

15-350 EN10216-2 seamless

400-800 EN10217-5 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

5 and 615-40

200-800

seamless

C22.8 (1.0460)

GP240GH (1.0619)flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

slam check valve

EN13709 EN12266-

1

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9Reducer 15-800

15-350

400-800

P235GH (1.0345)

length=100mm

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-5

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2/10217-5

15-50 C22.8 (1.0460)ANSI B16.11

Elbow

PE/BETee

15-800

400-800

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-5

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

P235GH (1.0345)

3, 4 and 5

DMP

Description: (a)

PBE

PE/BE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

PE/NPT

PE/BE

PE/BE

seamless

concentric and

excentric

welded

seamless and welded

12

16

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

welded

Class3000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460) PE/BE

socket welding

P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-2

PN16

EN10216-2

P235GH (1.0345)

PipeClass PB6H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 419: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PB6H3

Not esp.corrosive mediums up to 150°C: hydrocarbons, fuel gas, natural

gas, slop, flare, methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkalies (15)PN16

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-800 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-40 PN40 Material: DIN2528

50-800 PN16 Material: EN10222-2

15-40 PN40 Material: DIN2528

50-800 PN16 Material: EN10222-2

15-40 PN40

50-800 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-800 PN16

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Welding neck flange

Cap

Non-Asb-FwB, (EN1514-

1)flat gasketfor rised face

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

Description: (a)

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

EN10269

non asbestos

PipeClass PB6H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 420: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PB6H3

Not esp.corrosive mediums up to 150°C: hydrocarbons, fuel gas, natural

gas, slop, flare, methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkalies (15)PN16

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 Not aggressive alkalies:e.g. NaOH at room temperature

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass PB6H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 421: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket typeEN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)socket welding,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-300 up to DN50 Sol Wdg, above Flex Wdg

350-600 Felx Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)socket welding,

EN12760FL ball

15-100

150-600 EN Plated/PTFE gear

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)socket welding,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)socket welding,

EN127601

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

PN16

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

FL ball up to

DN50, above

Trunn Mo

OS&Y, BB

304/PTFE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

hand lever

not required

304/PTFE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

handwheelflanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PD5H3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

1

PN16

1,5 mm

gear and handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

handwheel,

throttling plug

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

Choke valve

prEN1983

EN12266-1

P265NL (1.0453) EN10216-4, EN10217-6

Drsign temperature / Design pressure

-50 °C / 16 barg 100 °C / 16 barg

PN16

PN16

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valveG20Mn5 (1.6220)

PN16

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN16

EN13709 EN12266-

1

with doubled

excentricityButterfly valve

EN593

EN12266-1

wafer type, EN

1092-1 type A

1, 2

Nominal

pressure:

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

Mediums from -30oC (above)up to 100 °C: hydrocarbons

EN1984

EN12266-1

15-150

15-150flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

200-600

PipeClass PD5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 422: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PD5H3PN16Nominal

pressure:Mediums from -30

oC (above)up to 100 °C: hydrocarbons

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)socket welding,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F. SL

15-350 EN10216-4 seamless

400-600 EN10217-6 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-4

PN16

P265NL (1.0453)

Class3000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN1724313MnNi6-3 (1.6217) PE/BE

13MnNi6-3 (1.6217) socket welding

12

15

welded

PE/BE

seamless

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

welded

concentric and

excentric

PE/BE

seamless and welded

length=100mm

3, 4 and 5

DMP

P265NL (1.0453)PBE

PE/BE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

Half coupling

15-40

200-600

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-4

ANSI B16.11

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Tee

15-600

400-600

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-6

Reducer 15-600

15-350

EN10216-2

400-600

PE/BE

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-6

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-4/10217-6

15-50

Elbow

EN13709 EN12266-

1G20Mn5 (1.6220)

Check valve

Description: (a)

5 and 6

P265NL (1.0453)

P265NL (1.0453)

P265NL (1.0453)

PE/NPTseamless

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flap valve or spring loaded dual

plate

PipeClass PD5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 423: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PD5H3PN16Nominal

pressure:Mediums from -30

oC (above)up to 100 °C: hydrocarbons

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-50 PN40 Material: EN10269

15-600 PN16 Material: EN ISO3506-1

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

13MnNi6-3(1.6217)

EN10222-3

non asbestos

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

25CrMo4 (1.7218) A2-70

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

Description: (a)

Non-Asb-FwB flat gasketfor raised face

P275NL1 (1.0488)

EN10028-3

Welding neck flange

Cap

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

13MnNi6-3 (1.6217)

PipeClass PD5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 424: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PD5H3PN16Nominal

pressure:Mediums from -30

oC (above)up to 100 °C: hydrocarbons

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass PD5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 425: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket typeFlange, if any: EN 1092-1 11, B1

type

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

10-50 R threaded

15-100

125-150 gear

15-50 C22.8 (1.0460) R threaded 1

15-50 C22.8 (1.0460) R threaded 1

80-125 hand lever

15-50 R threaded check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F, SL

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

DMP

PN16 flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

PN16

PN16

N1-F6 (13Cr)

N1-F6 (13Cr)

304/PTFE

EN13709

EN12266-1

EN13709

EN12266-1

1, 2

GP240GH (1.0619)flanged, EN 1092-1

type B11, 2

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

EN13709

EN12266-1

handwheel, throttling plug

slam check valveGP240GH (1.0619)

15-150 PN16

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PN1615-150

hand lever Up to DN50 FL

ball, above Trunn

Mo

C22.8 (1.0460)

double

excentricity

OS&Y, BBGP240GH (1.0619)

PN16

C22.8 (1.0460)

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A150

Description: (a)

Butterfly valve EN593

EN12266-1

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Check valve

Choke valve

PE1N0

150

15-150

0,75 mm

not required

N1-F6 (13Cr)

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Gr. On CS, lip seal (EN1514-4)

Sol Wdg up to DN50, above Flex

Wdg

Nominal

pressure:

304/PTFE

PN16

N1-F6 (13Cr)

flanged, EN 1092-1

type B1

Galvanised or threaded pipe class:instrument air, fire water

below DN200

EN1984

EN12266-1

C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345)Galv. EN10216-2/10217-2

Design temperature/ design pressure

-20 °C / 16 barg 150 °C / 13,9 barg

GP240GH (1.0619) 1, 2

OS&Y, BB

gear, handwheel

handwheel

PipeClass PE1N0.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 426: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PE1N0Nominal

pressure:PN16

Galvanised or threaded pipe class:instrument air, fire water

below DN200Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Elbow 45O

Elbow 90O

Elbow 180O

Elbow

Tee

Cross

Tee

Elbow

with flat gasket F2

metal sealing surface K2

Bonnet K

Plug S

15-40 PN40

50-150 PN16

Threaded neck flange

Roughness: EN 1092-1, B1

type

Threaded flange 15-100

125-150 PN16 MSZ 2907 S235JRG2(1.0038)Galv.

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05S235JRG2(1.0038)Galv.

EN10241 EN10025

R threaded

15-150 P235GH (1.0345)Galv.

DIN 1629,

DIN 2980, DIN

2983

15-150

15-50

R threaded, FS235JRG2 (1.0038)Galv.

S235JRG2(1.0038)Galv.PN16 DIN 2519, DIN2528

Union 15-100 EN10241 EN10025

15-100 EN10241 EN10025 S235JRG2 (1.0038)Galv. R threaded

Double nipple

15-100

R threaded

R threaded, M/F

15-100 S235JRG2 (1.0038)Galv.EN10241 EN10025

EN10241 EN10025 S235JRG2 (1.0038)Galv.

reducing

seamless

seamless

concentric

seamless

S235JRG2 (1.0038)Galv.

both ends threaded, with 1 sleeve

seamless

seamless

seamless

S235JRG2 (1.0038)Galv.

EN10241 EN10025

R threaded, F

S235JRG2 (1.0038)Galv.

R threaded, F seamless

seamlessR threaded, F

equal

EN10241 EN10025

S235JRG2 (1.0038)Galv.

EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345)Galv.

EN10241 EN10025

Sleeve

Description: (a)

15-150

Pipe

Nipple

Reducing nipple

Reducing sleeve 15-150

15-150 R threaded, F

both ends threaded, with 1 sleeve

R thread/ R thread

R threaded

EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345)Galv.

15-150

seamless

length=100mm

PipeClass PE1N0.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 427: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PE1N0Nominal

pressure:PN16

Galvanised or threaded pipe class:instrument air, fire water

below DN200Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 PN40

50-150 PN16

15-50 PN40

15-150 PN16

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

EN10269Material:

Description: (a)

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

lip seal

13EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

25CrMo4 (1.7218) C35E

(1.1181)

Gasket EN1514-4Graphite layers on soft

steel

Stud bolt with two nuts

for raised face

PipeClass PE1N0.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 428: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Conection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 12Ni14 (1.5637)welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760304/PTFE FL Ball

15-150

200-300 gear

15-40 Class800 12Ni14 (1.5637)welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800 12Ni14 (1.5637)welding socket,

EN127601

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

PN16

15-300

12Ni14 (1.5637)

PN16

15-150

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN16

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

PN16

required

304/PTFE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

PN16

1,5 mm

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

hand lever

handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PM5H3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

gear and heandwheel1

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

Low temperaure hydrocarbons below temperature of -30oC

to -100oC

EN1984

EN12266-1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

12Ni14 (1.5637) EN10216-4

Design temperature / design pressure

-100 °C / 16 barg 100 °C / 16 barg

PN16

gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Butterfly valve

OS&Y, BB

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

DN100-ig

304/PTFE EN

Plated/PTFE

200-300

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

Nominal

pressure:

handwheel,

throttling plug

Up to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

1, 2

Doubled

excentricity

15-150

PipeClass PM5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without mOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 429: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

PN16 PM5H3Low temperaure hydrocarbons below temperature of -30

oC

to -100oC

Nominal

pressure:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F., SL

Pipe 15-300 EN10216-4 12Ni14 (1.5637) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-300 DIN2617 4, 5 and 7

15-40 PN40

50-300 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-300 PN16

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

CALMSS SP-79

DIN1724312Ni14 (1.5637) PE/BE

PN16

EN13709 EN12266-

1

12Ni14 (1.5637)

4, 5 and7seamless

12

15

concentric and

excentric

PE/BE

5 and 7Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

4, 5, 7 and 9

NPT F menetes

12Ni14 (1.5637)

EN10222-3

PBE

PE/BE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

length=100mmEN10216-4 12Ni14 (1.5637)

cap

Nipple

Weldolet

half coupling

Check valve

Elbow

Tee 15-300

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-4

Weldeing neck flange

Bling flangeRoughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-4

15-50 12Ni14 (1.5637)ANSI B16.11

PE/BE

PE/BE

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

Class3000

12Ni14 (1.5637)

EN10222-3

12Ni14 (1.5637)

seamless

12Ni14 (1.5637)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

PE/BE

welding socket

seamlessReducer 15-300

15-300DIN2605 T2

EN10216-4

15-40

200-300

4, 5 and 7

seamless 5 and 6PE/NPT

1

Description: (a)

DMPslam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PipeClass PM5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without mOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 430: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

PN16 PM5H3Low temperaure hydrocarbons below temperature of -30

oC

to -100oC

Nominal

pressure:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 PN40

50-300 PN16

15-50 PN40

50-300 PN16

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

EN10269

non asbestos

Description: (a)

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:

EN1514-1

42CrMo4 (1.7225)

42CrMo4 (1.7225)

Non-Asb-FwB flat gasketfor raised face

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

és EN24033

PipeClass PM5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without mOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 431: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket typeEN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462) solid wedge 1

50-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300-300 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462) FL Ball

50-100

150-300 gear

15-40 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462) 1

80-150 hand lever

15-40 1

1

OS&Y, BB

doubled

excentricity

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

1, 2

PN16

PN16 EN13709 EN12266-

1

OS&Y, BB

Trunn Mo

handwheel,

throttling plugOS&Y, BB

gear and handwheel

PP1H1

Description: (a)

eGr-pMet-ins, flat (EN1514-1)

1, 2

1, 2

Butterfly valve

Choke valve50-150

200-300

N9-MonelGX5CrNiMoN26-7-4 (1.4469)

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4 (1.4469)

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N9-Monel

handwheel

PN16

hand lever

N9-Monel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PN16

PN16

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4 (1.4469)

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4 (1.4469)

EN593

EN12266-1

N9-Monel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

Monel/PTFE

Gate valve

50-150

Ball valve

EN13709 EN12266-

1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

On/off globe valve

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

In case of increased chloride or sulphid hydrogene load

EN1984

EN12266-1

not required

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4 (1.4469)

PN16Nominal

pressure:

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462) SEW400

DIN17457&DIN17458

Design temperature / design pressure

-40 °C / 16 barg 200 °C / 16 barg

PipeClass PP1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 432: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PP1H1In case of increased chloride or sulphid hydrogene load PN16Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40flanged, EN 1092-

1 B1check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft F. SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-300 DIN17457 varratos

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

PE/BE 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

12

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462)

welded

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462)

welding socket

PN16

3, 4 and 5

length=100mmseamless

seamless

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462)

PE/NPT

4, 5, 7 and 8

5 and 6X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462)

Description: (a)

PBE

PE/BE

DMP

1

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462)

PE/BE

seamless

PE/BE

PE/BE

15

concentric and

excentricseamless and welded

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

N9-Monel

welded

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

DIN17458

Check valve

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

half coupling

Reducer

Elbow

Class3000

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462)

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4 (1.4469)

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.462)

200-300

EN13709 EN12266-

1

15-600

15-40

15-300

ANSI B16.11

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

15-50

Tee

40-65

200-300

15-150

CALMSS SP-79

EN10222-5X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462)

200-300

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 EN10222-5

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462)

PipeClass PP1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 433: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PP1H1In case of increased chloride or sulphid hydrogene load PN16Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-300 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN16

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN16

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN16

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN16

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Welding socket valve can not be used!

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-

1, B1 type

EN1514-1 eGr-pMet-ins

Roughness: EN 1092-

1, B1 type

EN10269

for raised face

NPT F threaded

Description: (a)

flat gasket with metal filling

PE/BE

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70

EN1092-1, flange

type 05X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 EN10222-5

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

cap

EN1092-1, flange

type 11X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 EN10222-5

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 EN10222-5

PipeClass PP1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 434: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PP1H1In case of increased chloride or sulphid hydrogene load PN16Nominal

pressure:

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass PP1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 435: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-300 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

350-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800 X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)welding socket,

EN12760304 Flt Ball

15-150

200-600 gear

15-40 Class800 X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

not required

N2-304

N2-304

Description: (a)

Up to DN50 Flt

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

eGr-pMet-ins, EN1514-1

gear and handwheel

1, 2

1, 2

1doubled

excentricity

handwheel

Design temperature / design pressure

-196 °C / 16 barg 400 °C / 11,1 barg

PN16

PN16

EN1984

EN12266-1 Gate valve

Ball valve

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

prEN1983

EN12266-1

EN13709

EN12266-1

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Butterfly valve

15-150

15-150flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

200-600

EN13709

EN12266-1PN16

PN16

PN16 EN593

EN12266-1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

1, 2

OS&Y, BBhandwheel,

throttling plug

hand leverflanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N2-304

N2-304

EN Plated/304

DN100-ig 304

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme lower or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly

corrosive non hydrocarbons

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

PU1H1PN16Nominal

pressure:

PipeClass PU1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization wihout MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 436: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme lower or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly

corrosive non hydrocarbonsPU1H1PN16

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft. F, SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-600 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

PE/BE

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

15

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

seamless

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541) PE/BE 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

12

4, 5, 7 and 8

seamless

concentric and

excentricseamless and welded

welded

PE/BE

N2-304

PE/NPT

PE/BE

welded

PBE

welding socket

PE/BE

5 and 6X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

Reducer

Tee

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)15-600

200-600

40-65

DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

15-50 X6CrNiTi18-10 EN10222-5ANSI B16.11Class3000

15-40

200-600PN16

EN13709

EN12266-1

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

DIN17458

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

CALMSS SP-79

EN10222-5X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

15-600

Elbow

15-150

200-600

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

1

DMP

3, 4 and 5

Description: (a)

length=100mmseamless

PipeClass PU1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization wihout MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 437: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme lower or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly

corrosive non hydrocarbonsPU1H1PN16

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-50 PN40

15-600 PN16

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

EN10269

non asbestoseGr-pMet-ins for raised face

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

flat gasketEN1514-1

NPT F threaded

Description: (a)

Cap

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70

X6CrNiTi18-10 EN10028-7Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

PE/BE

Welding neck flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 11X6CrNiTi18-10 EN10222-5

X6CrNiTi18-10 EN10028-7

PipeClass PU1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization wihout MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 438: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme lower or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly

corrosive non hydrocarbonsPU1H1PN16

Nominal

pressure:

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass PU1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization wihout MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 439: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End typeTrim (a)

(14)Remark

15-40 Class800 X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-300 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

350-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800 X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)welding socket,

EN12760304/PTFE Flt Ball

15-150

200-600 gear

15-40 Class800 X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

1, 2

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

OS&Y, BB

Up to DN50 Flt

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

hand lever

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

handwheel,

throttling plug1, 2

OS&Y, BB

Description: (a)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

1doubled

excentricitygear and handwheel

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A200-600

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN16

PN16

PN16 EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

115-150

15-150

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Butterfly valve

prEN1983

EN12266-1

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

Design temperature/ design pressure

-196 °C / 16 barg 150 °C / 13,9 barg

PN16

PN16

Gate valve

Ball valve

EN1984

EN12266-1

304/PTFE

N2-304GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

not required

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N2-304

N2-304

EN Plated/PTFE

to DN100

304/PTFE

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

handwheel

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN16Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive non

hydrocarbons up to 150oC

Nominal

pressure:PU5H1

PipeClass PU5H1.xls this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 440: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN16Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive non

hydrocarbons up to 150oC

Nominal

pressure:PU5H1

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End typeTrim (a)

(14)Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft. F, SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-600 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

5 and 6

Description: (a)

1

DMP

3, 4 and 5

4, 5, 7 and 8

seamless

welded

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

Reducer 15-600

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541) PE/BE

PE/BE

welding socket

EN13709 EN12266-

1

DIN17458

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

MSS SP-79

EN10222-5

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

Class3000

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

CAL

PN16

PE/NPT

DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

15-50 X6CrNiTi18-10 EN10222-5

200-600

15-150

200-600

Tee

15-40

15-600

200-600

40-65

ANSI B16.11

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

Elbow

X6CrNiTi18-10 (1.4541)

seamless

PBE

PE/BE

N2-304

concentric and

excentric

PE/BE

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

12PE/BE

seamless and welded 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

length=100mm

15

seamless

welded

PipeClass PU5H1.xls this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 441: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN16Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive non

hydrocarbons up to 150oC

Nominal

pressure:PU5H1

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End typeTrim (a)

(14)Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-50 PN40

15-600 PN16

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

PE/BE

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Roughness: EN

1092-1, B1 type

Welding neck flange

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70

X6CrNiTi18-10 EN10028-7

EN1092-1, flange

type 11X6CrNiTi18-10 EN10222-5

X6CrNiTi18-10 EN10028-7Cap

flat gasketfor raised face

NPT F threaded

Description: (a)

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-

1, B1 type

EN1514-1

EN10269

non asbestosNon-Asb-FwB

PipeClass PU5H1.xls this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 442: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN16Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive non

hydrocarbons up to 150oC

Nominal

pressure:PU5H1

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass PU5H1.xls this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 443: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)solid wedge 1

50-300 flexible wedge

350-600 flexible wedge and gear

15-40X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)316 Flt Ball

50-150

200-600 gear

15-40X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)1

80-150 hand lever

15-40 1

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

1

Nominal

pressure:PV1H1

Description: (a)

eGr-pMet-ins, EN1514-1

gear and handwheel

1, 2

PN16

handwheel OS&Y, BB

handwheel,

throttling plug

doubled

excentricity

OS&Y, BB EN13709 EN12266-

11, 2

PN16GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

Ball valve PN16

PN16

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

prEN1983

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

EN593

EN12266-1

Choke valve

Butterfly valve200-600

PN16

50-150

15-150

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

On/off globe valve N10-316

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

N10-316

N10-316

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

OS&Y, BB

Trunn Mo

hand lever

EN Plated/316

DN100-ig 316

not required

1, 2

-196 °C / 16 barg 400 °C / 11,7 barg

N10-316GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons with pitting

corrosion danger, mediums causing stress corrosion

EN1984

EN12266-1 PN16

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

Design temperature / design pressure

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

Gate valve

PipeClass PV1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 444: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PV1H1PN16

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons with pitting

corrosion danger, mediums causing stress corrosionElement

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 flanged, B1 check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft. F, SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-600 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1

Description: (a)

15-40

200-600

EN13709 EN12266-

1

DMP

3, 4 and 5

length=100mm

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

DIN17458X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)PE/BE

N10-316

5 and 6

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

PBE

CAL

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

12

seamless and weldedX6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

200-600

4, 5, 7 and 8

DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

15-150

15-50X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5ANSI B16.11Class3000

MSS SP-79

EN10222-5

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

15-600

200-600

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

Pipe

Nipple

Reducer

Half coupling

Tee

Weldolet

15-600

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

Check valve

Elbow

PN16

seamless

welded

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

seamless

PE/BE

PE/NPT

PE/BE

PE/BE

PE/BE

welding socket 15

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

seamless

welded

concentric and

excentric

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

PipeClass PV1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 445: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PV1H1PN16

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons with pitting

corrosion danger, mediums causing stress corrosionElement

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-50 PN40

15-600 PN16

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

welding socket valve can not be used!

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

A2-70

A2-70

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10028-7

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Cap

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

for raised face

Description: (a)

NPT F threaded

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1514-1

EN10269

non asbestosflat gasketeGr-pMet-ins

PE/BE

PipeClass PV1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 446: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PV1H1PN16

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons with pitting

corrosion danger, mediums causing stress corrosion

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass PV1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 447: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-300 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

350-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN12760316/PTFE Flt Ball

15-150

200-600 gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

EN13709 EN12266-

1

Nominal

pressure:

OS&Y, BB

Up to DN50 Flt

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

not required

316/PTFE

N10-316handwheel,

throttling plug

handwheel

1doubled

excentricity

PN16Extreme lower temperature hydrocarbons, pitting corrosion danger,

strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 150oC

EN1984

EN12266-1 flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N10-316

N10-316

EN Plated/PTFE

DN100-ig

316/PTFE

prEN1983

EN12266-1

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

Design temperature / design pressure

-196 °C / 16 barg 150 °C / 14,6 barg

PN16

PN16

Gate valve

Ball valve flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PV5H1

OS&Y, BB

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

Description: (a)

gear and handwheel

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

hand lever

1, 2

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

On/off globe valve

Butterfly valve

Choke valve

PN16 EN593

EN12266-1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

15-150

15-150flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

200-600

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN16

PN16

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

PipeClass PV5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc.Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 448: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PN16

Extreme lower temperature hydrocarbons, pitting corrosion danger,

strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 150oC

PV5H1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft. F, SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-600 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

welding socket

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

12

15

PE/BE seamless and welded

CALMSS SP-79

EN10222-5

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)PE/BE

concentric and

excentric

welded

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

seamless

PE/BE

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

PE/NPTseamless

4, 5, 7 and 8

3, 4 and 5

welded

PBE

PE/BE

N10-316

length=100mm 5 and 6

Check valve

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

1

DMP

Description: (a)

Tee

Pipe

40-65

Reducer

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

PE/BE

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

PN16

EN13709 EN12266-

1

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

DIN1745815-40

DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

15-600

200-600

15-600

Elbow

15-150

200-600

15-50X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5ANSI B16.11Class3000

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

200-600

PipeClass PV5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc.Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 449: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PN16

Extreme lower temperature hydrocarbons, pitting corrosion danger,

strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 150oC

PV5H1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-40 PN40

50-600 PN16

15-50 PN40

15-600 PN16

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1514-1 Non-Asb-FwB

EN10269

non asbestosflat gasketfor raised face

Description: (a)

NPT F threaded

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

PE/BE

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

Cap

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10028-7

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5

PipeClass PV5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc.Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 450: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PN16

Extreme lower temperature hydrocarbons, pitting corrosion danger,

strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 150oC

PV5H1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass PV5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc.Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 451: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760304/304 Flt Ball

15-200

250-600 gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

1, 2

handwheel,

throttling plug15-150

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

C22.8 (1.0460)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

doubled

excentricity

15-150

200-600

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN25

PN25Butterfly valve

GP240GH (1.0619)

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

1

1,5 mm

C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2, EN10217-5

Design temperature / design pressure

-20 °C / 25 barg 400 °C / 14,4 barg

Gate valve

Ball valve

Description: (a)

QB2H3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

eGr-pMet-ins, flat (EN1514-1)

gear and handwheel

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

304/304

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

hand lever

not required

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

handwheelN8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

EN Plated/304

DN100-ig 304/304

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

Up to DN50 Flt

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

PN25

EN1984

EN12266-1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN25

PN25

Nominal

pressure:

C22.8 (1.0460)

PN25Not specially corrosive mediums, up to 400

oC

hydrocarbons, natural gas, flare, methanol, glycol

GP240GH (1.0619)

PipeClass QB2H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 452: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

QB2H3Nominal

pressure:PN25

Not specially corrosive mediums, up to 400 oC

hydrocarbons, natural gas, flare, methanol, glycol

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft. F, SL

15-350 EN10216-2 seamless

400-600 EN10217-5 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-600 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5, 7 and 8

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

5 and 6

200-600 GP240GH (1.0619)flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

slam check valve

EN13709 EN12266-

1

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9Reducer 15-600

15-350

400-600

P235GH (1.0345)

seamless15-40

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-5

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2/10217-5

15-50 C22.8 (1.0460)ANSI B16.11

Elbow

Tee

15-600

400-600

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-5

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Cap

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

3, 4 and 5

DMP

seamless

PE/BE

Description: (a)

length=100mmPE/NPT

PBE

PE/BE

P235GH (1.0345)

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

C22.8 (1.0460)

concentric and

excentric

welded

seamless and welded

12

15

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

welded

Class3000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460) PE/BE

welding socket

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-2

PN25

EN10216-2

P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

PE/BE

PE/BE

PipeClass QB2H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 453: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

QB2H3Nominal

pressure:PN25

Not specially corrosive mediums, up to 400 oC

hydrocarbons, natural gas, flare, methanol, glycol

15-150 PN40 Material: DIN2528

200-600 PN25 Material: EN10222-2

15-150 PN40 Material: DIN2528

200-600 PN25 Material: EN10222-2

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Welding neck flange

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

eGr-pMet-ins

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

for raised face

EN10269

non asbestosflat gasket

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

PipeClass QB2H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 454: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760316/316 Flt Ball

15-200

250-600 gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

1, 2

handwheel,

throttling plug15-150

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

C22.8 (1.0460)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

doubled

excentricity

15-150

200-600

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN25

PN25Butterfly valve

GP240GH (1.0619)

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

1

3 mm

C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2, EN10217-5

Design temperature / design pressure

-20 °C / 25 barg 400 °C / 14,4 barg

Gate valve

Ball valve

QB2H5

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

eGr-pMet-ins, flat (EN1514-1)

gear and handwheel

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

316/316

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

hand lever

not required

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

handwheelN8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

EN Plated/316

DN100-ig 316/316

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

Up to DN50 Flt

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

PN25

EN1984

EN12266-1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN25

PN25

Nominal

pressure:

C22.8 (1.0460)

PN25400

oC -ig szénhidrogének, földgáz, szlop, fáklya, fokozott

korrózió esetén

GP240GH (1.0619)

PipeClass QB2H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 455: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

QB2H5Nominal

pressure:PN25

400 oC -ig szénhidrogének, földgáz, szlop, fáklya, fokozott

korrózió eseténElement

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft. F, SL

15-350 EN10216-2 seamless

400-600 EN10217-5 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

5 and 6

200-600 GP240GH (1.0619)flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

slam check valve

EN13709 EN12266-

1

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9Reducer 15-600

15-350

400-600

P235GH (1.0345)

seamless15-40

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-5

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2/10217-5

15-50 C22.8 (1.0460)ANSI B16.11

Elbow

Tee

15-600

400-600

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-5

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

3, 4 and 5

DMP

seamless

BE

Description: (a)

length=100mmPE/NPT

PBE

BE

P235GH (1.0345)

C22.8 (1.0460)

concentric and

excentric

welded

seamless and welded

12

15

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

welded

Class6000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460) BE

welding socket

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-2

PN25

EN10216-2

P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

BE

BE

PipeClass QB2H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 456: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

QB2H5Nominal

pressure:PN25

400 oC -ig szénhidrogének, földgáz, szlop, fáklya, fokozott

korrózió eseténElement

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-600 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-150 PN40 Material: DIN2528

200-600 PN25 Material: EN10222-2

15-150 PN40 Material: DIN2528

200-600 PN25 Material: EN10222-2

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=6,3 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5,6 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Welding neck flange

Cap

Description: (a)

BE

NPT F threaded

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

eGr-pMet-ins

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

for raised face

EN10269

non asbestosflat gasket

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

PipeClass QB2H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 457: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

QB2H5Nominal

pressure:PN25

400 oC -ig szénhidrogének, földgáz, szlop, fáklya, fokozott

korrózió esetén

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass QB2H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 458: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760304/PTFE Flt Ball

15-200

250-600 gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Nominal

pressure:

1, 2

PN25

1,5 mm

Butterfly valve

PN25

15-150

15-150flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

200-600

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN25

PN25

GP240GH (1.0619)

C22.8 (1.0460)

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Not specially corrosive mediums, up to 150 oC hydrocarbons,

natural gas, flare, methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkalies

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2, EN10217-5

Design temperature / design pressure

-20 °C / 25 barg 150 °C / 21,7 barg

QB5H3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

1doubled

excentricitygear and handwheel

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

handwheel,

throttling plug

N1-F6 (13Cr)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

304/PTFE

hand lever

handwheel

not required

N1-F6 (13Cr)

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

Up to DN50 Flt

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

1, 2

EN13709 EN12266-

1

Description: (a)

EN Plated/PTFE

DN100-ig

304/PTFE

N1-F6 (13Cr)

C22.8 (1.0460)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN25

PN25

PipeClass QB5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 459: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PN25

Not specially corrosive mediums, up to 150 oC hydrocarbons,

natural gas, flare, methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkaliesQB5H3

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft. F, SL

15-350 EN10216-2 seamless

400-600 EN10217-5 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-600 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5, 7 and 8

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

5 and 6PBE

PE/BE

N1-F6 (13Cr)

Reducer 15-600

15-350

400-600

15-40

200-600

PN25

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-5

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2/10217-5

15-50 C22.8 (1.0460)ANSI B16.11

Elbow

PE/BETee

15-600

400-00

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-5

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Cap

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345) length=100mm

3, 4 and 5

DMP

seamless

15

P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

PE/BE

PE/NPT

PE/BE

seamless

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

12

concentric and

excentric

welded

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

seamless

welded

seamless and welded

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

welding socketClass3000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460)

Description: (a)

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-2

P235GH (1.0345)

PE/BE

GP240GH (1.0619)flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

slam check valve

C22.8 (1.0460)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PipeClass QB5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 460: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PN25

Not specially corrosive mediums, up to 150 oC hydrocarbons,

natural gas, flare, methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkaliesQB5H3

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

15-150 PN40 Material: DIN2528

200-600 PN25 Material: EN10222-2

15-150 PN40 Material: DIN2528

200-600 PN25 Material: EN10222-2

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Welding neck flangeC22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

for raised face

Roughness: EN

1092-1, B1 type

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

Non-Asb-FwB, (EN1514-

1)

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-1

EN10269

non asbestosflat gasket

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

PipeClass QB5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 461: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PN25

Not specially corrosive mediums, up to 150 oC hydrocarbons,

natural gas, flare, methanol, glycol, not aggressive alkaliesQB5H3

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass QB5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 462: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance Heat treatement:

normalised

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (RF, Ra=3,2-

12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-40 with solid wedge 1

50-250 flexible wedge

300-300 flexible wedge and gear

15-40 FL ball

50-200

250-300 with gear

15-40 C22.8 (1.0460) 1

80-150 with lever

15-40 1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN25

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

C22.8 (1.0460)

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

1

handwheel,

throttling plugOS&Y, BBC22.8 (1.0460)

Description: (a)

C22.8 (1.0460)

QC1H5Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC) (acid

water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.) up to 150oC

eGr-pMet-ins, flat (EN1514-1)

N10-316

1, 2

with handwheelN10-316

Trunn Mo

Butterfly valve

316/316

Nominal

pressurePN25

3 mmP235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2

Designing temperature/designing pressure

-20 °C / 25 barg 400 °C / 14,4 barg

PN25

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

PN25

PN25

PN25

GP240GH (1.0619)

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

50-150

N10-316

with gear and handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

50-150

200-300

EN593

EN12266-1N10-316

doubled

excentricity

required

with lever

PipeClass QC1H5.xls The document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited!. 1/4

Page 463: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

QC1H5Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC) (acid

water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.) up to 150oC

Nominal

pressurePN25

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-40 flanged B1 check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Em.Tá. R.terh.

Pipe 15-300 EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-300 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5 and 7

15-150 PN40 Material standard DIN2528

200-300 PN25 Material standard EN10222-2

15-150 PN40 Material standard DIN2528

200-300 PN25 Material standard EN10222-2

15

12

EN13709 EN12266-

1

C22.8 (1.0460)

4, 5 and 7

4, 5, 7 and 9

4, 5 and 7

Reducer

Elbow P235GH (1.0345) BEDIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-300

P235GH (1.0345)DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

seamless

seamless

Description: (a)

length=100mm

slam check valve

BE

seamless

seamless

concentric and

excentric

BE

BE

N10-316

Roughness EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

P235GH (1.0345)

Roughness EN 1092-1,

B1 type

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

BE

PE/NPT

BE

socket welding

5 and 6

1

EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345)

Wlding neck flange

PN25

Tee

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

15-50

15-300

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

ANSI B16.11

15-300

Class6000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460)

15-40

200-300 GP240GH (1.0619)

NPT F threaded

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

DMP slam

PBE

C22.8 (1.0460)

5 and 7

PipeClass QC1H5.xls The document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited!. 2/4

Page 464: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

QC1H5Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC) (acid

water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.) up to 150oC

Nominal

pressurePN25

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Valve of socket welding can not be used !

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=6,3 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5,6 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

13Material standard

flat gasket

EN10269

non asbestos

Description: (a)

EN1514-1

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

eGr-pMet-ins for RF sealing surface

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

PipeClass QC1H5.xls The document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited!. 3/4

Page 465: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

QC1H5Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC) (acid

water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.) up to 150oC

Nominal

pressurePN25

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

In case of NaOH medium heat treatement is required above the following concentration versus temperature:

Concentration Temperature

(% NaOH) (°C)

0 80

20 70

30 60

50 40

In case of NaOH medium number flanged connection shall be minimal. Threaded connections can be used only for instrument connections.

Socket welding connections can used.

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

PipeClass QC1H5.xls The document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited!. 4/4

Page 466: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance Heat treatement:

normalised

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket typeEN 1092-1 11, B1 type (RF, Ra=3,2-

12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-40 with solid wedge 1

50-250 flexible wedge

300-300 flexible wedge and gear

15-40 FL ball

50-200

250-300 with gear

15-40 C22.8 (1.0460) 1

80-150 with lever

15-40 1

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

Trunn Mo

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Description: (a)

1, 2

1

with handwheelN10-316

handwheel,

throttling plug

C22.8 (1.0460)

eGr-pMet-ins, flat (EN1514-1)

N10-316

N10-316

-20 °C / 25 barg 400 °C / 14,4 barg

QC1H7

Description: (a)

316/316

PN25

6 mm

Nominal

pressure

required

with leverprEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

Butterfly valve

H2S korróziót (feszültség korrózió; SSC) okozó közegek

(savanyú víz, amin, stb.)

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2

Designing temperature / designing pressure

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN25

PN25

Chocke valve

flanged

EN 1092-1

Type B1

PN25

PN25

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A with gear and handwheel

PN25 C22.8 (1.0460) OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

flanged

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged

EN 1092-1

type B1

N10-316

doubled

excentricity

flanged

EN 1092-1

type B1

50-150

50-150

200-300

EN593

EN12266-1

GP240GH (1.0619)

PipeClass QC1H7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 467: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

QC1H7PN25Nominal

pressure

H2S korróziót (feszültség korrózió; SSC) okozó közegek

(savanyú víz, amin, stb.)15-40

flanged EN 1092-

1 type B1check valve plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F., SL

Pipe 15-300 EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-300 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5 and 7

15-150 PN40 Material standard: DIN2528

200-300 PN25 Material standard: EN10222-2

15-150 PN40 Material standard: DIN2528

200-300 PN25 Material standard: EN10222-2

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

12BE

socket welding 15

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-300

15-50 ANSI B16.11Class6000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243

Reducer

Elbow P235GH (1.0345)

Gasket

15-300

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Welding neck flange

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Tee

BE 4, 5 and 7

5 and 6

1

4, 5 and 7seamless

concentric and

excentric

BE

BE 4, 5, 7 and 9

flat gasket

Description: (a)

eGr-pMet-ins

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2P235GH (1.0345)

5 and 7

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

non asbestos

PBE

N10-316

C22.8 (1.0460)

BE

seamless

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

P235GH (1.0345)

C22.8 (1.0460)

for RF sealing surface

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

lenght=100mmP235GH (1.0345)

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

EN10216-2

15-300

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

C22.8 (1.0460)

Check valve

DMP slamslam check valve

PN25 EN13709 EN12266-

1

seamless

seamless

BE

PE/NPT

NPT F threaded

flanged

EN 1092-1

type B1

15-40

200-300 GP240GH (1.0619)

PipeClass QC1H7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 468: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

QC1H7PN25Nominal

pressure

H2S korróziót (feszültség korrózió; SSC) okozó közegek

(savanyú víz, amin, stb.)

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Valve of socket welding can not be used !

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=8 mm D0=42,4 mm e=8,8 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=8 mm D0=48,3 mm e=8,8 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=8 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

EN10269Stud bolt with two nutsEN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material standard:25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

PipeClass QC1H7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 469: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

QC1H7PN25Nominal

pressure

H2S korróziót (feszültség korrózió; SSC) okozó közegek

(savanyú víz, amin, stb.)

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

PipeClass QC1H7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 470: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance Heat treatement:

normalised

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (RF, Ra=3,2-

12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 with solid wedge 1

50-250 flexible wedge

300-300 flexible wedge and gear

15-40 FL ball

50-200

250-300 with gear

15-40 C22.8 (1.0460) 1

80-150 with lever

15-40 1

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

handwheel,

throttling plug

doubled

excentricity

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

required

with lever

N10-316

GP240GH (1.0619)

with handdwheelN10-316 OS&Y, BB

with gear and handwheel

Description: (a)

50-150

50-150

200-300

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN25

PN25

PN25

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Chocke valve

Butterfly valve

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC) (acid

water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.) up to 150oC

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2

Design temperature / design pressure

-20 °C / 25 barg 150 °C / 21,7 barg

QC5H5

Description: (a)

N10-316

OS&Y, BB

PN25

3 mm

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

N10-316

N10-316C22.8 (1.0460)

C22.8 (1.0460)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

Trunn Mo

1, 2

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

Nominal

pressure

PN25

PN25

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PipeClass QC5H5.xls the document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 471: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC) (acid

water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.) up to 150oC

QC5H5PN25Nominal

pressure15-40

flanged, EN 1092-

1 B1check valve plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F., SL

Pipe 15-300 EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-300 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5 and 7

15-150 PN40 Material standard: DIN2528

200-300 PN25 Material standard: EN10222-2

15-150 PN40 Material standard: DIN2528

200-300 PN25 Material standard: EN10222-2

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

ANSI B16.11

15-300

Class6000

seamless

seamless

C22.8 (1.0460)

15-300

15-40

200-300 GP240GH (1.0619)

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

15-50

P235GH (1.0345)DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

CAL

PE/NPT

NPT F threaded

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

BE

socket welding

BE

BE

BE

C22.8 (1.0460)

DMP slamslam check valve

MSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460)

Gasket

15-300

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Welding neck flange

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Tee

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345) lenght=100mmPBE

N10-316

Non-Asb-FwB flat gasketfor RF sealing surface

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

P235GH (1.0345)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

BE

5 and 7

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

non asbestos

Description: (a)

4, 5 and 7

4, 5 and 7

5 and 6

seamless

seamless

concentric and

excentric

1

4, 5, 7 and 9Reducer

Elbow P235GH (1.0345) BEDIN2605 T2

EN10216-2

PN25 EN13709 EN12266-

1

15

12

PipeClass QC5H5.xls the document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 472: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC) (acid

water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.) up to 150oC

QC5H5PN25Nominal

pressure

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Valve of socket welding can not be used !

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=6,3 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5,6 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

Stud bolt with two nutsEN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material standard:25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)EN10269

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

PipeClass QC5H5.xls the document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 473: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC) (acid

water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.) up to 150oC

QC5H5PN25Nominal

pressure

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

In case of NaOH medium heat treatement is required above the following concentration versus temperature:

Concentration Temperature

(% NaOH) (°C)

0 80

20 70

30 60

50 40

In case of NaOH medium number flanged connection shall be minimal. Threaded connections can be used only for instrument connections.

Socket welding connections can not be used.

PipeClass QC5H5.xls the document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 474: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance Heat treatement:

normalised

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-40 with solid wedge 1

15-250 flexible wedge

300-300 flexible wedge and gear

15-40 FL ball

15-200

250-300 with gear

15-40 C22.8 (1.0460) 1

80-150 with lever

15-40 1

Nominal

pressure

1, 2

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

Trunn Mo

1doubled

excentricity

OS&Y, BB

N10-316

N10-316C22.8 (1.0460)

C22.8 (1.0460)

QC5H7

Description: (a)

316/316

OS&Y, BB

PN25

6 mm

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.) up to 150oC

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2

Designing temperature/designing pressure

-20 °C / 25 barg 150 °C / 21,7 barg

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Butterfly valve

15-150

15-150

200-300

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN25

EN13709 EN12266-

1

szükséges

with lever

N10-316

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

handwheel,

throttling plug

with gear and handwheel

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

GP240GH (1.0619)

with handwheelN10-316

PN25

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

PN25

PN25

PN25

PipeClass QC5H7.xls Jelen dokumentum a MOL Rt. szellemi tulajdona. Felhasználása a MOL Rt. írásos engedélye nélkül nem megengedett. 1/4

Page 475: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressureQC5H7PN25

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.) up to 150oC

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-40flanged, EN 1092-

1 B1check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Em.Tá. R.terh.

Pipe 15-300 EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-300 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5 and 7

15-150 PN40 Material: DIN2528

200-300 PN25 Material: EN10222-2

15-150 PN40 Material: DIN2528

200-300 PN25 Material: EN10222-2

Reducer

Elbow P235GH (1.0345) BEDIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-300

P235GH (1.0345)DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

15

4, 5 and 7

4, 5 and 7

12

seamless

seamless

seamless

concentric and

excentric

5 and 6

1

4, 5, 7 and 9

BE

DMP slamslam check valve

BE

PE/NPTseamless

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

BE

5 and 7Roughness EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

P235GH (1.0345)

Roughness EN 1092-1,

B1 type

NPT F threaded

length=100mmPBE

N10-316

EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345)

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

15-300

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Wlding neck flange

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Tee

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460)

welding socket

BE

BE

Description: (a)

15-40

200-300 GP240GH (1.0619)

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

15-50 C22.8 (1.0460)ANSI B16.11

15-300

Class6000

C22.8 (1.0460)

PN25 EN13709 EN12266-

1

PipeClass QC5H7.xls Jelen dokumentum a MOL Rt. szellemi tulajdona. Felhasználása a MOL Rt. írásos engedélye nélkül nem megengedett. 2/4

Page 476: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressureQC5H7PN25

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.) up to 150oC

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN or

Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) Remark

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Valve of socket welding can not be used !

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

EN10269

non asbestos

Description: (a)

flat gasket

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:

EN1514-1

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

Non-Asb-FwB for raised face

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

PipeClass QC5H7.xls Jelen dokumentum a MOL Rt. szellemi tulajdona. Felhasználása a MOL Rt. írásos engedélye nélkül nem megengedett. 3/4

Page 477: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressureQC5H7PN25

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.) up to 150oC

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

PipeClass QC5H7.xls Jelen dokumentum a MOL Rt. szellemi tulajdona. Felhasználása a MOL Rt. írásos engedélye nélkül nem megengedett. 4/4

Page 478: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class:

Material: Corrosion allowance Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN12760Flt Ball

15-100

150-600 EN Plated/PTFE gear

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN127601

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

Mediums to -30oC (above) up to 100

oC : hydrocarbons

EN1984

EN12266-1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

P265NL (1.0453) EN10216-4, EN10217-6

Designing temperature/designing pressure

-50 °C / 25 barg 100 °C / 25 barg

PN25

PN25

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

15-150 G20Mn5 (1.6220)PN25

200-600

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN25

PN25

15-150

Choke valve

Gate valve

Ball valve

PN25

On/off globe valve

Butterfly valve

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

1, 2

1,5 mm

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

not required

304/PTFE

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

QD5H3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

1

hand lever

304/PTFE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

Description: (a)

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

Up to DN50 Flt

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

doubled

excentricitygear and handwheel

handwheel,

throttling plug

handwheel

PipeClass QD5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 479: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressureMediums to -30

oC (above) up to 100

oC : hydrocarbons PN25 QD5H315-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)

welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft. F, SL

15-350 EN10216-4 seamless

400-600 EN10217-6 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 813MnNi6-3 (1.6217)

P265NL (1.0453)

P265NL (1.0453)

P265NL (1.0453)

15-350

400-600

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loadingDMP

seamless 5 and 6

Elbow

MSS SP-79

EN10222-2

15-600Reducer

Tee

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-6

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-4/10217-6

15-50 13MnNi6-3 (1.6217)ANSI B16.11Class3000

13MnNi6-3 (1.6217)

200-600

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-4

P265NL (1.0453)

P265NL (1.0453)

PN25

15-40

EN13709 EN12266-

1G20Mn5 (1.6220)

EN10216-2

15-600

400-600

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-6

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-4

CAL

Cap

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

PBE

PE/BE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

seamless

length=100mm

3, 4 and 5

concentric and

excentric

PE/BE

PE/BE 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

NPT F threaded

Description: (a)

15

PE/BE

welded

PE/BE

seamless and welded

welding socket

PE/BE

12

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

welded

PE/NPT

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PipeClass QD5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 480: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressureMediums to -30

oC (above) up to 100

oC : hydrocarbons PN25 QD5H3

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40 Material: EN10269

200-600 PN25 Material: EN ISO3506-1

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Welding neck flange

EN10222-3

Non-Asb-FwB flat gasketfor raised face

P275NL1 (1.0488)

EN10028-3

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

Material:Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

non asbestos

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13

EN1514-1

25CrMo4 (1.7218) A2-

70

Material:

EN10222-3EN1092-1, flange

type 11

13MnNi6-3(1.6217)

EN10222-3

PipeClass QD5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 481: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressureMediums to -30

oC (above) up to 100

oC : hydrocarbons PN25 QD5H3

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass QD5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 482: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN12760304/304 Flt Ball

15-100

150-300 gear

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN127601

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

G17CrMo5-5 (1.7357)

G17CrMo5-5(1.7357)

G17CrMo5-5 (1.7357)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

1, 2

handwheel,

throttling plug

15-150

15-150flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

200-600

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN25

PN25

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

PN25

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Butterfly valve

Choke valve

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, low corrosion effect

EN1984

EN12266-1

304/304

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

PN25

PN25

OS&Y, BB

doubled

excentricity

prEN1983

EN12266-1

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335) EN10216-2

Design temperature / design pressure

-20 °C / 25 barg 500 °C / 15,2 barg

PN25

G17CrMo5-5 (1.7357)

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

Up to DN50 Flt

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

1,5 mm

gear and handwheel

required

hand lever

handwheel

QG1J3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Spw-OR-Gra, (EN1514-2)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

EN Plated/304

DN100-ig 304/304

GP240GH

(1.0619)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

1

Description: (a)

Nominal

pressure:

PipeClass QG1J3.xls The document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 483: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, low corrosion effect PN25 QG1J3

Nominal

pressure:15-40 Class800

welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft. F, SL

Pipe 15-600 EN10216-2 13CrMo4-5 (1.7335) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5 and 7

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

Description: (a)

EN10222-2

NPT F threaded

Material: EN10222-2

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

Roughnes: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

seamless

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

welding socket

5 and 6

14CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

PE/NPT

Material:

4, 5 and 7

1

DMP

seamless

slam check valve or dual plug with

spring loading

15-50 13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)ANSI B16.11

15-600 13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

PE/BE

PE/BE

PBE

15-300

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Welding neck flange

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Tee

Gasket

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Reducer

Elbow

Check valve

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

EN10216-2 13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

304/ Graphite /Galv CS Spw-OR-Grafor raised face

14CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

PE/BE

length=100mm

PE/BE

5 and 7

EN1514-2

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

4, 5 and 7seamless

concentric and

excentricseamless 4, 5, 7 and 9

12

15Class3000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN1724313CrMo4-5 (1.7335) PE/BE

EN13709 EN12266-

1

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

15-40

200-600

PN25

PE/BEDIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-600

G17CrMo5-5(1.7357)

13CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

PipeClass QG1J3.xls The document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 484: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, low corrosion effect PN25 QG1J3

Nominal

pressure:

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033Stud bolt with two nuts

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)EN10269

PipeClass QG1J3.xls The document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 485: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 12Ni14 (1.5637)welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760304/304 Flt Ball

15-100

150-300 gear

15-40 Class800 12Ni14 (1.5637)welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800 12Ni14 (1.5637)welding socket,

EN127601

15-150

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN25

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

PN25

PN25

12Ni14 (1.5637)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

EN593

EN12266-1304/PTFE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

wafer típus,

EN 1092-1

Tipus A

1,5 mm

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

Tipus B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

Tipus B1

required

Gate valve

QM5H3

Description: (a)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

Tipus B1

PN25Nominal

pressure:

OS&Y, BB

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

gear and handwheel1

1, 2

1, 2

handwheel,

throttling plug

OS&Y, BB

Butterfly valve

Low temperature hydrocarbons at temperature below -

30oC to -100

oC

EN1984

EN12266-1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

12Ni14 (1.5637) EN10216-4

Design temperature / design pressure

-100 °C / 25 barg 100 °C / 25 barg

200-300

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

PN25

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN25

flanged,

EN 1092-1

Tipus B1

OS&Y, BB

doubled

excentricity

15-150

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

EN Plated/304

DN100-ig 304/304

hand leverUp to DN50 Flt

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

1, 2

PipeClass QM5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOLÍs written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 486: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

QM5H3PN25Nominal

pressure:

Low temperature hydrocarbons at temperature below -

30oC to -100

oC

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 TipusA wafer type Lft. F, SL

Pipe 15-300 EN10216-4 12Ni14 (1.5637) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-300 DIN2617 4, 5 and 7

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

seamless

EN1092-1, flange

Tipus 11

PE/BE

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

CALMSS SP-79

DIN1724312Ni14 (1.5637)

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-4

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-4

12

15

4, 5, 7 and 9

4, 5 and7

concentric and

excentric

5 and 7

EN1092-1, flange

Tipus 05

12Ni14 (1.5637)

EN10222-3

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

12Ni14 (1.5637)

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

length=100mm

Description: (a)

EN10216-4 12Ni14 (1.5637)

Blind flange

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

Elbow

Tee 15-300

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-4

Welding neck flange

15-50

PE/BE

PE/BE12Ni14 (1.5637)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

Class3000

12Ni14 (1.5637)

EN10222-3

ANSI B16.11

12Ni14 (1.5637)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

welding socket

PE/BE

PN25

15-40

200-300

seamless

PE/NPT

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

flanged,

EN 1092-1

Tipus B1

Reducer 15-300

15-300

PBE

PE/BE

4, 5 and 7

1

5 and 6seamless

DMP

seamless

PipeClass QM5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOLÍs written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 487: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

QM5H3PN25Nominal

pressure:

Low temperature hydrocarbons at temperature below -

30oC to -100

oC

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

EN10269

non asbestos

Description: (a)

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:

EN1514-1

42CrMo4 (1.7225)

42CrMo4 (1.7225)

Non-Asb-FwB flat gasketfor raised face

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

PipeClass QM5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOLÍs written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 488: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)solid wedge 1

50-250 flexible wedge

300-300 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)Flt Ball

50-100

150-300 gear

15-40X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)1

80-150 hand lever

15-40 1

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

Monel/PTFE

QP1H1

Description: (a)

eGr-pMet-ins, flat (EN1514-1)

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

handwheel,

throttling plug

hand lever

doubled

excentricity

1, 2

handwheel

Description: (a)

gear and handwheel1

N9-Monel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PN25prEN1983

EN12266-1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

OS&Y, BB

Trunn Mo

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462) SEW400

DIN17457&DIN17458

-40 °C / 25 barg 200 °C / 25 barg

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4

(1.4469)

Ball valve

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4

(1.4469)

1, 2

PN25 EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN25

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4

(1.4469)

N9-Monel

N9-MonelGX5CrNiMoN26-7-4

(1.4469)

N9-Monel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4

(1.4469)

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Design temperature / design pressure

Nominal

pressure:

Gate valve

In case of increased chloride or sulphide hydrogen loading

EN1984

EN12266-1 PN25

PN25

EN593

EN12266-1

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

On/off globe valve

Butterfly valve

Choke valve

not required

50-150

50-150

200-300

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN25

PipeClass QP1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 489: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

QP1H1PN25

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:In case of increased chloride or sulphide hydrogen loading15-40

flanged, EN 1092-

1 B1check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft. F, SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-300 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-300 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

PE/BE

welding socket

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

Description: (a)

welded

PE/BE

seamless

seamless

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

PBE

PE/NPT

PE/BE

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

seamless length=100mm 5 and 6

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

15

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11welded

12

concentric and

excentricseamless and welded

Weldolet

Half coupling

Elbow

Reducer

Tee

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)15-300

200-300

40-65

15-40

200-300

EN13709 EN12266-

1

MSS SP-79

EN10222-5

PN25

Pipe

Nipple

DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

15-50X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

EN10222-5ANSI B16.11

PE/BE

Class3000

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

Cap

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

DIN17458X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

PE/BE

N9-Monel

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

15-600

15-150

200-300

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

EN10222-5

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

DMP

3, 4 and 5

CAL

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4

(1.4469)

Check valve

PipeClass QP1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 490: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

QP1H1PN25

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:In case of increased chloride or sulphide hydrogen loading15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-300 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Valve of welding socket can not be used!

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1514-1 eGr-pMet-ins flat gasket with metal filling

EN10269

for raised face

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

EN10222-5Blind flange

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

Welding neck flange

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

EN10222-5

PipeClass QP1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 491: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

QP1H1PN25

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:In case of increased chloride or sulphide hydrogen loading

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass QP1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 492: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)solid wedge 1

50-250 flexible wedge

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)304 Flt Ball

50-100

150-600 gear

15-40X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)1

80-150 hand lever

15-40 1

PN25

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

Ball valve

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

-196 °C / 25 barg 400 °C / 17,3 barg

prEN1983

EN12266-1

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

OS&Y, BB

doubled

excentricity

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

OS&Y, BBhandwheel

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive non

hydrocarbons, mediums causing stress corrosion

EN1984

EN12266-1 PN25

PN25

Design temperature / design pressure

Nominal

pressure:QU1H1

Description: (a)

Trunn Mo

Choke valve PN25

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

50-150

200-600GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

hand lever

gear and handwheel

handwheel,

throttling plug

N2-304

1, 2

On/off globe valve

50-150 GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

PN25 EN13709 EN12266-

1

Butterfly valve

not required

N2-304

Gate valve

eGr-pMet-ins, EN1514-1

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

N2-304

N2-304

304/EN Plated

DN100-ig 304

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

1

PN25

PipeClass QU1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 493: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive non

hydrocarbons, mediums causing stress corrosion

Nominal

pressure:QU1H1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

PN25Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40flanged, EN 1092-

1 B1check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft. F, SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-600 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-600

200-600

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

PN25

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

DMP

3, 4 and 5

Reducer

length=100mm

PE/BE

15-600

Elbow

15-150

200-600

40-65

15-50

CALMSS SP-79

EN10222-5

Class3000

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10222-5ANSI B16.11

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Tee

DIN1745815-40

200-600slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

seamless

seamless

Check valve

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

5 and 6

Description: (a)

PBE

PE/BE

N2-304

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

12PE/BE

welding socket 15

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

seamless

welded

welded

seamless and welded 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

PE/NPT

PE/BE

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)PE/BE

concentric and

excentric

PipeClass QU1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 494: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive non

hydrocarbons, mediums causing stress corrosion

Nominal

pressure:QU1H1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

PN25Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Valve of welding socket can not be used!

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

CapPE/BE

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10222-5

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10028-7

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Blind flange

Welding neck flange

for raised face flat gasket

Description: (a)

NPT F threaded

A2-70

A2-70

eGr-pMet-ins

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10028-7

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

EN1514-1

EN10269EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

non asbestos

PipeClass QU1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 495: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive non

hydrocarbons, mediums causing stress corrosion

Nominal

pressure:QU1H1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

PN257 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass QU1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 496: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50Sol Wdg, above Flex Wdg

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

welding socket,

EN12760304 Flt Ball

15-100

150-600 gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

OS&Y, BB

Nominal

pressure:QU5H1

Description: (a)

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

PN25

up to DN50 Flt

Ball above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

hand lever

handwheel,

throttling plugPN25

304/PTFE

N2-304GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308) flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve15-150

200-600

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN25

Butterfly valve PN25 EN593

EN12266-1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

1doubled

excentricitygear and handwheel

1, 2

not required

1, 2

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

1, 2

handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N2-304

N2-304

304/EN Plated

DN100-ig 304

Extreme low temperture hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive non

hydrocarbons up to 150oC

EN1984

EN12266-1

15-150

prEN1983

EN12266-1

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

Design temperature / design pressure

-196 °C / 25 barg 150 °C / 21,7 barg

PN25

PN25

PipeClass QU5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 497: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:QU5H1PN25

Extreme low temperture hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive non

hydrocarbons up to 150oCElement

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft. F, SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-600 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

concentric and

excentric

welded

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

Description: (a)

seamless

seamless

DMP

seamless

welded

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

12

15

PE/BE

Description: (a)

PE/NPT

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

PBE

PE/BE

Half coupling

Check valve

Tee

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

CAL

PN25

EN13709 EN12266-

1

DIN17458

15-50

Reducer

Elbow

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

15-40

200-600

DIN2615 T2

DIN1745815-600

200-600

40-65MSS SP-79

EN10222-5

4, 5, 7 and 8

15-600

15-150

200-600DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

DIN2616 T2

DIN174584, 5, 7, 8 and 9seamless and weldedPE/BE

Class3000

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

ANSI B16.11

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10222-5

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

welding socket

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

N2-304

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

PE/BE

PE/BE

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

5 and 6

1

3, 4 and 5

length=100mm

PipeClass QU5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 498: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:QU5H1PN25

Extreme low temperture hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive non

hydrocarbons up to 150oC

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1514-1

EN10269

flat gasketfor raised face non asbestos

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

Non-Asb-FwB

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Cap

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10028-7Blind flange

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10222-5

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10028-7

Welding neck flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 11

PipeClass QU5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 499: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:QU5H1PN25

Extreme low temperture hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive non

hydrocarbons up to 150oC

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass QU5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 500: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 Sol Wdg, above Flex Wdg

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)welding socket,

EN12760316 Flt Ball

15-100

150-600 gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

1doubled

excentricity

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

EN593

EN12266-1 gear and handwheel

Nominal

pressure:QV1H1

Description: (a)

eGr-pMet-ins, EN1514-1not required

Gate valve

1, 2

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

1, 2

handwheel

N10-316

N10-316

N10-316

EN Plated/316

DN100-ig 316

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

Description: (a)

handwheel,

throttling plugPN25

15-150

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

EN1984

EN12266-1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

Choke valve

Butterfly valve200-600

15-150

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN25GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

Design temperature / design pressure

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PN25

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

-196 °C / 25 barg 400 °C / 18,2 barg

PN25

PN25

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50 Flt

Ball above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

N10-316

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN25Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons and pitting corrosion

danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons

hand lever

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

PipeClass QV1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 501: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:QV1H1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN25Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons and pitting corrosion

danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons15-40 Class800

welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft. F, SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-600 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

N10-316

DMP

3, 4 and 5

length=100mm 5 and 6

PN25

EN13709 EN12266-

1

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

15-50X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5ANSI B16.11Class3000

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5

15-600

MSS SP-79

EN10222-5

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

CAL

200-600

Tee

Cap

15-40

200-600

15-600

Pipe

Half coupling

Elbow

40-65

DIN17458Nipple

Weldolet

Reducer

15-150

200-600DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

Check valve

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

PE/BE

welding socket

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

seamless

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

PE/NPT

PE/BE

PE/BE

PBE

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PE/BE

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

12PE/BE

Description: (a)

welded

seamless and welded

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

15

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

seamless

welded

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9concentric and

excentric

seamless

PipeClass QV1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 502: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:QV1H1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN25Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons and pitting corrosion

danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5

EN1514-1

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Welding neck flange

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket eGr-pMet-ins flat gasketfor raised face

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

EN10269

non asbestos

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10028-7

PipeClass QV1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 503: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:QV1H1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN25Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons and pitting corrosion

danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass QV1H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 504: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s IdentifierRefining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

Element Size (DN)Pressure

rate (PN or Class)

Technical condition of

deliveryMaterial End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

welding socket, EN12760 solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50Sol Wdg, above Flex Wdg

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

welding socket, EN12760 316/PTFE Flt Ball

15-100

150-600 gear

15-40 Class800 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

welding socket, EN12760 1

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800 welding socket, EN12760 1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

flanged, EN 1092-1

type B1

handwheel, throttling plug

N10-316

316/PTFE

N10-316

PN25

flanged, EN 1092-1

type B1

N10-316

EN Plated/PTFE DN100-ig 316/PTFE

not required

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408)PN25

PN25

15-150

Butterfly valve

1, 2

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408)

wafer type, EN 1092-1

type A

PN25

PN25

EN13709 EN12266-1Choke valve

200-600

EN13709 EN12266-1

PN25

EN593 EN12266-1

1, 2OS&Y, BB

1doubled excentricity

Nominal pressure: QV5H1

Description: (a)

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

gear and handwheel

1, 2

flanged, EN 1092-1

type B1

Extreme low temperature hydrocarbons and pitting corrosion danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 150 oC

EN1984 EN12266-1

15-150

Design temperature / design pressure

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

prEN1983 EN12266-1

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541) DIN17458 & DIN17457

-196 °C / 25 barg 150 °C / 22,8 barg

solution annealed temperature heating and quenching in water

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408)

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408)

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408)

flanged, EN 1092-1

type B1

up to DN50 Flt Ball above Trunn Mo

OS&Y, BB

hand lever

OS&Y, BB

handwheel

PipeClass QV5H1 this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 505: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s IdentifierRefining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Element Size (DN)Pressure

rate (PN or Class)

Technical condition of

deliveryMaterial End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 welding socket, EN12760 check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 type A wafer type Lft. F, SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-600 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

seamless

welded

12

concentric and excentric 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and 11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and 11

PE/BE

welding socket

seamless and welded

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 EN10222-5

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

PE/BE

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571) welded

seamless

seamlessPE/NPT

PE/BE

slam check valve or dual plate with spring loading

Check valve

200-600

Elbow

200-600 DIN2605 T2 EN 10028-7

DIN2616 T2 DIN17458

15-50 ANSI B16.11

15-600

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Reducer

MSS SP-79 EN10222-5

DIN2605 T2 DIN17458

Tee

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

Class3000

CAL

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408)

flanged, EN 1092-1

type B1

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

PBE

PE/BE

N10-316

PE/BE

200-600PN25

EN13709 EN12266-1

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

15-150

DIN1745815-40

15-600

DIN2615 T2 EN 10028-7

DIN2615 T2 DIN17458

40-65

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

DMP

3, 4 and 5

length=100mm 5 and 6

Description: (a)

PipeClass QV5H1 this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 506: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s IdentifierRefining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Element Size (DN)Pressure

rate (PN or Class)

Technical condition of

deliveryMaterial End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

15-150 PN40

200-600 PN25

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1, B1 type

EN1514-1

EN10269

non asbestos

Description: (a)

Non-Asb-FwB flat gasketfor raised face

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 EN10222-5

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 EN10028-7

Roughness: EN 1092-1, B1 type

PE/BE

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 EN10222-5

NPT F threaded

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A and EN24033

A2-70 A2-70

Blind flange EN1092-1, flange type 05

Welding neck flange EN1092-1, flange type 11

Cap

PipeClass QV5H1 this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 507: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s IdentifierRefining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut14 Trims are acc.to API60015 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass QV5H1 this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 508: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50Sol Wdg, above Flex Wdg

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760304/304 Flt Ball

15-200

250-600 gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

1, 2

handwheel,

throttling plug

15-150

15-150

200-600PN40

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

EN593

EN12266-1304/304

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Ball valve

Butterfly valve

C22.8 (1.0460)

C22.8 (1.0460)

prEN1983

EN12266-1

GP240GH (1.0619)

1,5 mm

Not specially corrosive hydrocarbons up to 400 oC

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2, EN10217-5

Design temperature / design pressure

-20 °C / 40 barg 400 °C / 23,1 barg

Gate valve

RB1H3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

PN40

not requiredeGr-pMet-ins, flat (EN1514-1)

1

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50 Flt

Ball above Trunn

Mo

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

hand lever

gear and handwheel

doubled

excentricity

OS&Y, BB

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

handwheel

EN13709 EN12266-

1

C22.8 (1.0460)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

EN Plated/304

DN100-ig 304/304

Nominal

pressure:

PN40

PN40

PN40

PipeClass RB1H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 509: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Not specially corrosive hydrocarbons up to 400 oC RB1H3PN40

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft. F, SL

15-350 EN10216-2 seamless

400-600 EN10217-5 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

5 and 6

3, 4 and 5

15-40

200-600 slam check valve DMP

seamlessEN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

concentric and

excentric

welded

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2/10217-5

P235GH (1.0345)

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-5

15-50 C22.8 (1.0460)ANSI B16.11

P235GH (1.0345)

Class3000

CAL C22.8 (1.0460)

15-600

Check valve

15-350

Tee

15-600

400-600

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-5

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Elbow

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Reducer

EN13709 EN12266-

1

GP240GH (1.0619)

400-600

C22.8 (1.0460)

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

length=100mmPBE

PE/BE

PE/NPT

Description: (a)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PE/BE

PE/BE

welding socket

PE/BE 4, 5, 7 and 8

1

seamless and welded

P235GH (1.0345)

welded

PE/BE

MSS SP-79

DIN1724312

15

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

seamlessDIN2605 T2

EN10216-2

PN40

PipeClass RB1H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 510: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Not specially corrosive hydrocarbons up to 400 oC RB1H3PN40

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-600 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5, 7 and 8

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

Gasket 15-600 PN40 EN1514-1 eGr-pMet-ins flat gasket non asbestos

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

Stud bolt with two nutsEN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Welding neck flange

Bling flange

Cap

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

PN40

for raised face

EN10269

Description: (a)

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

15-600

15-600

15-600 PN40

PN40

PipeClass RB1H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 511: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Not specially corrosive hydrocarbons up to 400 oC RB1H3PN40

Nominal

pressure:

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass RB1H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 512: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50Sol Wdg, above Flex Wdg

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760316/316 Flt Ball

15-200

250-600 gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

Nominal

pressure:

PN40

PN40

EN13709 EN12266-

1

C22.8 (1.0460)

PN40

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50 Flt

Ball above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

not required

316/316

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

HardfacedC22.8 (1.0460)

RB1H5

Description: (a)

PN40

3 mm

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

hand lever

handwheel

OS&Y, BB

doubled

excentricitygear and handwheel

Up to 400 oC hydrocarbons,in case of increased corrosion

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2/EN10217-5

15-150

15-150

200-600

PN40

Design temperature / design pressure

-20 °C / 40 barg 400 °C / 23,1 barg

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

1, 2flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

handwheel,

throttling plug

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Butterfly valve

eGr-pMet-ins, flat (EN1514-1)

GP240GH (1.0619)

EN Plated/316

DN100-ig 316/316

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PN40 1

PipeClass RB1H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 513: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:RB1H5PN40Up to 400

oC hydrocarbons,in case of increased corrosion

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft. F, SL

15-350 EN10216-2 seamless

400-600 EN10217-5 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-5

P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-2

PN40

EN13709 EN12266-

1

BE

welding socket

12

15

concentric and

excentric

welded

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

4, 5, 7 and 8

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

welded

Description: (a)

seamless and welded

BE

BE

seamless

PBE

BE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

length=100mm

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

Description: (a)

seamlessEN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345)

C22.8 (1.0460)

GP240GH (1.0619)

P235GH (1.0345)

15-40

200-600

15-600

Check valve

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Elbow

CAL

400-600

40-65

Tee

P235GH (1.0345)

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-5

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2/10217-5

15-50 C22.8 (1.0460)ANSI B16.11Class6000

MSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460)

1

DMP

5 and 6

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PE/NPT

Reducer 15-600

15-350

400-600

3, 4 and 5

BE

PipeClass RB1H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 514: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:RB1H5PN40Up to 400

oC hydrocarbons,in case of increased corrosion

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-600 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5, 7 and 8

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

PN4015-600

15-600

15-600

15-600 PN40

PN40

PN40

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

EN10269

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

eGr-pMet-ins, (EN1514-

1)flat gasketfor raised face

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Welding neck flange

Blind flange

Cap

PipeClass RB1H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 515: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:RB1H5PN40Up to 400

oC hydrocarbons,in case of increased corrosion

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass RB1H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 516: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50Sol Wdg, above Flex Wdg

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft. F, SL

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN40

EN13709 EN12266-

1

N5-Hardfaced

PN40

PN40

EN13709 EN12266-

1

1, 2

1, 2

N5-HardfacedC22.8 (1.0460)

RB2H3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

eGr-pMet-ins,

flat (EN1514-1)

DMP

handwheel

slam check valve

PN40

1,5 mm

N5-Hardfaced

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

handwheel,

throttling plug

not required

N5-Hardfaced

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

Medium pressure steam, condense (operating pressure 6-

16 barg, operating temperature max. 300°C )

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2, EN10217-5

Design temperature / design pressure

-20 °C / 40 barg 400 °C / 23,1 barg

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Check valve

15-150

15-150flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN40 GP240GH (1.0619)

200-600

1, 2

C22.8 (1.0460)

GP240GH (1.0619)

1

Choke valve

Nominal

pressure:

PipeClass RB2H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 517: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RB2H3PN40Medium pressure steam, condense (operating pressure 6-

16 barg, operating temperature max. 300°C )

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-350 EN10216-2 seamless

400-600 EN10217-5 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-600 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5, 7 and 8

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9concentric and

excentric

PE/BE

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

12

15

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

welded

seamless and welded

seamless

welded

PE/BE

5 and 7

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

welding socket

Roughness:

EN 1092-1, B1 type

PE/NPT

seamless

Description: (a)

PE/BE

length=100mm

3, 4 and 5

seamlessPBE

PE/BE

EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345)

Pipe

Nipple

15-600

400-600

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-5

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Class3000

Weldolet

Half coupling

Reducer

Tee

Welding neck flange

Cap

Elbow

5 and 6

PE/BE 4, 5, 7 and 8

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

P235GH (1.0345)

C22.8 (1.0460)

C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345)

15-40

CAL

15-50 ANSI B16.11

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-5

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2/10217-5

P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

15-600

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-350

400-600

MSS SP-79

DIN17243

15-600 PN40

PipeClass RB2H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 518: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RB2H3PN40Medium pressure steam, condense (operating pressure 6-

16 barg, operating temperature max. 300°C )

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)EN10269

non asbestos

thermostatic typeflanged, EN 1092-1 type B1

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN

1092-1, B1 type

Description: (a)

eGr-pMet-ins flat gasketfor raised face

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033Stud bolt with two nuts

gasket

Bling flange

Steam trap 15-40EN1092-1, flange

type 11PN40 C22.8 (1.0460)

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

PN4015-600

15-600 PN40

15-600 PN40

PipeClass RB2H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 519: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RB2H3PN40Medium pressure steam, condense (operating pressure 6-

16 barg, operating temperature max. 300°C )

Nominal

pressure:

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass RB2H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 520: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50Sol Wdg, above Flex Wdg

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760304/PTFE Flt Ball

15-200

250-600 gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

GP240GH (1.0619)15-150

EN13709 EN12266-

1

Choke valve EN13709 EN12266-

1

1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

doubled

excentricity

1, 2flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

EN593

EN12266-1

C22.8 (1.0460)handwheel,

throttling plug

C22.8 (1.0460)PN40

15-150

200-600

PN40

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Butterfly valve

Up to 150 oC hydrocarbons, natural gas, methanol, glycol,

not aggressive alkalies

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2, EN10217-5

Design temperature / design pressure

-20 °C / 40 barg 150 °C / 34,7 barg

OS&Y, BB

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50 Flt

Ball above Trunn

Mo

Description: (a)

gear and handwheel

handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N1-F6 (13Cr)

EN Plated/PTFE

DN100-ig

304/PTFE

RB5H3

Description: (a)

Nominal

pressure:PN40

not required

304/PTFE

N1-F6 (13Cr)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

OS&Y, BB

N1-F6 (13Cr)

hand lever

PN40

PN40

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PN40

1,5 mm

PipeClass RB5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 521: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Up to 150 oC hydrocarbons, natural gas, methanol, glycol,

not aggressive alkaliesRB5H3

Nominal

pressure:PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft. F, SL

15-350 EN10216-2 seamless

400-600 EN10217-5 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-600 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5, 7 and 8PE/BE

C22.8 (1.0460)

GP240GH (1.0619)flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

Description: (a)

Check valve

C22.8 (1.0460)

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-2

welded

C22.8 (1.0460)

15-600

15-350

400-600

Tee

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

5 and 6

DMP

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

3, 4 and 5

concentric and

excentric

P235GH (1.0345)

seamless and welded

P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)

seamless

seamless

P235GH (1.0345)

Elbow

EN13709 EN12266-

1

Class3000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-5

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2/10217-5

15-50

PN40

ANSI B16.11

15-40

200-600

15-600

400-600

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-5

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Cap

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Reducer

EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345) length=100mm

slam check valve

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

welding socket

PBE

PE/BE

N1-F6 (13Cr)

PE/BE

PE/NPT

PE/BE

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

welded

12

15

PipeClass RB5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 522: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Up to 150 oC hydrocarbons, natural gas, methanol, glycol,

not aggressive alkaliesRB5H3

Nominal

pressure:PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

Gasket 15-600 PN40 EN1514-1 Non-Asb-FwB flat gasket non asbestos

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

Stud bolt with two nuts

Welding neck flange 15-600

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033PN40

PN40

15-600

15-600

PN40

EN10269

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

for raised face

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

PipeClass RB5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 523: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance Heat treatement:

normalised

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 solid wedge 1

50-250 flexible wedge

300-300 flexible wedge and gear

15-40 FL ball

50-200

250-300 with gear

15-40 C22.8 (1.0460) 1

80-150 with lever

15-40 1

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Nominal

pressure

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

50-150

50-150

PN40

PN40

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

200-300PN40

EN13709 EN12266-

1

EN593

EN12266-1C22.8 (1.0460)

Chocke valve

-20 °C / 40 barg 400 °C / 23,1 barg

Gate valve GP240GH (1.0619)

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Butterfly valve

GP240GH (1.0619)

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

OS&Y, BB

with lever

N10-316

Description: (a)

316/316

PN40

3 mm

N10-316

N10-316C22.8 (1.0460)

1doubled

excentricity

Description: (a)

1, 2

with gear and handwheel

handwheel,

throttling plug

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.)

EN1984

EN12266-1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RC1H5

PN40

eGr-pMet-ins, flat (EN1514-1)required

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2

Design temperature / design pressure

PN40

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

Trunn Mo

EN13709 EN12266-

1handwheelN10-316 OS&Y, BB

PipeClass RC1H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 524: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressurePN40

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RC1H515-40

flanged, EN 1092-

1B1check valve plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F., SL

Pipe 15-300 EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-300 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5 and 7

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Class6000

PN40

PN40

PN40

15-300

15-300

15-300

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

15-50 C22.8 (1.0460)ANSI B16.11

15-300

CAL C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345)

EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345)

PN40

Gasket

15-300

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Welding neck flange

MSS SP-79

DIN17243

Bling flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

Tee

15-40

200-300 GP240GH (1.0619)

length=100mm

DMP slam

PBE

N10-316

seamless

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

PE/NPT

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

BE

welding socket

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

eGr-pMet-ins

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

BE

BE

C22.8 (1.0460)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

5 and 7

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

for raised face

4, 5 and 7

non asbestos

Description: (a)

flat gasket

15

concentric and

excentric

slam check valve

12

4, 5 and 7

seamless

seamless

seamless

5 and 6

1

4, 5, 7 and 9Reducer

Elbow P235GH (1.0345) BEDIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-300

P235GH (1.0345)DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

PipeClass RC1H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 525: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressurePN40

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RC1H5

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Valve of socket welding can not be used !

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=6,3 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5,6 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

15-300 PN40Stud bolt with two nutsEN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033EN10269

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

PipeClass RC1H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 526: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressurePN40

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RC1H5- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

In case of NaOH medium heat treatement is required above the following concentration versus temperature:

Concentration Temperature

(% NaOH) (°C)

0 80

20 70

30 60

50 40

In case of NaOH medium number flanged connection shall be minimal. Threaded connections can be used only for instrument connections.

Socket welding connections can not be used

PipeClass RC1H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 527: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance Heat treatement:

normalised

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 solid wedge 1

50-250 flexible wedge

300-300 flexible wedge and gear

15-40 FL ball

50-200

250-300 with gear

15-40 C22.8 (1.0460) 1

80-150 with lever

15-40 1

Nominal

pressure

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN40

PN40

PN40

PN40

GP240GH (1.0619)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N10-316

N10-316C22.8 (1.0460)

C22.8 (1.0460)

RC1H7

Description: (a)

316/316

OS&Y, BB

PN40

6 mm

OS&Y, BB

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2

Design temperature / design pressure

-20 °C / 40 barg 400 °C / 23,1 barg

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Chocke valve

Butterfly valve

50-150

50-150

200-300

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN40

eGr-pMet-ins, flat (EN1514-1)required

with lever

1, 2

Trunn Mo

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N10-316

with gear and handwheel1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

handwheelN10-316

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

doubled

excentricity

handwheel,

throttling plug

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

1, 2

PipeClass RC1H7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written is prohibited! 1/4

Page 528: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressureRC1H7PN40

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40flanged, EN 1092-

1 B1check valve plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F., SL

Pipe 15-300 EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-300 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5 and 7

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

Reducer

Elbow P235GH (1.0345) BEDIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-300

P235GH (1.0345) BE

EN13709 EN12266-

1

C22.8 (1.0460)

GP240GH (1.0619)

15Class6000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460) BE

seamless 4, 5 and 7

12

4, 5 and 7seamless

concentric and

excentric

BE

5 and 7Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

P235GH (1.0345)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

length=100mmPBE

N10-316

EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345)

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

15-300

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Welding neck flange

Bling flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Tee

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

PN40

15-50 C22.8 (1.0460)ANSI B16.11

15-300

4, 5, and 7

1

Description: (a)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

slam check valve DMP slam

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

seamless

seamless

BE

PE/NPT

NPT F threaded

BE

welding socket

PN40

PN40

5 and 615-40

200-300

15-300

15-300

PipeClass RC1H7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written is prohibited! 2/4

Page 529: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressureRC1H7PN40

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Valve of socket welding can not be used !

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=8 mm D0=42,4 mm e=8,8 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=8 mm D0=48,3 mm e=8,8 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=8 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

EN10269

non asbestos

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:

EN1514-1

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

eGr-pMet-ins flat gasketfor raised face

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

15-300

15-300

PN40

PN40

Description: (a)

PipeClass RC1H7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written is prohibited! 3/4

Page 530: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressureRC1H7PN40

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

PipeClass RC1H7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written is prohibited! 4/4

Page 531: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance Heat treatement:

normalised

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 solid wedge 1

50-250 flexible wedge

300-300 flexible wedge and gear

15-40 FL ball

50-200

250-300 with gear

15-40 C22.8 (1.0460) 1

80-150 with lever

15-40 1

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

PN40

Nominal

pressure

EN593

EN12266-1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

GP240GH (1.0619)50-150

50-150

PN40

PN40

200-300

with handwheelN10-316 OS&Y, BB

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1 1, 2

doubled

excentricitywith gear and handwheel

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Chocke valve

Butterfly valve

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC) (acid

water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.) up to 150oC

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2

Design temperature / design pressure

-20 °C / 40 barg 150 °C / 34,7 barg

PN40

PN40

EN13709 EN12266-

1

OS&Y, BB

PN40

3 mm

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

required

N10-316

1N10-316

N10-316C22.8 (1.0460)

C22.8 (1.0460)

OS&Y, BB

Trunn Mo

1, 2

handwheel,

throttling plug

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

with lever

1, 2

RC5H5

Description: (a)

316/316

Description: (a)

PipeClass RC5H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 532: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC) (acid

water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.) up to 150oC

PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RC5H515-40flanged, EN 1092-

1 B1check valve plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F., SL

Pipe 15-300 EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-300 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5 and 7

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40

PN40

PN40

PN40

15-300

15-300

15-300

Class6000 C22.8 (1.0460)

BE

BE

200-300

PN40 EN13709 EN12266-

1

BE

PE/NPT

C22.8 (1.0460)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

GP240GH (1.0619)

BE

DMP slamslam check valve

length=100mm

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460)

EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345)

P235GH (1.0345)DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

Gasket

15-300

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Welding neck flange

15-50

Bling flange

ANSI B16.11

Tee

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

PBE

N10-316

Non-Asb-FwB for raised face

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

P235GH (1.0345)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

5 and 7

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

seamless

flat gasket

BE

NPT F threaded

BE

welding socket

seamless

concentric and

excentric

5 and 6

1

4, 5, 7 and 9

seamless

Reducer

Elbow P235GH (1.0345)DIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-300 4, 5 and 7

15-300 seamless

Description: (a)

15

4, 5 and 7

12

non asbestos

PipeClass RC5H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 533: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC) (acid

water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.) up to 150oC

PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RC5H5

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Valve of socket welding can not be used !

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=6,3 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5,6 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

15-300 PN40Stud bolt with two nutsEN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

EN10269

PipeClass RC5H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 534: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC) (acid

water, amine, aggressive alkalies, etc.) up to 150oC

PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RC5H5- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

In case of NaOH medium heat treatement is required above the following concentration versus temperature:

Concentration Temperature

(% NaOH) (°C)

0 80

20 70

30 60

50 40

In case of NaOH medium number flanged connection shall be minimal. Threaded connections can be used only for instrument connections.

Socket welding connections can not be used

PipeClass RC5H5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 535: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance Heat treatement:

normalised

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 solid wedge 1

50-250 flexible wedge

300-300 flexible wedge and gear

15-40 FL ball

50-200

250-300 with gear

15-40 C22.8 (1.0460) 1

80-150 with lever

15-40 1

PN40

PN40

PN40

PN40

Nominal

pressure

50-150

50-150

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

200-300

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

N10-316C22.8 (1.0460)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

with gear and handwheel1

1, 2

handwheel,

throttling plug

Trunn Mo

EN593

EN12266-1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

handwheelN10-316

GP240GH (1.0619)

C22.8 (1.0460) N10-316

with leverflanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN40

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Chocke valve

Butterfly valve

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)up to 150oC

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

P235GH (1.0345) EN10216-2

Design temperature / design pressure

-20 °C / 40 barg 150 °C / 34,7 barg

RC5H7

316/316

OS&Y, BB

PN40

6 mm

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)required

1, 2

N10-316

doubled

excentricity

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PipeClass RC5H7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 536: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)up to 150oC

RC5H7PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40flanged, EN 1092-

1 B1check valve plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F., SL

Pipe 15-300 EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-300 DIN2617 P235GH (1.0345) 4, 5 and 7

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

Material: DIN2528

Material: EN10222-2

PN40

PN40

Description: (a)

seamless

seamless 5 and 6

slam check valve

BE

PE/NPT

4, 5 and 7

1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

DMP slam

BE

length=100mmPBE

N10-316

15-300

15-40

200-300

PN40

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

EN10216-2 P235GH (1.0345)

C22.8 (1.0460)

GP240GH (1.0619)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

NPT F threaded

BE seamless

BE

P235GH (1.0345)

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

5 and 7Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

4, 5 and 7

concentric and

excentricP235GH (1.0345) seamless

BE

Welding neck flange

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460) BE

welding socket

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

C22.8 (1.0460)

15-300

40-65

Bling flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Tee

15-50

15-300

15-300

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

ANSI B16.11

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

C22.8 (1.0460) or

P245GH (1.0352)

Class6000

4, 5, 7 and 9

12

EN13709 EN12266-

1

15

Reducer

Elbow P235GH (1.0345)DIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-300

PipeClass RC5H7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 537: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)up to 150oC

RC5H7PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=8 mm D0=42,4 mm e=8,8 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=8 mm D0=48,3 mm e=8,8 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=8 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

15-300

15-300

PN40

PN40

flat gasketfor raised faceNon-Asb-FwB

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:

EN1514-1

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)EN10269

non asbestos

Description: (a)

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

PipeClass RC5H7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 538: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure

Mediums causing H2S corrosion (stress corrosion; SSC)

(acid water, amine, etc.)up to 150oC

RC5H7PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Further general requirements on pipelines are:

- pressure part contacting with the medium shall be made of dead killed steel

- each weld shall be heat treated after welding (PWHT)

- minimal certified yield value of the material can not be higher then 415 MPa

- number of socket welding and threaded connections shall be minimal

Pipelines have been built in accordance with present pipe class are for transportation of mediums having stress corrosion causing effect. Since actual effect of these mediums is

critical in respect of corrosion, choice of present pipe class for a given medium shall be discussed with MOL Plc. during design.Base of choice is in case of acid mediums: NACE

Std MR-0175, or ISO 15156 Std, or NACE Std MR0103-2003. In case of Amine-processes (MEA, DEA, MDEA) shall be used too.

PipeClass RC5H7.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 539: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300-600 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN12760FL Ball

15-100

150-600 EN Plated/PTFE gear

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN127601

Nominal

pressure:

PN40

EN13709 EN12266-

1

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

PN40

PN40

Mediums:to -30oC (above) up to 100

oC: hydrocarbons

EN1984

EN12266-1 1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

304/PTFE hand lever

handwheelN8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

not required

304/PTFE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

HardfacedG20Mn5 (1.6220)

RD5H3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

1

PN40

1,5 mm

gear and handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

handwheel, throttling plug

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

P265NL (1.0453) EN10216-4, EN10217-6

Design temperature / design pressure

-50 °C / 40 barg 100 °C / 40 barg

PN40

Gate valve

Ball valve

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Butterfly valve

15-150

15-150flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

200-600

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN40 G20Mn5 (1.6220)

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

with doubled

excentricity

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

1, 2

PipeClass RD5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 540: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Mediums:to -30

oC (above) up to 100

oC: hydrocarbons RD5H3PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft. F, SL

15-350 EN10216-4 seamless

400-600 EN10217-6 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-4

PN40

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

welded

welding socket

12

15Class3000

CALMSS SP-79

EN10222-213MnNi6-3 (1.6217)

Description: (a)

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

4, 5, 7 and 8

concentric and

excentric

welded

PE/BE

seamless

PE/BE

PE/BE seamless and welded

length=100mm

3, 4 and 5

DMP

seamlessPBE

PE/BE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

Reducer

Tee

15-600

400-600

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-6

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-4

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-6

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-4/10217-6

15-50 13MnNi6-3 (1.6217)ANSI B16.11

Elbow

PE/BE

EN13709 EN12266-

1G20Mn5 (1.6220) flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

Description: (a)

15-600

15-350

400-600

P265NL (1.0453)

P265NL (1.0453)

P265NL (1.0453)

P265NL (1.0453)

5 and 615-40

200-600

PE/NPTEN10216-2

1

P265NL (1.0453)

PipeClass RD5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 541: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Mediums:to -30

oC (above) up to 100

oC: hydrocarbons RD5H3PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

Material: EN10269

Material: EN ISO3506-1

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

13MnNi6-3(1.6217)

EN10222-3

non asbestos

Material: EN10222-3

EN10222-3

NPT F threaded

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

25CrMo4 (1.7218) A2-

70

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

PE/BE

Material:

Non-Asb-FwB flat gasketfor raised face

P275NL1 (1.0488)

EN10028-3

Cap

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Welding neck flange

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

13MnNi6-3 (1.6217)

PN40

PN40

PN40

PN40

15-600

15-600

15-600

15-600

PipeClass RD5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 542: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:Mediums:to -30

oC (above) up to 100

oC: hydrocarbons RD5H3PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass RD5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 543: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raisec face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300-600 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN12760304/304 FL Ball

15-100

150-300 gear

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN127601

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

EN Plated/304

DN100-ig 304/304

G17CrMo5-5 (1.7357)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

316/PTFE

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN40

Description: (a)

hand leverup to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

handwheel OS&Y, BB

with doubled

excentricity

1, 2

RG1J3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Spw-OR-Gra, (EN1514-2)

1

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

1,5 mm

gear and handwheel

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

required

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

PN40

Ball valve

PN40

GP240GH

(1.0619)

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335) EN10216-2

Design temperature / design pressure

-20 °C / 40 barg 500 °C / 24,4 barg

PN40

Gate valve

Chocke valve

prEN1983

EN12266-1 PN40

200-600

PN40

On/off globe valve

Butterfly valve

handwheel, throttling plugN8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfacedflanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

Nominal

pressure

G17CrMo5-5 (1.7357)

G17CrMo5-5

(1.7357)

G17CrMo5-5 (1.7357)

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, low corrosion effect

EN1984

EN12266-1

15-150

15-150

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PipeClass RG1J3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 544: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RG1J3PN40Nominal

pressureHydrocarbons up to 500

oC, low corrosion effect

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F., SL

Pipe 15-600 EN10216-213CrMo4-5

(1.7335)seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5 and 7

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-600 PN40

4, 5 and 7

EN13709 EN12266-

1

15-600 PN40

PN4015-600

15-40

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-600

EN10216-2

Description: (a)

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

PE/BE

raised face

15

EN10222-2

4, 5, 7 and 9

12

PE/BE13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

seamless

concentric and

excentric

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335) PE/BE

5 and 7

EN1514-2

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type14CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

316/ Graphite /Galv CS Spw-OR-Gra

PE/BE

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

welding socket

seamless

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

length=100mm

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading200-600

PN40

PBE

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

G17CrMo5-5(1.7357)

13CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

Elbow

Nipple

Cap

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

Tee

Reducer 15-600

Welding neck flange

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

MSS SP-79

EN10222-2

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

15-50 ANSI B16.11Class3000

CAL

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

DMP

seamless

seamless

Material: EN10222-2

Gasket

15-300

40-65

5 and 6

14CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

PE/NPT

Material:

4, 5 and 7

1

PE/BE

PipeClass RG1J3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 545: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RG1J3PN40Nominal

pressureHydrocarbons up to 500

oC, low corrosion effect

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

15-600 PN40 EN1026925CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:Stud bolt with two nutsEN1515-1 Annex A

és EN24033

PipeClass RG1J3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 546: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X16CrMo5-1

(1.7366)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300-600 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800X16CrMo5-1

(1.7366)

welding socket,

EN12760316/316 FL Ball

15-100

150-300 gear

15-40 Class800X16CrMo5-1

(1.7366)

welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800X16CrMo5-1

(1.7366)

welding socket,

EN127601

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Design temperature/Design pressure

1, 2

GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

with doubled

excentricity

1, 2OS&Y, BB

GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

gear and handwheel1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

15-250

15-250flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

200-600

EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN40

PN40

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

PN40

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Butterfly valve

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement

EN1984

EN12266-1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

X11CrMo5+NT1 (1.7362+NT1) EN10216-2

-20 °C / 40 barg 500 °C / 20 barg

PN40

PN40

EN13709 EN12266-

1

RJ1J5

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

hand lever

handwheel

Spw-OR-Gra, (EN1514-2)

up to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

handwheel, throttling plug

PN40

3 mm

required

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

EN Plated/316

DN100-ig 316/316

Nominal

pressure:

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

PipeClass RJ1J5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 547: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement RJ1J5PN40

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F., SL

Pipe 15-600 EN10216-2 X11CrMo5+NT1 seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, and 7

PN40

15-600

1

DMP

PE/NPT

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

4, 5, and 7

15-600

15-600

GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

15-50X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT)ANSI B16.11

PN40

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)

X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT)

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)

NPT F threaded

Material:

X16CrMo5-1

(1.7366)

BE

EN10222-2

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT)EN10222-2Material:

15-600

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Welding neck flange

Bling flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Tee

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

EN10216-2X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)length=100mm 5 and 6

PBE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

BE

BE

BE

seamless

seamless

Description: (a)

BE

5 and 7Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

4, 5, and 7seamless

concentric and

excentricseamless 4, 5, 7 and 9

12

15Class6000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243

X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT)BE

welding socket

200-600

PN40

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-600

Reducer

Elbow

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

15-40

PipeClass RJ1J5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 548: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement RJ1J5PN40

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5,6 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

15-600

15-600

PN40

PN40

316/ Graphite /Galv CS

Description: (a)

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Spw-OR-Gra, spiral woundedfor raised face

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:

EN1514-2

42CrMo5-6 (1.7233)

42CrMo4 (1.7225)EN10269

PipeClass RJ1J5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 549: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 12Ni14 (1.5637)welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760304/PTFE Flt Ball

15-100

150-300 gear

15-40 Class800 12Ni14 (1.5637)welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800 12Ni14 (1.5637)welding socket,

EN127601

PN40

15-150

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN40

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

required

304/PTFE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

PN40

1,5 mm

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

hand lever

handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

RM5H3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

gear and handwheel1

1, 2

1, 2

Low temperature hydrocarbons below temperature of -30oC

to -100oC

EN1984

EN12266-1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

12Ni14 (1.5637) EN10216-4

Design temperature / design pressure

-100 °C / 40 barg 100 °C / 40 barg

PN40

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Butterfly valve200-300

EN593

EN12266-1PN40

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN4015-150

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

handwheel,

throttling plug

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:

1, 2

doubled

excentricity

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

DN100-ig

304/PTFE EN

Plated/PTFE

OS&Y, BB

Up to DN50 Flt

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

PipeClass RM5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 550: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

PN40 RM5H3Low temperature hydrocarbons below temperature of -30

oC

to -100oC

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760slam check valve or dual plate with spring loadPlug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft. F, SL

Pipe 15-300 EN10216-4 12Ni14 (1.5637) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-300 DIN2617 4, 5 and 7

15-300 PN40

15-300 PN40

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-4

EN13709 EN12266-

1

12Ni14 (1.5637)

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

4, 5 and7seamless

12

15

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

concentric and

excentric

PE/BE

5 and 7Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

12Ni14 (1.5637)

EN10222-3

12Ni14 (1.5637) PE/BE

PBE

PE/BE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

length=100mm

Description: (a)

EN10216-4 12Ni14 (1.5637)

cap

Nippli

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

Csőív

Tee 15-300

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-4

Welding neck flange

Blind flange

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

Class3000

12Ni14 (1.5637)

EN10222-3

CAL

seamlessDIN2616 T2

EN10216-4

15-50 12Ni14 (1.5637)ANSI B16.11

MSS SP-79

EN10222-3

12Ni14 (1.5637)

200-300

PE/NPT

welding socket

PE/BE

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

PE/BE

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

Reducer 15-300

15-300

12Ni14 (1.5637)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

seamless

DMP

15-40

slam check valve

PN40 flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

4, 5, 7 and 9

4, 5 and 7

1

seamless

5 and 6

PipeClass RM5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 551: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

PN40 RM5H3Low temperature hydrocarbons below temperature of -30

oC

to -100oC

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

15-300 PN40

15-300 PN40 EN10269

non asbestos

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:

EN1514-1

42CrMo4 (1.7225)

42CrMo4 (1.7225)

Non-Asb-FwB flat gasketfor raised face

Description: (a)

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

PipeClass RM5H3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 552: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)solid wedge 1

50-250 flexible wedge

300-300 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)Flt Ball

50-100

150-300 gear

15-40X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)1

80-150 hand lever

15-40 1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

1, 2

Trunn Mo

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

1doubled

excentricity

PN40

not required

N9-Monel

N9-Monel

Nominal

pressure:

handwheel,

throttling plug

Butterfly valve

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4

(1.4469)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4

(1.4469)

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4

(1.4469)

-40 °C / 40 barg 200 °C / 32 barg

Gate valve

Ball valve

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4

(1.4469)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A gear and handwheel

hand lever

N9-Monel

handwheel

Monel/PTFE

Monel/PTFE

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

1, 2

In case of increased chloride or hydrogen sulphide load

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 (1.4462) SEW400

DIN17457&DIN17458

Design temperature/Design pressure

PN40EN1984

EN12266-1

RP1J1

Description: (a)

Spw-OR-Gra, EN1514-2

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

On/off globe valve

50-150

50-150

200-300

EN13709

EN12266-1

PN40 EN593

EN12266-1

Choke valve

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4

(1.4469)

PN40

PN40

PN40

prEN1983

EN12266-1

EN13709

EN12266-1

PipeClass RP1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 553: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN40Nominal

pressure:In case of increased chloride or hydrogen sulphide load RP1J1

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40flanged, EN 1092-

1 B2check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft. F, SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-300 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

PE/BE

PE/BE

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

concentric and

excentric

welded

seamless and welded

seamless

length=100mm

welding socket 15

welded

5 and 6

Description: (a)

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

3, 4 and 5

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

PBE

PE/BE

N9-Monel

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

seamless

12

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11seamless

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loadingDMP

Check valve

Pipe

Half coupling

Elbow

Reducer

Nipple

Tee

Weldolet

15-300

200-300

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

15-50X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

EN10222-5Class3000

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

15-600

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

15-40

200-300

EN13709

EN12266-1

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.462)

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

15-150

DIN17458

200-300DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

PN40

GX5CrNiMoN26-7-4

(1.4469)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

PE/BE

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

(1.4462)

ANSI B16.11

PE/BE

CALMSS SP-79

EN10222-5

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

PE/NPT

PipeClass RP1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 554: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN40Nominal

pressure:In case of increased chloride or hydrogen sulphide load RP1J1

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-300 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-150

200-300

15-150

200-300

15-150

200-300

15-150

200-300

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Valve of welding socket type can not be used!

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

EN10269

raised face

Description: (a)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

EN1514-2 Monel/ Graphite /Galv CS Spw-OR-Gra

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Blind flange

Cap

Welding neck flange

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

EN10222-5

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70PN40

PN40

PN40

PN40

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

EN10222-5

X2CrNiMoN22-5-3

EN10222-5

PipeClass RP1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 555: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN40Nominal

pressure:In case of increased chloride or hydrogen sulphide load RP1J1

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass RP1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 556: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300-600 Flex Wdg and gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

welding socket,

EN12760304 Flt Ball

15-100

150-600 gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

handwheel,

throttling plug

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

handwheel

1, 2

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

doubled

excentricity

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Butterfly valve

15-150

15-150

200-600

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN40

PN40

PN40 EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

Design temperature / design pressure

-196 °C / 40 barg 400 °C / 27,7 barg

PN40

PN40

Gate valve

Ball valve

GX5CrNi19-10

(1.4308)

GX5CrNi19-10

(1.4308)

EN1984

EN12266-1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

Spw-OR-Gra EN1514-2

gear and handwheel

1, 2

1, 2

1

OS&Y, BB

not required

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N2-304

RU1J1

Description: (a)

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

Nominal

pressure:

hand leverflanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

PN40

N2-304GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N2-304

N2-304

304/EN Plated

DN100-ig 304

Up to DN50 Flt

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme low or high temperaure hydrocarbons,strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

PipeClass RU1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 557: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

RU1J1Nominal

pressure:PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme low or high temperaure hydrocarbons,strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft. F, SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-600 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

EN13709 EN12266-

1

15-150

200-600

15-40

200-600PN40

DIN17458

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loadingDMP

PE/NPT

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

length=100mm

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

Class3000

Reducer 15-600

15-600

200-600

40-65

15-50

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Elbow

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10222-5ANSI B16.11

Check valve

Tee

Pipe

5 and 6

3, 4 and 5

seamless

Description: (a)

N2-304

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

seamless

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

welded

PE/BE

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

PBE

PE/BE

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

PE/BE

welding socket

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458PE/BE

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

12

15

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

seamless and welded 4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

welded

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

CALMSS SP-79

EN10222-5

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)PE/BE

concentric and

excentric

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

PipeClass RU1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 558: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

RU1J1Nominal

pressure:PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme low or high temperaure hydrocarbons,strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

Welding neck flange

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10028-7

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10222-5

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Blind flange

Cap

Spw-OR-Gra, spiral wounded

A2-70

A2-70

for raised face

Description: (a)

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

EN10269

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10028-7

304/ Graphite /Galv CS

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

EN1514-2

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

PN40

15-600 PN40

15-600 PN40

15-600 PN40

15-600

PipeClass RU1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 559: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

RU1J1Nominal

pressure:PN40

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme low or high temperaure hydrocarbons,strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass RU1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 560: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance Heat treatement:

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)solid wedge 1

50-250 flexible wedge

300-600 flexible wedge and gear

15-40X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)304 FL ball

50-100

150-600 with gear

15-40X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)1

80-150 with lever

15-40 1

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

-196 °C / 40 barg 150 °C / 34,7 barg

prEN1983

EN12266-1 GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

Ball valve

PN40

PN40

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

Gate valve

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

50-150

50-150

200-600

EN1984

EN12266-1

with gear and handwheel

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN40 EN593

EN12266-1

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

1, 2

1, 2

Trunn Mo

Butterfly valve

Chocke valve PN40 EN13709 EN12266-

1GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

handwheel,

throttling plug

1

1, 2

doubled

excentricity

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Design temperature / design pressure

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

with lever

OS&Y, BB

N2-304

304/PTFE

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

OS&Y, BB

not required

PN40 RU5H1

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

Description: (a)

On/off globe valve handwheelPN40

Nominal

pressure

N2-304

N2-304

304/EN Plated

DN100-ig 304

Extreme low temperaure hydrocarbons,strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons up to 150oC

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PipeClass RU5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 561: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

PN40 RU5H1Nominal

pressure

Extreme low temperaure hydrocarbons,strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons up to 150oC

15-40flanged, EN 1092-

1 B1check valve plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft F., SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-600 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

ElementSize

(DN)

Presure

range (PN

or Class)

Technical

conditions of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

200-600

PN40

15-40 DIN17458

EN13709 EN12266-

1

15-150

CALX6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10028-7

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

Cap

MSS SP-79

EN10222-5

Half coupling

Reducer 15-600

DIN2615 T2

DIN1745815-600

200-600

40-65

15-50X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10222-5ANSI B16.11Class3000

Tee

Elbow

200-600

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

Nipple

Weldolet

Check valve

Pipe

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

1

DMP slam

3, 4 and 5

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

PE/BE

PE/BE

seamless and welded

seamless

welded

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

PE/BE

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

12

15

Description: (a)

concentric and

excentric

length=100mm

4, 5, 7 and 8

welded

5 and 6

welding socket

PE/NPT

PE/BE

seamlessX6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

seamless

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PBE

PE/BE

N2-304

PipeClass RU5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 562: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

PN40 RU5H1Nominal

pressure

Extreme low temperaure hydrocarbons,strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons up to 150oC

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

Valve of socket welding can not be used !

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15-600 PN40

15-600 PN40

15-600 PN40

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10222-515-600 PN40

A2-70

A2-70

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10028-7

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Bling flange

Welding neck flange

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1514-1 Non-Asb-FwB flat gasketfor raised face

EN10269

non asbestos

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

PipeClass RU5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 563: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

PN40 RU5H1Nominal

pressure

Extreme low temperaure hydrocarbons,strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons up to 150oC

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass RU5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 564: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300-600 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN12760316 FL Ball

15-100

150-600 gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

handwheel

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

up to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

not required

hand lever

RV1J1

Description: (a)

Extreme low or high hydrocarbons with pitting corrosion

danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)handwheel, throttling plugN10-316

PN40

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N10-316

N10-316

EN Plated/316

DN100-ig 316

N10-316

Spw-OR-Gra EN1514-2

gear and handwheel

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

1with doubled

excentricity

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve15-150

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

Design temperature/Design pressure

-196 °C / 40 barg 400 °C / 29,2 barg

PN40

EN1984

EN12266-1

prEN1983

EN12266-1 PN40

15-150flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

200-600

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN40

PN40

PN40 EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)Butterfly valve

Choke valve

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

OS&Y, BBGX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

wafer type, EN

1092-1 type A

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

Nominal

pressure:

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

PipeClass RV1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 565: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RV1J1Extreme low or high hydrocarbons with pitting corrosion

danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbonsPN40

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft F., SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-600 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

12

concentric and

excentric

welded

Description: (a)

15welding socket

PE/BE

PE/BE

PE/NPT

PE/BE

PE/BE

seamless

welded

seamless and welded

seamless

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

Description: (a)

PBE

PE/BE

N10-316

5 and 6seamless

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Tee

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)15-600

200-600

40-65

DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

15-50X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5ANSI B16.11

PN40

EN13709 EN12266-

1

DIN17458X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

MSS SP-79

EN10222-5

Class3000

CAL

Reducer 15-600

Elbow

15-150

200-600

Check valve

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

DMP

3, 4 and 5

length=100mm15-40

200-600GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

PipeClass RV1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 566: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RV1J1Extreme low or high hydrocarbons with pitting corrosion

danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbonsPN40

Nominal

pressure:

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

316/ Graphite /Galv CS Spw-OR-Gra, spiral wounded

NPT F threaded

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-2

EN10269

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

for rised face

Cap

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10028-7Blind flange

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

PE/BE

Welding neck flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 11

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-515-600 PN40

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5

15-600 PN40

15-600 PN40

15-600 PN40

PipeClass RV1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 567: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

RV1J1Extreme low or high hydrocarbons with pitting corrosion

danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbonsPN40

Nominal

pressure:

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass RV1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 568: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B1 type (raised face,

Ra=3,2-12,5µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-250 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

300-600 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN12760316/PTFE FL Ball

15-100

150-600 gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN127601

80-150 hand lever

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Nominal

pressure:

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

hand leverflanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

Extreme low hydrocarbons with pitting corrosion danger, strongly

corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 150oC

EN1984

EN12266-1

PN40

prEN1983

EN12266-1

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

316/PTFE

N10-316

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

wafer type,

EN 1092-1

type A

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

1, 2

Description: (a)

handwheel, throttling plug

200-600

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN40

PN40

PN40 EN593

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN40

15-150

15-150

RV5H1

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

gear and handwheel

1, 2

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

OS&Y, BB

1

-196 °C / 40 barg 150 °C / 36,4 barg

PN40

1, 2

handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

N10-316

N10-316

EN Plated/PTFE

DN100-ig

316/PTFE

not requiredDesign temperature/Design pressure

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Butterfly valve

Choke valve

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

with doubled

excentricity

PipeClass RV5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 569: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:

Extreme low hydrocarbons with pitting corrosion danger, strongly

corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 150oC

PN40 RV5H1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft F., SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-600 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11

15-600 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

DMP

3, 4 and 5

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B1

PN40

1 EN13709 EN12266-

1

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

15-150

200-600

15-40

200-600

DIN17458X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5

40-65

DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

DIN2616 T2

DIN1745815-600

15-50X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5ANSI B16.11

PE/BE

Class3000

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

Tee

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)15-600

200-600

Cap

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

Reducer

PBE

PE/BE

N10-316

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

NPT F threaded

PE/BE

Description: (a)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

PE/BE

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

seamless

welding socket

CALMSS SP-79

EN10222-5

Elbow

5 and 6seamless

PE/BE

PE/NPT

PE/BE

welded

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

seamless and welded

seamless

welded

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

4, 5, 7 and 8

concentric and

excentric

12

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

length=100mm

15

PipeClass RV5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 570: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:

Extreme low hydrocarbons with pitting corrosion danger, strongly

corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 150oC

PN40 RV5H1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

Welding neck flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 11

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

15-600 PN40

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10028-7

15-600 EN10269

non asbestos

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B1 type

EN1514-1 Non-Asb-FwB flat gasketfor rised face

PN40

15-600 PN40

15-600 PN40

PipeClass RV5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 571: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:

Extreme low hydrocarbons with pitting corrosion danger, strongly

corrosive non hydrocarbons up to 150oC

PN40 RV5H1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass RV5H1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 572: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-400 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760304/304 FL Ball

15-80

100-300 gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800 welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA swing

1, 2

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

1, 215-150flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN63 GP240GH (1.0619)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

Ball valveprEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

P355NH (1.0565) EN10216-3/EN10217-3

Design temperature/Design pressure

-20 °C / 63 barg 400 °C / 46,8 barg

Gate valve

15-150

On/off globe valve

200-300 GP240GH (1.0619)

C22.8 (1.0460)

Choke valve

Check valve

1,5 mm

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

handwheel, throttling plug

not required

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

hand lever

handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

SB1J3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Spw-IOR-Gra, (EN1514-2)

DMP

1, 2OS&Y, BB

1

304/304C22.8 (1.0460)

up to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

EN Plated/304

DN100-ig 304/304

PN63

PN63

EN1984

EN12266-1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

GP240GH (1.0619)

Nominal

pressure:PN63Process up to 400

oC

PN63

PN63

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PipeClass SB1J3.xls this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 573: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

SB1J3Nominal

pressure:PN63Process up to 400

oC

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-150 EN10216-3 seamless

200-400 EN10217-3 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class3000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-400 DIN2617 P355NH (1.0565) 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

5 and 6

P355NH (1.0565)

EN10222-4

NPT F threaded

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

4, 5, 7 and 8

concentric and

excentric

welded

seamless and welded

P355NH (1.0565) BE

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-3

seamless

15-40

15-150

200-400

P355NH (1.0565)

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-3

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-3/10217-3

C22.8 (1.0460)ANSI B16.11

15-400

welded

BE

welding socket

C22.8 (1.0460)

P355NH (1.0565) BETee

Welding neck flange

Blind flange

15-50

15-400

200-400

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-3

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-3

Class3000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243

Reducer

EN10216-3

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

Cap

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Elbow

PBE

BEP355NH (1.0565)

length=100mm

3, 4 and 5

P355NH (1.0565)

EN10222-4

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

P355NH (1.0565)

seamless

seamless

BE

5 and 7Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

12

15

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

Description: (a)

PE/NPT

BE

PipeClass SB1J3.xls this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 574: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

SB1J3Nominal

pressure:PN63Process up to 400

oC

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=4 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

304/304/ Graphite/Galv

CSspiral wounded gasketfor rised face

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:

Spw-IOR-Gra,

(EN1514-2)

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)EN10269

non asbestos

Description: (a)

PipeClass SB1J3.xls this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 575: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, C/D type (raised

face, Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

50-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-400 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760FL Ball

50-80

100-400 gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

50-150 swing

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

DMP

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

HardfacedPN63

PN63

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type D

PN63

PN63

EN13709 EN12266-

1

EN13709 EN12266-

1C22.8 (1.0460)

GP240GH (1.0619)

PN63

1,5 mmP355NH (1.0565) EN10216-3,

EN10217-3

Design temperature/Design pressure

-20 °C / 63 barg 150 °C / 63 barg

Gate valve

SB5K3

Description: (a)

304/PTFE

OS&Y, BBChoke valve

Check valveN8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

Hydrocarbons, process up to 150 oC

EN1984

EN12266-1 GP240GH (1.0619)

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)Ball valve

On/off globe valve

50-150flanged,

EN 1092-1

type D

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN63

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type D

handwheel

50-150

1, 2

1, 2

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type D

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type D

OS&Y, BB

Trunn Mo

OS&Y, BB

hand lever

handwheel, throttling plug

Nominal

pressure:

1, 2

200-400

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

Non-Asb-FwB, flat (EN1514-1)

GP240GH (1.0619)

not required

1

PipeClass SB5K3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 576: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN63 SB5K3Hydrocarbons, process up to 150 oC

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Pipe 15-400 EN10216-3 P355NH (1.0565) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-400 DIN2617 P355NH (1.0565) 4, 5 and 7

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

4, 5 and 7seamless

concentric and

excentric

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-3

4, 5, 7 and 9P355NH (1.0565)

BE

P355NH (1.0565)

EN10216-3 P355NH (1.0565)

12

15

EN10269

non asbestos

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

C/D type

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

Non-Asb-FwB

P355NH (1.0565)

EN10222-4

PBE

BE

BE

flat gasketLarge Tongue/Groove

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

C/D type

P355NH (1.0565)

EN10222-4

length=100mm

Half coupling

Elbow

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-3

Welding neck flange

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Stud bolt with two nuts

Tee

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

15-400

15-50 C22.8 (1.0460)ANSI B16.11Class6000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460)

P355NH (1.0565)

Description: (a)

NPT F threaded

BE

welding socket

4, 5 and 7

seamless

BE

BE

seamlessPE/NPT

Reducer 15-400

15-400 seamless

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-3

5 and 615-40

PipeClass SB5K3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 577: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN63 SB5K3Hydrocarbons, process up to 150 oC

Nominal

pressure:

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

PipeClass SB5K3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 578: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, C/D type (raised

face, Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-400 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN12760304/PTFE FL Ball

15-100

150-400 gear

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN127601

EN1984

EN12266-1

15-150

15-150

PN63

On/off globe valve

PN63

1,5 mm

Mediums to -30oC (above) up to 100

oC: hydrocarbons

P265NL (1.0453) EN10216-4

-50 °C / 63 barg 100 °C / 63 barg

PN63

EN13709 EN12266-

1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

not required

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

PN63Nominal

pressure:

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

Design temperature/Design pressure

Gate valve

Ball valve

Choke valve

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type D

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type D

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type D

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

DN100-ig

304/PTFE EN

Plated/PTFE

G20Mn5 (1.6220)

SD1K3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

eGr-pMet-ins, flat (EN1514-1)

hand lever

handwheel

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfacedhandwheel, throttling plug

flanged, EN 1092-

1 type D

up to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

1, 2

1, 2

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PN63

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

PipeClass SD1K3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 579: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Mediums to -30oC (above) up to 100

oC: hydrocarbons PN63

Nominal

pressure:SD1K3

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 P275NL1 (1.0488)welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

typeAwafer type Lft F. SL

Pipe 15-400 EN10216-4 P265NL (1.0453) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11

15-400 DIN2617 4, 5 and 7

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

BE

seamless

BE

200-400

EN13709 EN12266-

1G20Mn5 (1.6220)

P265NL (1.0453) 5 and 6

13MnNi6-3 (1.6217)

P265NL (1.0453)

P265NL (1.0453)

P265NL (1.0453)

13MnNi6-3 (1.6217)

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-4

15-50 13MnNi6-3 (1.6217)ANSI B16.11

MSS SP-79

EN10222-3

15-400

Class6000

CAL

15-400

Tee 15-400

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-4

Welding neck flange

Blind flange

Check valve

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Reducer

Elbow

15-40

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-4

PN63

length=100mm

DMP

P275NL1 (1.0488)

EN10028-3

seamless

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

Description: (a)

seamless

BE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

BE

welding socket

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

C/D type

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

C/D type

NPT F threaded

13MnNi6-3(1.6217)

EN10222-3Material::

BE

Material::

EN10222-3

EN10222-3

seamless

5 and 7EN1092-1, flange

type 11

12

4, 5 and 7

concentric and

excentric4, 5, 7 and 9

4, 5 and 7

1

PBE

BE

EN10216-2PE/NPT

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type D

PipeClass SD1K3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 580: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Mediums to -30oC (above) up to 100

oC: hydrocarbons PN63

Nominal

pressure:SD1K3

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100 Material:: EN10269

50-400 PN63 Material:: EN ISO3506-1

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

eGr-pMet-ins flat gasketLarge Tongue/Groove non asbestos

Description: (a)

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13

EN1514-1

25CrMo4 (1.7218) A2-

70

PipeClass SD1K3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 581: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-400 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 Lft F. SL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

200-400PN63

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

PN63

1,5 mm

handwheel, throttling plug

1, 2

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335) EN10216-2

Ball valve

SG1J3

Description: (a)

Spw-IOR-Gra, (EN1514-2)

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

Nominal

pressure:

required

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

EN13709 EN12266-

1G17CrMo5-5(1.7357)

G17CrMo5-5 (1.7357)

G17CrMo5-5(1.7357)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

Check valveslam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced1

OS&Y, BB

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

DMP

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

15-150

15-150flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN63

Description: (a)

Choke valve

handwheel

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, low corrosion effect

PN63

GP240GH (1.0619)

Design temperature/Design pressure

-20 °C / 63 barg 500 °C / 38,4 barg

PN63

EN1984

EN12266-1

On/off globe valve

PipeClass SG1J3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 582: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

PN63 SG1J3Nominal

pressure:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, low corrosion effect

Pipe 15-400 EN10216-213CrMo4-5

(1.7335)seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11

15-400 DIN2617 4, 5 and 7

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

EN10216-2 13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

seamless

concentric and

excentric

4, 5 and 7

BEDIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-400

15-40

12

15

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

316/316/ Graphite /Galv

CSSpw-IOR-Gra

EN10269

rasied face

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-2

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

Gasket

Tee

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

15-400

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Welding neck flange

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Weldolet

Half coupling

Stud bolt with two nuts

Class6000

Cap

15-400

15-50

Reducer

Elbow

Nipple

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

CALMSS SP-79

EN10222-213CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)NPT F threaded

BE

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)ANSI B16.11

Material: EN10222-2

Material: EN10222-2

14CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

14CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

BE

welding socket

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

BE

PBE

BE

BE

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

PE/NPTseamless length=100mm

4, 5 and 7

seamless

5 and 6

4, 5, 7 and 9

seamless

PipeClass SG1J3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 583: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

PN63 SG1J3Nominal

pressure:

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, low corrosion effect

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

PipeClass SG1J3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 584: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X16CrMo5-1

(1.7366)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-400 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800X16CrMo5-1

(1.7366)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800X16CrMo5-1

(1.7366)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

typeAwafer type Lft F.,SL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

PN63

Description: (a)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

handwheel, throttling plug

15-250

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

PN63

15-250GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

X16CrMo5-1

(1.7366)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

1

DMPslam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Check valve

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement

EN1984

EN12266-1

X11CrMo5+NT1 (1.7362+NT1) EN10216-2

Design temperature/Design pressure

-20 °C / 63 barg 500 °C / 31,5 barg

PN63

EN13709 EN12266-

1

SJ1J5

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

handwheel

Spw-IOR-Gra, (EN1514-2)

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

1, 2

PN63

3 mm

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

required

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

Nominal

pressure:

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

200-400

PN63

PipeClass SJ1J5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 585: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirementSJ1J5PN63

Nominal

pressure:

Pipe 15-400 EN10216-2 X11CrMo5+NT1 seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11

15-400 DIN2617 4, 5, and 7

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

NPT F threaded

BE

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

BE

BE

BE

4, 5, and 7seamless

concentric and

excentric4, 5, 7 and 9

4, 5, and 7

Material: EN10222-2

X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT)EN10222-2Material:

seamless

welding socket

BE

seamless

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

15-400

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Welding neck flange

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Tee

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Reducer

Elbow

EN10216-2X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)15-40 length=100mm 5 and 6

PBEseamless

316/316/ Graphite /Galv

CSSpw-IOR-Gra, spiral woundedfor rised face

X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT)

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)BE

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-2

42CrMo5-6 (1.7233)

42CrMo4 (1.7225)

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

EN10269

12

1515-50X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT)ANSI B16.11

15-400X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

Class6000

X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT)CAL

MSS SP-79

DIN17243

PE/NPT

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-400

PipeClass SJ1J5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 586: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirementSJ1J5PN63

Nominal

pressure:1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

PipeClass SJ1J5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 587: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-400 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)

welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 swing

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

OS&Y, BB

Spw-IOR-Gra, (EN1514-2)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

SK1J5

Description: (a)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

GX23CrMoV12-1

(1.4931)

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

3 mm

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfacedflanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

hand lever

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

handwheel, throttling plugflanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

200-400PN63

Design temperature/Design pressure

Nominal

pressure:

Choke valve

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, very high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement követelmény

X11CrMo9-1+NT (1.7386+NT) EN10216-2

-20 °C / 63 barg 500 °C / 31,5 barg

PN63

Gate valve

required

PN63

On/off globe valve

Check valve

GX23CrMoV12-1

(1.4931)

GX23CrMoV12-1

(1.4931)

15-150

15-150

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN63

PN63

EN1984

EN12266-1

GX23CrMoV12-1

(1.4931)

1, 2

1

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

Description: (a)

DMP

PipeClass SK1J5.xls This documents is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 588: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

SK1J5Nominal

pressure:Hydrocarbons up to 500

oC, very high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement követelményPN63

Pipe 15-400 EN10216-2 X11CrMo9-1+NT seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11

15-400 DIN2617 4, 5, and 7

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

length=100mm

Elbow

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-215-400

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-400

X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)BE

welding socket

X11CrMo9-1+NT

(1.7386+NT)

BE

BE

BE

PE/NPT

42CrMo5-6 (1.7233)

42CrMo4 (1.7225)

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

EN10269

seamless 4, 5, 7, and 9

12

15X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)

Material:

BE

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-2

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

316/ Graphite /Galv CS Spw-IOR-Grafor raised face

X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)

15-40

Tee

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Welding neck flange

Blind flange

Reducer

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

15-400

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

15-50 ANSI B16.11Class6000

CALMSS SP-79

EN10222-2

EN10216-2 seamless 5 and 6

BE

NPT F threaded

4, 5, and 7 seamless

X11CrMo9-1+NT

(1.7386+NT)

X11CrMo9-1+NT

(1.7386+NT)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)

PBE

X11CrMo9-1+NT

(1.7386+NT)

X11CrMo9-1+NT

(1.7386+NT)

concentric and

excentric

seamless 4, 5, and 7

EN10222-2

EN10222-2Material:

PipeClass SK1J5.xls This documents is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 589: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

SK1J5Nominal

pressure:Hydrocarbons up to 500

oC, very high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement követelményPN63

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5,6 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

PipeClass SK1J5.xls This documents is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 590: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, C/D type (raised

face, Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 12Ni14 (1.5637)welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-300 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760304/304 FL Ball

15-80

100-300 gear

15-40 Class800 12Ni14 (1.5637)welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800 12Ni14 (1.5637)welding socket,

EN127601

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

15-150

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN63

EN Plated/304

DN100-ig 304/304

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type D

SM1K3

Description: (a)

PN63

EN13709 EN12266-

1

OS&Y, BB

Description: (a)

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

flanged, EN 1092-

1 type D

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

required

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type D

handwheel

Low temperature hydrocarbons below temperature of -30oC,

to -100oC

EN1984

EN12266-1

PN63

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

15-150

Nominal

pressure:

OS&Y, BB

eGr-pMet-ins, flat

(EN1514-1)

1, 2

1, 2

prEN1983

EN12266-1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type D

1,5 mm

hand lever

up to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

12Ni14 (1.5637) EN10216-4

Design temperature/Design pressure

-100 °C / 63 barg 100 °C / 63 barg

PN63

Gate valve

Ball valve

PN63

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

OS&Y, BB

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

1, 2

handwheel, throttling plug

PipeClass SM1K3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 591: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

SM1K3Low temperature hydrocarbons below temperature of -30

oC,

to -100oC

PN63Nominal

pressure:15-40 Class800

welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

typeAwafer type Lft F, SL

Pipe 15-300 EN10216-4 12Ni14 (1.5637) seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11

15-300 DIN2617 4, 5 and 7

15-40 PN100

50-300 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-300 PN63

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 PN100

15-40 seamlessEN10216-4

PN63

G9Ni14 (1.5638)

4, 5 and7seamless

4, 5, 7 and 9seamlessconcentric and

excentric

12Ni14 (1.5637) BE 12

15

non asbestos

BE

5 and 7

EN1514-1

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

C/D type

eGr-pMet-ins flat gasketlarge tounge/groovee

12Ni14 (1.5637)

EN10222-3

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

C/D type

Description: (a)

PBE

BE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

200-300

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

12Ni14 (1.5637)

EN10222-3

NPT F threadedCap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

Elbow

Reducer

Tee

Gasket

15-300

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-4

Welding neck flange

Blind flange

welding socket

BE

12Ni14 (1.5637) BE

15-50 12Ni14 (1.5637)ANSI B16.11

BE

Class6000

CAL

15-300

15-300

12Ni14 (1.5637)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

12Ni14 (1.5637)

MSS SP-79

EN10222-3

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-4

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-4

4, 5 and 7

1

DMP

EN13709 EN12266-

1

12Ni14 (1.5637)

seamless

length=100mm12Ni14 (1.5637) 5 and 6PE/NPT

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type D

PipeClass SM1K3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 592: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

SM1K3Low temperature hydrocarbons below temperature of -30

oC,

to -100oC

PN63Nominal

pressure:

50-300 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-300 PN63

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

EN10269

non asbestos

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

13Material:

EN1514-1

42CrMo4 (1.7225)

42CrMo4 (1.7225)

eGr-pMet-ins flat gasketlarge tounge/groovee

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

PipeClass SM1K3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 593: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

BSlovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

socket welding,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-400 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

socket welding,

EN12760304 FL Ball

15-80

100-400 gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

socket welding,

EN127601

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN127601

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN63

PN63

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

15-150

15-150

PN63

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

1, 2

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

EN1984

EN12266-1

SU1J1

Description: (a)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N2-304

N2-304

304/EN Plated

DN100-ig 304

prEN1983

EN12266-1

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

Design temperature/Design pressure

-196 °C / 63,0 barg 400 °C / 35,2 barg

PN63

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

OS&Y, BB

Spw-IOR-Gra EN1514-2

1, 2

1, 2

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

PN63

handwheel

Nominal

pressure:

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

N2-304

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

handwheel, throttling plug

not required

hand lever

PipeClass SU1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 594: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

BSlovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbonsSU1J1PN63

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800socket welding,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft F., SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-400 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

PE/BE

3, 4 and 5

seamless

DMP

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

GX5CrNi19-10 (1.4308)

15-40

200-400

PN63

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

Reducer 15-400

Elbow

15-150

200-400DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

15-50X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10222-5ANSI B16.11Class6000

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

40-65 CALMSS SP-79

EN10222-5

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

Check valve

Tee

Pipe

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)15-400

200-400

DIN17458X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)5 and 6

socket welding

PE/BE

PBE

welded

concentric and

excentric

welded

seamless and welded

length=100mm

12

PE/BE

15

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

PE/NPT

Description: (a)

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)PE/BE

PE/BE

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

N2-304

seamlessX6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

PipeClass SU1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 595: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

BSlovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbonsSU1J1PN63

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11

15-400 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

Welding neck flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 11

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10222-5

Blind flangeEN1092-1, karima

type 05

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

PE/BE

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Cap

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10028-7

for raised face

EN10269

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

EN1514-2 Spw-IOR-Gra, spiral wounded304/304/ Graphite /Galv

CS

NPT F threaded

Description: (a)

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10028-7

PipeClass SU1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 596: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

BSlovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbonsSU1J1PN63

Nominal

pressure:

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass SU1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 597: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-400 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN12760316 FL Ball

15-80

100-400 gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

PN63Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons with pitting

corrosion danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons

EN1984

EN12266-1 GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

OS&Y, BB

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

Nominal

pressure:

not required

N10-316

handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

hand lever

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N10-316

EN Plated/316

DN100-ig 316

N10-316

SV1J1

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

OS&Y, BB

Spw-IOR-Gra EN1514-2

Description: (a)

handwheel, throttling plug

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

1, 2

1, 2

1, 2

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

prEN1983

EN12266-1

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

Design temperature/Design pressure

-196 °C / 63,0 barg 400 °C / 35,2 barg

PN63

PN63

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

15-150

15-150

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN63

PN63

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PipeClass SV1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 598: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

PN63Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons with pitting

corrosion danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons

Nominal

pressure:SV1J1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft F., SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-400 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

Class6000

DIN2605 T2 EN

10028-7

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5ANSI B16.11

seamless and weldedconcentric and

excentric

12

PE/BE

15

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

welded

welding socket

PE/BE

Description: (a)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

seamless

PE/BE

PE/NPT

PBE

PE/BE

N10-316

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

DIN17458X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2

(1.4408)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

5 and 6

DMPslam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

Elbow

Tee

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)15-400

200-400

40-65MSS SP-79

EN10222-5

15-150

200-400

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

CALX6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

15-50

welded

length=100mm

15-400Reducer

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

200-400

PN63

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

PE/BE

3, 4 and 5

seamless

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

(1.4571)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

15-40

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

PipeClass SV1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 599: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

PN63Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons with pitting

corrosion danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons

Nominal

pressure:SV1J1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11

15-400 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

15-40 PN100

50-400 PN63

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=3,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,2 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

EN1514-2316/316/ Graphite /Galv

CSfor raised face

EN10269

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

Description: (a)

Spw-IOR-Gra, spiral wounded

Cap

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10028-7

PE/BE

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5

NPT F threaded

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

Welding neck flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 11

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5

PipeClass SV1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 600: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

PN63Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons with pitting

corrosion danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons

Nominal

pressure:SV1J1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass SV1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 601: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-350 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760304/304 FL Ball

15-80

100-300 gear

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800 C22.8 (1.0460)welding socket,

EN127601

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

GP240GH (1.0619)

GP240GH (1.0619)

OS&Y, BB

PN100

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

hand lever

PN100

15-150

PN100

EN13709 EN12266-

1

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

not required

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

handwheel

TB1J3

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Spw-IOR-Gra, (EN1514-2)

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

PN100

1,5 mm

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

EN Plated/304

DN100-ig 304/304

Description: (a)

Up to 400 oC, not corrosive mediums, high pressure

nitrogen

EN1984

EN12266-1

prEN1983

EN12266-1 C22.8 (1.0460)

P355NH (1.0565) EN10216-3/

EN10217-3Design temperature/Design pressure

-20 °C / 100 barg 400 °C / 74,2 barg

Gate valve

up to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

Choke valve

Nominal

pressure:

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

15-150

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN100 GP240GH (1.0619)

handwheel, throttling plug

1, 2

PipeClass TB1J3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! Kinyomtatva:31.7.2012

Page 602: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

TB1J3PN100Up to 400

oC, not corrosive mediums, high pressure

nitrogen

Nominal

pressure:15-40 Class800

welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

typeAswing

15-150 EN10216-3 seamless

200-350 EN10217-3 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11 C22.8 (1.0460)

15-350 DIN2617 P355NH (1.0565) 4, 5, 7 and 8

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-3

PN100

EN13709 EN12266-

1

EN10216-3

welding socket

P355NH (1.0565)

P355NH (1.0565)

P355NH (1.0565)

P355NH (1.0565)

PE/NPT

PE/BE

PE/BE

flanged,

EN 1092-1 type

B2

concentric and

excentric

welded

seamless and welded

12

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

welded

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

PE/BE

NPT F threaded

P355NH (1.0565)

Description: (a)

length=100mm

3, 4 and 5

DMP

15

PBE

PE/BE

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

Elbow

GP240GH (1.0619)

C22.8 (1.0460)

200-350

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN 10217-3

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-3

Cap

Pipe

Nipple

Tee

15-350

DIN2605 T2 EN

10217-3

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-3/10217-3

15-50 C22.8 (1.0460)ANSI B16.11

PE/BE

PE/BE

15-40

Reducer 15-350

Class6000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243C22.8 (1.0460)

200-300

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

5 and 6

seamless

seamless

15-150

200-350

PipeClass TB1J3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! Kinyomtatva:31.7.2012

Page 603: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

TB1J3PN100Up to 400

oC, not corrosive mediums, high pressure

nitrogen

Nominal

pressure:

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=4,5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=4,5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

PN10015-350

15-350 PN100

PN10015-350

15-350 PN100

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Spw-IOR-Gra,

(EN1514-2)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

25CrMo4 (1.7218)

C35E (1.1181)EN10269

304/304/ Graphite/Galv

CSspiral wounded gasketfor raised face

P355NH (1.0565)

EN10222-4

Welding neck flange

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

P355NH (1.0565)

EN10222-4

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

PipeClass TB1J3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! Kinyomtatva:31.7.2012

Page 604: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

TB1J3PN100Up to 400

oC, not corrosive mediums, high pressure

nitrogen

Nominal

pressure:

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass TB1J3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! Kinyomtatva:31.7.2012

Page 605: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:

EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-350 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class80013CrMo4-5

(1.7335)

welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 Lft F, SL

Nominal

pressure:

DMP

G17CrMo5-5 (1.7357)

G17CrMo5-5(1.7357)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N5-Hardfaced

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

handwheel, throttling plug

G17CrMo5-5(1.7357)

15-150

15-150flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN100

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

PN100

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Check valve

High pressure steam, condensate (operating pressure 16-

40 barg, operating temperature max. 470°C )

EN1984

EN12266-1

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335) EN10216-2

Design temperature/Design pressure

-20 °C / 100 barg 500 °C / 60,9 barg

PN100

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PN100

1,5 mm

N5-Hardfaced

required

handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

Description: (a)

TG1J3

OS&Y, BB

Spw-IOR-Gra, (EN1514-2)

1, 2

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

OS&Y, BB

1

1, 2

N5-Hardfaced

EN13709 EN12266-

1

GP240GH

(1.0619)

N5-Hardfaced

200-350PN100

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

PipeClass TG1J3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 606: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:

High pressure steam, condensate (operating pressure 16-

40 barg, operating temperature max. 470°C )PN100 TG1J1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Pipe 15-350 EN10216-213CrMo4-5

(1.7335)seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11

15-350 DIN2617 4, 5, and 7

Material: EN10222-2

5 and 6

EN10222-2

NPT F threaded

BE

BEconcentric and

excentric

14CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

PE/NPT

Material:

BE

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

MSS SP-79

EN10222-2

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

4, 5, and 7

BE

welding socket

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-2

ANSI B16.11

seamless

4, 5, and 7

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

15-350

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Welding neck flange

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Tee

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

EN10216-2 13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)PBE

seamless

Description: (a)

length=100mm

Spw-IOR-Grafor raised face

14CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

BE

seamless

13CrMo4-5 (1.7335)

316/316/ Graphite /Galv

CS

BE

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-2

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

42CrMo5-6 (1.7233)

42CrMo4 (1.7225)

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

EN10269

seamless 4, 5, 7, and 9

12

8

Reducer

Elbow

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

15-40

PN100

15-50

15-350

Class6000

CAL

15-350 PN100

PN10015-350

15-350 PN100

15-350

15-350

PipeClass TG1J3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 607: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:

High pressure steam, condensate (operating pressure 16-

40 barg, operating temperature max. 470°C )PN100 TG1J1

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

PipeClass TG1J3.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 608: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X16CrMo5-1

(1.7366)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-350 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800X16CrMo5-1

(1.7366)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800X16CrMo5-1

(1.7366)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 EN 1092-1 typeA wafer type Lft F, SL

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

15-250

15-250

handwheel EN13709 EN12266-

1PN100

PN100

GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

GX15CrMo5

(1.7365)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

Nominal

pressure:

X16CrMo5-1

(1.7366)

1

DMP

Gate valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Check valve

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirement

EN1984

EN12266-1

X11CrMo5+NT1 (1.7362+NT1) EN10216-2

Design temperature/Design pressure

-20 °C / 100 barg 500 °C / 50 barg

PN100

200-350

TJ1J5

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Spw-IOR-Gra, (EN1514-2)

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

1, 2

handwheel, throttling plug

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

PN100

3 mm

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

required

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

PN100

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PipeClass TJ1J5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 609: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:Hydrocarbons up to 500

oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirementTJ1J5PN100

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Pipe 15-350 EN10216-2 X11CrMo5+NT1 seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11

15-350 DIN2617 4, 5, and 7

BE

PE/NPT

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)4, 5, 7 and 9

concentric and

excentric

4, 5, and 7seamless

Description: (a)

12

X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT)EN10222-2Material:

NPT F threaded

BE

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

15-50X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT)ANSI B16.11

15-350DIN2616 T2

EN10216-2

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

15-350

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

Welding neck flange

Blind flange

Tee

15-350

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Reducer

Elbow

EN10216-2X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)15-40 length=100mm 5 and 6

PBEseamless

316/316/ Graphite /Galv

CSSpw-IOR-Gra, spiral wounded

EN10269

X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT)

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)BE

X11CrMo5+NT1

(1.7362+NT1)

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

BE

for raised face

Material: EN10222-2

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-2

42CrMo5-6 (1.7233)

42CrMo4 (1.7225)

seamless

Class6000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN10222-2

X16CrMo5-1+NT

(1.7366+NT)

welding socket

BE

BE

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-350

seamless

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

4, 5, and 7

15-350 PN100

15-350 PN100

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

15-350 PN100

15

PN100

PipeClass TJ1J5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 610: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Nominal

pressure:Hydrocarbons up to 500

oC, high corrosion effect, hydrogen

pressure tightness is requirementTJ1J5PN100

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

PipeClass TJ1J5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 611: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Korróziós pótlék: Heat treatement

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type

(munkaléces, Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-350 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)

welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150 swing

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Névleges

nyomás:TJ2J5

1, 2

DMP

1slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

PN100

OS&Y, BBhandwheel, throttling plug

required

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfacedflanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

PN100

200-350PN100

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, very high corrosion effect,hydrogen

presure tightness is requirement

Choke valve

X11CrMo9-1+NT (1.7386+NT) EN10216-2

Design temperature/Design pressure

-20 °C / 100 barg 500 °C / 50 barg

PN100Gate valve

15-150

EN13709 EN12266-

1PN100

On/off globe valve

Check valve

15-150

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfacedflanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

GX23CrMoV12-1

(1.4931)

GX23CrMoV12-1

(1.4931)

GX23CrMoV12-1

(1.4931)

EN1984

EN12266-1

Spw-IOR-Gra, (EN1514-2)

1, 2OS&Y, BB

1, 2

OS&Y, BB

3 mm

Description: (a)

handwheel

N8-F6 (13Cr) /

Hardfaced

GX23CrMoV12-1

(1.4931)

EN13709 EN12266-

1

EN13709 EN12266-

1

PipeClass TJ2J5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/3

Page 612: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Névleges

nyomás:TJ2J5PN100

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, very high corrosion effect,hydrogen

presure tightness is requirementElement

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

Pipe 15-350 EN10216-2 X11CrMo9-1+NT seamless 3, 4 and 5

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11

15-350 DIN2617 4, 5, and 7

seamless

X11CrMo9-1+NT

(1.7386+NT)

NPT F threaded

BE

Description: (a)

BE

4, 5, 7, and 9

4, 5, and 7

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)EN10222-2Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

EN10222-2

seamless

seamless

concentric and

excentricseamless

4, 5, and 7

EN10216-2X11CrMo9-1+NT

(1.7386+NT)

PBElength=100mm 5 and 6

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

15-350

40-65

DIN2615 T2

EN10216-2

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

15-50 ANSI B16.11Class6000

CALMSS SP-79

DIN17243

Tee

Cap

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

Welding neck flange

Blind flange

15-40

316/316/ Graphite /Galv

CSSpw-IOR-Grafor raised face

X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)

X11CrMo9-1+NT

(1.7386+NT)

X11CrMo9-1+NT

(1.7386+NT)

X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)

Material:

5 and 7

13Material:

EN1514-2

42CrMo5-6 42CrMo4

(1.7225)

EN1092-1, flange

type 11

EN10269

12

15

X10CrMoVNb9-1

(1.4903)BE

welding socket

X11CrMo9-1+NT

(1.7386+NT)

BE

BE

BE

PE/NPT

DIN2605 T2

EN10216-215-350

Reducer

Elbow

DIN2616 T2

EN10216-215-350

15-350 PN100

15-350 PN100

15-350 PN100

15-350 PN100

PipeClass TJ2J5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/3

Page 613: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Névleges

nyomás:TJ2J5PN100

Hydrocarbons up to 500oC, very high corrosion effect,hydrogen

presure tightness is requirementRemarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=5 mm D0=42,4 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=5 mm D0=48,3 mm e=5,6 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=5,6 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

PipeClass TJ2J5.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/3

Page 614: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-350 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

welding socket,

EN12760304 FL Ball

15-80

100-350 gear

15-40 Class800X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

Nominal

pressure:

OS&Y, BB

not required

PN100

handwheel

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

N2-304

304/EN Plated

DN100-ig 304

N2-304

handwheel, throttling plugN2-304GX5CrNi19-10

(1.4308)

TU1J1

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Spw-IOR-Gra EN1514-2

1, 2

1, 215-150

EN13709

EN12266-1

PN100

prEN1983

EN12266-1

-196 °C / 100 barg 400 °C / 46,3 barg

PN100

PN100

Gate valve

Ball valve

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

EN1984

EN12266-1

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

Design temperature/Design pressure

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

GX5CrNi19-10

(1.4308)

EN13709

EN12266-1

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

GX5CrNi19-10

(1.4308)

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

GX5CrNi19-10

(1.4308)

hand lever

PipeClass TU1J1.xls this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 615: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PN100 TU1J1

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft F, SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-350 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

DMP

N2-304

PE/NPT

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

GX5CrNi19-10

(1.4308)

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

4, 5, 7, 8, 10

and 11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10

and 11

seamless

welded

12

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9seamless and welded

5 and 6

slam check valve or dual plate

with spring loading

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

1, 2

handwheel, throttling plug

concentric and

excentric

PBE

PE/BE

N2-304GX5CrNi19-10

(1.4308)

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

length=100mm

OS&Y, BB

1

3, 4 and 5

15-150 PN100

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Choke valve

Check valve

Elbow

Tee

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)15-350

200-350

40-65

EN13709

EN12266-1

DIN17458X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

PE/BE

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

PE/BE

MSS SP-79

EN10222-5

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

PE/BEDIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)CAL

Reducer 15-350

4, 5, 7 and 8

seamless

DIN2605 T2

EN 10028-7welded

200-350

PN100

EN13709

EN12266-1

15-40 seamless

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

15-150

PE/BE

200-350

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

Description: (a)

PipeClass TU1J1.xls this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 616: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PN100 TU1J1

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11

15-350 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4 mm

EN1514-2

EN10269

304/304/ Graphite

/Galv CSfor raised face

EN1092-1, flange

type 05

Spw-IOR-Gra, spiral wounded

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

12

15

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

PE/BECap

Weldolet

Half coupling

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex A

and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10028-7

40-65

ANSI B16.11

PE/BEMSS SP-79

EN10222-5

NPT F threaded

welding socket

X6CrNiTi18-10

(1.4541)

Blind flange

15-50 Class6000

CAL

PN10015-350

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10028-7

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10222-5

15-350 PN100

15-350 PN100

Welding neck flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 11

X6CrNiTi18-10

EN10222-5

15-350 PN100

Description: (a)

PipeClass TU1J1.xls this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 617: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Nominal

pressure:PN100 TU1J1

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons, strongly corrosive

non hydrocarbons

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,6 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass TU1J1.xls this document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4

Page 618: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

Medium: Pipe class

Material: Corrosion allowance: Heat treatement

0,75 mm

PWHT: Connection: flanged Gasket type:EN 1092-1 11, B2 type (raised face,

Ra=0,8-3,2µm)

ElementSize

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)welding socket,

EN12760solid wedge 1

15-150 up to DN50 sol.wdg, above flex.wdg

200-350 Flex.wedge, gear

15-40 Class800 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)welding socket,

EN12760316 FL Ball

15-80

100-350 gear

15-40 Class800 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)welding socket,

EN127601

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN127601

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408)

hand lever

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

15-150

15-150

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

EN13709

EN12266-1PN100

PN100

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408)

EN13709

EN12266-1GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408)

Gate valve

Ball valve

On/off globe valve

Choke valve

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons with pitting corrosion

danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbons

EN1984

EN12266-1

prEN1983

EN12266-1

X6CrNiTi18.10 (1.4541)

DIN17458 & DIN17457

Design temperature/Design pressure

-196 °C / 100 barg 400 °C / 46,3 barg

PN100

PN100

TV1J1

Description: (a)

OS&Y, BB

Spw-IOR-Gra EN1514-2

1, 2

1, 2

1, 2

PN100

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

N10-316

N10-316

EN Plated/316

DN100-ig 316

not required

N10-316

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408)

OS&Y, BB

up to DN50 FL

Ball, above Trunn

Mo

handwheel, throttling plug

solution annealed temperature

heating and quenching in water

Nominal

pressure:

handwheel OS&Y, BB

PipeClass TV1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 1/4

Page 619: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons with pitting corrosion

danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbonsTV1J1PN100

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-40 Class800welding socket,

EN12760check valve Plug type

15-150EN 1092-1

type Awafer type Lft F, SL

15-150 DIN17458 seamless

200-350 DIN17457 welded

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

1.5D, 90o

1.5D, 45o

4, 5, 7 and 8

1

3, 4 and 5

seamless

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

EN13709

EN12266-1

GX5CrNiMo19-11-2 (1.4408)

15-40

200-350

PN100

DMP

flanged,

EN 1092-1

type B2

slam check valve or dual plate with

spring loading

Reducer 15-350

Elbow

15-150

200-350

DIN2605 T2

DIN17458

DIN2605 T2

EN 10028-7

DIN2616 T2

DIN17458

15-50X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5ANSI B16.11Class6000

Tee

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)15-350

200-350

40-65

Pipe

Nipple

Weldolet

Half coupling

Check valve

DIN17458 X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571) length=100mm 5 and 6PBE

PE/BE

N10-316

concentric and

excentric

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

welded

15welding socket

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571) PE/BE

4, 5, 7, 8 and 9

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and

11

seamless

welded

12

PE/BE

CALMSS SP-79

EN10222-5

PE/NPT

PE/BE

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

PE/BE

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (1.4571)

DIN2615 T2

EN 10028-7

Description: (a)

DIN2615 T2

DIN17458

seamless and welded

seamless

PipeClass TV1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 2/4

Page 620: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons with pitting corrosion

danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbonsTV1J1PN100

Nominal

pressure:Element

Size

(DN)

Pressure

rate (PN or

Class)

Technical

condition of

delivery

Material End type Trim (a) (14) Remark

15-50 Class6000 ANSI B16.11

15-350 DIN2617 4, 5, 7 and 8

Remarks: a Meaning of abbreviations see in the List of abbreviations

1 Stem is sealed with graphite ring

2 Stem with back sealing

3

4 Pipe end is plain to wall thickness of e=3mm, over it bevelled

5 Outside diameter of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with Serial 1. of ENV10220

6 Wall thickness of the nipples are: D0=21,3 mm e=3,2 mm D0=42,4 mm e=4 mm

D0=26,9 mm e=3,2 mm D0=48,3 mm e=4,5 mm

D0=33,7 mm e=3,6 mm

7 Connecting wall thickness of pipe fittings shall be the same as wall thickness of the pipe

8 During strengh calculation of pipe fittings the wall thickness allowance depends on pipe type (seamless, welded)

Welding neck flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 11

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5

Blind flangeEN1092-1, flange

type 05

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

PE/BE

Stud bolt with two nuts

Gasket

EN1515-1 Annex

A and EN24033

A2-70

A2-70

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10028-7

Cap

Spw-IOR-Gra, spiral woundedfor raised face

Description: (a)

X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2

EN10222-5

316/316/ Graphite /Galv CS

NPT F threaded

Wall thickness of pipes up to DN40 is according to "F" column of Table 1. of ISO4200 at least, over DN40 shall be calculated in accordance with EN13480-3.

5 and 7

13Material:

Roughness: EN 1092-1,

B2 type

EN1514-2

EN10269

15-350 PN100

15-350 PN100

15-350 PN100

15-350 PN100

PipeClass TV1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 3/4

Page 621: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · 2.2.10 Welding procedure specifications shall be carried out according to EN 288 for all weld works, which are carried out on the piping. 2.2.11 Using

Slovnaft a.s Identifier

Refining and Marketing

Version Rev. 1.00.00

Basic pipe classes Date 31.12.2011

MGS-S-REF-M-3.3.1

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS -MECHANICAL

Extreme low or high temperature hydrocarbons with pitting corrosion

danger, strongly corrosive non hydrocarbonsTV1J1PN100

Nominal

pressure:

9 Reducers shall contain 3 "stairs"

10 If the size is the same, or is smaller with one dimension step the Tee is seamless

11 Welded Tee can be used, if the size is smaller at least two dimension steps.

12 Given dimension range relates to run pipe.

13 Upper row relates to stud bolt, lower row relates to nut

14 Trims are acc.to API600

15 To be used for branchings, above run pipe of DN80.

PipeClass TV1J1.xls This document is an intellectual property of the MOL Plc. Its utilization without MOL's written permit is prohibited! 4/4